STS

SRO

my
So. 3S ee=
SS

SRST SSts

WSS
% SS ee

ve

Mase

f ehOTR IVI

- va Pa . ;

ie 2 iw Me ~ Bs

Be. Mie —~ C4 - /
es ~ 2 vie ll 7 ‘ ai ar oe ie. - =

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND

CITARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’ )

CONDUCTED BY

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Ph.D., E.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S.,
ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, M.A., Sc.D., PER.Ss, bea:

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.L.S.

VOL. XX.—EIGHTH SERIES.

PALL LILY

<1...

ae [tad
EONBEON :

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.
MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD.;

SOLD BY SIMPKIN,
AND CO., DUBLIN.

BAILLIBRE, PARIS: AND HODGES, FIGGIS,

1917.

“Omnes res create sunt divine sapientix et potentix testes, divitia felicitatis
humane :—ex harum usu Jonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini;
ex ceconomid in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, -potentia majestatis
elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper xstimata;
& veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper
inimica fuit.”—Linyavs.

** Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour
voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-
tent toutes ses opérations.”—Bruckner, Théorie du Systeme Animal, Leyden,
1767.

«tip veld sass! ‘sh. te eG Sylvan Powers
Obey our summons; from their deepest dells
The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild
And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs
That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme
And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,
But seatter round ten thousand forms minute
Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock
Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too
Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face
They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush
That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,
Where peril-waits the bold adventurer’s tread,
The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,
All, all to us unlock their secret stores
And pay their cheerful tribute.
J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818.

CONTENTS OF VOL, XX.

[EIGHTH SERIES. ]

NUMBER 115.

Page
I. A Revision of the Wasps of the Genus Tachytes inhabiting the
Ethiopian Region. By Rowxanp E. Turner, F.Z.8.,F.E.S..... 1

——— ILI. The Groups of the small and medium-sized South-American

Pee Comey Ets WoL EOCOCK) Ese. p's sala vic eicve ns vie o.0t 0 aslveee 43
Ill. The Geographical Races of Galago crassicaudatus. By
Oro nIEED THOMAS. cum. scece a vie +encisira seen: Mea asta ees 47
IV. New Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea. By J.J. Jorcry,
F.1.S., F.Z.8., F.E.S., and G. Tatzor, F.E.S. (Plates I.-IV.).... 50
V. New Races and Aberrations of Heliconius. By J. J. Joicry,
Ee Sad WJ. Wave, B.S. (Plates V. & VEL) Sitti. 8.0: 87
VI. On small Mammals from the Delta of the Parana. By OLp-
95

TITEAETD) ALTE CORNET) Sieve A OER MERE TG Sich Gr conc Wracie ire OO RE nesta Eee

VII. Notes on the Hymenopterous Families Bethylide and Rho-
palosomide. By Rowxanp E, Turner and James Warrrston.. 101

VIII. New Geometride in the Joicey Collection. By Lovis B.
Prout, SB ery CErabOR WLI.) ° ..Mpeeiintnc Ret ns ns 4 ote ale thetele's © ws 108

IX. A new Genus of Urside. By R.I. Pocock, F.R.S. ..... . 128

——

iv CONTENTS.

Page
X. Note on the Subgenus Paradownesia, Gestro. By S. Mav.ix,
mie Cetin), FES oe re ee eee pie 180

XI. On the Occurrence ofa Pseudoparasitie Mite (Cheletiella para-
sittvorar, Mégnin) on the Domestic Cat. By Srantey Hirst .... 132

Proceedings of the Geological Society .................0++ 134—136

NUMBER 116.

XII. A Systematic Revision of the African Species of the Coleo-
~pterous Family Erotylide. By Gitsert J. ARROW ..........++ 137

XIII. New Indo-Malayan Species of Lepidoptera. By Colonel
C. Swinton, MLA. FUcS., &e. . seen tc enc est eens eee 157

XIV. Notes on Asteroidea. By Watrer K. Fisusr, Stanford
Univemity, California: |. .:..-......<-:>»s2s=75p eee 166

XV. A new Genus and Subgenus of East-Indian Sea-Stars. By
Water K. Fisusr, Stanford University, California ............ 172

XVI. Remarks on the Midwife Toad (Alytes obstetricans), with
reference to Dr. P. Kammerer’s Publications By G.A. BouLENGER,

eS re er eer 178
XVII. On a Second Species of the Batrachian Genus Amphodus.
By G. A. Bounmncer, FLICS. <2. <<s.+c0-sh peeceneeee oo seen ssa

XVII. Descriptions of some Ethiopian and Australian Homo-
ptera, By W.L. Distanr . 2... ... ace pe ctee eee eee ose. 186

XIX. On the Arrangement of the South-American Rats allied
to Oryzomys and Rhipidomys. By Otp¥rretp THoMas .......... 192

XX. Two new Rats of the Rattus confucianus Group. By Oxp-
FIRLD THOMAS ... 24-0005 c0seess0 50h eee 198

New Book :—Australasian Antarctic Expedition, 1911-14, under
Sir Douglas Mawson. Scientific Reports. Series C. Zoology
and Botany. Vol. IV. part 1. Mollusca. By C. Hepiey,
SS ee eee seen mates --- 200

CONTENTS. Vv

NUMBER 117,
= Page
XXI. Descriptions of New Pyralide of the Subfamilies Hydro-
camping, Scopariane, &e. By Sir GroreE F. Hampson, Bart.,
MMM EE eee then oct och xe sos 3 ghd) oXet( < yajiepeh © ealej row oleloeln ee, of oaths 201

XXII. New Lepidoptera from Waigeu, Dutch New Guinea, and
Biak. By J.J. Joicny, F.LS., F.2.8., F.ES., and G. Taxsor,
MT Oe ence hae vs tie) Simp hse (of $e, 2 Sin Wee cee oe ie 0 gi e’ebate wah alate 216

XXIII. Two new Species and new Genus of Sphingide. By J. J.
Jorcry, F.E.S., and W. J. Kave, F.E.S. (Plate VII.) ........ 230

XXIV. Remarks on certain Species of the Genus Demodex, Owen
(the Demodex- of Man,’ the Horse, Dog, Rat, and Mouse). By

ibs 8 Tesi rene (2d 62) os) 6) Raa Ar ene a ia eer ogera™
XXV. Descriptions and Records of Bees—LXXVI. By T. D. A.
CockERuLy, Uniyersity of Colorado ....,..0....000 005 sveeieetaterd 235

XXVI. Notes on the Braconide in the British Museum.—I. By

POM AN DE ORIN TRY HZ, 5 BU BSzerc cs cv cities onwle dates o's 0.0 . 241
XXVII. The Genera of Hapalide (Marmozets). By R. I.
1210 0/0) Ga 98l Ol aS ea a: sha bic oval suaug al aign eve ar eecal atthe tere wee LAT

— XXVIII. A new Agouti from the Moon Mountains, Southern

British Guiana, with Notes on other Species. By OLpFIELD
UMA ye oa puecre cle daw uev Gn ocle eos War sich atesecas dnavae Sel ene eee 259

XXIX. A new Mink-like Mustela from Java. By H. C. Rosrn-

SON and OLDFIELD THOMAS ..... 5 S06 8,0.0 Ao DOE OC OE COLE c 261
Proceedings of the Geological Society ......... piehctebat evan ictaehs,0i% My aise OE

NUMBER 118,

XXX. Descriptions of New Pyralide of the Subfumilies Hydro-
campine, Scopariane, &¢. By Sir GrorcE FI, Hampson, Bart.,
F.Z.8., &e. a) 6) 4) 608 G 0) SO. @ el 8) 8: Oe 6) OF Ue Ora eee) G8) 8.8. 0/8), 0.006) o's eevevoeveoe Pe eee 965

XXXI. On the Skull of Tritylodon longevus, Owen. By Dr.
BrAnIsuAy PETRONIEVICS. (Plate 3.) sastigansenvaertererses 200

vi CONTENTS.

Page
XXXII. Notes on Fossorial Hymenoptera —XXIX. On new
Ethiopian Species. By Rowxianp E. Turner, F.Z.S., F.E.S. .... 289

XXXIII. Descriptions and Records of Bees—LXXVII. By
T. D. A. CocKERELL, University of Colorado .............eeuee 298

XXXIV. New Species and Forms of Sphingide. By J.J. Jorcry,
ACS. md. Wid DR APG ED, Cee yin cna hoe iam «eo ee ee 305

XXXV. Notes on Agoutis, with Descriptions of new Forms.
By Guorrenp THOMAS |... <i) svises > os ose ay's ole dries wong ae 310

XXXVI. A new Heliophobius from North-eastern Rhodesia. By
OLDFIELD THOMAS J. i. = yan <i Ds spa les se bile Ree 314

XXXVII. The Spalax of the Grecian Archipelago. By OLDFIELD
THOMAS oes s0co Seine venga lee ds wees a ly ole Ce cen

XXXVIII. Ona new Species of Shrew from Corea. By AnTHUR
DE CAELE SOWERBY, F.Z.5., FSRIGS. oi. 0.2 ce cas ss oes 317

XXXIX. The Homoptera of Indo-China. By W. L. Distant... 319

New Books :—Some British Museum Publications.............++. 326
Proceedings of the Geological Society ...........2sceeecccnnnaee 327

NUMBER 119.

XL. The Classification of existing Felide. By R. I Pocock,
BARS. |. sc iedles see's + ceo e xed Chee ee ee en se See 329

XLI. Notes on Fossorial Hymenoptera.—XXX. On new Ethiopian
Scolide. By Rowianp E. Turner, F.ZS., F.ES. ..........:- 351

XLII. Notes on Fossorial Hymenoptera.—XXXI. On Psammo-
charide in the British Museum. By Rowzanp E. Turner, F.ZS.,
Peon s ss « eno ee cee es ole as os oip 0 nie ee ieee 357

XLIII. Records of some British Symphyla. By Ricuarp 8.
BAGNALL, FLLS. se eee ee cere 5) eee ee 360

XLIV. A new Rat of the Genus Mylomys from the Upper Nile.
By OnpDFiELD. THOMAS ..... 2.100.055 she eye tte eee 362

CONTENTS. Vil

Page
XLY. Descriptions of new Fishes from Lake Tanganyika forming
Part of the Collection made by the late Dr. L. Stappers for the -
Belgian Government. By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S......... ss... SG

XLVI. A Note on the Coleopterous Genus Luvestus. By
EEN es NSEROW) Sarees le ie ccc wy a oe wt eee ne A HEA OS OROCOUReT 368

XLVI. Descriptions of New Pyraid@ of the Subfamily Py-
raustineg. By Sir Grorer F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S., &. ...... 369

NUMBER 120.

XLVIII. British Fossil Crinoids—XI. Balanocrinus of the
iencon Clay. by POA. BaTurn, Didsc., FIRS... scence cess 385

XLIX. New Indo-Malayan Lepidoptera. By Colonel C.
TUL STE US OT PSS ac, CP 407

L. Descriptions of new Frogs of the Genus Rana. By G. A.
Mem MABIO MOREE Eee ey 5. hana santos < ema teie say ol erat aR os oes siele eis ares Bias 413

LI. New Genera and Species of Brisingide. By Wa ter K.
FisHer, Stanford University, Califurnia,..........00eeeenee cee Ay

LI. On Three new Parasitic Acari. By Srantny Hirst ,... 481

LILI. South-African Talitride. By the Rev. Tuomas R. R.
TEED WSLS CR eG eat ee 436

LIV. Descriptions and Records of Bees —LXXVIU. By T. D.A.
Goewunmmnr, University of Colorado .. 1.6... ceive scene eden see 436

LY. Notes on Georychus and its Allies. By OLtprieLp Tomas. 441

MEETS MPR ee Pe css is, o8e ciel etatels’ a sid-ow diese euevane!el ale aerssheteieverens 445

i eet ait
: A 4 ; zs “ ina
WV pas
bis -
.
7
PLATES IN VOL. XX.
c -. “Pharr 7 " s
- bas New Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea.
; IV.
oh New forms of Heliconius. 3 § F
VII. New Geometridae. — a
VILL Polyptychus lapidatus and Thibetia iphaphyla
pa ' IX. Demodex ratti and D, musculi. bd
X. Skull and teeth of aoe Cynognathas, a Di
aoe
ee
~~ 2-
~ ere as
i: x : a = ,
a 4 et AL
; : ets ‘ tn,
3 = os ae

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[EIGHTH SERIES.)

CC ncdtcoccnog meee per litora spargite muscum,
Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes:
Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores:
Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.
At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;
Ite, recurvate variata corallia trunce
Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas
Ferte, Dex pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”
NV. Parthenii Giannettasi, Eel, 1,

are

No. 115: JULY, 1917.

I.—A Revision of the Wasps of the Genus Tachytes inhabiting
the Kthiopian Region. By Row tanp E, Turner, F.ZS.,
PES.

Tue following notes on the Ethiopian species of Tachytes
are based on the collection in the British Museum, which is
rich in species from Nyasaland and Uganda, but peor
in species from West Africa and the dry regions of South
Africa. The species run very close, and are most easily
distinguished by the distance between the eyes on the vertex,
the sculpture of the vertex, the shape of the pygidial area in
the female, and of the seventh tergite and eighth sternite
in the male, by the colour and distribution of the pubescence,
the colour of the legs, and by the number of spines on the
basal joint of the fore tarsus. In some of the larger females
the sculpture of the second and third sternites is also
important. The mouth-parts might also be of considerable
use, but I have not had sufficient material available to use
them as extensively as I could wish; there is, however,
considerable variation in the palpi, in the length of the
galea, and in the form of the ligula. The details of BEUTALION,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. i

2) Mr. R. E. Turner on

though they have been much used in description, must be
used with extreme caution in the distinction of species, being
far from constant, variations being very common in the
comparative length of the second and third abscisse of
the radius. Comparatively few Ethiopian species of the
genus have been described, and in most of the descriptions
important characters—such as the apical segments of the
male, the sculpture of the second and third sternites of
the female, and the structure of the palpi and galea—have
not been noticed. IJ have not included species from Mada-
gascar in this paper, the collection being very poor in species
from that island, The occurrence of a species of the sub-
genus Calotachytes in Madagascar is, however, interesting.
The species I have not seen are marked *.

Key to the Ethiopian Species of Tachytes.
dd:

1. Mandibles not excised on the outer mar-
gin; median segment striated on the
dorsal surface, subrectangular, the
apical angles not younded ; abdomen
wholly light ferruginous red........ Subgenus Holotachytes.
Mandibles deeply excised on the outer [ 7. dichroa, Sm.
margin; median segment not striated
on the dorsal surface, the apical
angles rounded ; abdomen otherwise

colouted is. gt acs Me 2.
2. Maxillary palpi five-jointed ; labial palpi
three-jointed, very long and slender. Subgenus Calotachytes. 3.
Maxillary palpi six-joiuted ; labial palpi
Shur (onted eas <5 Cee bike wcrc Subgenus Tachytes, 5.

3. Four basal tergites densely covered with
brilliant silver pubescence ; eighth
sternite subtruncate, the angles. not
PROUGCED So Jn ge. a> PA» eek et 7. marshalli, Turn.

Dorsal surface of abdomen covered with
brilliant golden pubescence; eighth
sternite emarginate, the angles pro-
MuGed «., skh he peek ees Pelee eR ee 4.

4, Seventh tergite broadly rounded; wings
subhyaline, with a pale fuscous apical

~

[21 0 aaa AES 5 G55). 5 Le T. mira, Kohl.
Seventh tergite truncate at the apex;
wings str ongly infuscate.f < sieeee eee T. admirabilis, Turn.

5. Dorsal. surface’ of abdomen densely
clothed with bright golden pubex-
cence; head and thorax entirely with-
out golden pubescence ............ 6.

Abdomen not clothed with golden pubes-
cence, or if so clothed then with some
golden pubescence on the thorax also. 11.

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes.

6. Clypeus with three well-defined teeth
on each side of the apical margin ;

galea shorter than scape .......... T. rhodesiana, Bisch.
Clypeus without clearly defined teeth ;
galea much longer than scape ...... fg

7. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance ©
not exceeding half the length of the
second joint of the flagellum........ 8.
Eyes separated on the vertex by a
distance slightly exceeding three-
quarters of the ‘leneth of the second
joint of the flagellum.............. “10.
8. Joints 3-7 of the flagellum distinetly
arcuate beneath ; eighth sternite shal-
lowly emarginate, the apical angles
distinctly produced...... spaegtadte ars T. neavez, Turn.
Joints of the flagellum not arcuate be-
neath ; eighth sternite truncate, the
gules HOt produced ©. on... sue cana ss 9.
9, Abdomen and the oreater part of the
antenne and legs ‘ferruginous brown.. T. basilica, Guér.
Black, the apical margins of the abdo-

minal segments brown ..... Se Bo See T. observabilis, Kohl.
10. Eighth sternite truncate, the angles not
“produced py <0 Seats Oi AE ORS SOP EE T. velox, Sm.
Fighth sternite deeply emarginate, the
‘angles stronély produced. ..).). J. .2 ++ T. perornata, Turn.

a Wings black, flushed with blue or
violet; abdomen black, without pubes-
MeN reas sriple ols S24 oe <a 12.

Wings hyaline, subhyaline or flavo-
hyaline, abdomen usually with pubes-

ASCO hile o . siv diay in diss» Be 13.
12. Front and clypeus clothed with long
ACLS HALES ore ese cris otis) oles araie sacs T. nigropilosel/a, Cam.
Front and clypeus with short, sericeous,
SHVer PUNeScCENCe. 04.22 cee6n: - . T. natalensis, Sauss,
13, Abdomen black, without pubescent
PAREN feed ra, ae =!o) 2,050,311 Ad do oo: T. nudiventris, Turn.
Abdomen with pubescent fascize, some-
ME RHMLCEFUDtCE. | .)5 5! sidte e'bi a: ade 02 14,
14, Two basal abdominal segments red .... 7. ambidens, Kohl.
Basal abdominal segments black ...... 15,

15. Second to seventh joints of the flagellum
strongly arcuate -dilatate beneath ;
wings flavo-hyaline, pale fusco-hyaline
apically from the second cubital cell ;
pubescence of abdomen dense and
golden, sparse golden pubescence on
the sides of the mesonotum ........ T. dilaticornis, Turn.

Flagellar joints at most feebly arcuate
beneath ; wings, if flavo-hyaline,
without a fusco-hyaline broad
cl I ae eee ep mek eee eh oe 16.

16. Galea very long, considerably more than
twice as long as the scape.......... 17.

1#

~

Ln)

Mr, R. E. Turner on

Galea less than twice as long as the scape,

often shorter than the scape ..... 19.
All the tibie and tarsi fulvo-ferru-
iNOW 25> sceveee (kare bei ae bY T. hamiltoni, Turn.
At least the intermediate and hind tibia
and tarsi black.v sy <cvnsebe vues aw EAD
. Fore tibiee and tarsi ferruginous ...... T. prestabilis, Turn.
Fore tibie and tarsi black ...... Gees T. labilis, Turn.
. Tibiz and tarsi wholly bright fulvo-
POPUIPINGHS %y > cis uns A TEE ey awe eek 20.

Tibiz and at least a portion of the tarsi
black; the tibie rarely fusco- ferru-

ginous at the base ..:....Wawe sss. 27

. Galea about half as long again as the
BRAD Oho seeks se AeeE nat oe wh Mes
Galea no longer than the scape. ss eee 22

. Seventh tergite truncate at the apex;

basal joint of the fore tarsus with six

BPINES.F:5. eke pee eEGREE SER ERE T. separabilis, Turn.
Seventh tergite rounded at the Apex

basal joint of the fore tarsus with four

or five Bpities 3 5, <-k> seek shes ene T. writabilis, Turn.
. Eighth sternite tr uneate, the apical

‘angles not produced; eyes very close

tozether on the vertex, separated

by a distance about equal to the

length of the first joint of the fla-

ellum ...... einkarielele ely hehe 23.
Eighth sternite more or less emarginate

or bisinuate at the apex; eyes sepa-

rated on the vertex by a distance

equal to at least twice the length of

the first joint of the flagellum ...... 24.
. Second sternite with the apical half

shining, with coarse scattered punc-

tures; pubescence of mesonotum ful-

vous and dense, without underlying

golden pubescence ; abdominal fascize

sil¥er-Prpy, ji iehibas deve beeen eRe T. testaceinerva, Cam.
Second sternite closely and minutely

punctured ; pubescence of mesonotum

golden-grey, with underlying golden

pubescence ; abdominal fasciz golden- !

pTey . 2.5 se eae ee ee eee T. tomentosa, Kohl.
. Eighth sternite bisinuate at the apex,

the apical angles not produced ...... T. associata, Turn.

Eighth sternite emarginate, the angles

“produced 2s va wield hie COREE 25,
. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance

equal to the combined length of the

second and third joints of the flagel-

UI eo ined e's ass 220K hh ee T. ugandensis, Turn.
Eyes separated on the vertex by a dis- :

tance less than or only slightly greater

than the length of the second joint of

the flagellum

30,

ol

32.

od.

35,

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes.

. Eyes separated on the vertex by a dis-

tance scarcely exceeding half the
length of the second joint of the
flagellum Ae pith Meine EP ceeee
Fyes “separated on the vertex by a ‘dis-
tance fully equal to the length of the
second joint of the flag ellum........

. Middle joints of the flagellum marked at

least beneath with dull ochreous .
Middle joints of the flagellum entirely
aatele’. oS a2. SIONS ote, chet oie) sie) gate, elavas =

. Abdomen more or less densely covered

with golden pubescence, much more
densely on the apical fascize than else-
MURLER GE aM ent vk, ccaardste a + santana 4

Pubescence of abdomen silver or grey,

almost entirely confined to the apical
SHE CG Eee Aer
Eyes separated on the vertex by a dis-
tance less than the length of the
second joint of the flagellum ; basal
joint of fore tarsus with six spines ;
eighth sternite shallowly emar-
ginate >the ab Soge OL eae Oe DOU Lope
Eyes separated on the vertex by a dis-
tance greater than the length of the
second joint of the flagellum; basal
joint of fore tarsus with five spines ;
eighth sternite rounded ............
Basal joint of fore tarsus with six or
PIPECEMPHCS tas oc te fos sc ovens ene
Basal joint of fore tarsus with not more
GURL VOUSPIMOS ts ./2 5 ods ce ea oe. vie
Basal joint of fore tarsus with eight
spines; eighth sternite | broadly
rounded or subtruncate ............
Basal joint of fore tarsus with six spines;
eighth sternite emarginate ........
Eyes separated on the vertex by a dis-
tance exceeding the length of the
second joint of the flagellum Dh onze
Fyes separated on the vertex by a dis-
tance scarcely exceeding half the
length of the second joint of the fla-
gellum one te ng COE ES CEOS EOP ee
Thorax punctured rugulose; median
seomentrugulose ........0..+...%
Sculpture of thorax and median segment
ETUC OIRED NG War Race ee a's gs aa
Second and third sternites minately
and very closely punctured, sub-
Bas Davee ya teas 6 oe a alate oe
Second and third sternites coarsely and
not very closely punctured, shining ..
Basal joint of fore tarsus with five
spimes tleneth t4 mrt)... kc ke

T. opposita, Turn,

T. neglecta, Turn.
T. pulchricornis, Turn,

28.

30.

T. aurichalecea, Kohl.

T. volubilis, Turn.
dl.
33.

T. habilis, Turn.

T. inexorabilis, Turn.

T. erynnis, Turn,

T. notabilis, Turn.

35.
T. versatilis, Turn.

T. hirsuta, Sm.

36.

“J

Mr. R. E, Turner on

Basal joint of fore tarsus with four ees
leppth Ai gnm.,.... bisa bs ob ; :

Vertex with distinct and rather sparse
punctures; eighth sternite broad.

Vertex almost “smooth, the punctures
microscopic ; eighth sternite very
MIBEROW GS kh &.o4\ ble mie ex nisi so

29.

. Mandibles not excised on the outer

mar gin ; median segment striated on
the dorsal surface, subreciangular, the
apical angles not rounded; ‘abdomen
wholly light ferruginous rad seater
Mandibles deeply excised on the outer
margin; median segment never
striated on the dorsal surface, rounded
at the apical angles; abdomen other-
wise Coloured | {50s . ce omen see
Maxillary palpi five-jointed ; labial
palpi three-jointed, very long and
sigadér 5S< Ss,0vG <s fan eee oe ohn Be
Maxillary palpi six-jointed; labial palpi
four sjoiited .\.. so eas Se eee eee
The four basal dorsal seoments “densely
clothed with brilliant silver pubes-
RENEG Sse; snes Ce Seen eee Mees
Dorsal surface of abdomen densely
clothed with brilliant golden pubes-
CeNnCe? |, (anne kee Cee eee eeee
Wings dark fusco-hyaline ............
Wings subbyaline, with a pale fuscous
apical GEER he Gey See as Be Sei

. Dorsal surface of abdomen densely

clothed with bright golden pubes-
cence, head and thorax entirely with-
out golden pubescence ; with six
spines on basal joint of fore tarsi...
Abdomen not clothed with golden pubes-
cence, or if so clothed then with some
golden pubescence on the thorax
also, or with only five spines on basal
IME OT TOLG MATEUS! ic ok \ aig sinh ie a

. Clypeus with three distinct teeth on each

‘side on the apical margin; gaiea

Bhorver than Scape, «.,.... sch seas cee
Clypeus without teeth; galea much

longer than scape ........ :

: Second sternite shining, with large

scattered punctures .........0ecee0-
Second sternite subopaque, very minutely
and closely punctured ............
Abdomen and the greater part of the
antenne and legs dull ferruginous
EQWED days basis 2 Bios 8s as

36.

T. instabilis, Turn.

T. disputabilis, Turn.

Subgenus Holotachyles.
[Z. dichroa, Sm.

Subgenus Calotachytes. 3.
Subgenus Tachytes. 5.

T. marshalli, Turn.

4,
T. admirabilis, Turn.

T. mira, Kohl.

T. rhodesiana, Bisch.
v;
T. velox, Sm.

8.

T. basilica, Guér.

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes.

Black; the apical margins of the abdo-
minal segments enn eta :.,.

. Wings black, fiushed with blue ; ; or dark

10.

eet COR UO oh es iv te acp on Faas oe
Wings hyaline, subhyaline, or flavo-
hyaline, sometimes pale fusco-hyaline
SURED NE Ra Te 2 cn nt ieee gee? y+ 4.6
Wings dark fusco-hyaline, abdomen with
interrupted fasciee of silver pubes-
2 GG Sane Se ee
Wings black, flushed with blue or

DCL Se: ete ee ee anne a

. Front and clypeus clothed with long

12.

15.

14.

16.

16.

i

18.

19

JUGS Seo BSP ean eee
Front and clypeus with short sericeous
MME SERUCOMS (ry. Modus 'g Sinelais so ee 5 |
Pubescence of front and clypeus silver ;
waterior tibize black 2.2%, ..20%)- + «
Pubescence of front and clypeus golden;
anterior tibiz ferruginous..........
Abdomen black, without pubescent
PEER hoe ay civ elas, 5109 P aoe wise e,aieys
Abdomen with pubescent fascize ......
Abdomen densely covered with silver
PCAPCHCO, oo 0s 5 SR Agialdte 9 alors a2
The pubescence, if silver, restricted to
the apical fascize on the dorsal seg-
TIGHT AES heGULmoeo che como Coar
Basal joint of fore tarsus with five
SPINES 25... ee ee ee eee tee :
Basal joint of fore tarsus with six spines.
Clypeus subtruncate at the apex;
pygidial area clothed with golden
OSE CHCA ole ce Ade chuzya gi Sadie oot «6
Clypeus rounded at the apex; pygidial
area clothed with reddish brown
RUGS Geoeboooee Beare eae cue mere odr
Two basal abdominal segmeuts at least

Basal abdominal segments black ......
Three basal abdominal segments red ;
clypeus without prominent teeth;
apical slope of median segment closely
transversely striated .............:
Two basal abdominal segments red;
clypeus with two prominent teeth ;
apical slope of the median segment
closely and minutely punctured
Wings flavo- hyaline, fusco - hyaline
apically from the second cubital cell ;
pubescence of abdomen dense and
golden; sparse golden pubescence on
the sides of the mesonotum ........
Wings, if flavo-hyaline, without a broad
fusco-hyaline margin...... ety:

20. Galea very long, more than twice as

Apne asthe SCAPO,..100......6-+.0.

T. observabilis, Kohl.
10.

13.

T. merens, Turn.

11.

T. nigropilosella, Cam.
12.

T. natalensis, Sauss.
T. memnon, Turn.

T. nudiventris, Turn.
14,

~

15.
tT

T. distanti, Turn.

16.

T. argenteovestita, Cam.
T. buluwayoensis, Bisch.

18.
19,

T. sjostedti, Cam.

T. ambidens, Kohl.

T. dilaticornis, Turn.

20.

ZA,

26.

iw)
“J

29.

90.

Mr. R. E. Turner oz

Galea less than twice as long as the
scape, often shorter than the scape ..
All the tibie and tarsi fulvo-ferru-

BANGOR 526s 5s Bids are
At ‘least the SWatantinte and hind tibiee
and tarsi black......ié.20. sal ae ae

Fore tibize and tarsi ferruginous ......
Fore tibiz wholly and fore tarsi witiad
lack oe. : ; 23. oe hee
Tibie and tarsi “wholly ‘bright fulvo-

fCITUPINOUS .... - ssc «se ee eee
Tibize and at least a portion of the tarsi
black; the tibize rarely fusco ferrn-
einous at the base *, ....\...-.. ssieebiee

; Galea ahout half as long again as the

BEAPO . we ck = bi oie eS siete cle ani a

Galea shorter than the BCAPE oracle wie

. Second sternite shining, with large sparse

punctures ; pubescence of the meso-
notum fulvous, without any close-
lying golden pubescence. sc
Second sternite subopaque, very min-
utely and closely punctured ; meso-
notum with gold or golden-orey hairs,
with shorter: close-lying golden pubes-
COHNEE. eee a taee en A hates eee
Of small size, not exceeding 10 mm. in
length, pygidial area elongate tri-
angular, nearly twice as long as the
greatest breadth, clothed with very
pale golden pubescence ............
Of larger size, at least 12 mm. in length;
pygidial area subtriangular, broad at
the base, clothed with bright golden
or dark reddish pubescence «2 ....7 50%
Eyes far apart on vertex, separated by
a distance equal to at least the com-
bined length of the second and third
joints of the flagellum; pubescence
of pygidial area rufo-fuscous........
Eyes separated on the vertex by a dis-
tance not exceeding the combined
length of the first ‘and second joints
of the flagellum ; pubescence of py-
gidial area : bright olden Stee eee
With five spines on the basal joint of
the fore tarsus. ..;),.<> ss ts vs tk eee
With six spines on the basal joint of
the fore tarsus..............---+4.
Basal joint of fore tarsus with six
SPIES one iss kce tas oe ee
Basal joint of fore tarsus with not more
than five spies”... ....... le eee
Tergites more or less densely covered
with golden pubescence, the apical
dascin distinct... .% s< sas oxeeeee

23.

T. simulatrix, Tarn.

29

-_—*

T. prestabilis, Turn.
T. labilis, Turn.

T. separ: -abilis, Turn.
25.

F. testaceinerva, Cam.

T. ugandensis, Turn.

28.

T. tomentosa, Kohl.
T. neglecta, Turn,
30.

35.

T. aurichalcea, Kohi.

08. Vertex distinctly and rather

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes.

Pubescence of tergites silver or grey,
and confined to the apical fascizw ....

81. Third sternite opaque, very closely and

microscopically punctured ..........
Third sternite shining, the punctures
neither microscopic nor close ......

. Wings flavo-hyaline, costa fulvous; eyes
separated on the vertex by a Gistnice
scarcely equal to the length of the
two basal j pints of the fle agellum ale

Wings hyaline, costa fuseous; eyes
separated on the vertex by a distance
half as great again as the leneth of
the second joint of the flagellum | a eee

33. Vertex rugosely punctured; ventral

segments 38-5 evenly punctured ;
thorax with dense falvous pubes-
Cence........ ai olevalceal tictaieveh a stalnier a «
er rugosely punctured ; ventre
Vertex not ly punctured ; vent al
segments 3-5 sparsely and irregularly
punctured; thorax with grey or
golden-grey pubescence ........... -

84. Pubescence of the thorax galden-erey ;

pygidial area broadly younded at the

AMOR porte rated ean eh ih ate data sea aa ne
Pubescence of the thorax orey ; ; pyg vidial
area subacute at the apex ....... wats

35. Pubescence of the abdomen golden, of

the pygidial area silver; pubescence
of the abdomen not confined to the
apical margin, but covering the whole
Gowen auttacd,. +=... ..), saeco.
Pubescence of the abdomen confined to
the apical fasciz; silver or grey,
except in rare varieties; pubescence
of the pygidial area never silver ....

86, Thorax punctured rugulose; median

SeAMCHE TUS UIOSE! fy 2 sates acs se ae
Sculpture of thorax and median eee
HAMELOBCOPUCH. ala alate w/aby s leer: :

37. Eyes separated on the vertex by a Fhe

tance scarcely equal to the length of
the second joint of the flagellum ee
Eyes separated on the vertex by a dis-
tance equal to the combined length
of the two basal ign of the -fla-
(212) IY eae ae en Ptr in
sparsely
MCHC CU sreeter ay cleo Ret «) s s-3's vale ea oe
Vertex almost smooth, the punctures

MEER OREODICn nar hath cts a0. 3's soe cues

89. Pubescence of thorax ond median seg-

ment white; length 9-10 mm.......
Pubescence of thorax and median
segment golden-grey; length 11-
MERI 8 SY ee ap ay shdckcs Set bs

T. erynnis, Turn.

T. inexorabilis, Turn,

>

T. versatilis, Turn.

bd.

T. lachesis, Turn.

T. transvaalensis, Cam.

T. timetallica, Turn.

36,

T. notabilis, Turn.

sl

co

T. megera, Turn,

38.
T. wnstabilis, Turn.
9

ov,

T. stlverlocki, Turn.

T. pulchricornis, Turn.

10 Mr. R. E. Turner on

Subgenus Holotachytes, subgen. nov.

Differs from typical Tachytes in the absence of the
incision on the outer margin of the mandibles, in the
striation of the dorsal surface of the median segment, and also
in the longer and more rectangular shape of that segment.

Type of the subgenus, Tachytes dichroa, Sm.

Unlike Calotachytes tlis subgenus has the galea short and
broadly rounded at the apex, not rostrate ; and the joints
of the labial palpi are short and stout.

1. Tachytes (Holotachytes) dichroa, Sm.
Tachytes dichroa, Sm. Cat. Hym. B.M. iv. p. 299 (1856). ¢.
Larrada ferox, Sm, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xii. p. 294 (1873). 9.
Hab. Gambia (type ¢); N. Nigeria, Oye River near
Lajollo (J. W. Scott-Macfie) ; Gold Coast, N. Territories,
Wa (J. J. Simpson), May.

Subgenus Calotachytes, subgen. nov.

The three following species—T. marshalli, Turn., T. mira,
Kohl, and 7. admirabilis, Turn.—form a section of the genus
structurally distinguished by the five-jointed maxillary and
three-jointed labial palpi, other species of the geuus having
six-jomted maxillary and four-jomted labial palpi. The
basal joint of the labial palpi is extremely long and slender,
much longer than the second joint of the flagellum, and the
galea is very elongate. ‘These two characters, however, are
also present in 7. observabilis, Kohl, velox, Sm., and other
related species. J look on the difference in the number of
the joints in the palpi as of subgeneric importance. The
known species are confined to the Ethiopian region and are
of large size, and have at least the four basal dorsal seg-
ments densely covered with golden or silver pubescence.
The second sternite of the female is shining, with large
sparse punctures.

Type of the subgenus, Tachytes marshalli, Turn.

In addition to the three Ethiopian species noticed below,
T. argyropis, Sauss., from Madagascar, also belongs to the
subgenus.

2. Tachytes (Calotachytes) marshalli, Turn.

Tachytes marshalli, Turn. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) ix. p. 420
(1912). 9g.

Hab.. Mashonaland, Salisbury (G. A. K. Marshall) ;

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes. 11

Central Angoniland, Lilongwe district, 4000 ft. (S. A.
Neave), May.

gd. The eighth sternite is subtruncate at the apex, the
angles not projecting.

3. Tachytes (Calotachytes) mira, Kohl.

Tachytes mira, Kohl, Ann. Naturh. Hofmus. Wien, ix. p. 295
(1894). 9.

gd. Seventh tergite very broadly rounded at the apex;
eighth sternite emarginate, the angles forming distinct
teeth.

Hab. Delagoa Bay (Brauns); Mashonaland, Salisbury
(G. A. K. Marshall), January; Nyasaland, Mlanje (S. 4.
Neave), January to May.

4. Tachytes (Calotachytes) admirabilis, Turn.

Tachytes admirabilis, Turn, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xvii. p. 444
(1916). 2g.

Hab. Uganda.
Possibly a local race of mira.

Subgenus Tachytes.

5. Tachytes basilica, Guér.

Lyrops basilicus, Guér. Iconogr. régn. anim. vii., Insect. p. 440 (1844).
Tachytes basilicus, Sm. Cat. Hym, B.M. iv. p. 300 (1856).

Q. Nigra; abdomine brunneo-ferrugineo, infra nigro intaminato ;
segmentis dorsalibus aureo-pubescentibus, pygidio aureo pubes-
cente; mandibulis, antennis, femoribus aypice, tibiis tarsisque
fusco-ferrugineis ; tegulis brunneis; alis subhyalinis, venis
fuscis, apice leviter infuscatis.

¢. Femine similis.

Long., 9 20 mm., ¢ 18 mm.

9. Clypeus broadly subtruncate at the apex. Eyes
separated on the vertex by a distance not quite equal to the
length of the second joint of the flagellum. Front clothed
with silver-white pubescence. Thorax sparsely, median
~ segment more thickly clothed with greyish pubescence; the
punctures of the mesonotum minute and not distinctly
separated ; median segment nearly as long as the meso-
notum, narrowed to the apex, with an ill-defined longitudinal

12 Mr. R. E. Turner on

suleus. Second sternite subopaque, minutely and closely
punctured, with a shining subtriangular space on the middle
of the apical margin. Pygidial area triangular, narrowly
rounded at the apex. Basal joint of fore tarsi with six
spines. First and third abscissee of the radius subequal,
each nearly twice as long as the second, and nearly half as
long again as the space between the recurrent nervures on
the cubitus. Third cubital cell on the cubitus extending a
little beyond the apex of the radial cell.

36. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance not quite
equal to half the length of the second joint of the flagellum ;
punctures of the second sternite distinctly larger than in
the female; seyenth tergite subtriangular, rounded at the
apex, the apical angles not produced.

Hab. Senegal (Guérin) ; N. Nigeria, Zungeru (J. W.
Scott-Macfie), November.

I am doubtful if Magretti (Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, xxi.
p. 586, 1884) has correctly identified the species he records
from Kassala under this name.

6. Tachytes observabilis, Kohl.

Tachytes observabilis, Kohl, Ann, Naturh. Hofmus. Wien, ix. p. 295
(1894). 3.

9 ¢. Extremely near to TJ. basilica, Guér., differing in
the black colour of the abdomen, legs, and antennz in both
sexes. The abdominal segments are very narrowly brown
on the apical margin, and the gold pubescence on the
abdomen is denser and deeper in colour than in T. basilica.
The female has the clypeus very broadly rounded at the
apex, not subtruncate as in basilica.

Hab. Zanzibar (Kohl) ; Nyasaland, Mlanje (S. 4. Neave),
December to February; British E. Africa, Kuja Valley,
S. Kavirondo, 4000 ft. (S. A. Neave), April; Uganda Pro-
tectorate, Valley of Kafu River, Unyoro, 3400 ft. (S. A.
Neave), December ; Angola (Monteiro).

This is probably only a geographical race of 7. basilica,
ranging over Tropical E. Africa and the southern portion
of Tropical West Africa. It oceurs in Nyasaland with the
very similar 7. maa, Kohl, but may be distinguished at
once by the very different sculpture of the second sternite
of the female, and by the much greater approximation of
the eyes on the vertex in the male; also by the number
of joints in the palpi.

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes. 13

7. Tachytes neavei, sp. un.

3. Niger; mandibulis in medio, tegulisque apice fuscis; tarsis
fusco-ferrugineis ; segmentis abdominalibus margine apicali
brunneis, segmentis dorsalibus dense aureo-sericeis, fasciis
apicalibus distinetis; alis subhyalinis, margine apicali leviter
infumatis, venis ferrugineis.

Long. 18 mm.

3g. Clypeus broadly subtruncate at the apex ; eyes very
close together on the vertex, separated by a distance not
exceeding the length of the first joint of the flagellum.
Front and clypeus clothed with whitish pubescence. Second
joint of the flagellum longer by about one-quarter than the
third, joints 3-7 very distinctly arcuate beneath. Thorax
clothed with greyish mingled with pale fulvous hairs, the
punctures very minute. Median segment shorter than the
mesonotum, but nearly twice as long as the scutellum.
Second sternite very closely and finely punctured, more
strongly in the middle than on the sides. Seventh tergite
very broad, nearly as broad as the greatest length, very
broadly rounded at the apex, rather thinly clothed with pale
golden sete, each of which springs from a large puncture ;
eighth sternite broadly and shallowly emarginate at the
apex, the angles not forming distinct teeth. Third cubital
cell not extending as far as the radial, scarcely more than
half as long on the cubitus as the second, third abscissa of
the radius a little longer than the second, about equal to the
first.

Hab. Lualaba River, 2500-4000 ft. (S. A. Neave), May.

The eyes are even closer together on the vertex than in
observabilis, but the anal segments are nearer to mira,
though the seventh tergite is less distinctly rounded, and
the eighth sternite less deeply emarginate than in that
species. In the arcuate joints of the flagellum it differs
from both species.

8. Tachytes velox, Sm.
Tachytes velox, Sm, Cat. Hymen. B.M. iv. p. 301 (1856).

?. Closely resembles 7. basilica, with which it occurs ;
but the antenne are black; the abdominal segments are
black, very narrowly brown on the apical margins, and the
legs are black with the apical joints of the tarsi fusco-
ferruginous. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance
equal to the length of the two basal joints of the flagellum ;

14 Mr. R. E. Turner on

median segment less than two-thirds as long as the meso-
notum; second sternite shining, with large scattered
punctures,

3. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance slightly
exceeding three-quarters of the length of the second joint
of the flagellum ; clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex.
Apical tergites and sternites as in basilica. Second ventral
segment finely and closely punctured. ‘The pubescence of
the abdomen is paler than in observabilis.

Hab. Gambia (Smith) ; N. Nigeria, Zungeru (J. W. Scoitt-
Macfie), November. ?.

The median segment is shorter than in basilica and
observabilis, and the eyes are further apart on the vertex.
The third and fourth joints of the flagellum are slightly
arcuate beneath in the male.

9. Tachytes perornata, sp. n.
¢. Niger; mandibulis in medio, tegulis apice, calcaribus ungui-
culisque fusco-ferrugineis; alis subhyalinis, venis fuscis; capite
albo-piloso, thorace griseo-piloso, segmentis abdominalibus apice
anguste brunneis, segmentis dorsalibus dense aureo-pubescentibus ;
segmento ventrali octavo apice fortiter emarginato.
Long. 16 mm.

3. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance slightly
exceeding three-quarters of the length of the second joint
of the flagellum; clypeus broadly rounded at the apex ;
maxillary palpi six-jointed; labial palpi four-jointed, the
two basal joints long and slender, the second about equal in
length to the second joint of the flagellum, the first longer ;
puncturation of the vertex indistinct. Median segment
nearly twice as long as the scutellum. Second sternite
shining and rather strongly punctured in the middle, much
more finely and closely on the sides. Seventh tergite rather
broad, subtruncate broadly at the apex; eighth sternite _
widely and rather deeply emarginate, the apical angles
produced.

Hab. Uganda Protectorate, Eastern Mbale District, South
of Mt. Elgon, 3700 ft. (S.A. Neave), August; Mbale-Kumi
Road, South of Lake Salisbury, 3700 ft. (S. A. Neave),
August.

This is near velox, but has the seventh tergite broader,
and the eighth sternite very different. The eyes are much
further apart on the vertex than in observabilis or neavei.
From mira it may be distinguished at once by the different
number of joints in the palpi, and from rhodesiana by the

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes. 15

absence of teeth on the clypeus and the much deeper emar-
gination of the eighth sternite.

10. Tachytes nigropilosella, Cam.

Liris nigropilosellus, Cam. Ann. Transvaal Mus. ii. p. 132 (1910).
Tachytes gigas, Bisch. Arch. f. Naturges. A. 38, p. 66 (1913). 9.

é&. Seventh tergite rather broadly truncate, clothed with
dark brown sete, eighth sternite twice as long as broad, the
sides parallel, the apex shallowly emarginate.

Hab. Natal, Durban (Distant) ; Mashonaland, Salisbury
(G. A. K. Marshall), January, § 2? ; N.E. Rhodesia,
Serenje district, 4500 ft. (S. A. Neave), December; Nyasa-
land, Mlanje (S. A. Neave), February.

ll. Tachytes natalensis, Sauss.
Tachytes natalensis, Sauss. Mem. Soc. phys. & hist. nat. Genéve, xiv.
pt. 1, p. 21, n. 10, t. 1. fig. 4 (1854). ¢.
Tachytes natalensis, Sauss, Reise d. Novara, Zool. ii. pt. 1, Hymen.
p. 68 (1867). ¢.

@. Nigra; mandibulis in medio, tarsis anticis articulis tribus
apicalibus, intermediis posticisque articulo apicali, tegulisque
apice ferrugineis; fronte clypeoque argenteo-pubescentibus, area
pygidiali aureo-setoso, alis fusco czeruleis, venis nigris.

6. Femine similis, tarsis anticis omnino ferrugincis.

Long., 9 17 mm., ¢ 14 mm.

¢. Clypeus truncate at the apex, with large sparse
punctures, the space between the large punctures very
minutely and closely punctured. Eyes separated on the
vertex by a distance equal to twice the length of the third
jomt of the flagellum; second joint of the flagellum
distinetly longer than the third. Head and thorax opaque,
closely microscopically punctured ; median segment opaque,
narrowed to the apex, nearly as long as the mesonotum, a
shallow sulcus cn the apical quarter continued much more
deeply on the apical truncation, which is coarsely trans-
versely striated. Abdomen shining, the dorsal surface
microscopically punctured ; second sternite finely and closely
punctured, with a shining and smooth triangular space on
the middle of the apical margin. Pygidial area subtriangular,
the sides a little longer than the base, the apex narréwly
rounded, closely clothed with golden sets which change in
side lights to blackish. Basal joint of fore tarsi with five
spines.

6. Clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex; the

16 Mr. R. E. Turner on

distance between the eyes a little less than in the female ;
seventh tergite rather broadly truncate at the apex; eighth
sternite widely and very shallowly emarginate ou the apical
margin, the angles not produced into teeth. Third cubital
cell rather short on the cubitus, not extending beyond thie
radial cell, third abscissa of the radius longer than the second.

Hab. Natal, Durban (South African Aluseum), April, ¢.
One male from Natal in the British Museum.

12. Tachytes memnon, Turn.

Tachytes memnon, “Turn, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xvii. p. 446
(1916). @.

2. Very close to 7. natalensis, differing in the colour of
the pubescence on the front and pygidial area, in the colour
of the anterior tibiz and of the base of the antenne; in
the distinctly longer second joint of flagellum, in the absence
of large punctures on the clypeus, and in the distinctly
narrower pygidial area.

Hab. Nyasaland, Mlanje (S. A. Neave), April.

Possibly a northern subspecies of natalensis.

13. Tachytes prestabilis, sp. n.

©. Nigra; clypeo, fronte thoraceque pallide aureo-pubescentibus,
pilis fulvidis intermixtis ; segmentis dorsalibus 4 basalibus fascia
apicali argenteo-pubescente; area pygidiali fusco-ferrugineo-
setosa; tegulis testaceis; mandibulis fusco-ferrugineis; tibiis
tarsisque anticis, calearibus, unguiculisque ferrugiveis; alis
flavidulis, venis fusco-ferrugineis.

¢. Femine similis; segmento’ dorsali septimo pallide et sparse
ferrugineo-setoso.

Long., 9 15-16 mm., ¢ 13 mm.

?. Clypeus closely and finely punctured, with large
punctures intermixed, deflexed towards the apical margin,
which is subtruncate with a distinct tooth on each side ;
vertex with a few fairly large, scattered punctures ; eyes
separated on the vertex by a distance slightly exceeding the
length of the second joint of the flagellum. Gale very
long and narrow at the apex, rostrate. Basal joint of fore
tarsus with six spines. Median segment half as long again °
as the scutellum, the median sulcus almost obsolete on the
dorsal surface. Second sternite minutely and closely
punctured ; pygidial area broadly triangular, narrowly
rounded at the apex. Third cubital cell extending a little
beyond the apex of the radial cell.

Wasps of the Genus 'TVachytes. V7

6. Seventh tergite very broadly truncate at the apex ;
eighth sternite very widely but rather shallowly emarginate,
the apical angles produced into short acute spines.

Hab. Uganda Protectorate, Unyoro, Bugoma Forest,
3700 ft. (S. A. Neave), December; Unyoro, Budongo Forest,
3400 ft. (S. A. Neave), December.

Closely allied to 7. hamiltoni, but differs in the colour of
the legs and wings, and in the greater distance between the
eyes on the vertex.

14. Tachytes labilis, sp. n.

Q@. Nigra; tarsis articulis tribus apicalibus subtus, calcaribusque
fusco-ferrugineis ; tegulis testaceis; fronte clypeoque griseo-
argenteo-pubescentibus; thorace segmentoque mediano fulvo-
pilosis; segmentis dorsalibus 4 basalibus fascia lata apicali
griseo-argenteo - pubescente; area pygidiali fusco - ferrugineo-
setosa; alis hyalinis, pallidissime flavo-tinctis, apice pallide
infuscatis, venis testaceis; galea elongata.

d. Femine similis; segmento dorsali septimo subargenteo-
pubescente.

Long., 2 18 mm., ¢ 15 mm,

?. Extremely near to 7. prestadilis, but differs in having
the. pygidial area a little more broadly rounded at the apex ;
and in the colour of the fore legs; the eyes are also a little
further apart on the vertex.

3. Seventh dorsal segment broadly rounded at the apex,
not truncate; eighth sternite narrow, not more than half
as wide as in prestabilis, shallowly emarginate at the apex,
the apical teeth blunter than in prestabils.

Hab. Nyasaland, Mlanje (S. A. Neave), December to
February.

Probably only a geographical race of prestadilis, but the
difference in the apical segments of the male seems
important. The male is the type.

15. Tachytes hamiltoni, sp. n.

dg. Niger; fronte clypeoque aureo-pubescentibus ; thorace seg-
mentoque mediano pallide fulvo-hirsutis, mesonoto lateribus
pallide aureo-pubescente; segmentis dorsalibus 5 basalibus
fascia apicali argenteo-pubescente, pygidio rufo-pubescente ;
teeulis testaceis; mandibulis basi, femoribus parte apicali, tibiis
tarsisque ferrugineis ; alis flavo-hyalinis, venis ferrugineis.
Long. 15 mm.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol, xx. 2

18 Mr. R. E. Turner on

g. Clypeus very shallowly emarginate at the extreme
apex, with three small but distinct teeth on each side;
vertex minutely and rather sparsely punctured; eyes
separated on the vertex by a distance equal to the length
of the second joint of the flagellum ; median segment more
than half as long again as the scutellum, with a distinct
longitudinal sulcus on the dorsal surface ; ventral segments
of the abdomen finely and evenly, but not very closely
punctured ; seventh tergite very broadly truncate at the
apex, clothed with dark red gold pubescence ; eighth sternite
very broadly and rather shallowly emarginate, the apical
angles produced into teeth. Basal joint of the fore tarsus
with six spines. Second and third abscisse of the radius
subequal, both rather shorter than the space between the
recurrent nervures on the ecubitus ; third cubital cell a little
shorter on the cubitus than the second. Third joint of
labial palpi slender, as long as the second.

Hab. British East Africa, 80 miles from Magadi Junction
(F. G. Hamilton), April; Simba, 3350 ft. (S. A. Neave),
April; East shore of Victoria Nyanza near Karungu
(S. A. Neave), April.

Very near 7. separabilis, but differs in the much broader
seventh tergite and eighth sternite, and in the slightly
greater distance between the eyes on the vertex;. the

recurrent nervures are also further apart, and the galea is
longer.

16. Tachytes simulatrizx, sp. n.

@. Nigra; scapo apice subtus, mandibulis basi, tegulis, femoribus
dimidio apicali, tiblis tarsisque ferrugineis; fronte clypeoque
pallidissime aureo-pubescentibus ; thorace segmentoque mediano-
fulvo-hirsutis ; segmentis dorsalibus 4 basalibus fascia apicali
argenteo-pubescente ; area pygidiali rufo-setosa; alis flavo-
hyalinis, venis ferrugineis; galea maxime elongata, scapo triplo
longiore.

Long. 16 mm.

2. Clypeus very broadly rounded or subtruncate at the
apex; galea very long and narrow, at least* three times as
long as the scape; second joint of labial palpi longer than
the third. Vertex sparsely and not very finely punctured ;
eyes separated on the vertex by a distance slightly exceeding
the length of the second joint of the flagellum. Basal joint
of the fore tarsus with six spines. Median segment less
than half as long again as the scutellum, with a distinct
median sulcus; pygidial area broadly triangular, rounded

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes. 19

at the apex; spur of hind tibia as long as the basal joint of
the hind tarsus. Third cubital cell on the cubitus reaching
beyond the radial cell, about three-quarters of the length of
the second cubital cell. Second and third abscissz of the
radius subequal. Second ventral segment subopaque, closely
microscopically punctured.

Hab. 8S. Nigeria, Okigwi (J. J. Simpson), May.

This species is nearly allied to T. hamiltoni, but has the
galea much longer, fully three times as long as the scape in
simulatriz, only a little more than twice as long in hamiltoni.
As this character does not appear to differ in the sexes of
other species, I do not think that these can be sexes of one
species.

17. Tachytes rhodesiana, Bisch.

Tachytes rhodesianus, Bisch. Arch. f. Naturges. A. 3, p. 70
(1913). Q.

?. Very similar to T. observabilis, but somewhat smaller,
and may be distinguished at once by the clypeus, which is
depressed on the apical margin, very shallowly subemarginate
in the middle, with three well-defined teeth on each side.
The distance between the eyes on the vertex is somewhat
greater, slightly exceeding the length of the second joint of
the flagellum. ‘lhe sculpture of the second ventral segment
resembles that of observabilis and basilica, but the minute
punctures spread over the small triangular area in the
middle of the apical margin.

6. Clypeus as in the female. Eyes separated on the
vertex by a distance not quite equal to the length of the
second joint of the flagellum, much further apart than in
observabilis and basilica. Seventh tergite broad, rather
broadly subtruncate at the apex, eighth sternite very shal-
lowly emarginate at the apex, the angles not forming
distinct teeth. Fourth and fifth joints of the flagellum
subarcuate beneath.

Length, 9 17 mm., ¢ 16 mm.

Hab. S. Rhodesia, Springvale (Rhodesia Museum), April ;
Zululand, Mfongosi (W. HE. Jones, S. African Museum),
April, 3 2.

The labial palpi in this species are much shorter and
stouter than in others of the group, the basal joint being
much shorter than the second joint of the flagellum, not
longer as in odservabilis and other related species.

Q*

20 Mr. R. E. Turner on

*18. Tachytes pulchrivestita, Cam.

Tachytes pulchrivestita, Cam. Sjéstedt. Kilimandjaro-Meru Exp. ii.
p. 284 (1910). 2.
Hab. Usambara.

From the description this appears to be nearest to
T. rhodesiana.

19. Tachytes aurichalcea, Kobl.

Tachytes aurichalcea, Kohl, Ann. Soc. Entom. Belg. xxxv. p. 16
(1891). 2.

Q. Nigra; tarsis apice fusco-ferrugineis ; tegulis testaceis ; alis
hyalinis, venis testaceis; fronte clypeoque argenteo-pubescen-
tibus; thorace, segmento mediano, segmentis abdominalibus
dorsalibus, pedibusque aureo-pubescentibus; area pygidiali
fusco-ferrugineo-pubescente.

¢o. Femine similis.

Long., 2 15 mm., ¢ 14 mm.

9. Vertex sparsely and rather finely punctured ; eyes
separated on the vertex by a distance equal to the length
of the two basal joints of the flagellum. Punctures of the
thorax very minute; median segment short, less than half
as long again as the scutellum. ‘lhe golden pubescence of
the tergites very short and rather sparse at the base, much
denser on the apical fasciz. Pygidial area triangular, nar-
rowly rounded at the apex. Second and third sternites
subopaque, minutely and very closely punctured. Galea
about as long as the scape. Six spines on the basal joint
of the fore tarsus.

6. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance distinctly
less than the length of the second joint of the flagellum ;
seventh tergite rather broadly rounded at the apex; eighth
sternite shallowly emarginate in the middle, the apical
angles blunt.

Hab. N. Nigeria, Bokani (J. J. Simpson), September ;
Sierra Leone, Daru (J. J. Simpson), August; Gold Coast,
Northern ‘Territories, Yapi (J. J. Simpson); 8. Nigeria,
Okigwi (J. J. Simpson), May; Katanga, Kambove, 4000—
5000 ft. (S. A. Neave), March; Nyasaland, Mlanje (S. A.
Neave), December to July; N. Rhodesia, Ulunga, (Ff. V.
Bruce Miller), May; Mashonaland, Salisbury (G. 4. &.
Marshall), April.

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes. 21

20. Tachytes bimetallica, sp. n.

2. Nigra; tarsis ferrugineis, articulo basali infuscato; calcaribus
ferrugineis; tegulis segmentisque abdominalibus margine apicali
brunneo-testaceis; alis hyalinis, venis testaceis ; clypeo, fronte,
pygidioque argenteo - pubescentibus ; thorace cinereo - hirsuto;
segmentis dorsalibus 1-5 pallide aureo-pubescentibus,

Long. 13 mm.

?. Clypeus subtruncate at the apex, with three minute
teeth on each side. Vertex very minutely and closely
punctured ; eyes separated on the vertex by a distance equal
to the combined length of the two basal joints of the
flagellum. Median segment scarcely half as long again
as the scutellum, with a distinct longitudinal sulcus on the
dorsal surface. Basa] joint of the fore tarsus with five
spines; fore tibia with a row of five very long spines; spur
of hind tibia as long as the basal joint of the hind tarsus.
Pygidial area triangular, narrowly rounded at the apex.
Third and fourth sternites shining and sparsely punctured
in the middle.

Hab. Cape, Hex River (South African Museum), January.

Nearly allied to aurichalcea, but differs in the colour of
the pubescence on the thorax and pygidial area, and in the
number of spines on the fore metatarsus.

21. Tachytes merens, sp. nu.

2. Nigra, albo-pilosa; calcaribus spinisque tarsorum ferrugineis
fronte clypeoque albido-pilosis; segmentis dorsalibus 4 fascia
apicali interrupta argenteo-pubescente, area pygidiali basi fusco,
apice aureo-setosa ; alis fuscis, venis nigris.

Long. 17-20 mm.

?. Clypeus clothed with long silver hairs, which change
to dull brown in some lights; the extreme apical margin
narrowly depressed, subemarginate at the extreme apex,
with three rather ill-defined teeth on each side. Lower
part of the front clothed with long silver hairs as on the
clypeus ; vertex very distinctly and rather sparsely punc-
tured. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance equal to
the combined length of the two basal joints of the flagellum ;
antennz short and stout. Thorax minutely and very closely
punctured, the punctures distinctly separated, median seg-
ment more closely punctured, the pubescence cinereous.
Abdomen shining, the dorsal surface closely and minutely
punctured; the fifth segment more distinctly punctured,

22 Mr. R. E. Turner on

the apical margin arcuately depressed, with a few long
fuscous hairs at the base of the depression. Second sternite
rather sparsely and not very finely punctured, shining.
Pygidial area clothed with fuscous sete, which change to
reddish gold in some lights, especially at the apex; tri-
angular, narrowly rounded at the apex. Basal joint of the
fore tarsus with six spines. Third cubital cell extending
distinctly beyond the apex of the radial cell ; third abscissa
of the radius a little longer than the second, but shorter
than the first.

Hab. Nyasaland, Mlanje (S. A. Neave), December.

Superficially rather like T. marshalli, Turn., but the second
sternite is much more closely and finely punctured, the
silver pubescence on the abdomen is not nearly so extensive,
and the third cubital cell is much longer on the cubitus.
But marshalli belongs to the group with elongate palpi.

22. Tachytes distanti, sp. n.

Q. Nigra, argenteo-pilosa; tarsis ferrugineis, articulo basali supra
nigro; capite, thorace, segmentoque mediano albido-pilosis,
mesonoto scutelloque pallide fulvo-griseo-pilosis; segmentis
dorsalibus dense argenteo-pubescentibus, fasciis apicalibus
distinctis ; area pygidiali argenteo-pilosa; segmentis ventralibus
apice anguste brunneis ; alis subhyalinis, pallidissime flayidulis ;
venis ferrugineis.

Long. 14 mm.

9. Clypeus broadly rounded at the apex, the anterior
margin narrowly depressed and very shallowly emarginate
in the middle. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance
slightly less than the combined length of the two basal
joints of the flagellum. Front and clypeus with shining
silver pubescence, with long whitish hairs intermingled ;
pleurze and median segment clothed with long whitish hairs,
the dorsal surface of the thorax clothed with short erect
ereyish-fulvous hairs. Dorsal segments densely covered
with silver pubescence; pygidial area triangular, almost
pointed at the apex, clothed with silver pubescence slightly
tinged with gold. Second sternite subopaque finely and
closely punctured. Basal joint of the fore tarsus with five
long pale spines. Radial cell pointed at the apex, the appen-
dicular cell very narrow ; third cubital cell extending on the
cubitus beyond the apex of the radial cell, nearly three-
quarters of the length of the second cell on the cubitus.
First abscissa of the radius a little longer than the third,
second less than two-thirds of the length of the third, the

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes. 23

distance between the recurrent nervures on the cubitus
slightly greater than the second abscissa of the radius.

Hab. Pretoria (Distant).

Very nearly related to 7’. argenteovestita, Cam., and T. bulu-
wayoensis, Bisch., but differs from both in only having five
spines on the basal joint of the fore tarsus, instead of six as
in those species; it also differs from buluwayoensis in the
colour of the pubescence on the pygidial area; and from
argenteovestita in the colour of the tarsi and in details of
neuration.

*23. Tachytes buluwayoensis, Bisch.
Tachytes buluwayoensis, Bisch. Arch. f. Naturges. A. 3, p. 68 (1913).
2.

2. Differs from distanti in having six spines on the basal
joint of the fore tarsus, and in having the pygidial area
clothed with reddish-brown sete.

Hab. 8S. lihodesia, Benibesi; January.

*24. Tachytes argenteovestita, Cam,
Tachytes argenteovestita, Cam. Ann. Transvaal Mus. ii. p. 180 (1910).
o.

Differs from distanti in having six spines on the basal
joint of the fore tarsus, and in the much shorter second .
abscissa of the radius, also apparently in the colour of the
tarsi.

IT am doubtful if buluwayoensis is really distinct from
argenteovestita, the details of neuration as to the comparative
length of the abscissze of the radius being very unreliable
im this genus, and the other differences given by Bischoff
may be due to very slight inaccuracies in Cameron’s
description,

Hab. Transvaal, Pietersburg ; December.

25. Tachytes dilaticornis, Turn.

Tachytes dilaticornis, Turn. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xvii. p. 446
(1916). 3.

Q. Nigra; capite argenteo-pubescente; thorace segmentoque
mediano pallide et sparse aureo-pilosis; abdomine lete aureo-
pubescente, segmentis dorsalibus fascia apicali densius aureo-
pubescente, segmentis dorsalibus et ventralibus apice late brun-
neis ; tegulis fuscis; alis flavis, apice latissime infumatis, venis
testaceis.

24 Mr. R. E. Turner on

o. Femine similis; capite pallide aureo-pubescente; flagello-
articulis 2-7 infra fortiter arcuato-dilatatis.
Long., ¢ 2, 14 mm.

@. Clypeus subtruncate at the apex. Eyes separated on
the vertex by a distance not quite equal to the length of the
two basal joints of the flagellum. Pubescence of the thorax
very sparse and pale, longer on the sides of the median
segment. Abdomen rather slender, the basal segment not
quite as broad as the second; second sternite opaque,
minutely and closely punctured, with sparse larger pune-
tures ; pygidial area elongate-triangular, narrowly rounded
at the apex, clothed densely with reddish gold pubescence.
Basal joint of fore tarsus with five spines.

g. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance equal to
the length of the third joint of the flagellum; seventh
tergite truncate at the apex, the sides convergent from the
base ; eighth sternite broadly subtruncate at the apex, the
apical angles not produced.

Hab. British East Africa, Kuja Valley, 8S. Kavirondo,
4000 ft. (S. A. Neave), April 830-May 1, g; Uganda Pro-
tectorate, between Kumi and N.E. shore of Lake Kioga,
3400-3600 ft. (S. d. Neave), August.

This is near JT. aurichalcea, Kohl, but is a more slender
species, with differently coloured wings, and also differs in
the clypeus, the slightly narrower space between the eyes,
and in the male antenne and apical segments. This belongs
to the section of the genus in which the galea is short and
broadly rounded, not rostrate.

26. Tachytes volubilis, sp. n.

¢. Niger; segmentis abdominalibus margine apicali brunneis;
calcaribus unguiculisque ferrugineis; fronte clypeoque sub-
argenteo-pubescentibus ; thorace segmentoque mediano sparse et
pallide aureo-griseo-pubescentibus ; segmentis dorsalibus aureo-
pubescentibus, fasciis apicalibus distinctissimis ; alis flayo-
hyalinis, venis ferrugineis,

Long. 12 mm.

g. Clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex; galea
much shorter than the scape; vertex rather indistinctly
punctured ; eyes separated on the vertex by a distance
slightly exceeding the length of the second joimt of the
flagellum. Thorax very closely and minutely punctured ;
median segment finely rugulose, twice as long as the
scutellum. Abdomen rather slender; second sternite

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes. 20

subopaque, finely and closely punctured; seventh dorsal
segment rather long, rounded at the apex, and clothed with
pale golden pubescence ; eighth ventral segment rounded
at the apex.

Hab. British East Africa, Kuja Valley, S. Kavirondo,
4000 ft. (S.A. Neave), April; Masai Reserve (7. J. Anderson),
April.

Near 7’. dilaticornis, Turn., but differs in the structure
of the antenne, the greater4listance hetween the eyes, the
narrower apical segments, aud the colour of the wings.

~
27. Tachytes nudiventris, sp. n.

@. Nigra; fronte clypeoque pallide fulvo-pilosis; thorace seg-
mentoque mediano sparse griseo-pilosis; abdomine nude, uitido ;
alis hyalinis, flavo suffusis, venis fuscis; area pygidiali nigro-
setosa ; palpis testaceis.

6. Femine simillimus.

Long., 9 15 mm., ¢ 14 mm.

2. Clypeus finely and closely punctured, broadly rounded
at the apex. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance
equal to the combined length of the first and second joints
of the flagellum. ‘Thorax and median segment opaque, very
finely and closely punctured, rather more sparsely on the
scutellum than elsewhere ; the median segment as long as
the scutellum and postscutellum combined, rounded at the
posterior angles, very steeply sloped posteriorly, with a
narrow and shallow median sulcus broadening on the apical
third and continued more deeply on the apical truncation.
Abdomen shining, minutely punctured, the segments without
apical bands of pubescence; second sternite closely and
minutely punctured, with an arched row of large punctures
before the apex. Pygidial area broad at the base, narrowly
rounded at the apex, subtriangular, clothed with black sete.
Basal joint of the fore tarsi with six short aud stout spines.
Second and third abscissz of the radius almost equal, the
distance between the recurrent nervures on the cubitus equal
to the second abscissa of the radius. ‘lhird cubital cell
long and narrow, the apex on the cubitus reaching nearer
to the margin of the wing than the apex of the radial
cell.

d@. Seventh tergite small, rather narrowly rounded at
the apex ; eighth sternite about half as long egain as broad,
narrowly and not very deeply incised at the apex. Galea
rather short and broad, not rostrate.

26 Mr. R. E. Turner on

Hab. Uganda, Entebbe (C. G. Gowdey), June to Novem-
ber ; Uganda Protectorate, Mpanga Forest, Toro, 4800 ft.
(S. A. Neave), November; N. Ruwenzori, 6000-8300 ft.
(S. A. Neave), November ; Tero Forest, 8.E. Buddu, 3800 ft.
(S. A, Neave), September.

28. Tachytes ambidens, Kohl.

Tachytes ambidens, Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges, Wien, xxxiv. p. 3438
(1884), 9.

. Nigra; mandibulis, tarsis calcaribusque ferrugineis ; abdomine
segmentis duobus basalibus rufis, nigro intaminatis; segmentis
tribus dorsalibus apice utrinque fascia transyersa argenteo-
pilosa; pygidio fusco-ferrugineo piloso; alis hyalinis, yenis
tegulisque testaceis.

3g. Femine similis; pygidio argenteo-piloso.

Long., 2 ll mm., ¢ 9 mm.

2. Head seen from the front much broader than long ;
front clothed with white pubescence. Clypeus with a short
longitudinal carina on each side near the middle of the
apical margin, the carine projecting and forming short
teeth. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance fully
equal to the length of the two basal joints of the flagellum.
Thorax finely and closely punctured, the sides of the thorax
and the median segment sparsely clothed with white hairs.
Second sternite closely and minutely punctured, the apical
margin smooth and shining. Pygidial area subtriangular,
rather broadly rounded at the apex. Basal joint of the
fore tarsi with five spines. Radial cell rather broadly
truncate at the apex, not reaching nearly as far as the
cubitus ; second and third abscissz of the radius and the
space between the recurrent nervures all subequal.

g. Clypeus without carine or teeth, the anterior margin
broadly truncate. Seventh tergite broad, rather broadly
subtruncate at the apex; eighth sternite widely and not
very shallowly emarginate at the apex, produced into a
tooth on each side at the apical angles.

Hab. The South-west borders of Abyssinia, or the adjacent
districts of British East Africa (R. J. Stordy). Described
by Kohl from Sarepta in S.E. Russia.

A pair in the British Museum from the Stordy collec-
tion. The female answers well to Kohl’s description in
most details, but the eyes seem to be slightly further
apart on the vertex, and the antenne are as stout as in
T. europea.

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes. 27

*29. Tachytes sjéstedti, Cam.

Tachytes sjéstedti, Cameron, Sjéstedt, Kilimandjaro-Meru Exped. ii.
p- 284 (1910). @.

Hab. Meru.
Unknown to me.

30. Tachytes separabilis, sp. n.

Q. Nigra; mandibulis basi, scapo subtus, tegulis, femoribus
dimidio apicali, posticis fere totis, tibiis tarsisque fulvo-ferru-
gineis ; fronte clypeoque pallide aureo-pubescentibus ; mesonoto
lateribus pallide aureo-pubescente, segmento mediano pallide
fulvo-hirto; segmentis dorsalibus 4 basalibus fascia lata apicali
argenteo-pubescente, area pygidiali aureo-pubescente ; alis flayo-
hyalinis, venis ferrugineis.

6. Femine similis, segmento dorsali septimo argenteo-pubescente.

Long., 9 ¢, 15-16 mn.

2. Clypeus broadly truncate at the apex; galea half as
long again as the scape; second and third joints of the
labial palpi subequal. Vertex with a few scattered punc-
tures ; eyes separated on the vertex by a distance not quite
equal to the length of the second joint of the flagellum.
Basal joint of the fore tarsi with six spines; spur of the
hind tibia as long as the basal joint of the hind tarsus.
Median segment not quite half as long again as the scu-
tellum, the median suleus obsolete on the dorsal surface.
Second sternite subopaque, minutely and closely punctured;
pygidial area triangular, rather broadly rounded at the apex.
Third cubital cell a little more than half as long on the
cubitus as the second, extending a little further than the
apex of the radial cell.

6. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance very
distinctly less than the length of the second joint of the
flagellum. Seventh tergite rather broadly truncate at the
apex ; eighth sternite emarginate, the apical angles bluntly
produced.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant), ¢ ; Zululand, Mfon-
gosi (W. E. Jones), 3, in South African Museum ; British
East Africa, Kuja Valley, S. Kavirondo, 4000 ft. (S. A.
Neave), 3, May; Gold Coast, N. Territories, Yapi (J. J.
Simpson), 9, December.

This closely resembles 7. e¢trusca, Rossi, but in that species
the galea is no longer than the scape. Radoszkowski’s
record of JT. efrusca from Angola probably refers to this
species.

28 Mr. R. E. Turner on

31. Tachytes irritabilis, sp. n.

¢. Niger; segmentis abdominalibus margine apicali anguste
brunneis; tegulis testaceis; femoribus apice extremo, tibiis
tarsisque fulvo-ferrugineis; alis flavo-hyalinis, venis ferrvgineis;
fronte clypeoque pallide aureo-pubescentibus; thorace seg-
mentoque mediano griseo-aureo-pubescentibus ; segmentis dorsal-
ibus 4 basalibus fascia interrupta apicali argenteo-pubescente ;
area pygidiali pallide aureo-pubescente ; galea modice elongata,
scapo dimidio longiore.

Long. 11 mm.

3+ Clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex, with three
minute teeth on each side; vertex rather closely punctured ;
eyes separated on the vertex by a distance not quite equal
to the length of the second joint of the flagellum; second
and third joints of the labial palpi subequal. Thorax closely
microscopically punctured; median segment about half as
long again as the scutellum. Second sternite finely but not
very closely punctured, thinly clothed with long fulvous
hairs ; seveuth tergite broadly rounded at the apex; eighth
ventral segment strongly emarginate, the apical angles
bluntly produced, Basal joint of fore tarsi with four spines ;
spur of hind tibiz as iong as the basal joint of the hind
tarsus. Radial cell narrowly rounded at the apex; third
abscissa of the radius a little longer than the second, but
slightly shorter than the space between the recurrent
nervures on the cubitus.

Hab. Nyasaland, Mlanje (S. 4. Neave), December.

In the length of the galea this species is nearly allied to
T. separabilis, from which it is separated by the smaller
size, the rounded apex of the seventh tergite, and the lesser
number of spines on the basal joint of the fore tarsus. In
the latter case it is possible that the normal number of
spines in this species may be five, as they are liable to be
broken, but certainly not six as in separadilis,

32. Tachytes testaceinerva, Cam.

Tachytes testaceinerva, Cameron, Sjéstedt, Kilimandjaro-Meru Exp. ii.
p. 283 (1910). 9.

©. Nigra, mandibulis basi, scapo subtus, tegulis, femoribus apice,
tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis ; fronte clypeoque fulvo-aureo-
pubescentibus ; thorace segmentoque mediano dense fulvo-
pubescentibus ; segmentis dorsalibus 4 basalibus apice late
argenteo-pubescentibus ; area pygidiali rufescente-pilosa ; alis
pallide fulvo-hyalinis, venis testaceis.

3S. Femine similis.

Long., 2 17-20 mm., ¢ 18 mm.

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes. 29

2. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance equal to
the length of the third joint of the flagellum. Clypeus
broadly subtruncate at the apex ; vertex with sparse distinct
punctures; second joint of the flagellum distinctly longer
than the third. Pygidial area subtriangular, rather broadly
rounded at the apex, clothed with dark reddish pubescence,
which changes to fuscous in some lights. Second sternite
shining deeply and sparsely punctured, with a smooth tri-
angular area in the middle of the apical margin. Third
abscissa of the radius longer than the second by about one-
quarter, equal to the distance between the recurrent nervures
on the cubitus. Basal joint of fore tarsus with six spines.

¢ . Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance equal to
the length of the first joint of the fiagellum; antennz
rather stout, the third to sixth joints of the flagellum feebly
arcuate beneath. Scutellum rather more distinctly punc-
tured than the mesonotum ; seventh tergite subtriangular,
rather narrowly truncate at the apex, clothed with red gold
pubescence. Eighth sternite truncate at the apex, the angles
not produced.

Hab. Meru lowlands, Ngare na Nyuki (Sjéstedt), Novem-
ber, 9; Nyasaland, Mlanje (S. A. Neave), February, 9;
S.E. shore of Lake Nyasa between Ft. Maguire and Ft.
Johnston (S. A. Neave), March, 3.

My description is taken from a pair from Nyasaland,
which I think belong to Cameron’s species, but I have not
examined the type.

33. Tachytes associata, sp. n.

do. Niger; tegulis, femoribus apice, tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis ;
fronte clypeoque aureo-pilosis; thorace segmentoque mediano
dense et pallide fulvo-pilosis, mesonoto lateribus aureo-pubes-
cente, segmentis dorsalibus 1-5 apice fascia argenteo-pubescente ;
area pygidiali pallide aureo-pubescente ; alis pallidissime fulyo-
hyalinis, nervis testaceis.

Long. 15 mm.

3- Near testaceimerva, Cam., but the clypeus is very
narrowly depressed on the apical margin, the depressed
portion slightly porrect and with a distinct angle in the
middle ; vertex not distinctly punctured ; eyes separated on
the vertex by a distance equal to the length of the second
joint of the flagellum; basal joint of fore tarsi with five
spines; second ventral segment finely and evenly punctured,
subopaque, not shining with sparse large punctures on the
apical half as in festaceinerva ; seventh tergite broad, truncate

30 Mr. R. E. Turner on

broadly at the apex; eighth sternite broad, shallowly bi-
sinuate at the apex, the apical angles not produced. Third
abscissa of the radius nearly twice as long as the second, the
latter nearly as long as the space between the recurrent
nervures on the cubitus. Third cubital cell extending on
the cubitus a little beyond the apex of the radial cell.

Hab. Portuguese E. Africa, Beira (P. A. Sheppard).

The broad, bisinuate, eighth sternite distinguishes this
species from all others of similar colouring.

34. Tachytes kristenseni, sp. n.

@. Nigra; capite subargenteo-pubescente; thorace segmentoque
mediano sparse griseo-aureo-pubescentibus, abdomine griseo-
aureo-pubescente, segmentis dorsalibus 4 basalibus fasciis apica-
libus distinctis; area pygidiali angusta, pallidissime aureo-
pubescente; tegulis testaceis, segmentis abdominalibus margine
apicali anguste brunneis; tibiis, tarsis, femoribusque posticis
ferrugineis; alis hyalinis, venis fusco-ferrugineis.

Long. 9 mm.

9. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance equal to
the length of the two basal joints of the flagellum; clypeus
subtruncate at the apex, the apical margin rather broadly
depressed; antennz short, the basal joint of the flagellum
fully half as long as the second, which is a little shorter
than the third; vertex not distinctly punctured. Median
segment about half as long again as the scutellum, without
a longitudinal suleus on the dorsal surface. Abdomen
rather slender, thinly clothed with short, dull, pale golden
pubescence, which is denser and brighter on the marginal
fascie. Pygidial area narrow, nearly twice as long as the
greatest breadth, narrowly rounded at the apex. Second
sternite minutely and closely punctured. Only three
slender spines visible on the basal joint of the fore tarsus,
Second abscissa of the radius very little shorter than the
third, longer than the distance between the recurrent ner-
vures on the cubitus. Third cubital cell much more than
half as long as the second on the cubitus, extending further
than the apex of the radial cell.

Hab. Abyssinia, Harar (G. Kristensen), May.

Described from a single specimen. It is possible that
the spines on the fore tarsus may have been broken off on
the basal part, but the specimen is in good condition and
shows no signs of damage. The species may be distinguished
by the narrow pygidial area, the short joints of the flagellum,
and the small and slender form.

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes. 31
35. Tachytes ugandensis, sp. n.

@. Nigra, capite, thorace, segmentoque mediano pallide aureo-
pubescentibus; segmentis dorsalibus 4 basalibus apice fascia
subargenteo-pubescente ; area pygidiali rufo-fusco-setosa ; man-
dibulis fusco-ferrugineis ; tegulis, femoribus apice, tibiis tarsisque
fulvo-ferrugineis ; alis hyalinis, venis testaceis.

¢o. Femine simillimus.

Long., ¢ 2,13 mm.

2. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance slightly
exceeding the combined length of the second and third
joints of the flagellum ; the vertex very distinctly and rather
sparsely punctured. Front and clypeus clothed with very
pale golden pubescence, the clypeus very broadly triangu-
larly depressed at the apex, the margin subtruncate. Second
joint of the flagellum distinctly longer than the third.
Thorax rather sparsely clothed with pale golden pubescence
and with longer pale fulvous hairs; median segment not
more than half as long again as the scutellum, with a shallow
longitudinal impressed line, which is more deeply continued
on the posterior slope. Abdomen, including the second
sternite, minutely and closely punctured; pygidial area
subtriangular, rather narrowly rounded at the apex. Basal
joint of the fore tarsus with seven rather slender spines.
Third abscissa of the radius half as long again as the second,
but scarcely equal to the distance between the recurrent
nervures on the cubitus. Third cubital cell on the cubitus
less than half as long as the second.

3. Seventh tergite not very broad, rounded at the apex ;
eighth sternite deeply and rather narrowly emarginate at
the apex. The galea is short in both sexes, not very much
longer than the greatest breadth, broadly rounded at the
apex ; the ligula is broadly extended and bilobed ; second
joint of labial palpi no longer than the third.

Hab. Uganda, Entebbe (C. G. Gowdey), June to January;
Mariba Forest, Chagwe, 3500-3800 ft. (S. A. Neave),
July.

This species is easily distinguished from others of similar
colouring by the great distance between the eyes on the
vertex.

36. Tachytes opposita, sp. n.

3. Niger; fronte clypeoque aureo-pubescentibus ; thorace segmen-
toque mediano griseo-aureo-pubescentibus ; segmentis dorsalibus
4 basalibus fascia apicali argenteo-pubescente ; tegulis testaceis ;

oe ’ Mr. R. E. Turner on

tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis; alis hyalinis, pallidissime flavo-
tinctis, venis ferrugineis.
Long. 13 mm.

¢. Clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex; vertex
sparsely punctured. Eyes separated on the vertex by a
distance only slightly exceeding half the length of the
second joint ‘of the flagellum ; median segment “about half
as long again as the scutellum. Second sternite shining,
evenly, but not very closely punctured; seventh tergite
broadly subtriangular, rather broadly truncate at the apex,
and clothed with silver pubescence faintly tinged with gold;
eighth sternite widely and rather shallowly emarginate, the
anzles produced into distinct teeth. Third abscissa of the
radius longer than the second, but shorter than the distance
between the recurrent nervures on the cubitus. Third
cubital cell very little shorter on the cubitus than the second.
Basal joint of fore tarsus with five spines.

Hab. N. Rhodesia, Pakasa (O. Silverlock), January.

37. Tachytes neglecta, sp. n.

©. Nigra; fronte clypeoque subargenteo-pubescentibus ; thorace
fulvo-pubescente ; segmento mediano griseo-fulvo-hirsuto ; seg-
mentis dorsalibus 4 basalibus fascia apicali griseo-argenteo-
pubescente; area pygidiali apice subacuta, aureo-pubescente ;
tegulis testaceis ; segmentis abdominalibus margine apicali
brunneis; tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis; alis hyalinis, pallide
flavo-tinctis, venis testaceis.

¢. Femine similis.

Long., Q 12-14 mm., ¢ 13-14 mm.

9. Clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex; vertex
sparsely and shallowly punctured; eyes separated on the
vertex by a distance equal to the combined length of the
first and second joints of the flagellum. Median segment
less than half as long again as the scutellum, the median
sulcus indistinct. Second ventral segment subopaque, very
minutely and closely punctured ; pygidial area subacute
at the apex. Third abscissa of the radius longer than the
second, about equal to the distance between the recurrent
nervures on the cubitus; third cubital on the cubitus at
least two-thirds of the iength of the second. Basal joint
of fore tarsus with six spines.

g. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance slightly
exceeding the length of the second joint of the flagellum ;
seventh tergite very broadly rounded at the apex, clothed

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes. 33

with golden pubescence; eighth sternite deeply and rather
narrowly emarginate, the angles produced. Second and
third joints of the labial palpi subequal, rather short.

Hab. Nyasaland, Mlanje (S. A. Neave), January to April;
N.E. Rhodesia between Fort Jameson and Lundazi, 4000 ft.
(S. A. Neave), June ; Mashonaland, Salisbury (G. A. K.
Marshall), January; British Hast Africa, Kibwezi, 3000 ft.
(S. A. Neave), April.

This is a smaller species than separabilis or hamiltoni, and
may also be distinguished in the male sex by the seventh
tergite which is rounded, not truncate, and by the more
narrowly emarginate eighth sternite. The female may be
distinguished from separabilis by the much more pointed
pygidial area. The galea is also much shorter and broader
than in either of the above-mentioned species, being no
longer than the scape.

38. Tachytes tomentosa, Kohl.
Tachytes tomentosus, Kohl, Ann. Soc, Ent. Belg. xxxy. p. 16 (1891).
Be

@. Nigra; clypeo, fronte, pronoto, pleuris, mesonoto lateribus,
scutello apice, segmento mediano lateribus, segmentis dorsalibus
4 basalibus pygidioque aureo-pubescentibus ; sezgmentis abdomin-
alibus margine apicali brunneo-ferrugineis ; tegulis testaceis ;
femoribus parte apicali, tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis; alis pallide
flavo-hyalinis, venis ferrugineis,

dg. Femine similis,

Long., 9 13-14 mm., ¢ 13 mm.

9. Clypeus broadly rounded at the apex; vertex not
distinctly punctured. Eyes separated on the vertex by a
distance not quite equal to the length of the second joint of
the flagellum. Basal joint of the fore tarsus with five spines.
Second sternite subopaque, very minutely and closely
punctured, with a smooth area on the middle of the apical
margin. In addition to the apical fasciz the dorsal seg-
ments are thinly clothed with very short dull golden pubes-
cence ; the pygidial area is rounded at the apex. Third
cubital cell shorter than the second on the cubitus by about
one-quarter. 7

S. Seventh tergite rather narrowly truncate at the apex ;
eighth ventral segment truncate at the apex, the angles not
produced. The pubescence on the abdomen is paler than
in the female; and the eyes are very close together on the
vertex, separated by about the length of the first joint of
the flagellum.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 3

34 Mr. R. E. Turner on

Hab. Cape (Kohl) ; Gold Coast, Northern Territories,
Yapi (J. J. Simpson), December ; Nyasaland, S.W. of Lake
Chilwa (S. A. Neave), January ; Uganda Protectorate,
between S.E. shore of Lake Kioga and Kakindu, 3500 ft.
(S. A. Neave), August.

Kohl’s description is very brief, but I think I have rightly
identitied the species. The male from Uganda differs in
having the eighth sternite very feebly emarginate, not
truncate as in the specimen of the male from Yapi; the

female from Yapi does not differ appreciably from that from
Nyasaland.

39. Tachytes versatilis, sp. n.

Q. Nigra; fronte clypeoque griseo-argenteo-pubescentibus ; tho-
race segmentoque mediano dense fulvo-pubescentibus ; segmentis
dorsalibus 4 basalibus fascia interrupta argenteo-pubescente ;
area pygidiali rufo-fusco-setosa; tegulis testaceis; calcaribus
fuscis ; unguiculis pallide ferrugineis ; tarsorum spinis albidis ;
alis subhyalinis, apice leviter et angustissime infumatis, venis
ferrugineis ; vertice crasse et dense punctato.

¢. Femine similis, segmento dorsali septimo aureo-pubescente.

Long., 9 16-18 mm., ¢ 14 mm.

9. Clypeus very broadly rounded, the extreme apex
narrowly depressed and subemarginate in the middle.
Second joint of the labial palpi stout, distinctly longer than
the third; galea not elongate, very broadly rounded at the
apex. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance equal
to the length of the two basal joints of the flagellum; the
vertex coarsely and closely punctured. Basal joiut of fore
tarsus with six spines. Median segment scarcely longer
than the scutellum and postscutellum combined. Abdomen
closely and distinctly punctured, more sparsely at the base
of the tergites than at the apex ; second sternite shining,
evenly, but not very closely or minutely, punctured. Pygi-
dial area subtriangular, rather broadly rounded at the apex.
Third cubital cell extending on the cubitus further than the
apex of the radial cell; second abscissa of tlie radius some-
times longer than the third, but in some specimens shorter.

&. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance slightly
exceeding the length of the second joint of the flagellum ;
seventh tergite broad, rather broadly subtruihcate at the
apex ; eighth sternite rather widely, but not very deeply
emarginate, the angles rather strongly produced. Second
ventral segment with larger and closer punctures than in
the female. Basal joint of fore tarsus with five spines.

* Wasps of the Genus Tachytes. 35

Hab. Nyasaland, Mlanje (S. A. Neave), December to
February ; Lingadzi, near Domira Bay, 1700 ft. (WV. A.
Lamborn), August ; Uganda Protectorate, between Kumi
and N.E. shore of Lake Kioga, 3400-3600 ft. (S.A. Neave),
August.

This species is most easily distinguished by the coarse
close puncturation of the vertex. Otherwise it is very near
hirsutus, Sm., but in that species the sternites are finely
and very closely punctured, in versatilis coarsely and more
sparsely punctured.

40. Tachytes hirsuta, Sm.
Tachytes hirsutus, Sm, Cat. Hym. B.M. iv. p. 300 (1856). ¢.

6. Niger; tarsis articulis 4 apicalibus brunneo-ferrugineis; tegu-
lis testaceis; alis hyalinis, basi pallidissime flavidulis, venis
ferrugineis ; fronte clypeoque aureo-pubescentibus ; thorace
segmentoque mediano fulvo-hirsutis; segmentis dorsalibus 4
basalibus fascia apicali griseo-argenteo pubescente; segmento
septimo dorsali sparse aureo-pubescente.

Long. 14 mm.

6. Clypeus broadly subtruncate at the apex; vertex
rather sparsely and shallowly punctured ; eyes separated on
the vertex by a distance scarcely exceeding the length of
the second joint of the flagellum ; galea shorter than the
scape. Basal joint of the fore tarsus with five spines; spur
of hind tibia a little shorter than the basal joint of the hind
tarsus. Second sternite finely and closely punctured ;
seventh tergite broadly rounded at the apex; eighth sternite
narrow, deeply and narrowly emarginate at the apex, the
apical angles bluntly produced.

Hab. Natal (Smith) ; Mashonaland, Salisbury (G. A. K.
Marshall), January ; Nyasaland, Mlanje (S. A. Neave),
December.

41. Tachytes habilis, sp. n.

6. Niger; tarsis subtus, calcaribusque fusco-ferrugineis; tegulis
testaceis ; alis hyalinis, pallidissime flavidulis, venis fulvis ;
fronte clypeoque aureo-pubescentibus ; thorace segmentoque
mediano griseo-aureo-pubescentibus ; segmentis dorsalibus 4
basalibus fascia apicali griseo-argenteo-pubescente.

Long. 15 mm.

6. Clypeus broadly rounded at the apex ; galea shorter
than the scape; vertex minutely and closely punctured ;
eyes separated on the vertex by a distance about equal to

3%

36 Mr. R. E. Turner on -

the combined length of the two basal joints of the flagellum.
Basal joint of fore tarsus with eight spines. Median segment
at ieast half as long again as the scutellum, without a
longitudinal sulcus on the dorsal surface. Sternites sub-
opaque, very closely and finely punctured, with long sparse
pubescence. Seventh tergite very broadly rounded at the
apex, clothed with silver “pubescence, slightly tinged with
gold. Eighth sternite broadly rounded or subtruncate at
the apex, ‘the angles uot produced.

Hab. Nyasaland, S.E. shore of Lake Nyasa, between
Fort Maguire and Fort Johnston (S. A. Neave), March.

42. Tachytes inexorabilis, sp. 0.

@. Niger; fronte clypeoque argenteo-pilosis ; thorace segmentoque
mediano cinereo-pilosis ; segmentis dorsalibus 4 basalibus fascia
apicali argenteo-pubescentibus ; tarsis fusco-ferrugineis; calcari-
bus pallide ferrugineis; tegulis testaceis; alis hyalinis, basi
pallidissime flavo-tinctis, venis ferrugineis; area pygidiali rufo-
fusco-setosa.

¢. Femine similis; segmento septimo dorsali subargenteo-pubes-
cente.

Long., 29 14 mm., ¢ 12-14 mm.

?. Clypeus broadly rounded at the apex ; vertex finely
and closely punctured, with a few larger punctures ; eyes
separated on the vertex by a distance a to the length of
the second joint of the flagellum plus half of the third joint.
Galea rather short, broadly rounded at the apex. Scutellum
distinctly punctured ; the median segment more than half
as long again as the scutellum. Second sternite subopaque,
very minutely and closely punctured ; pygidial area broadly
triangular, subacute at the apex. Third cubital cell ex-
tending very little further than the radial cell; the distance
between the recurrent nervures on the cubitus greater than
usual, fully equal to the third abscissa of the radius. Basal
joint of the fore tarsus with six spines.

6. Seventh tergite broadly rounded at the apex; eighth
sternite rather shallowly emarginate, the teeth of the apical
angles blunt. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance
about equal to the length of the two basal joints of the
flagelium.

Hab. Transvaal, Johannesburg (A. J. Cholmley); Natal,
Howick (J. P. Cregoe).

Very near ¢ransvaalensis, Cam., but the pygidial area is
much more broadly triangular and the pubescence on it
coarser. The condition of Cameron’s type, however, is so

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes. 37

bad that the species is hardly to be recognized. The
-puncturation on the vertex is also finer and closer in
transvaalensis.

This species also ranges northwards in East Africa, occur-
ring in Uganda, Ente bbe (C. G. Gowdey), August to Febr uary;
British Bast Africa, Upper Kuja Valley, S. Kavirondo
(S. A. Neave), May; Llala, epee district, 4500 ft.se Ak
Neave), June.

43. Tachytes transvaalensis, Cam.
Tachytes transvaalensis, Cam. Entomologist, p. 153 (1905). 9.

Differs from inexorabilis as noticed above, and also in the
more shining and very sparsely punctured third and fourth
ventral segments.

Hab. Transvaal.

44, Tachytes erynnis, sp. n.

@. Nigra; tegulis testaceis, tarsis calcaribusque ferrugineis ; alis
basi flavo-hyalinis, apice subhyalinis, venis ferrugineis ; fronte
clypeoque argenteo-pubescentibus; thorace segmentoque mediano
griseo-aureo-pubescentibus ; segmentis dorsalibus 4 basalibus
fascia apicali griseo-argenteo- =pubescenta ; area pygidiali aureo-
pubescente.

©. Femine similis.

Long., 2 15 mm., ¢ 14 mm.

9. Clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex, closely
punctured, the anterior margin somewhat deflexed; vertex
sparsely, but distinctly, punctured; eyes separated on the
vertex by a distance about equal to the combined length of
the two basal joints of the flagellum. Basal joint of the
fore tarsus with six spines ; spur of hind tibia not quite as
long as the basal joint of the hind tarsus. Scutellum closely,
but. distinctly punctured ; median segment about half as
long again as the scutellum, the median sulcus indistinct on
the dorsal surface. Second and third sternites minutely
and closely punctured, the fourth smooth at the base,
minutely and closely punctured on the apical half, the fifth
with the fine punctures confined to the apex. Pygidial
area triangular, very narrowly rounded at the apex. Wings
short, not reaching to the apex of the abdomen.

6. Kyes separated on the vertex by a distance scarcely
exceeding half the length of the second joint of the flagellum;
sternites closely and ‘evenly, but not very minutely pune-
tured ; seventh tergite rather narrowly rounded at the apex ;
eighth sternite narrow, deeply emarginate.

88 Mr. R. E. Turner on

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (W. L. Distant) ; Sterkfontein
(H. P. Thomasset) ; Mashonaland, Salisbury (G. A. K.
Marshall), January ; Natal, Estcourt; Zululand, Mfongosi.

This may be distinguished from inexoradilis and transvaal-
ensis by the greater approximation of the eyes on the vertex,
especially in the male; and by the yellower colour of the
wings.

45. Tachytes pulchricornis, sp. n.

¢. Niger; fronte clypeoque pallide aureo-pubescentibus ; pronoto,
mesonoto lateribus, postscutellogue subargenteo-pubescentibus,
pleuris segmentoque mediano sparse albido-pilosis; segmentis
dorsalibus 4 basalibus fascia apicali griseo-argenteo-pubescente ;
segmento dorsali septimo argenteo-pubescente ; flagello articulis
4—9 subtus brunneo-ochraceis; tarsis brunneo-ferrugineis; alis
hyalinis, pallidissime flavidulis, nervis testaceis; tegulis testaceis.

©. Mari simillima; flagello omnino nigro; fronte clypeoque
argenteo-pubescentibus ; area pygidiali rufo-aureo pubescente.

Long., ¢ 2, 12-13 mm.

6. Clypeus very broadly subtruncate at the apex ; vertex
not distinctly punctured; eyes separated on the vertex by a
distance equal to the combined length of the two basal joints
of the flagellum. Galea short, very broadly rounded at the
apex; second and third joints of the labial palpi short, sub-
equal. Median segment about half as long again as the
scutellum, the longitudinal sulcus almost obsolete. Seventh
tergite rather broadly subtruncate at the apex; the eighth
sternite rather broadly emarginate, the apical angles strongly
produced. Third cubital cell long, extending much beyond
the apex of the radial cell, at least three-quarters of the
length of the second on the cubitus. A variety has the
abdominal fasciz dull golden. |

2. Distance between the eyes on the vertex as in the
male ; pygidial area triangular, acute at the apex ; second
sternite subopaque, closely microscopically punctured ; basal
joint of fore tarsus with five spines. A variety has the
abdominal fasciz dull golden.

Hab, Nyasaland, Mlanje (S. A. Neave), March.

Subspecies kolaensis, subsp. n.

36. Differs from the typical form in having the third to
ninth joints of the flagellum ochraceous brown above as well
as below, leaving only a black ring at the joints.

@. The pygidial area very distinctly broader than in the
typical form, broadly rounded at the apex.

Wasps of the Genus Tacliytes. 39

Hab. Portuguese E. Africa, Valley of Kola River, near
E. Mt. Chiperone, 1500-2000 ft. (S. A. Neave), April.

46. Tachytes disputabilis, sp. n.

¢. Niger; tarsis articulis 4 apicalibus ferrugineis, posticis supra
infuscatis ; tegulis testaceis; alis hyalinis; venis ferrugineis,
apice fuscis; fronte clypeoque aureo-pubescentibus ; thorace
segmentoque mediano sparse aureo-griseo-pubescentibus ; seg-
mentis dorsalibus 4 basalibus fascia apicali griseo-argenteo-
pubescente ; segmento dorsali septimo argenteo pubescente ;
galea lata, scapo breyiore.

Lonug., ¢, 11 mm.

6. Clypeus broadly truncate at the apex ; vertex not
distinctly punctured, opaque ; eyes separated on the vertex
by a distance about equal to the combined length of the
first and second joints of the flagellum. Thorax micro-
scopically punctured ; median segment nearly twice as long
as the scutellum. Second sternite closely and minutely
punctured ; seventh tergite broadly rounded at the apex;
eighth sternite emarginate, the apical angles produced.
Basal joint of fore tarsus with four spines ; spur of hind
tibize shorter than the basal joint of the hind tarsus. Third
cubital cell nearly as long on the cubitus as the second,
extending on the cubitus beyond the apex of the radial cell.

Hab. Nyasaland, 8.W. of Lake Chilwa (S. A. Neave),
January.

This is near pulchricornis, from which it differs in the
colour of the antennze and in the much narrower seveuth
tergite aud eighth sternite.

47. Tachytes instabilis, sp. n.

Very similar to 7. inexorabilis in both sexes, but the
pubescence on the thorax and median segment is golden
grey, very short and close lying under sparse, long, erect
hairs ; the male has the seventh tergite broadly subtruncate
at the apex, not rounded, and the eighth sternite much
broader, though also emarginate; the punctures of the
sternites are distinctly larger. The female differs in the
sparse and large punctures of the third, fourth, and fifth
sternites, which are shining, whereas in inexorabilis, except
at the extreme base, they are opaque and very minutely and
closely punctured ; the eyes are a little nearer together on
the vertex, being separated by a distance equal to the length
of the two basal joints of the flagellum ; the wings in both

40 Mr. R. E. Turner on

sexes are slightly more yellowish at the base, and the galea
is distinctly shorter and broader, being scarcely more than
half as long as the scape, whereas in inexorabilis it is nearly
as long as the scape.

Length, ¢ 11 mm., 2 12-14 mm. -

* Hab. Nyasaland, Mlanje (S. A. Neave), January and
February.

There are only five spines on the basal joint of the fore
tarsus, in which character it agrees with 7. disputabilis, but
the apical segments of the male are much broader than in
that species. The male has only four spines on the basal
joint of the fore tarsus.

48. Tachytes lachesis, sp. n.

2. Nigra; tibiis anticis basi extremo, calcaribus, tarsisque arti-
culis apicalibus fusco-ferrugineis; alis hyalinis, pallidissime
flavidulis, venis ferrugineis ; fronte clypeoque aureo-pubescenti-
bus; thorace segmentoque mediano griseo-aureo-pubescentibus ;
segmentis dorsalibus 4 basalibus fascia apicali subargenteo-
pubescente ; area pygidiali fusco-ferrugineo-pubescente.

Long. 13 mm.

9. Clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex; galea
- much shorter than the scape ; vertex microscopically punc-
tured in the middle, with a few larger punctures near the
eyes, which are separated on the vertex by a distance equal
to the combined length of the two basal joints of the
flagellum. Basal joint of the fore tarsi with six spines;
spur of the hind tibia longer than the basal joint of the
hind tarsus. Median segment scarcely longer in the middle
than the scutellum, with a shallow, but distinct longitudinal
sulcus. Sternites 3-5 shining, with large sparse punctures,
smooth at the base. Pygidial area broadly rounded at the
apex.

Hab, Nyasaland, Mlanje (S. A. Neave), February.

49, Tachytes megera, sp. u,

@. Nigra; tarsis subtus, articuloque apicali supra, calcaribusque
ferrugineis ; tegulis testaceis ; alis basi flavidulis, apice hyalinis,
venis ferrugineis; fronte clypeoque argenteo-pubescentibus ;
thorace segmentoque mediano albido-pubescentibus ; segmentis
dorsalibus 4 basalibus fascia apicali griseo-argenteo-pubescente ;
area pygidiali fusco-ferrugineo-setosa,

Long. 13 mm,

9. Clypeus broadly subtruncate at the apex, the apical

Wasps of the Genus Tachytes. 4]

margin deflexed ; vertex very closely microscopically punc-
tured; eyes separated on the vertex by a distance about
equal to the length of the second joint of the flagellum.
Galea shorter than the scape. Basal joint of the fore tarsus
with five spines ; spur of the hind tibia as long as the basal
joint of the hind tarsus. Thorax closely and minutely
punctured; second sternite and the third, fourth, and fifth
sternites on the apical margin closely and minutely punc-
tured; the three latter shining at the base, with large
scattered punctures. Pygidial area triangular, rather nar-
rowly rounded at the apex.

Hab. Gold Coast, Northern Territories, Yapi (J. J. Simp-
son), December.

50. Tachytes notabilis, sp. n.

©. Nigra, gracilis, rugosula, sparse cinereo-pilosa; fronte clypeoque
aureo-pubescentibus ; segmentis dorsalibus 4 basalibus fascia
apicali griseo-argentea ; tegulis testaceis ; calcaribus, unguiculis,
tarsisque articulis apicalibus subtus ferrugineis ; alis subhyalinis,
venis testaceis ; area pygidiali aureo-pubescente.

¢. Femine similis.

Long., 9 11-13 mm., ¢ 11 mm.

2. Clypeus very broadly truncate at the apex; vertex
closely and very finely punctured, with large sparse punc-
tures intermingled; eyes separated on the vertex by a distance
about equal to the length of the two basal joints of the
flagellum. Thorax very finely rugulose; median segment
more strongly rugulose, nearly twice as long as the scu-
tellum. Basal joint of the fore tarsus with five spines; spur
of the hind tibia as long as the basal joint of the hind tarsus.
Second sternite minutely and closely punctured ; pygidial
area triangular, somewhat elongate, rather narrowly rounded
at the apex. Galea shorter than the scape. Third abscissa
of the radius shorter than the second; third cubital cell
narrow, extending on the cubitus further than the apex of
the radial cell.

6. Eyes as far apart on the vertex as in the female ;
seventh tergite broadly rounded at the apex, rather sparsely
clothed with very pale golden pubescence ; eighth sternite
semicircularly emarginate at the apex.

Hab. Nyasaland, Mlanje (S. A. Neave), January to June;
Uganda, Entebbe (C. G. Gowdey), September ; British
East Africa, Tiwa River, Ukamba (S. W. J. Scholefield),
January.

The Uganda and East African specimens have the pygidial

4.2 On Wasps of the Genus Tachytes.

area more broadly rounded at the apex, but do not seem to
differ otherwise. I have seen no males from tliese localities.
The species is easily distinguished by the slender form and
the sculpture of the thorax and median segment.

51. Tachytes silverlocki, sp. n.

2. Nigra; fronte, clypeo pronotoque argenteo-pubescentibus ;
mesonoto lateribus, segmentisque dorsalibus 4 basalibus fascia
apicali griseo-argenteo-pubescentibus ; segmento mediano lateri-
bus pleurisque albo- -pilosis ;_ tarsis articulis duobus apicalibus,
articulis ecundo tertioque basi, calcaribusque ferrugineis ;
pygidio aureo-pubescente ; alis hyalinis, venis fuscis.

Long. 9-10 mm.

9. Clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex, the margin
narrowly depressed ;_ ver tex without distinct punctures.
Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance fully equal to
the combined length of the two basal joints of the flagellum.
Median segment more than half as long again as the
scutellum, ‘without a median sulcus on the dorsal surface,
except at the extreme apex. Pygidial area subtriangular,
very narrowly rounded at the apex; second sternite sub-
opaque, closely microscopically punctured. Basal joint of
the fore tarsus with five whitish spines. Third abscissa of
the radius a little longer than the second, the latter a little
longer than the space between the recurrent nervures on the
eubitus. Third cubital cell long and narrow, reaching on
the cubitus much further than the apex of the "radial cell.

Hab. N. Rhodesia, Pakasa (0. Silverlock), January ;
British E. Africa, Kisumu (S. A. Neave), April.

This little species is very near the Egyptian 7. camer-
oniana, Morice, of which only the male is known; but as
the colour of the tarsi and nervures as well as the details of
neuration differ, I do not think that it is the female of that
species.

*52. Tachytes nigroannulata, Bisch.
Tachytes nigroannulatus, Bisch. Arch, f. Naturges. A. 3, p. 69 (1913).
6.

Hab. 8S. Rhodesia, Springvale ; December.
This seems to be allied to. 7. silverlocki, but J do not
think it can be the male of that species.

Liris diabolica, Sm.

Larrada diabolica,Sm. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xii. p. 294 (1873).
re

On South- American Felide. 43

Larra (Liris) opipara, Kohl, Ann. naturh. Hofmus. Wien, ix. p. 297
(1894). 9.
Tachytes capitals, Rad. Journ. acad. se, & math. Lisboa, viii. p. 210
(1881). @
Radoszkowski’s description undoubtedly refers to this
wide-ranging Ethiopian species.

Tachysphex agilis, Sm.

Tachytes agilis, Sm. Cat. Hym. B.M. iv. p. 301 (1856). ¢.

This is undoubtedly a Tachysphee.

These two species are included in Tachytes in Dalla
Torre’s Catalogue, but do not belong to the genus, Radosz-
kowski’s name falling as a synonym and Smith’s specics
agilis being a Tachysphex. Tachytes etrusca, Rossi, recorded
by Radoszkowski from Angola, is doubtless an error in
identification.

Notogonia trivittata, Kirby.
Tachytes trivittatus, W. F. Kirby, Bull. Liverp. Mus. iii. p. 16 (1900).

a:
Notogonia expedita, Kohl, Hymenopteren Siidarabiens, p. 51 (1906).
3.

Kirby placed this species in the wrong genus. Jt inhabits
Sokotra, and I have not seen specimens from continental
Africa.

Tachysphex quadricolor, Gerst.

Lyrops_ quadricolor, Gerst. Monatsber. Akad, Wiss. Berlin, p. 510

(1857). @.
Lyrops ee Gerst. Peters. Reise n. Mossambique Zool. y.

Poti ise2). 9. 7.30. F. 12.
Tachytes quadr a D. T. Cat. Hymen. viii. p. 693 (1897).
I consider that this E. African species is undoubtedly a
Tachysphex.

Il.— The Groups of the small and medium-sized South-
American Felide. By R. I. Pocock, F. RS.

WritinG in 1903 upon the spotted tiger-cats, excluding
ocelots, of South America, Oldtield Thomas* pointed out
that the species fall, or appear to fall, into the following
groups :—
I, Size larger. Fur soft and thick. Nape-hairs generally reversed
forwards—at least, in part. Skull broadly rounded, with a a

* Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. (7) xii. pp. 234-289.

44 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the small and

smooth brain-case and short face.—Including the Mexican and
Central-American tiger-cats, F. glaucula, Thos., wiedii, Schinz.,
and others.

II. Size rather smaller. Fur harsher. Nape-hairs not reversed.
Ground-colour darker. Skull long and narrow, somewhat re-
sembling that of the jaguarondi, with narrow brain-case and elon-
gated face.—/’. guttula, Hensel.

III. Size smallest. Fur medium or harsh. Nape-hairs not reversed.
Skull small and delicate, with smooth brain-case and short face.
—F. pardinoides, Gray (F. guigna, Hensel, nec Molina).

IV. Group containing F. geoffroyi, d’Orb., and F. salinarum, Thos.
(=F. guigna, Matsch., nec Mol.).

VY. Group containing a small bright-coloured cat with a delicate skull
from Cayenne, and identified as /. tigrina, Schreber.

As Mr. Thomas remarks, doubt and confusion beset the
determination and nomenclature of the species concerned,
and the study of the group is beset with quite unusual diffi-
culties owing to the variations in pattern and cranial characters
exhibited byspecimens obtained together and clearly belonging
to the same species.

The main circumstance which appears to have prompted
the publication of this paper by Thomas was the arrival at
the British Museum of a collection of skins and skulls obtained
by A. Robert at Roca Nova, in Parana.

Three of the skulls were sent to Berlin, and were compared
by Dr. Matschie with the skulls of species from Rio Grande
do Sul which had been named by Hensel. One of them was
pronounced to be identical with the skull of the form identified
by Hensel as macroura (=wiedii). It is, however, with the
other two that I am now principally concerned. One of
them—that of a male cat captured at an altitude of 930 to
1150 metres in Roca Nova, Parana—was declared by Matschie
to be specifically inseparable from the skull of the form
described by Hensel as F. guttula.

The second skull—that of a female with precisely the same
particulars on its label—was referred by Matschie to the form
identified by Hensel as F. guigna, Mol. But, as Thomas
pointed out, this cat cannot, on the evidence, be considered
as precisely identical with the species so named by Molina,
because the latter came from Valdivia*, on the western side
of the Andes. On the other hand, a comparison between the
Parana skull, declared by Matschie to belong to F. gutgna,
Hensel (nec Molina), and the skull of the type of F. pardi-
noides, Gray, for which no locality was known, enabled
Thomas to synonymize Hensel’s species with Gray’s. This
was an important addition to our knowledge.

* Philippi, Arch, Naturg. xxxix. pt. 1, p. 8 (1873).

medium-sized South-American Felide. 45

According to Matschie and Thomas, therefore, there are
two species of cats living side by side in Roca Nova, Parana
—a larger (£. guttula) and a smaller (Lf. pardinoides) —which
differ in the skull-characters mentioned by Thomas in his
diagnoses of groups II. and IIT.

As stated above, the two skulls which formed the basis of
this opinion are those of a male and female respectively. An
examination of them convinces me that the differences they
present are beyond doubt individual and sexual, and not
specific. Nor is this conviction shaken by a comparison
between the skins of the two cats. That of the male shows
a bold pattern of rather large blackish spots, strong stripes
on the neck, and well-defined rings at the end of the tail.
Although the female is black and clearly a melanistic sport,
the pattern of rings on the tail and of large spots on the sides
is perceptible and does not differ appreciably from that of the
male. A second male from the same locality differs a little
in skull-characters and somewhat markedly in pattern from
the first, the spots being differentiated into incomplete black
rings partly surrounding a brownish area.

Thus it appears that groups II. and III. of Thomas’s
classification are based upon a single species, /. pardinoides,
Gray, with guttula, Hensel, and guigna, Hensel, as synonyms.

That #. pardinoides is closely related to geoffroyz does not
appear to me to be open to question. F. salinarum also
comes into this category. Moreover, as Thomas has pointed
out, the skull of F. pardinoides shows many resemblances to
that of #. jaguarondi, thus serving to link the latter with
F, geofroyt. Nevertheless, although F’. jaguarond? is affili-
ated to the group of species, or subspecies, exemplified by
ff, pardinoides, guigna, salinarum, and geoffroyi, there is a
wider interval between it and pardinoides than between the
latter and geoffroyt.

Now, as regards group V.: this was established for the
reception of a cat from Cayenne which Thomas identified as
Ff, tagrina, Schreber. The skin of this animal is yellowish
grey in the tint of the ground-colour and decidedly richer in
tone than skins of F. geoffroyt, salinarum, and pardinoides.
On each side of the body there are about five longitudinal
rows of tolerably large, mostly imperfectly ocelliform spots.
On the neck there are four rather narrow stripes, of which
the two external pass forwards to the eyes, the median stopping
short between the ears. The tail is long and boldly patterned
to the end, and the hairs of tlle neck are not reversed.

Of the skull only the facial pait is preserved. It is poorly
developed from the muscular point of view, but the special

46 On South-American Felide.

points to be noticed about it are:—(1) the pistons pro-
cesses of the frontal are short and spiniform; (2) the maxilla
is antero-posteriorly expanded above and the plane of the
anterior nares is nearly upright; (3) there is a distinct
although small thickening on the malar by the preorbital
foramen ; (4) the lower carnassial has a long heel. ‘This
combination of cranial characters, coupled with “the backward
direction of the hairs on the neck, indicates, in my opinion,
affiliation between this species and forms related to F’. pardt-
noides and dissociates it from the group represented by
ff. wiedit (macroura). The interest of this view lies in the
circumstance that /, wiedi?, until the publication of Thomas’s
paper, was always regarded as specifically identical. with
fF, tigrina, the latter name standing for the species. Since [
can discover no valid reason for dissenting from Thomas’s
determination of this cat as /. tigrina, Schreb., but, on the
contrary, much that is in its favour *, it will be expedient, I
think, to adopt his proposal, and regard the specimen in the
Museum as embodying the characters of /. tigrina, thus re-
leasing wiedi from the synonymy of that species.

Thus groups II., IIL, 1V., and V. of Thomas’s arrange-
ment may be fused into one, and the resulting assemblage
may be amplified by the inclusion of F’. jaguarondi, with its
colour-mutation eyra, an unspotted species with which Thomas
did not deal.

I have recently shown (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xix.
pp. 129-132, 1917) that #. wiedit differs from F’, geoffroyt, sali-
narum, and yaguarondi in the structure of the feet, and that
Ff. pardalis resembles F. wiedi in that particular. Tn F’. par-
dalis also the hair of the nape is always reversed in direction,
as is usually, at all events, the case in /. wiedi. As living
animals these two species are often very difficult to distin-
‘guish except by size and the length of the tail. In my
opinion they are too closely related to be placed in different
groups, despite the differences in the skulls.

Finally, there are the two species, or subspecies, a as
F’. colocolo t+ and £. pajeros, which, as I have recently shown

(Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xviii. p. 329, 1916), differ in the

* Tt is true that Buffon’s figure of the margay, reproduced by Schreber,
suggests a cat with rather a bolder pattern, a longer tail, and spots on
the middle of the forehead ; but it would, I think, be hypercritical to
expect complete accuracy in an antique illustration.

+ The cranial differences between these two forms described by
Philippi do not exist, That author’s example of J’. colocolo appears to
me to have been a menagerie-reared specimen, judging from the peculiar
shape of the skull.

The Geographical Races of Galago crassicaudatus. 47

structure of the auditory bulla from all the other Felide of
America. These cats have been affiliated with the Old-
World forms F. ocreata and sylvestris, but their affinities
appear to me to be clearly with their compatriots probably
of the F. geoffroyt group.

To sum up: the American Felidae, large, small, and
medium-sized, may be relegated to the following groups :—

. Group exemplified by F. pardalis and F, wiedii.
2, Group exemplified by F. guigna, F. pardinoides, F. saii-
narum, F, geoffroy?, F, tigrina, and F. Jaguarondi,
3. Group exemplified by /’. colocolo and F. pajeros.
4. Group exemplified ie Ff, canadensis and I’. ruffus.
5. Group exemplified by F. concolor.
6. Group exemplified by Panthera onca.

IIIl.—The Geographical Races of Galago crassicaudatus.
By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

In his ‘ Primates’ Dr. D. G. Elliot has recognized a number
of species of the G'alago crassicaudatus group, these species
being arranged pr actically without regard to their geographical
relationships ; and an examination of our specimens would
seem to show that some revision of the group is necessary.

In the first place, a study of the skulls indicates that the
Hast-African forms—hindei *, panganiensis, lasiotis, badius,
kikuyuensis, and agisymbanus,—which Dr. Elliot has either
sandwiched between or united with the forms from Nyasa
and southwards, are really distinguishable from all the latter
by their smaller skulls.

There is a good deal of variation in East Africa as regards
skull-size, and there are probably several valid races there,
but these I have not at present material to deal with.

On the other hand, the more southern skulls—Rhodesia to
Zululand—are really very uniform in size and proportions,
when the changes and variations due to age and sex are
properly allowed for. The frequent references in Hlliot to
the proportions of the muzzle are really based on characters
due to sex, the large broad-rooted canines of tlie male

* References to all the published names mentioned in the present
paper are given in Elliot’s ‘Primates,’ i. pp. 54-63, and are not now
repeated.

48 Mr. O. Thomas on the

causing the muzzle in that sex to be conspicuously more
developed than in the female. This difference has been
taken again and again for a racial character, but is really
only a sexual one.

As to size, those from the north of the area—Rhodesia—
average larger than the more southern ones, but the difference
is not very great; while of other cranial characters there do_
not seem to be any at all, and the teeth are alike throughout.

Colour-characters are therefore the only means of sorting
the races, and on this account I should consider all to belong
to but a single species—G. crassicaudatus—with several
local subspecies.

The type-iocality of crassicaudatus itself, not known at the
time of description, has first to be settled, and on this L
should accept the first authoritative identification of specimens
and statement of locality, which were made by Peters in 1852.
He says that Geoffroy’s type-specimen “ stammt ohne Zweifel
ebenfals aus Mossambique her,’ and identifies with it his
own specimens from various places, of which Quelimane is
the first to be mentioned. Ishould therefore take that as the
type-locality.

As a consequence, Gray’s kirkii from the same place
becomes an absolute synonym of crassicaudatus, and his type-
specimen is a topotype of it.

With regard to the next name on the list, garnettd of
Ogilby, commonly assigned to “‘ Natal,” I find that the skull
of the type—which is in the Museum, in spite of Elliot’s
assertion to the contrary—is distinctly too small for any
S.-African Galago at all, while it exactly agrees with two
from Zanzibar Island (coll. Sir J. Kirk and C. H. B. Grant),
representing G. agisymbanus, Coquerel.

As the locality of the type was nowhere recorded, and was
definitely stated in the MS. Catalogue of the Zoological
Society’s Museum to be “ unknown,” Zanzibar is as likely a
locality as Natal, and I therefore propose to accept it for the
Galago of that island. It would thus be the first of the
E.-African series of names, and would antedate Coquerel’s
agisymbanus.

The following are the four subspecies of crasstcaudatus
which appear to me to be recognizable, taking them from
north to south :—

1. G. crassicaudatus monteiri, Gray.
Wholly grey.
Angola (Monteire, Ansorge), N. Rhodesia and Angoniland
(Neave, Melland, Mrs. Colville).

Geographical Races of Galago crassicaudatus. 49

The skull of the type-specimen is in the Museum (no.
Beds 20.1).

2. G.c. crassicaudatus, Geoff.

Otogale crassicaudata, var. kirki, Gray.

Grey, but washed on crown and median dorsal area with
buffy or drabby brown. Tail greyish, varying towards
buffy or “ cinnamon-bufft”’—the tip generally lighter. Lower
part of limbs brown.

Zambesia—Blantyre and Chiradzula, Southern Nyasa
(Sir H. Johnston), Quelimane (Peters, Kirk), Gorongoza
Mts. (Rudd Exploration), Melsetter (Swynnerton).

3. G.c. umbrosus, subsp. n.

Darker than other races throughout. Smoky greyish
brown (hair-brown) on body, a clearer grey patch behind
and below ears; under surface smoky greyish, the slaty
bases of the hairs more prominent than usual, and their tips
duller and more drabby. Limbs brown, the wrists, upper
side of fingers, hairy part of soles, and upper side of feet
nearly or quite black. Tail dark greyish brown, its hairs
dark at base, and its end blackish in the type, though not in
the paratype.

Dimensions of type :—

Head and body 310 mm.; tail 390; hind foot 86;
ear 62.

Skull: front of canine to back of m? 27 ; premolar-molar
series 22°3.

Northern Transvaal. Specimens from Tzaneen Kstate,
Zoutpansburg District. ‘Caught on Woodbush Mt., in
Bush.”

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 9.3.2.2. Original num-
ber 193. Collected 14th July, 1907, by Dr. H. Lyster
Jameson.

This is a darker and more smoky-coloured race than the
others, such as might come from an area with a heavier
rainfall. It is less grey than crassicaudatus, less brown than
the next subspecies, while its dark limbs and blackish feet are
peculiar to itself. In the general darkening it is probable
also that a majority of individuals will prove to have blackish
tail-tips, as in the type.

4. G.c. culuensis, Elliot.

G. garnetti of authors referring to Natal and Zululand
specimens.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 4

50 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

Brown or buffy brown throughout above, buffy whitish
below, the tips of the belly-hairs a clearer buffy than in
umbrosus. Tands and feet more or less cinnamon-brown,
only becoming blackish on the digits. ‘Tail dull brownish,
commonly darkening to black at tip.

Zululand (Dah/, and Rudd Exploration). Natal, fide
W. L. Sclater and others.

Readily distinguishable by its general brownish colour.

IV.—New Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea. By J. J.
Joicey, F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.E.S., and G. Tausor, F.E.S.

[Plates I.-IV.]

Tue species described in the present paper were collected
by Messrs. A., C., and F. Pratt in the region of the Arfak
and Wandammen Mountains in 1914.

The types are in the collection of Joicey.

Our thanks are due to Sir G. F. Hampson, of the British
Museum, to Lord Rothschild, and to Mr. G. T. Bethune-
Baker, for help kindly given in comparing specimens.
Further, Mr. L. B. Prout has examined all the Geometridz
and given us the benefit of his unrivalled knowledge of this
family,

Arctiide.

Diacrisia ochrifrons, sp. n.
(Pl. To figs 2.)

Allied to dinawa, B. Bkr.*, but easily distinguished by
the frons being black at the sides.

2. Upperside.—Fore wing with pale ochraceous ground-
colour with markings somewhat as in dinawa; the basal
costal stripe extended below cell to inner margin, the suffu-
sion being paler below 14; the discal band narrower than —
in dinawa, especially at the costa, the spot below vein 3 not
joined to the one at the base of cellule 2, and spot below
vein la not touching inner margin ; the upper part of
post-discal band not running from apex as in dinawa, but
from the costa, where it is 5 mm. broad, and curving out-
wards below vein 6 forms a large tooth- shaped patch ; the

* Diacrisia dinawa, Bethune-Baker, Noy. Zool. xi. p. 413, pl. iv.
fig. 25 (1904) (Dinawa, Brit, N. Guinea).

Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea. 51

spot below this in cellule 4 not divided; three small spots
before the apex; traces of dots in the distal area in 3 and 4.
Hind wing with a black mark on upper discocellular, a
black anal’ spot, two spots on either side of vein 2, two
large ones on either side of vein 5, no apical spot.

Underside.—Fore wing with markings as above, reduced
in basal and median areas ; discal band with costal patch
separated from patch at lower angle of cell. Hind wing
with a small round spot at middle of costa, other markings
as above.

Antenne blackish brown; palpi and sides of frons
blackish brown; central part of frons and vertex pale
ochraceous ; tegule and patagia dark ochraceous; patagia
with a blackish basal patch, represented in dinawa by a free
rounded spot and a dot at extreme base; thorax with a
blackish mesial line ; abdomen crimson above, pale ochra-
ceous helow, a black dorsal stripe and lateral series of spots;
legs and pectus blackish brown, fore coxz and femora
crimson on outside; a crimson tuft at base of thorax.

Length of fore wing 27 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 1 ¢. ,

Noctuide.

Subfamily AcRONYCTIN2#.
CorDYLEPAL?PA, Nom. nov.

We substitute this name for Clavipalpa, J. & T., which is
preoccupied (Clavipalpa, Joicey & Talbot, Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond. 1915 (June), p. 377).

Subfamily Nocturna.

Athyrma spilota, sp. n.
(Pi E fiz. 3:)

9. Upperside—Fore wing with dark chestnut-brown
ground-colour ; a waved black basal line, thickened on
costa; an antemedian line, black, irregular, and curved
outwardly, thickened on the costa and posteriorly broadened
to a triangular patch; a lilac-grey quadrate costal patch,
bearing a black dot near its lower outer angle, forming the
upper part of an antemedian band; lower part of ante-
median band much broader, dark green a yellowish stripe
on vein 2; three curved yellowish marks below the sub-
median ; a dark greenish costal patch of spots beyond the
cell, outwardly defined by a thin grey Bea ee line; a

a

52 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

lilac subterminal band, shaded with dark grey; some dark
grey shading on distal and extreme basal areas; sparse
lilac-grey dusting over the wing. Hind wing fuscous-grey,
some sparse white scaling on outer margin ; fringe fuscous,
dusted with white.

Underside fuscous grey. Fore wing with inner half of
fringe white; an ochreous tinge on costa near apex. Hind
wing finely dusted with white.

Antenne reddish brown; palpi blackish brown; head
fuscous mixed with grey-white; thorax and abdomen
fuscous ; femora and tibize fuscous, tarsi ochreous.

Length of fore wing 23 mm.

Hab. Angi Lakes, Arfak Mtns., 6000 feet, March.

2¢? 92. A specimen in the B.M. from Mt. Goliath.

Subfamily Focr Lyin &.

Mecodina polyscia, sp. n.
CPI. I. hg. 5.)

Allied to ekeike?, B.-Bkr.*, but darker in colour, no white
discocellular points and no serrated line within the pale
post-discal band ; subterminal black dots, which are absent
in ekeiket.

3d. Upperside.—Fore wing fuscous brown, proximal two-
thirds with a purplish tinge; an irregular fuscous basal
line; a black dot in the cell; two waved discal lines,
slightly outwardly curved from the costa, the space between
them without purple tinge ; inner edge of darker distal
area defining a pale post-discal band; an irregular sub-
terminal series of black dots between the veins; termen
slightly purplish. Hind wing fuscous-brown.

Underside paler than above. Hind wing with a faint
blackish discal band, and an indistinct subterminal line.

Antenne ciliate, fuscous-brown ; head, palpi, thorax,
abdomen, and legs fuscous-brown.

Length of fore wing 20 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 1 ¢.
In B.M. a specimen from Fak-Fak, Dutch S.W. New
Guinea.

We place this species provisionally in the genus Mecodina,
but it differs from the type-form of that genus in vein 5 of
the hind wing arising above the lower angle of cell. The
antenne are of moderate length with long cilia.

* Ceromacra ekeikei, Bethune-Baker, Noy. Zool. xiii. p. 284 (1906)
(Brit. N. Guinea).

Fleterocera from Dutch New Guinea. 53

We must mention here that eketkez, B.-Bkr., was placed by
its author in the genus Ceromacra, Guen., together with
other allied species. The type of this genusis from Surinam,
and a comparison of this insect with polyscia shows that
the New Guinea species do not belong to Ceromacra.

Zethes ochreomarginata, sp. n.
(Pl. I. fig. 4.)

Allied to lilacea*, B.-Bkr., but differing in colour, and
without a series of dark dots near the post-discal line.

6. Upperside ochraceous brown with an oblique, double,
and blackish post-discal line. Distal area beyond post-
discal line, brownish ochraceous; proximal border of post-
discal line suffused with black scaling; basal area brownish
ochraceous. Fore wing with an irregular brown basal line ;
a reniform spot defined by pale ochreous ; an oblique
blackish line from lower inner edge of reniform to costa; a
curved and outwardly-toothed blackish line from lower outer
edge of reniform to costa; a marginal (not admarginal)
series of black dots on the veins, the posterior two much
larger than the others, on both wings.

Underside greyish ochraceous, much speckled with black ;
a blackish post-discal band on both wings.

Antenne brown, bipectinate for four-fifths, the pectines
minutely ciliate and ending in a fine bristle, terminal fifth
ciliate. Palpi ochreous-brown, black at sides; head, thorax,
legs, and abdomen ochreous-brown.

Length of fore wing 18 mm.

Hab, Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 1 ¢.

Subfamily DELTOIDIN:.

Pseudaglossa bipupillata, sp. n.
(BLT. fig..6.)

We place this provisionally in Pseudaglossa, of which it
may constitute a new section. It differs from other forms
of the genus in the antenne of the ¢ being provided with
bristles and cilia, whilst the palpi have a long third segment,
also in the fore wing having a costal fold and fringe below.

6. Upperside.—Fore wing smoky grey, darker in basal
half ; an irregular basal black line, thicker anteriorly; a

* Zethes lilacea, Bethune-Baker, Noy. Zool. xiii. p. 272 (1906) (Brit.
N. Guinea).

54 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

strongly dentate black post-discal line; an irregular black
subterminal line, nearly parallel to post-discal line and twice
its thickness ; a marginal series of black dots between the
veins ; orbicular small, fulvous, defined by black; reniform
fulvous, defined by black and bearing two black pupils ; a
black suffusion between reniform and orbicular. Sind wing
grey ; a faint discocellular mark and an indistinct sub-
terminal line.

Underside grey. Fore wing darker at apex ; a costal fold,
bearing a fringe of smoky-grey hair, extending from base to
end of cell. Hind wing with darker suffusion at apex; a
distinet discocellular mark; an indistinct and irrezular
post-diseal line, and subterminal line, the latter angled in
cellule 5 close to margin.

Antenne black with simple bristles and cilia; palpi dark
grey, paler on inside, third segment long; head dark grey;
tegute fulvous, patagia black ; abdomen grey, anal tuft pale
ochraceous; legs black, mixed with pale ochraceous, femora
with a fringe of hair on inside, fore tibiz with tuft of hair
at base on inside, mid and hind tibiz with a tuft of hair at
base on outside,

Length of fore wing 19 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. (type),
and Ninay Valley (1 ¢ in B.M.).

Hypena montana, sp. n.
CPi te fie is)

3. Upperside.—Fore wing grey-black ; an oblique black
line from apex to mner margin, thickened posteriorly and
proximally edged with ochreous, which is for the most part
shaded over; a thin black irregular post-discal line merged
posteriorly with the outer oblique line; some thin black
lines in the distal area below the obligue line, and a thin
black subterminal line; an ochreous dot on the discocellular.
Hind wing with costa and outer mareinal border sooty grey,
narrowly so beyond vein 2; rest of wing white to base.

Underside.— Fore wing sooty grey, white at extreme base ;
costa, and to a less extent the outer margin, dusted with
grey-white. Hind wing as above, but marginal area irro-
rated with white ; a dark discocellular spot.

Antenne sooty grey; palpi, head, and thorax black;
abdomen sooty grey, laterally with first three segments
white, and ventrally white at base; legs grey mixed with
black.

Length of fore wing 15 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 8000-4000 feet, Nov. 44 2.

On
Qn

FTeterocera from Dutch New Guinea.

Lymantriida.

Euproctis chlorospila, sp. n.
CE f. figss.)

Allied to edwardsi *, Newm., and huntei +, Warr.

| 6. Upperside—Fore wing brownish fuscous with costal
area fuscous-grey. Outer margin broadly bright yellow,
deeply indented by ground-colour in cellule 3; a marginal
series of spots of ground-colour between the veins, each spot,
excepting the one in 2, connected by a thin stripe to the
proximal ground-colour ; a bright yellow stripe on lc; an
oblong white spot on the discocellular, edged with orange
proximally and distally. Hind wing bright yellow.

Underside pale yellow.

Antenne with comb pale rufous, shaft grey; head and
thorax pale yellow; palpi grey-black; abdomen orange-
yellow oe pale ‘yellow below; pectus, legs, and ey
tuft pale yellow.

Length of fore wing 24 mm.

flab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 2¢¢.

Euproctis acrita, sp. n.
(PIs, fies 105)

Allied to dersat, Moore, but differs in the yellow colour of
the hind wings and absence of discoidal spot on fore wing.

Bee Upperside orange-yellow. Fore wing with veins
whitish in distal area.

Underside as above. Fore wing with costa whitish.

The co-type is paler, especially on the underside.

Antenne with comb grey-brown, shaft pale yellow;
palpi black above, grey-white below; head and tegule pale
yellow, patagia orange-yellow ; abdomen above orange-
yellow, terminal segments black, below pale yellow; anal -
tuft, pectus, and legs pale yellow.

Length of fore wing 17-19 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 2¢ 6.

* Teara edwardsi, Newm. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1856, p. 284, pl. xviii.
figs. 9, 10 (Australia).

“+ Euproctis hunter, Warren, Nov. Zool. x. p. 120 (1905) (Brit. N.
Guinea).

} Euproetis dersa, Moore, Cat, Lep. E. I, C. ii. p. 347 (1859) (Java),

56 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

Euproctis chlora, sp. n.
(Pl. I. fig. 11.)

3. Upperside with pale fawn ground-colour. Fore wing
with costa grey-white, veins broadly grey-white. Hind
wing with a pale yellow suffusion not reaching outer margin
and deeper on the inner margin.

Underside paler than upper, more cream-colour. Hind
wing pale yellow on inner margin,

Antenne with comb pale rufous, shaft white ; head and
thorax grey-white tinged with yellow; palpi grey-white,
orange on inside ; abdomen with dorsum too rubbed for
description, sides yellow, mixed with grey-white, ventral
surface grey-white; legs grey- white.

Length of fore wing 19 mm.

Hab. Arfak Mtuns., Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, Jan.—Feb.
2 ye

Euproctis semirufa, sp. n.
(Pid. fis9,)

Allied to mambara*, B.-Bkr., but has the fore wing more
reddish and hind wing with black inner margin.

3. Upperside.—Fore wing with purplish-brown ground-
colour, median area reddish orange, an orange discocellular
patch, outwardly diffuse. Hind wing pale orange, inner
margin black.

Underside.—Fore wing orange ; costa dark grey, outer
margin purplish brown. Hind wing as above.

Antenne, head, thorax, and basal segment of abdomen
rufous ; palpi rufous, black on inside; abdomen black,

mesial ventral surface grey, anal tuft pale ochreous; pectus
and legs pale ochreous,

Length of fore wing 20 mm,

Hab. Arfak Mtns,, Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, Jan.—Feb.
~ sds

Also in Tring Museum from Ninay Valley, Nov.

Colussa odontogrammata, sp, u.
(Pl. ILI. fig, 14.)

Alhed to eceicei, Bkr,+, but is smaller, with less defined
markings and antenne white,

* Euproctis mambara, Bethune-Baker, Noy. Zool, xv. p. 188 (1908)
(Brit. N. Guinea),

+ Anthela ekerkei, Bethune-Baker, Noy. Zool. xi. p. 403; 1. ¢, p. 429,
pl. vi. fig. 42, as Collusa eketket (1904) (Brit, N, Guinea),

Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea. 57

3. Upperside dark yellow, fore wing paler in basal part
and on costa. Fore wing with markings as in eceicei; the
post-discal line is filled in with black, but is faintly marked;
the waved lines and series of black dots in the distal area
are indistinct ; the distal line is marked on the costa by a
black streak, a heavier black costal spot on the post-discal
line ; another black costal spot at the end of the very
indistinct discal line. Hind wing with markings as in
eceicei, but less defined, the post-discal line as on fore wing
the series of black dots obsolete.

Underside dark yellow with only sparse blackish dusting.
Fore wing with the two discal dots white; post-discal line
black and sharply marked ; an indistinct outer line marked
by a black streak on costa; apico-costal edge whitish.
Hind wing with markings as in eceicei, but less defined ;
lower area of outer margin washed with white.

Antenne pale brown, shaft white; head black, vertex
white ; thorax pale ochraceous, abdomen darker ; ; palpi and
legs black, clothed with grey- -white hair.

Length ‘of fore wing 25 mm.

Hab. Wandammeu Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. One
specimen.

Imaus nepha, sp. un.
CEIET. fe: 12.)

3. Upperside snow-white. Fore wing finely dotted with
grey-brown, and crossed by indistinct grey-brown lines.
Basal and subbasal irregular lines; a discal dentate line; a
post-discal crenulate line, directed inwards and approximating
to discal line below vein 3; a subterminal irregular line; a
series of black marginal dots between the veins ; from 5 to 7
smal] dark spots on costa; a dark dot at origin of veins 4
and 5; a small round white spot in cell. Hind wing snow-
white.

Underside snow-white, without markings.

Antennz with comb pale rufous, shaft white; head,
thorax, and abdomen white; palpi white, black at sides;
pectus and legs white.

Length of fore wing 2] mm.

Hab. British and Dutch New Guinea.—Wandammen
Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. (type), 10 g g; Ninay Valley,
Arfak Mtns., 3500 feet, Nov._Jan., 1 g; Oetakwa River to
3500 feet, Oct.—-Dec., 1g ; Biagi, Mambare River, 5000 feet,
Brit. N. Guinea, Jan.—-April,2¢ g¢. Alsoin Tring Museum
from Oetakwa River and Mt. Goliath.

58 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

Near ganara*, Moore, from Java and Borneo, but markings
more distinct and fore wing thickly dotted.

Imaus basistriga, sp. n.
(Pl. I. fig. 13.)

Allied to nepha, J. & T.

6. Upperside.—Fore wing snow-white finely dotted with
dark brown and with dark brown markings. A zig-zag
basal line, heavily marked below the cell; lower edge of
cell from base to a fourth of vein 5 outlined with dark
brown ; a faint waved antemedian line; discal aud post-
discal lines very indistinct ; former defined anteriorly; a
faint strongly dentate subterminal line ; black marginal dots
between the veins; discocellulars streaked with dark brown;
four dark costal dots before the apex ; a rounded white spot
in cell. Hind wing greyish fuscous, a white area beyond
cell.

Underside greyish fuscous. Fore wing white below the
cell. Hind wing as above. Cilia white.

Antennze with comb rufous, shaft white; head and thorax
white ; palpi white, black at sides ; pectus and legs white ;
abdomen grey; anal tuft white.

Length of fore wing 12 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 8000-4000 feet, Nov. 1 ¢.

Dasychiroides obsoletat+, B.-Bkr. &.
(Pl. I. fig. 14.)

This species is distinguished from other forms in the genus
by the intraneural marginal dots on the fore wing.

?. Differs from the g in the basal half of fore wing,
except extreme base, being suffused with black.

Length of fore wing 28 mm.

Hab. British and Dutch New Guinea.

In Coll. Joicey from Biagi, Mambare R., Brit. New
Guinea, 5000 feet, Jan. (2g ¢); Oetakwa River, 8. Dutch
New Guinea, Oct.-Dec. (2¢ ¢); Fak-Fak, Dutch New
Guinea, 1700 feet, Dec. (1g); Wandammen Mtns., 3000-
4000 feet, Nov. (1g¢,12). In Tring Museum from Ninay
Valley, Arfak Mtns. (¢ 9).

* Lymantria ganara, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. 1. C. ii. p. 844 (1859) (Java).
+ Dasychiroides obsoleta, Bethune-Baker, Noy. Zool, xi. p, 406, pl. vi.
fig. 43, ¢ (1904) (Brit. N. Guinea),

Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea. 59

Notodontidz.

Siauropus chloriolus, sp. u.
(Pl. I. fig. 15.)

Near dubiosus*, B.-Bkr., and miztat, B.-Bkr., but distin-
guished from the former by the black markings and green
scaling of the fore wing, and from the latter especially by
the darker fore wing and increased green irroration. This
and other New Guinea Stauropus constitute a section of the
genus having the antennz of 2? pectinated, the comb being
nearly as long asin the g. The hind wing with the disco-
cellular oblique and not sharply angled.

9. Upperside—Fore wing with dark reddish-brown
ground-colour, irrorated with bright green scaling, especially
at base and at distal margin. A thick black basal line and
an antemedian line nearly parallel to it ; a faint and oblique
discal line, not distinct above vein 3, and nearly. touching
ante-median line at inner margin; a green lunulate disco-
cellular spot; a heavy, black, irregular post-discal line,
angled at veins 5 and 4; a well-defined black subterminal
line, its lower part below vein 2 formed by two separate
lines, the lower more proximal than the upper, crossing
cellules 2 and le. Hind wing rufous-brown; costal edge
dark brown to the middle, followed by a streak and a
quadrate apical patch, as in other members of the genus, of
dark brown.

Underside rufous-brown, paler in the basal area.

Antennz with comb black, shaft rufous-brown; palpi
rufous-brown, mixed with green on inside ; head and thorax
grey-white, mixed with brown ; abdomen, pectus, and legs
rufous-brown.

Length of fore wing 25 mm.

Hab, Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 2 2 9.

Siauropus leucocraspedus, sp. 0,
(Pl. II. fig. 2.)

Allied to mediobrunnea, B.-Bkr.{, but easily distinguished
by the broad white distal margin of the fore wing.

2. Upperside.— Fore wing with proximal two-thirds
deep reddish brown with black markings. A_baso-costal
grey-white patch tinged with brown; a heavy, black, oblique

* §. dubiosus, Bethune-Baker, Nov. Zool. xi. p. 379 (1904) (Brit. N.
Guinea).

+ S. mixta, Bethune-Baker, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. xvii.
p- 385 (1916) (Brit. N. Guinea).

t Stawropus mediobrunnea, Bethune-Baker, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Flist.
ser. 8, vol. xvii. p. 384 (1916) (Brit. N, Guinea).

60 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

antemedian line; a broader, black, irregular discal line,
fused with the antemedian line at inner margin and again
with it near origin of vein 2; a heavy black post-discal line,
angled at cellule 3, anteriorly with outer edge running to
near apex, interspace between it and discal line below vein 2,
suffused with black; a black costal dash behind post-discal
line; distal margin white with a thin black wavy subterminal
line; fringe brown with white dots at the veins. Hind wing
white, dusted with brown; a brownish basal shade ; a pale
brown post-discal band, broadening anteriorly, and joined to
the blackish quadrate apical patch; costa brown; fringe
brown, mixed with white.

Underside rufous-brown. Fore wing whitish on inner
margin. Hind wing whitish at base.

Antenne rufous ; palpi rufous, tipped with white; head
and thorax rufous, mixed with grey-white ; abdomen pale
reddish brown above, ochreous below ; legs reddish brown.

Length of fore wing 20 mm.

Hab. Arfak Mtns., Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, March. 1 9.

Stauropus melanogramma, sp. 0.

(Pl. I. fig. 16.)

Allied to dubiosus, B.-Bkr.*, but without green scaling,
and with a prominent black post-discal line.

go. Upperside-—Fore wing greyish brown; two obscure
and oblique basal lines ; a well-defined irregular black post-
discal line, angled outwards at vein 4 and thence somewhat
crenulate to inner margin ; an indistinct and waved brown
subterminal line; a deep brown curved subapical costal
patch or band, appearing somewhat asasmudge. Hind wing
pale rufous with a deep brown apical patch.

Underside pale rufous ; basal area ochraceous.

Antenne rufous ; palpi ochraceous, sides reddish brown ;
head and thorax grey-brown; abdomen brownish ochraceous;
legs reddish brown.

Length of fore wing 23 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 14.

Stauropus trisospylus, sp. ni.
(Pl. II. fig. 1.)

Allied to kebee, B.-Bkr.t, but smaller, paler, and fore
wing with green scaling.

* Stauropus dubiosus, Bethune-Baker, Nov. Zool. xi. p. 379, pl. vi.
fig. 39 (1904) (Brit. N. Guinea).

+ Stauropus kebee, Bethune-Baker, Noy. Zool. xi. p. 378, pl. v. fig. 52
(1904) (Brit, N. Guinea).

Fleterocera from Dutch New Guinea. 61

3. Upperside—Fore wing reddish brown, thickly irro-
rated with grey-white and sparsely so by pale green. A
reddish-brown and deeply-curved basal line;:a subbasal
U-shaped line not touching lower submedian, and parallel to
it an antemedian line; a forked discal line, its upper part
formed by the discocellular, its lower part divergent from
vein 3; a double post-discal line, angled in cellule 3, the
outer line black and well defined ; an ‘Irregular subterminal
line ; at end of cell a rounded white spot centred with brown,
and white scaling above it on costa; a similar and smaller
spot outside the end of cell, and a white spot above it on
costa ; a similar spot below the cell on the antemedian line;
fringe dotted with white at the veins. Hind wing with basal
two-thirds white, distal margin pale rufous ; costa scaled
with brown ; a quadrate blackish apical patch.

Underside-—Fore wing reddish brown; inner margin
white. Hind wing white, some brown dusting at apex.

Antenne rufous; palpi dark reddish brown, tipped with
white ; head and thorax reddish brown, irrorated with white
scaling ; legs reddish brown marked with white; pectus
dirty white ; abdomen missing.

Length of fore wing 18 mm.

Hab. Arfak Mtuns., Angi Lakes, Jan._Feb. 1 ¢.

Gargetia melanosticta, sp. n.
(PELE fe 5:)

Distinguished from punctatissima, B.-Bkr.*, by the large
and blackish stigma.

6. Upperside—Fore wing ochraceous, irrorated with
blackish brown. A double waved basal line; a very in-
distinct double antemedian line, somewhat crenulate; a
post-discal row of black dots between the nervures, the
anterior two with two others placed next them, the third
below, the fourth and fifth shifted inwards, the sixth, seventh,
and eighth placed more proximal in au oblique line ; ; distally
of these an indistinct blackish-brown crenulate line; a
subterminal series of eight distinct black dots; a marginal
series of black dots triangularly shaped ; an oblong and
slightly rounded blackish-brown stigma edged with black ;
a triangular blackish costal shade from apex to post-discal
line. Hind wing pale rufous, ochreous at the base.

Underside ochraceous, hind wing paler.

Antenne ochraceous ; palpi ochraceous, mixed with brown

* Gargetta punctatissima, Bethune-Baker, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist.
ser, 8, yol. xvii. pp. 382-388 (1916) (Brit. N. Guinea).

62 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

on the outside; head and thorax reddish brown, mixed with
ochraceous; abdomen and posterior legs ochraceous ; fore
and intermediate legs ochraceous marked with blackish
brown.

Length of fore wing 24 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtus., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 4¢ 2.

Omichlis leucosticta, sp. 0.
(Pl. II. fig. 4.)

Distinguished from other species of the genus by the white
serrate post-discal band.

3 2. Upperside—Fore wing rufous-brown ; three basal
dots black, edged with white; below the cell six curved
white marks, in two rows, with some scaling on their inner
side ; a narrow white post-discal band, its proximal part
formed of rounded white spots between the veins, each with
a black dot on its inner side, and its distal part being a
serrate line which touches the spots, this line edged by black
vein-dots on its outer side; a subterminal row of indistinct
black dots with white scaling; some black dusting in the
anterior area between post-discal band and the margin, and
also between the post-discal band and the white median
spots; a black double discocellular dot. Hind wing pale
rufous-brown with a double white anal spot placed in some
blackish scaling.

Underside pale rufous-brown, hind wing whitish.

Antennz rufous; palpi, head, and thorax rufous mixed ~
with white; abdomen above pale rufous, below ochraceous ;
legs ochraceous.

Length of fore wing, g 20 mm., ? 22 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 8000-4000 feet, Nov. 1 ¢,

1%:

Omichlis plagiosa, sp. n.
(Pl. II. fig. 3.)

Allied to transversa, B.-Bkr.*, but distinguished by a
longitudinal line from the base to the outer margin of
fore wing.

Q. Upperside—Fore wing cinnamon-brown with darker
brown lines. A basal line, angled and indistinct; a median
line, angled below the middle; a discal line, weil defined, ~
straight and oblique; a post-discal line, anteriorly slightly
curved, posteriorly forming an §, in the lower angle of

* Omichlis transversa, Bethune-Baker, Noy. Zool. xv. p. 178 (1908)
(Brit. N, Guinea).

Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea. 63

which is placed a rounded black spot divided by a grey dash;
a subterminal line, slightly crenulate; a mesial longitudina
line, thicker than the others, running from the base along
lower edge of cell and vein 4 to outer margin; reniform
small, bright ochreous. Hind wing pale cinnamon-brown.

Underside —Fore wing rufous-brown, paler at base and
inner margin. Hind wing ochreous, dusted with rufous; a
thick brown post-discal line, strongly curved at nervure 5.

Antenne and palpi rufous-brown ; thorax cinnamon-
brown ; abdomen greyish ochreous, dusted below with
rufous ; legs cinnamon-brown, the posterior ones ochreous
on the inside.

Length of fore wing 21 mm.

Hab. Arfak Mtns., Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, March. 1 92.

Lasioceros dentilinea, sp. n.
(PI, IT. fig. 6.) 2b

The genus Lasioceros was described by Mr. Bethune-
Baker in Nov. Zool. vol. xi. p. 380 (1904), from a single
specimen from the Aroa River, British New Guinea.

As the species we now describe differs in certain particulars
from Baker’s diagnosis of the genus, we considered it
necessary to examine the type in the Tring Museum.
Mr. L. B. Prout has very kindly undertaken to do this,
with the result that we have to amend the original diagnosis.

The eyesare glabrous. The antenne have the lower surface
evenly ciliated to the tip. The femora are somewhat hairy.
The hind wing has vein 8 approximating to 7 and not
anastomosing.

L. dentilinea diverges from the generic structure as seen
in aroa, B.-B.; and will constitute a new section of the genus.
As it is in secondary sexual characters that dentilinea differs
from aroa we do not feel justified in giving this a separate
generic distinction. The new section of Lasioceros will be
constituted by the following structure seen in ¢ dentilinea.

The antenne with upper surface smoothly scaled, lower
surface without concavity, pilose or thickly ciliate, with
longer hairs on the outside. Hind tibie bearing a thick
comb of hair. Underside of wings with much hairy scaling.

3g. Upperside—Fore wing greyish ochreous, paler in the
cell, with an apico-costal white suffusion which is also
present on the costa at a third from base; intervening space
filled in by a somewhat quadrate blackish patch from costa
to vein 3, but not well-marked below costa; a curved black
mark on discocellular, and below it a rounded dark spot ; a

64 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

subterminal white line, strongly dentate anteriorly, but
becoming obsolete posteriorly ; veins streaked with blackish
behind this line, these streaks separated from a post-discal
series of dark points on the veins by a series of white dots.
Hind wing fuscous with a paler basal area.

Underside paler than above; fore wing with no markings
except a blackish streak on costa.

Head and palpi ochreous mixed with brown; antenne
brown, the simple ciliation of inner side as in aroa, but
having nothing corresponding to the black sexual comb of
aroa ; tegule blackish brown; patagia grey-brown; abdo-
men grey with black anal tuft; legs grey, mixed with black-
brown. .

Length of fore wing 20 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, 1 g (type).
Also in Tring Museum from Oetakwa River, Biagi, Kumusi
River, Collingwood Bay, and Goodenough Island. In B.M.
264 from FaksFak, Dutch N. Guinea, 1700 feet, Dec.,
1 go, Fak-Fak, Jan.—Feb.

L. aroa is represented in the Tring Museum by the type
(Aroa River), and 2 ¢ ¢ from Rook Island and Goodenough
Island.

The systematic position of Lasioceros is not easy to place.
We retain it in the Notodontide, in which family it was
placed by Baker. Our reasons for doing so are on account
of the short third joint of palpus and the fore wing having
vein l@running into1l Jd. This latter character is found in
most Notodontidz, but is not typical of Hypside, to which
family the genus has been referred by Sir George Hampson.
The palpi are not Hypsid in character, but the position of
vein 5 of the fore wing and 8 of the hind wing would atford
some justification for regarding it as a Hypsid. Taking the
characters as a whole, we consider that the position of vein 5
of the fore wing is a divergence from the normal, just as
occurs in several Geometridz.

Since these considerations were penned, it has come to
our notice that the importance of the position of vein 5 of
the fore wing was doubted by an American worker as a
result of his investigations into the structure of the basal
abdominal organ.

William J. M. Forbes, in an article “‘On the Tympanum
of certain Lepidoptera ”’ (‘ Psyche,’ xxiii. n. 6, pp. 183-192,
Dec. 1916), finds a special type of the basal abdominal organ
to be characteristic of the Noctuidze and notes (p. 188) that
“« Alypia and the Notodontide show interesting variants of
this type,” which in his scheme on pp. 189-90 he gives as

Heterocera from Dutch New Ciuinea. 65

“Type 3 (parapleural fovea): Notodontide, Noctuide,
Agaristide.’ In his “Summary and Conclusions,” he
observes that “‘A study of the base of the abdomen....
suggests: (1) The Notodontide are better placed near the
Noctuidz than near the Geometride and Bombycide,” and
on p. 189 he remarks, a propos of leaving “ the Notodontide
as a solitary trifid family in a mass of Quadrifide,” that
“possibly the importance of the position of M? (vein 5) in
the fore wing is less than it has been considered. Already
we give little weight to it in the hind wing and in certain
Hydriomenid Geometride such as Hudule.”

Eupterotide.

Nervicompressa bakeri, sp. n.

(Pl. III. fig. 15.)

Nearest to Nervicompressa unistrigata, Bethune-Baker,
Noy. Zool. xi. p. 390 (1904) (Brit. New Guinea). Larger,
wings more rounded, and discal line of fore wing placed
nearer base.

3. Upperside——Fore wing yellowish brown, apex and
outer margin purplish brown, but faintly suffused below
vein 5; a heavy brown straight discal line from costa at its
middle to middle of inner margin ; basal area with greyish-
white scaling. Hind wing pale rufous-brown ; a thin dark
discal line ; a faint post-discal line and indications of a sub-
terminal line.

Underside darker. Fore wing with discal line faintly
showing through from above. Hind wing with markings
defined ; subterminal line crenulate and space between it
and margin scaled with brownish.

Antenne black; head and tegule rufous; _ patagia
ochreous ; abdomen, pectus, and legs rufous ; tarsi black.

Length of fore wing 21 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 7¢ <2.

Geometride.

Subfam. Givocurominz.
Onycodes leptoctenopris, Prout, ¢?.
(Pl. IL. figs 3)
O, leptoctenopris, Prout, Noy. Zool. xx. p. 891 (1913) (Mt. Goliath).

2. Upperside with pinkish-brown ground-colour. Fore
wing with an indistinct basal lie; a greyish discal band

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol, xx. 5

66 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

widening on costa ; a double oblique post-discal line reddish
brown, the inner one above vein 6 curved inwards to costa,
the outer one reaching apex, both lines curved outward and
inward below vein 2. A third post-discal line, bluish white
and strongly dentate, thicker posteriorly and edged with
blackish on inside below 3. Hind wing darker with paler
basal area, and paler narrow marginal edge.

Underside yellowish brown sparsely scaled with black.
Fore wing with oblique post-discal brown line; some greyish
scaling at apex.

Antenne yellow-brown. Head and thorax pinkish brown;
abdomen and legs yellow-brown ; pectus grey-white.

Length of fore wing 20 mm.

Hab. Arfak Mtns., Angi Lakes, 6090 feet, March. 1 2.

As the above specimen was identified by Mr. Prout as the
2 of his species, we therefore make it the Heautotype (H.t.).
For the use of this term see Schuchert & Buckman, Ann.
& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. xvi. p. 102 (1905).

Subfam. Heurrvzern.z.

Hypodoza pallida, sp. n.
(PL; fies)
Near regina, Prout, Nov. Zool. xxiii. p. 8 (1916) (Rook Isd.).

Paler than regina and without discal spot on hind wing
below.

6. Upperside greyish green. Fore wing with base
brownish black to near origin of vein 2 and leaving a bar of
ground-colour on the costa; outer edge of black area curved ;
a black discal dot ; a black post-discal line becoming obsolete
posteriorly; it is slightly waved and outwardly curved to
vein 4, whence it bends inwardly and is more irregular to
the inner margin ; a chocolate-brown post-discal band, well
marked from costa to vein 4 below which it is represented
by some sparse scaling; a waved subterminal brown line
becoming closer to the margin. posteriorly ; some brown
scaling in the marginal interspace in cellules 5, 4, and 2; a
blackish marginal line which is accentuated between the
veins. Hind wing with brownish-black basal area to end of
cell; cell-tuft and part of tuft below it pale green ; a blackish
thin post-discal line, irregularly waved and edged with
whitish distally ; interspace between post-discal line and
basal area paler than rest of wing; an indistinct submarginal
line formed of whitish dots between veifs ; outer margin
narrowly edged with brown; a chocolate-brown stripe filling
cellule 2 from base to margin.

Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea. 67

Underside grey-white, basal area pale chrome-yellow; a
broad bluish-black distal band on both wings with well-
defined inner edge on the fore wing touching margin in 2
and 4 and leaving a subterminal row of white dots, on the
hind wing with an irregular outer edge. Fore wing with a
well-defined black discal spot.

Head pale green ; tegule dark green; patagia chocolate-
brown mixed with black ; ; abdomen stone- “grey 5 dorsal tuft
brown, a pale yellow lateral stripe on first 5 segments ; legs
and underside of body stone-grey ; fore legs chocolate-brown
on outside ; palpi grey-white, first segment chocolate-
brown.

Length of fore wing 18 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 1 ¢.

Anisozyga veniplaga plena, subsp. n.
(Pl. IV. fig. 6.)

Anisogamia veniplaga, Warr. Nov. Zool. xiv. p. 130 (1907) (Biagi).

¢. Differs in having the apical patch on the fore wing
entire, and in the patches on the inner margin and on the
hind wing being larger.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 4¢ 6.

Prasinocyma angiana, sp. n.
(Pl. IV. fig. 13.)

Probably nearest to corolla *, Prout.

?. Colour sea-green as in entan, Warren f. Basal line
much more angulated, terminal dots much smaller (?), discal
dot of fore wing accompanied by a reddish mark, abdomen
with a dorsal line ; the two latter points associate this form
_with the corolla group. Differs from corolla, Prout, in colour
and shape, the costal margin being relatively less elongate.

Length of fore wing 18 mm.

Hab. Arfak Mtns., Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, March. 19.

Subfam. Larewrir 2.

Anapalta semiviridis, sp. 0.
(Pl. III. fig. 4.)

2. Upperside-—Fore wing with black ground-colour mixed
with brown scaling and dark green markings. A thin basal

* Prasinocyma corolla, Prout, Noy. Zool. xx. p. 481 (1918) (South

Dutch N. Guinea).
+ Chlorochroma bicolor, Warr. Nov. Zool. xiv. p. 131 (1907) (Brit.

N, Guinea), i
53

68 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

line. An irregular double median line from costa to inner
margin, crossing cell below vein 2, followed by another
indistinct irregular double line crossing cell at vein 2 ; the
median vein striped with green. Beyond cell, distal area
green, lighter proximally, defined by an irregular dentate
edge. Some thin dark scalloped lines are visible in the
green area, also a dark narrow subterminal band from the
tornus to vein 3, and becoming obsolescent beyond ; some
dark shading below apex shows up a short and strongly
dentate green line. A yellowish-green costal dash and a
stripe below it cuts off a black apical spot, and proximally
of this is a black costal bar which does not extend to the
proximal ground-colour. Hind wing rufous-brown with a
black tuft of hair across end of cell.

Underside rufous-brown. Fore wing paler in lower median
area and in outer marginal area.

Head, thorax, and abdomen grey-green, brownish ochreous
below. Legs rufous-brown. Antenne grey- -brown.

Length of fore wing 22 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mts., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 2 ? 2.

- Crasilogia dispar fulvitincta, subsp. n.
(PIT Voigt.)
C. dispar, Warr. Nov. Zool. x. p. 874 (1903) (Aroa River).

9. The ground-colour is more tawny than yeliowish.
The first discal line is less strongly dentate and the band
is narrower; the basal pale band is more constricted. On
the hind wing below the dentate lines are thicker and closer
together.

Hab. Arfak “Mtns., Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, Jan.—Feb.,
1914. One specimen.

Sauris griseolauta arfakensis, sp. n.
(Pl. TViciiee9:)

S. griseolauta, Warr. Novy. Zool. xiii. p. 112 (1906) (Brit. N. Guinea).

9. Differs from griseolauta in being smaller, greener,
median band of fore wing narrowing posteriorly, and hind
wing lighter in colour.

Length of fore wing 12 mm.

Hab. Angi Lakes, Arfak Mtns., 6000 feet, March. One
specimen.

Sauris definita, sp. n
(Pl. IV. fig. 15.)

Near Remodes voleanica, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
ser. 5, vol. xx. p. 247 (1887) (Shortland Island). Differs

Fleterocera from Dutch New Guinea. 69

from this in the fore wing being rather less broad and more
sharply marked.

2. Upperside—Fore wing yellowish green with black
markings consisting of irregularly waved transverse lines ;
three thick basal lines separated by a thin greenish line from
two discal lines; a discocellular spot; two heavy post-discal
lines followed by two faint greenish lines placed close to-
gether; two greenish lines in distal area, marked irregularly
with black especially in cellules 1 5, 1 c, 2,4, 5,7, and at
costa; a crenulate subterminal line ; a series of black mar-
ginal spots on the veins. Hind wing greyish white with a
darker marginal area.

Underside greyish brown with a silky gloss; basal areas
paler.

Antenne missing ; head, thorax, and abdomen yellowish
green ; legs ochreous ; abdomen below ochreous.

Length of fore wing 20 mm.

Hab. Angi Lakes, Arfak Mtns., 6000 feet, March. One

specimen.
Subfam. Growerrinz.

Plutodes connexa wandammenensis, subsp. un.
CPE LV. fig. 23)
P. connexa, Warr. Noy. Zool. xiii. p. 1387 (1906) (Brit. N. Guinea).
6. Distinguished from the allied form in the more
strongly developed silvery edgings, in the triangular-shaped
yellow costal area, and the more oblong-shaped yellow inner
marginal area on the fore wing, and in the reduced yellow

discal area on the hind wing.
Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 1 9.

Eurychoria albicosta, sp. un.
(Ei Ene 9:)

Near flavirupta, Warr. Nov. Zool. x. p. 402 (1906) (Aroa), 9.

Eurychoria flavirupta, Prout, 1. c. xiii. p. 40 (1916) (Arfak), ¢.

36. Differs especially from the allied species in having the
costal edge of fore wing snow-white.

Upperside rufous-brown irrorated with darker brown.
Both wings with a black discocellular dot and a post-discal
row of white dots on the veins. .

Underside ochreous speckled with blackish. Fore wing
darker distally, with a faint median and post-median band.
Hind wing with a faint post-median crenulate line, outer
margin edged with purplish brown. Both wings with a
black discocellular dot.

70 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

Antenne yellowish brown, white at base; palpi, head,
and thorax rufous-brown; abdomen grey-brown ; legs,
pectus, and abdomen below paler ochraceous.

Length of fore wing 18 mm.

Hab. Arfak Mtns., Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, March. 12.

Nadagara camura, sp. n.
(Pl. IV. fig. 14.)

3. Upperside reddish brown strongly suffused with dark
purplish brown. Fore wing with dark basal line indistinct ;
a dark discocellular dot ; a dark brown post-diseal line, its
upper part directed distad from centre to vein 6, where it is
strongly angled and oblique to inner margin, its lower part
from vein 6 edged outwardly by an indistinct grey-white
line which is traversed by a dark line; an indistinct sub-
terminal grey-white wavy line interrupted between veins 4
and 6; some grey-white scaling at apex. Hind wing with
dark brown median line ; an indistinct and dark post-discal
band, dentate on the veins, and within which is a strongly
waved grey-white line; a pale and indistinct waved sub-
marginal line.

Underside rufous-brown. Fore wing with a blackish
discocellular mark; discal line and two post-discal lines
indistinct. Hind wing a little paler.

Head, thorax, and abdomen above dark brown; palpi
rufous ; fore cox rufous; legs grey ; abdomen below grey-
brown.

Length of fore wing 20 mm.

Hab, Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 1¢.

Nadagarodes sabulosus, sp. 0. :
(PLAY. fie ae)

9. Upperside ground-colour rufous-brown with grey-
white markings dusted with blackish. Both wings with a
grey-white proximal area extending beyond cell and traversed
by a narrow median band of ground-colour. An irregular
and interrupted band of grey-white ; below apex a grey-white
marginal patch invaded by ground-colour,

Underside.— Both wings rufous-brown, darker distally.
An irregular dark brown “median line ; ; a post- -discal double
line strongly dentate, better defined on fore wing; outer line
ill-defined on hind wing; an indistinct waved submarginal
line; on fore wing in cellules 6-7 below apex a white ©
marginal spot invaded by ground-colour in lower part. A
black discocellular line on fore wing.

Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea. 71

Antenne, head, thorax, and abdomen grey-brown above,
rufous- beara Pee legs rufous-brown.

Length of fore wing 20 mm.

Hak Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 1 9.

Gubaria albimedia novoguinensis, subsp. n.
(Pl. ILI. fig. 5.)
G. albimedia, Warr. Nov. Zool. iii. p. 409 (1896) (Java).

9. The white bands are narrower. The hind wing bears
a larger black post-discal patch between veins 3 and 5 and
another behind 3, narrowing to the submedian ; these
patches are narrowly separated from the band by an ochre-
yellow line.

Underside with basal yellow on both wings reduced.
Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nave, kg.

Pseudomiza opaca, sp. n.
CPL EV tet 7)

2. Pale ochreous-brown with darker brown markings.

Upperside.—Fore wing with a thick median line crossing
cell below vein 2; a discal dot; a narrow discal band slightly
curved, obsolescent near costa; a well-defined oblique post-
discal line not reaching costal edge ; outer distal area dark
brown leaving a marginal band of ground-colour below
vein 4; a series of black mar ginal dots, one in each cellule.
Hind wing with a broad and “not well-defined discal band,
within which is a dark post-discal line ; outer discal area
darker than the basal; marginal black ‘dots, one in each
cellule.

Underside paler than upperside. Fore wing with a short
dark basal line ; an indistinct discal line ; a post-discal band
narrowing below vein 5; marginal dots between the veins
as above. Basal two- thirds of median area scaled with
metallic bluish green visible in a side hight. Hind wing
with a dark discal spot, a faint post- -discal curved line,
marginal dots as above.

Antenne pale brown; head and thorax dark ochreous-
brown ; abdomen grey- -brown ; legs grey-brown.

Length of fore wing 20 mm.

Hab. Arfak Mtns., “Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, March. 1 2.

Polyacme punctilinea, sp. n.
(Pl. IV. fig. 4.)

9. Upperside yellow-brown with a reddish tinge. Tvre

72 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

wing with a nearly straight basal line formed of black dots ;
an indistinct and but slightly curved median line; a brown
discal spot ; an indistinct and nearly straight post-discal
line and almost parallel with it proximally a ‘series of black
points on the veins ; post-discal line crossed in cellule 2 by
a faint grey line running from apex to inner margin rina:
origin of vein 3 and accentuated by black. vein points;
grey-white subterminal line interrupted by the veins, chute
anteriorly and posteriorly, and more defined in cellules 3-5,
the spot in 3 being well marked; discal marginal area darker
than rest of wing. Hind wing with a well-defined black
discal spot ; an indistinct and straight median line; two
post-diseal rows of black vein dots, the outer formed along
a faint grey waved line; a distinct grey-white subterminal
line angled at vein 5; discal area below this and faint post-
discal line, darker than basal and marginal areas; a mar-
ginal row of black dots between the veins. Fringes of both
wings edged anteriorly with grey-white.

Underside paler than above with upperside markings more
or less defined. Both wings with a darker brown and wide
post-discal band, its inner edge ill-defined, the outer dentate ;
outer marginal area erey-white with a marginal row of
black dots between the veins.

Antenne, head, thorax, and abdomen grey-brown, legs
dusted with black.

Length of fore wing 19 mm.

Hab. Arfak Mtns., Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, March. 1 9.

Epitherapis ruptimacula, sp. n.
(Pl. III. fig. 10.)

¢. Upperside.—Fore wing pale ochreous sparsely dusted
with black. A faint dark oblique line crossing cell near its
end: a black dot on discocellular at vein 5 ; a dark sub-
ee line from costa to vein 6 thence curving downwards
to below 5, its lower part accentuated by two black dots;
a thin post-discal line of pure gr ound-colour, narrowly edged
posteriorly and proximally with black, and marked with a
white spot above vein 6; this line runs from inner margin
at nearly a third from tornus to the costa near apex, is
inwardly curved to vein 6, and thence angled outwardly to
costa ; lower part of post-diseal line from vein 4 borders a
large black patch which is interrupted by the veins and
forms four spots in the interspace below 2. Hind wing pale
ochreous, sparsely speckled with black in inner and median
area; some white suffusion in median area and on inner

Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea. 73

margin ; a dark oblique discal line showing through from
below, and joined to it at inner margin an outwardly curved
line, which joins it again at middle of. cell; an irregular
post-discal line, anteriorly obsolete, defined from vein 5 and
crenulate to inner margin; this line borders two rounded
black spots in 2 and 3, and the trace of a larger spot below
them, which is not filled in with black.

Underside yellow-ochreous, sparsely speckled with black.
Fore wing paler in basal and median area, here without
black dots. Markings as above, but here defined; a dark
discal line, slightly curved. Hind wing with markings as
above, and a thin curved post-discal line which borders inner
edge of black spots ; a black discocellular dot.

Antenne black, shaft ochreous ; head and palpi ochreous-
grey ; thorax and abdomen pale ochreous, latter with a
brownish dorsal stripe; legs pale ochreous marked with
brownish.

Length of fore wing 22 mm.

Hab. Angi Lakes, Arfak Mtuns., 6000 feet, Jan.—Feb.
One specimen.

‘Hygrochroa purpurascens, sp. n.
éPIE LY.; fis, 3.)

3. Upperside purplish brown irrorated with yellow-
brown. ore wing with a pale yellow-brown discal patch
invaded by ground-colour, occupying outer two-thirds of
cell and adjacent costal area, and proximally of discal line
reaching below cell to submedian, its upper part divided by
a narrow brown discal line which is slightly curved ; an
indistinct black post-discal line outwardly curved from costa
to vein 4 and then proximally oblique ; a small rounded
yellow-white subapical spot and a larger and more oblong
spot of similar colour below vein 2. Hind wing with a dark
brown slightly curved basal line; basal area irrorated with
yellow-brown ; a post-discal row of 5 or 6 yellow-white
spots ; proximally of these a row of black dots, one on each
vein.

Underside paler than the upper, strongly dusted with
blackish and much irrorated with yellow-white ; markings
less distinct than above.

Head, antenne, and palpi yellow-brown; thorax rufous-
brown ; legs, abdomen, and underside of thorax pale
purplish brown.

Length of fore wing 18 mm. i

Hab. Arfak Mtns., Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, March. 1 ¢.

74 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

Cleora flaccida constricta, subsp. n.
(Tt TV. ae. 1G.)
Alcis flaccida, Warren, Noy. Zool. x. p. 388 (1903) (Aroa).

?. Differs from the allied form in the two discal lines of
hind wing becoming much closer together below vein 3.
Also on the underside there is no dark margin to the wings.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 1 2.

Cleora scripta, sp. n.
(Pl. ILL. fig. 7.)

2. Upperside.—Ground-colour grey-white dusted strongly
with dark brown. Fure wing with a black basal line crossing
cell below vein 2 where it is slightly angled. An irregularly
curved black post-discal line which thickens posteriorly; 1
curves outward from costa to vein 5, then inward to 4, then
outward to below 3, and thence inward and waved to inner
margin. A marginal border slightly darker than the rest
of the wing. Hind wing with a curved black post-discal line
which is thickest below vein 6. A discocellular spot out-
lined with black. Marginal border slightly darker than the
rest of the wing.

Underside stone-grey, the dark lines showing through
from above.

Head, thorax, and abdomen grey-white ; legs and under-
side tinged with brown.

Length of fore wing 23 mm.

Hab, Arfak Mtns., Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, Jan.Feb. 19.

Cleora discipuncta, sp. 0.
(Pl. LV. fig. 8.)

Nearest hoplogaster, Prout, Nov. Zool. xxiii. p. 51 (1916)
(Cent. Dutch N. Guinea).

3 . Upperside.—Fore wing with yellow-brown ground-colour
irrorated with black. Base black; a subbasal white line,
sharply angled in the cell and edged with black distally ;
two black spots in the cell, the inner one diffuse, the outer
rounded and well defined ; a black patch in the median area
reaching vein 3; an outwardly-curved post-discal white line
bordered proximally by a band of black spots; a subterminal
series of eight small white spots edged with black, the
anterior five connected, one in cellule 3, one in 2, and one
on the inner margin bordering an inner black spot; the
third anterior spot diffused proximally, forming a streak

Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea. 75

with a black patch below it; a marginal series of black
spots between the veins; costa dusted with black points.
Hind wing grey-white with a dark discocellular spot, a
thin post-discal dark line, a marginal row of from 38-5
black dots, fringe pale brown.

Underside of fore wing paler with blackish markings as
above. Hind wing dusted with blackish, a well-defined black
discal spot, a faint post-discal line and marginal dots.

Antenne yellowish brown, marked with black ; head,
abdomen, and legs pale yellowish brown ; patagia black.

Length of fore wing 17 mm.

Hab. Arfak Mtns., Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, Jan.—March.
BSS.

Paralcis aurantifascia latimacula, subsp. nu.
(Pl. 1V. fig. 10.)

P. aurantifascia, Prout, Noy. Zool, xxiii. p. 67 (1916) (Mt. Goliath).

6. The pale band on fvre wing is much broader and
leaves a narrower margin; the proximal edge of band is
straight below vein 3 and directed more distad; the basal
‘area limited by the basal line is filled in with grey-brown.
Below, the fore wing has the orange band broader, leaving
a smaller dark apical area.

Hab. Arfak Mtns., Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, Jan.—Feb.,
1914. One specimen.

Paralcis albistigma, sp. n.
(PRAM fis: 2.)

9. Upperside—Fore wing with pinkish-brown ground-
colour, much irrorated with black. An irregular black basal
line, edged with white on inside. A dark discal band, its
inner edge nearly straight and crossing cell at vein 2,
its outer edge slightly curved outwardly and crossing end
of cell and origin of vein 3. Adjacent to this is a broad
white band sparsely scaled with ground-colour, reaching
from costa to inner margin; its upper part to vein 4 is
twice as wide as lower part, and in cellule 3 it runs out to
the margin and fills the cellule; there is a dark comma-
shaped costal spot which runs out into a thin, irregular, and
indistinct line traversing the band. A waved submarginal
white line, sharply angled below vein 38. Marginal border
pinkish brown, white at apex. Hind wing grey with a faint
white irregular subterminal line which becomes obsolescent
anteriorly.

Underside with grey ground-colour. Fore wing with a

76 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

subapical band of orauge-yellow extending to inner margin,
and widest in cellule 3. In the type-specimen it is reduced
proximally, but in the co-type it slightly invades the cell and
its edges are nearly straight; in cellule 3 on the margin a
square white spot joins the band. In the co-type is a thin
waved yellow subterminal line from the costa to the white
spot. Hind wing without markings.

Head, thorax, antenne, and abdomen grey above and
below ; palpi and legs blackish, marked with grey.

Length of fore wing 22 mm.

Hab. Arfak Mtns., Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, Jan.—_March.
Dee Bi

Paralcis indistincta, sp. n.
(Pl. IV. fig. 5.)

3S . Upperside.—Fore wing with smoky-black ground-colour
and grey-white markings; a faint dark basal line crossing
cell at vein 2; an indistinct dark median line, thicker
anteriorly, crossing cell at vein 3, where it is angled, the
upper part being at right angles to costa; a better-defined
and thin post-discal line, curved inwards from costa to:
vein 6, then outward to 5, and thence oblique to inner
margin ; the spaces between these lines more or less filled
in with a pale and indistinct irroration of grey-white. A
nebulous grey-white submarginal band, more distinct near
the apex, and followed by a few white dots between the
veins. Hind wing smoky grey with a darker and indistinct
post-discal line ; an indistinct dark submarginal line, which
traverses a grey-white patch at inner angle; margin edged
with blackish.

Underside smoky grey. Fore wing with a dark disco-
cellular streak and some indistinct yellowish marks distally,
which form a submarginal line interrupted in the middle ;
some yellowish scaling beyond the cell and at the apex.
Hind wing with pale spot at anal angle and no other
markings.

Thorax grey-brown; antenne, head, and abdomen smoky
grey ; legs and underside paler.

Length of fore wing 20 mm.

Hab. Arfak Mtns., Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, March. 1 3.

Paralcis costimacula, sp. n.
(Pl. TV. desea)
2. Upperside.—Fore wing with yellowish-brown ground-
colour, dusted with black. A black and well-marked dentate

Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea. 77

basal line more heavily marked on costa and at inner margin ;
a faint median line angled outward at vein 2; a quadrate
snow-white costal patch reaching helow vein 5, and its
greater part lying within the cell; a waved post-discal line
outwardly angled at vein 4, its upper part traversing the
costal patch and more heavily marked, its lower part some-
what obscured by forming the outer edge of part of the
median black band; a blackish median band, its inner edge
below vein 2 defined by median line and its outer edge by
the post-discal line, anteriorly slightly invading cell and
fillmg inner two-thirds of celiule 3, and at base of vein 4
is joined to a black apical area; on inner margin at the
outer edge of the median line is a small white spot; a pale
submarginal line, irregularly dentate and white at the costa;
below vein 2 a black apical area reaching vein 4, and leaving
a narrow band of ground-colour distally of the white costal
patch, also a narrow marginal edging; a series of black
marginal dots proximally rounded and separated by the
veins ; fringe smoky grey, at veins 3 and 4 yellow-white.
Hind wing smoky grey with a slightly darker marginal
band.

Underside smoky grey. Fore wing with a post-discal band
of pale orange with spots of ground-colour, its inner edge
not entering cell, straight, and at right angles to costa, its
outer edge rounded but invaded by ground-colour.

Head and thorax smoky grey, antennz yellowish brown ;
legs and abdomen greyish brown.

Hab. Arfak Mtns., Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, Jan.—Feb.

eee.

Paralcis lituata, sp. n.
(PITT ie. G2)

This species is strongly reminiscent of Paradromulia
ambigua, Warr.

6 . Upperside.—Fore wing brownish ochreous much irro-
rated with black. Two black basal lines; a dark discal
area, its upper part bounded by a black post-discal line ;
post-discal line at right angles to costa and curving in-
wardly below vein 4, thence straight from vein 2 to inner
margin ; upper part of post-discal line separated from a dark
distal area by a costal stripe of ground-colour which is joined
to a similar stripe filling outer two-thirds of cellule 3; a
thick distal line of ground-colour nearly parallel with outer
margin, and shortly hooked anteriorly and proximally con-
tingent here with a small apical patch of ground-colour; a

78 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

thin white subterminal line, very irregular and very faint in
its middle part; a black marginal line. Hind wing grey-
white, much irrorated with brownish ochreous except in
costal area. A dark basal line; a discocellular spot ; two
crenulate post-discal lines, the outer more faintly marked ;
a thick subterminal line bordering a darker marginal area;
a black marginal line.

Underside brownish ochreous with markings on upperside
showing through.

Antenne, head, thorax, and abdomen brownish ochreous ;
legs ochreous banded with brown.

“Length of fore wing 21 mm.

Hab. Angi Lakes, Arfak Mtns., 6000 feet, Jan.-Feb.

266.

Craspedosis prouti, sp. n.
(PIT ie. 3.)

@. Wings above and below plumbagineous. Fore wing
with a pale orange discal band from vein 10 to vein 1 a@ or
before it, narrowing posteriorly and variable in width ; it
enters cell and inner edge is oblique, outer edge angled at
vein 4.

Thorax blue-black; head, antennz, abdomen, whole
underside, and legs grey.

Length of fore wing 23 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 2 2 2.

Craspedosis scordylodes, sp. 0.
(Pl. IV. fig. 18.)

9. Upperside.—Fore wing black, with a bronzy sheen.

A pale yellow discal band from the costa to close to outer |

margin below vein 2, broader anteriorly above vein 4, and
passing through end of cell. Hind wing ‘black with a bronzy
sheen at inner margin.

Underside dead black. Fore wing with yellow band as
above.

Antenne black ; ; head, thorax, abdomen, and legs dark
grey.

Length of fore wing 18 mm.

Hab. Angi Lakes, Arfak Mtns., 6000 feet, March. One
specimen.

Xanthomima plumbeomargo, J. & T.

X. plumbeomargo, Joicey & Talbot, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1916
(Aug.), p. 82 (Schouten Islands).

My. L. B. Prout informs us that this species must sink to

i
‘o
i
Hs

Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea. 79

Xanthomima (Eusemia) melanura, Kirsch. Mitth. Zool. Mus.
Dresden, ii. pp. 1380-131, pl. vii. fig. 3 (1877) (Kordo,
Schouten Is.).

Eucharidema arfaka, sp. n.
(Pl, ELE, fig: 1.)

Similar to aroensis, Roth.*, and ewanthes, Proutt. Agrees
with arvensis in the white band of the hind wing, which is
absent in evanthes. Differs from ewanthes on the fore wing
in the well-marked posterior fork of the subterminal line, in
the stripe in cellule 3 being perceptibly forked at its distal
end, and the orange patch below being reduced proximally.
It resembles the differently looking labyrinthodes, Prout {, in
the fork of the subterminal line, and the reduced orange
patch on the underside.

3 2. Upperside—Fore wing with ground-colour black
strongly irrorated with chocolate-brown, which is less at
base and outer margin. A distinct thin basal line of
chocolate-brown, a subterminal irregular line which runs
parallel to margin from costa near apex to vein 4, then
curves inwards and is oblique to inner margin ; it is joined
to another line at the middle of vein 3, this line going to
the tornus, and it is sometimes connected with a curved
mark outside it in cellule 2. A white postcellular bar or
line, reduced to a pale thin line in two specimens, runs just
beyond cell from centre to vein 4 and is slightly curved.
The whole of cellule 3 is filled in with chocolate-colour, and
this extends more or less definitely as a bar across end of
cell. ‘There is a small triangular patch of chocolate-colour
on margin below apex, and this usually cuts off a black
apical patch. Hind wing plumbagineous with a narrow
white postcellular band from costa to vein 4; it narrows
posteriorly and is sometimes obsolescent to inner margin.

Underside plumbagineous. Fore wing darker in distal
half. A broad orange-yellow subapical band from costa
to vein 2, slightly invading cell, widest in cellule 3, outer
edge more irregular than the inner. Hind wing without
markings.

Head, thorax, and abdomen smoky brown above, paler
below ; antennze pale brown ; legs grey.

Length of fore wing 24 mm.

* Boarmia aroensis, Roths. Noy. Zool. xi. p. 322, pl. iii. fig. 29 (1904).

+ Eucharidema euanthes, Prout, Noy. Zool. xxiii. p. 67 (1916) (Mb.
Goliath).

t E. labyrinthodes, Prout, i. c. p, 68 (Mt. Goliath).

80 Messrs, J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

Hab. Arfak Mtns., Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, Jan.—March.

8S d,229 9.

E. euanthes, Prout, and E. labyrinthodes, Prout, were taken
at the same locality.

Uraniide.

Cyphura urapteroides, sp. n.
(Pl. III. fig. 16.)

9. Upperside.—Fore wing with distal half dark grey ;
proximal half white, traversed by a dark grey median band,
leaving a narrower white outer band ; median band broader
anteriorly with an incurved distal edge and nearly straight
inner edge; costa speckled with black except at apex.
Hind wing white with a broad terminal band of dark grey,
narrowing to inner angle; margin bordered with white
ending in a fine line at apex and towards inner angle, but
in cellule 3 very broad and less so in 2, bearing in each
cellule a rounded black marginal spot; a faint greyish
patch above the inner angle, anteriorly diffused but distally
defined.

Underside.—Fore wing with blackish-grey distal half. An
anterior basal triangular patch of dark grey which fills the
cell and the base of cellule 2, its outer edge continued as a
faint line to the inner margin. Hind wing with a darker and
broader terminal band; margin thinly edged with white
except between veins 4 and 6, where it is broadly edged ;
a faint greyish inner marginal patch as above.

Antenne grey-brown, the shaft dotted with white on
upper side ; palpi black, white on the outside; head black,
frons edged with white; thorax white; abdomen grey-
white; legs grey-white, fore- and mid-tibiz dark grey.

Length of fore wing 18-21 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 2 2 2.

Lasiocampide.
Trabala viridana, sp. n.
(Pl. IIT. fig. 11.)
Allied to irrorata, Moore*, from Java, Malay Pen., and

Borneo.
Mr. H. T. G. Watkins has kindly allowed us to examine ag
of irrorata in his collection from Malacca. It is larger than

* Trabala irrorata, Moore, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. (1884), p. 375.
© (Jaya).

Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea. 81

viridana, the fore wing measuring 22 mm. ‘The outer margin
of the fore wing is not crenulate ; the discal line is straight ;
the abdomen is pale buff; the antenne darker. Species
of this genus vary in colour and in development of wing-
markings.

&. Upperside dark green. Fore wing with a thin curved
brownish basal line; a brown discocellular dot; a thin and
strongly waved brownish discal line from about middle of
costa, curved outwardly to vein 7, thence obliquely inwards
to inner margin proximally of its middle; a brown post-
discal line placed as in vishu, but more connected. Hind
wing with a curved discal line and a post-discal zigzag line
as on fore wing ; inner margin grey-white ; cilia ochreous,
edged with brown outwardly. Both wings with fringes
erenulate.

Head and palpi greenish yellow; antenne ochreous ;
thorax green as wings; abdomen grey-white; pectus
yellowish green; legs ochreous.

Length of fore wing 18 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. One
specimen.

Taragama melanospilotus, sp. 0.
(BE TE mig. 7.) .

Near purpureocastanea, Roths.*, but chiefly distinguished
by the black area of the hind wing and black upper surface
of abdomen.

3. Upperside.—Forewing chestnut-brown ; a black but in-
distinct basal and antemedian line, directed distad; a dark
post-discal line, directed proximally ; an outer post-discal line,
slightly angled at 6; a subterminal series of small black
spots dusted with grey scaling. Hind wing with posterior
area to vein 6 black, the remainder chestnut-brown ; two
black discal lines visible in the brown area, Fringes very
short and white.

Underside.—Fore wing darker brown with post-discal lines
as above. Hind wing as above ; some grey scaling on the
costal edge.

Antenne sooty grey ; palpi, head, and thorax chestnut-
brown ; abdomen above brownish black, below pale reddish
ochreous; pectus and femora ochreous; tibie and tarsi
chestnut-brown, the latter with grey scaling.

Length of fore wing 29-32 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 6000 feet, Nov. 2¢¢.

* Taragama purpureocastanea, Rothschild, Lep. B.O.U. & Woll.
Exp. pp. 105-106, pl. 2. fig. 57 (1915) (Utakwa River),

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 6

82 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

Taragama castanea, sp. 0.

(Pl. IL. fig. 9.)

3. Upperside dark chestnut-brown. Fore wing with a
dark but indistinct basal line and a similar antemedian
line; a distinct post-discal line, outwardly curved to vein 5
and then curved inwards, distally edged with pale ochreous
below vein 5; a subterminal row of small black spots be-_
tween the veins, each spot edged proximally with ochreous ;
margin washed with ochreous near apex and the rest scaled
with greyish ochreous. Hind wing with a black, indistinct,
curved discal line; fringe white.

Underside same colour as above. Fore wing with a post-
discal line more heavily marked. Hind wing with discal
line as above and trace of a post-discal line.

Antenne ochreous; palpi, head, thorax, abdomen, and
legs dark chestuut-brown ; eyes densely hairy.

“Length of fore wing 25 mm.

Hab. Arfak Mtns., Angi Lakes, 6000 feet, Jan.—Feb.
id.

We place this distinct species, provisionally, in Taragama,
but it differs from typical forms of that genus in the hairy
eyes and the smaller palpi.

Opsirhina melanacra, sp. 0.

(PI. IL. fig. 8.) 1

3. Upperside reddish brown. Fore wing with apical
area dusted with greyish black; a straight and oblique
blackish post-discal line. Hind wing with some greyish-
black dusting along the outer margin.

Underside reddish brown. Fore wing as above, but with a
trace of a subterminal blackish line; some grey dusting at
outer angle. Hind wing with a darker brown post-discal
line ; distal margin dusted with grey, formed by an admix-
ture of whitish hairs.

Antenne black ; palpi, head, and thorax rufous ; abdomen
blackish above, rufous below ; legs rufous.

Length of fore wing 15 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 1 ¢.

Drepanide.

Holoreta leucospila, sp. 0.
(Pl. III. fig. 12.)

Allied to Holoreta cervina, Warr.* Differs in colour of

» Holoreta cervina, Warren, Noy. Zool. xiv. p. 97 (1907) (Brit. N.
Guinea).

Hleterocera from Dutch New Guinea. 83

upperside, in the fore wing having a rounded discocellular
spot, and oblique line being near the margin.

6. Upperside vinaceous with a faint white suffusion,
and faintly dotted with black. Fore wing with a rounded
discocellular spot, proximally outlined with white, the spot
distinct on account of absence of white scalitg; oblique
thin black line, distally edged with white, from below apex
to inner margin at middle; area distally of oblique line
more strongly irrorated with black, especially at apical
margin ; a rounded cream-coloured spot on inner margin
between tornus and post-discal line. Hind wing with a faint
yellowish basal line and an indistinct yellowish irregular
post-discal line.

Underside.— Fore wing paler than above, yellowish at inner
margin and on costa near apex. Hind wing yellowish white
with faint vinaceous irrorations.

Antenne yellowish brown; head and palpi crimson;
vertex yellowish brown; tegule vinaceous mixed with
white ; patagia and abdomen vinaceous ; abdomen laterally
yellowish brown ; legs reddish brown with yellowish-brown
hair.

Length of fore wing 20 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mins., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. One

specimen.

Holoreta leucospila f. flavobscura, forma n.
(Pl. IIT. fig. 13.)

6. Upperside with yellow ground-colour much irrorated
and obscured by blackish brown. The hind wing is darkened
between the basal and post-discal lines; below this there
is a dark suffusion reaching vein 5, and some dark apical
markings.

Underside pale yellow, much speckled with black and
brown, less so on the hind wing. Post-discal line distinct

on both wings.
One specimen from Wandammen Mtns.

Hepialide.
The following four forms of Porina appear to be un-
described. We are uncertain of their specific distinctness
in the absence of more material from New Guinea for

comparison.

Porina nigripuncta, sp. 0.
(Pl. II. fig. 10.)
g. Upperside of fore wing with ochreous-grey ground-
6*

84 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new:

colour. A black spot in upper part of cell near base, a
subbasal mark in 1 4, and a dot above it in 1 ¢, an irregular
discal line of black spots, the upper one in cellule 8 near
base of cellule, the second in 7 more proximal and longer,
the third more proximal, on the discocellular and obliquely
placed, the fourth in 4, the fifth and sixth conjoined to form
a large spot in 2 and 3; a little proximal of the last spot a
thin line runs from vein 2 to the inner margin; distal half
of wing paler with some dark shading in places; a post-
median series of spots and streaks, the three anterior in 7-9
are dark and thin transverse streaks, the middle three in
4—6 are small rounded grey-white spots with a dark edging,
the posterior ones are minute, being two dots in 3, a streak
in 2, and a dot on the margin in 1c; a second similar row
of spots of which only the one in 6 has a pale centre;
a third row of four spots in 5-7, there being two minute
ones with pale centres in 7, the two below being heavily
marked; a fourth row of indistinct spots, of which two
minute ones with pale centres in 8 and a heavily marked one
in 7, are the most conspicuous; traces of two other rows of
markings in the subapical region ; distal half of wing paler
than proximal half; lower distal part below vein 7 paler
than the anterior area. Hind wing ochreous ; an indistinct
series of subterminal dots between the veins.

Underside ochreous; fore wing markings showing
through.

Antenne pale ochreous ; palpi brownish ochreous ; head
and thorax brownish ochreous above ; legs ochreous-grey ;
underside of thorax and abdomen pale ochreous.

Length of fore wing 36 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 1 @.

Porina nigricosta, sp. n.
(Pl. IL. fig. 11.)

3. Upperside of fore wing fuscous, costa black ; basal
area of cell yellowish brown and outwardly diffused ; some
terminal yellowish dusting on anterior half of outer margin;
rows of indistinct dark markings and dots with pale centres,

as in the preceding species. Hind wing ochreous, the lower
median area darkened.

Underside ochreous. ;

Antenne pale ochreous ; head and palpi black ; thorax
dark brown; pectus greyish ochreous ; abdomen ochreous,
darker below ; legs dark brown.

Length of fore wing 33 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mts., 83000-4000 feet, Nov. 1 ¢-

Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea. 85

Porina subochracea, sp. n.
GPia-If, fiz. 2.)

3. Upperside of fore wing with ochreous-grey ground-
colour; basal area tinged with reddish brown, mostly
obscured in the type by pale ochreous ; costa dark brown
to within a fourth from the apex ; a broad median longi-
tudinal stripe of pale ochreous from the base to outer
margin; this stripe is absent in the co-types, and one of
these possesses in its place a narrow blackish stripe; a
basal, median, three postmedian, and a subterminal row of
pale ochreous spots with blackish centres ; the median spot
in 1 6 is larger than the others and shows a larger black
centre ; the second postmedian series consists of 4 small
spots in 3-6, the subterminal series is minute, and there
is a row of indistinct marginal dots; in two specimens
the spots are more or less obsolete. Hind wing pinkish
ochraceous.

Underside pale ochreous ; spots on fore wing indistinctly
showing through.

Antenne pale ochreous; head and palpi brownish och-
reous; thorax brownish ochreous; abdomen and _ pectus
pale ochreous ; posterior legs pale ochreous, fore- and mid-
tibize and tarsi brownish ochreous, fore- and mid-femora
pale ochreous.

Length of fore wing 29 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 420.

Porina argentipuncta, sp. n.
(Pi. IT*fig- 132)

dg. Upperside of fore wing ochraceous and shaded with
brown, two specimens being greyish white in the inferior
basal and postmedian areas. Costa dark brown. Some
silvery spots variable in size; a small one in cell near base,
a large quadrate spot in upper angle of cell, and a small one
above it; four smaller postcellular spots in 3-6, the one in
5 placed longitudinally ; a rounded median spot in 14;
three post-discal rows of minute dark spots and dots, with
pale edging ; the distal ones more or less silvery ; a marginal
series of dark dots. Hind wing pinkish ochreous.

Underside pale ochreous, the lighter spots of fore wing
showing through.

Antennz pale ochreous; head and palpi brownish och-
reous; thorax and abdomen ochreous; legs brownish
ochreous.

Length of fere wing 27 mm.

Hab, Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov. 3¢¢.

86

On new Heterocera from Dutch New Guinea.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prate I,
Fig. 1, Asura wandammenense, Joicey & Talbot, Ann. & Mag.
Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. xvii. p. 83 (1916) (Wandammen
Mtns._)..
Fig. 2. Diacrisia ochrifrons, p. 50.
Fig. 3. Athyrma spilota, p. 51.
Fig. 4. Zethes ochreomarginata, p. 53.
tg. 5. Mecodina polyscia, p. 52.
Fig. 6. Pseuduglessa bipupillata, p. 53.
Fig. 7. Hypena montana, p. 54.
Fig. 8. Euproctis chlorospila, p. 55.
Fig. 9. semirufa, p. 56.
‘ug. 10. acrita, p. 55.
Fig. 11. chlora, p. 56.
‘tg. 12. Imaus nepha, p. 57.
Fig. 13. basistriga, p. 58.
Fig. 14. Dasychiroides obso'eta, B.-Bkr., 2, p. 58.
Fig. 15. Stauropus chloriolus, p. 59.
Fig. 16. —— melanogramma, p. 60.
Prarte II.
Fig. 1. Stauropus trisospylus, p. 60.
Fig. 2. —— leucocraspedus, p. 59.
Fig. 3. Omichlis plagiosa, p. 62.
Fig. A. leucosticta, p. 62.
Fig. 5. Gargetta melanosticta, p. 61.
Fig. 6. Laswoceros dentilinea, p. 68.
Fig. 7. Taragama melanospilotus, p. 81.
Fig. 8. Opsirhina melanacra, p. 82.
Fig. 9. Taragama castanea, p. 82.
Fig.10. Porina nigripuncta, p. 83.
Fig. 11. nigricosta, p. 84.
Fig. 12. —— subochracea, p. 85.
Fig. 13. argentipuncta, p. 85.
_Puate II.
Fig. 1. Eucharidema arfaka, p. 79.
Fig. 2. Paraicis albistigma, p. 75.
Fig. 3. Craspedosis prouti, p. 78.
Fig. 4. Anapalta seniviridis, p. 67.
Fig. 5. Gubaria albimedia novoguinensis, p. 71.
Fig. 6. Paralcis lituata, p. 77.
Fig. 7. Cleora scripta, p. 74.
Fig. 8. Onycodes leptoctenopris, Prout, 9, p. 65.
Fig. 9. Eurychoria albicosta, p. 69.
Fig. 10. Epitherapis ruptimacula, p. 72.
Fig. 11. Trabala viridana, p. 80.
Fig. 12. Holoreta leucospila, p. 82.
Fig. 13. f, flavebscura, p. 83.
Fig. 14. Colussa odontogrammata, p. 56.
Fig. 15. Nervicompressa bakeri, p. 65.
Fig. 16. Cyphura urapteroides, p. 80,

a

Ad bees.

On new Races and Aberrations of Heliconius. 87

Puate IV.
Fig. 1. Hypodoxa pallida, p. 66.
Fig. 2. Plutodes connexa wandammenensis, p. 69.
Fig. 3. Hygrochroa purpurascens, p. 73.
Fig. 4. Polyacme punctilinea, p. 71.
Fig. 5. Paralcis indistincta, p. 76.
Fig. 6. Anisozyga veniplaga plena, p. 67,
Fig. 7. Pseudomiza opaca, p. 71
Fig. 8. Cleora discipuncta, p. 74.
Fig. 9. Sauris griseolauta arfakensis, p. 68.

Fig. 10. Paraleis aurantifuscia latimacula, p. 75.
Fig. 11. Crasilogia dispar fulvitincta, p. 68.
Lig. 12. Nadagarodes sabulosus, p. 70.

—
—

Fig. 13. Prasinocyma angiana, p. 67.
Fig. 14. Nadagara camura, p. 70.

Fig. 15. Sauris definita, p. 68.

Fig. 16. Cleora flaccida constricta, p. 74.
Fig. 17. Paralcis costimacula, p. 76.
Fig. 18. Craspedosis scordylodes, p. 78.

V.—New Races and Aberrations of Heliconius.
By J. J. Joicey, F.E.S., and W. J. Kays, F..S.

[Plates V. & VI.]

THE races-and aberrations here described are all in the
collection of Mr. J.J. Joicey at Witley. It will be noted
that we have kept cydno as a species, md not treated it as a
form of melpomene as Dr. Eltringham has‘maintained in his
valuable paper in the Trans. Ent. Soc. 1916, pp. 101-148.
While we think his contention is possibly sound, we prefer
for the present to keep cydno as a separate species, on account
of the constant red markings on the underside. IE ultimately
cydno should be definitely proved to be conspecific with
melpomene, one would expect this red marking on the under-
side to occasionally occur in me/pomene races and forms in
other geographical areas outside Colombia and adjacent
portions of Venezuela. Southwards these forms are unknown ;
only to the north, in Central America, are they further to be
met with. ‘he two forms eratophylla and melpophylla—the
one a subspecies of erato, the other a subspecies of melpomene
—are of more than ordinary interest in the extraordinarily
close resemblance they bear to one another, although of a
complicated pattern. It is very curious to note that it is the
yellow transverse band that has displaced a portion of the
streaking in the erato form, but has filled up a vacant space

88 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and W. J. Kaye on new

in the melpomene form. Thus, without the yellow band the
erato form becomes erythrea as known from French Guiana
and the Lower Amazon, and the melpomene form similarly
becomes tyche from the same regions, Yet these two, while
probably sufficiently alike on the wing, are obviously different.

Heliconius numata numata, ab. melanopors, J. & K.
(Trans. Ent. Soc. 1916).

Fore wing above sienna-brown and black. Inner margin
broadly black. Basal half of wing dark sienna-brown, with
a large black wedge-shaped mark within the cell directed
towards base. A large black discoidal patch and two smaller
patches above and below vein 3 close to cell. Transverse
band of the same colour as the basal area, but slightly paler.
Three subapical spots also of the same colour, and an indica-
tion of similar marginal dots. Hind wing above similarly
coloured to fore wing. The whole of the outer marginal half
of wing black, forming a convex area on its upper edge, A
rather small brown spot at apex within the black area.

Hab. French Guiana, Nouveau Chantier.

This is a parallel form to melanops, but of the colouring
of mavors. ‘The occurrence in French Guiana of both these
forms is of great interest, as the theory at once suggests
itself that possibly arcuella (a subspecies of aristtona) and
with it all the forms usually associated with aristiona are all
conspecific with numata. The drawings by our friend
Dr. Eltringham of the genital clasps of nwmata torms (Trans.
Ent. Soc. 1916, pl. xin. figs. 4-6) and aristiona forms (id.
pl. xiv. figs. 3-9) are sufficiently close to offer no difficulty to
such a possibility.

Heliconius numata talboti, J. & K., subsp. n.

Fore wing above with the basal area dark ochreous. Costa
black. A large round black blotch within the cell and a
wedge-shaped black mark running to base. A very slender
curved black streak along vein 1. A narrow, yellow, trans-
verse, irregular band from within the cell to vein 2, stopping
some distance short of tornus and embracing a large roundish
black blotch between veins 2,3. A black blotch above this
is almost merged in the black ground-colour of the apical
half of the wing. An indication of a yellow transverse
band from costa beyond cell to meet the first band at vein 2.
Two or three yellow subapical patches much suffused with
black. A trace of a row of yellowish marginal] dots,

Hind wing above dark ochreous, with a tinge of yellowish

a ae

Pe ———

Races and Aberrations of Heliconius. 89

beyond the cell. A broad black marginal band containing
ill-defined pairs of whitish streaks ; the dots on cilia clear
white. Across the centre of wing is a black macular band
terminating with a yellow spot enclosed by black. Some
faint yellow scaling between the black spots composing the
band.

Hab. N. Peru, Rentema Falls, Upper Maranon, 1000 ft. ;
Chinchipe River, 6000 ft., September 1912; Charape,
4000 ft. (A. & E. Pratt).

694,12.

Feliconius numata silvaniformis, J. & K., subsp. n.

Fore wing above with the basal half ochreous. A very
heavy black nail-shaped blotch within the cell. Costa black.
A heavy black curved band along vein 1. A large, square,
black discoidal blotch joined to the black costal stripe.
Space between basal black blotch and discoidal black blotch
yellow suffused with ochreous. Beyond discoidal blotch is
a transverse yellow band much broken up on its outer edge.
Two large black blotches between veins 2, 3 and 3, 4, and
touching one another. A heavy black wedge-shaped blotch
running up from outer margin touches the upper of the two
black blotches at the lower angle. Apex black, with three
yellow spots, the two upper ones almost contiguous.

Hind wing above ochreous, with a rather narrow black
transverse band. A black marginal band almost uniting
with transverse band between veins 3, 4 and thence com-
pletely to apex, containing two or three pairs of small yellow
spots. A series of marginal yellowish-white dashes.

Hab. Lower Amazon, Para, Jan.—March, 1914 (A. Hall).

This insect strongly recalls silvana diffusa, from which it
may be separated by the heavy black pointed blotch in cell,
silvana having instead a small round blotch only. Dr. El-
tringham has treated silvana and numata as conspecific, but
we cannot follow this for the present.

Heliconius ignotus, J. & K., sp. n.

* Fore wing above with the basal half brownish ochreous,

A large black wedge-shaped basal streak joined (or sometimes
separate) to a large roundish black patch. Costa black and
a large black discoidal patch united with the black thorax,
A rather narrow discal yellow band ending quite pointedly
just beyond vein 2 close to outer margin. In the middle of
this band just beyond cell between veins 3, 4 is a rather
small black spot, and below vein 3 is a larger black spot.

90 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and W. J. Kaye on new

Sometimes the yellow of the band is extended inwards into
the cell and embracing the lower black spot between veins
2,3. Apex completely black.

Hind wing above brownish ochreous, with very irregular
black marginal band, much the heaviest on the inner half,
A transverse row of rather elongated wedge-shaped black
spots, the last spot merging with the outer margin and curved
up towards costa. No yellow terminal spot.

Palpi with first and second joints white below and base of
antennee with white points.

Expanse 78-86 mm.

Hab. N. Peru, Charape, 4000 ft. (4. E. & F. Pratt,
1912),

Feliconius aristiona pratti, J. & K., subsp. n.

A small dark race of H. aristiona resembling aristiona
aristiona.

Fore wing above with a large discal area chestnut ochreous
extending towards base along costal and median veins. A
heavy black streak along inner margin, sometimes stopping
halfway. A very heavy black wedge-shaped area within
the cell. Discoidal black spot heavy, joined to narrow costal
black stripe. A heavy black spot close to cell between veins
2, 3 and a much smaller one between veins 3, 4. Chestnut-
ochreous projection of discal band above vein 3 rather narrow.

Hind wing black, with a commencement of a dark chestnut-
ochreous (or slightly reddish) marginal band. Inside this is
a triangular patch of the same colour.

Expanse 33 mm.

Hab. N. Peru, Charape, 4000 ft. (A. £. & F. Pratt,
1912).

It is possible this is an altitudinal race, taking the place
of aristiona aristiona.

Heliconius clysonimus apicalis, ab. semirubra, J. & K., ab. n.

Fore wing above as in typical clysonimus apicalis.

Hind wing with a narrow transverse red band rather less
than half the width of the normal form even at its widest
between veins 2,3; thence outwardly the band is reduced
and gradually merges into the black ground-colour. From
vein 2 to inner margin the band is only traceable.

Hab. Colombia, slopes of Choco, 5200 ft., Sept. 1909.

Se a a

or nt

Races and Aberrations of Heliconius. 91

Fleliconius aristiona indecisa, J. & K., subsp. n.

Fore wing above with the base to vein 2 brownish ochreous ;
the costa black, a large black blotch pointed towards base,
and a large black discoidal blotch joined to the black costa.
A diffuse black curved streak along vein 1 and a small
blackish suffused yellow spot at tornus. Ground-colour of
apical area of wing black. Beyond the cell is a short yellow
band ending at vein 4 and a long elongate yellow spot between
veins 3, 4. Three apical yellow patches suffused in the
interspaces with dull reddish brown.

Hind wing above brownish ochreous, with a black trans-
verse toothed band and a small yellow spot close to margin
just above vein 6. A black marginal band, with pairs of
yellowish-white dots between the veins on aie margin,

Fore wing below with three pairs of white “subapical
dashes lying on an ochreous narrow apical band, which is
continued down the outer margin.

Hab. Upper Orinoco.

Heliconius numata superioris, ab. translata, J. & K., ab. n.

A transitional form uniting numata superioris with numata
numata, ab. mavors.

Fore wing above with the basal half sienna-brown. A
large black discoidal blotch extended to costa and united with
an irregular black half-band from lower discocellular to outer
margin. <A light brown postdiscal band. Two or three
yellow spots forming apical band and three submarginal
yellow dots.

Hind wing above sienna-brown, with a broad black trans-
verse band united at outer margin, where a yellow spot is
enclosed, with a broad black marginal band. A series of
short yellowish dashes close to margin, conspicuous at centre
and lessening towards base and apex.

Hab. Middle Amazon, Manaos, Jan.—Mar.1914 (A. Hall).

Heliconius erato eratophylla, J. & K., subsp. n.

_ Fore wing above black, with a large basal area red, onl
the veins showing black. A heavy red transverse discal band
from costa to near tornus, separated from the red basal area
by little more than an average of 2 mm.

Hind wing above black, with a broad transverse yellow
band and six red streaks crossing it. These are only just

92 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and W. J. Kaye on new

traceable on the yellow band, but are clear and distinct at
origin, at base, and beyond the yellow band. Below there
is a seventh red streak between veins 7 and 8, this area above
being oceupied with the brand.

Hab. Peru, Tarapoto.

1oF

The resemblance between this erato race and the next
following me/pomene race is truly remarkable, and one of the
closest of the close “pairs” to be found amongst the two
divisions of the Heliconius.

Heliconius melpomene melpophylla, J. & K., subsp. n.

Fore wing above black, with a large basal area red and
only the veins showing black. A heavy red transverse discal
band from costa to near tornus, connected on the costa with
basal red area and almost united again at the median vein.
Outer margin of discal band not sharply detined as in erato
eratophylla.

Hind wing above black, with a broad transverse yellow
band, slightly scalloped on its outer margin and followed by
six nail-headed streaks which commence close to yellow band,
but in no case touching. A small red basal area contiguous
to the yellow transverse band above and a slight indieation
of a red streak along the upper edge of band, especially
towards apex.

Hab. ?, without doubt Peru.

1 83

This form doubtless flies with eratophylla and serves as its
model or mimic.

Heliconius erato erato, ab. cybelellus, J, & K., ab. n.

Fore wing above black, with a large red basal area which
is greatly extended along costa and within the cell. This is
followed by a sharply cut (both interiorly and exteriorly)
transverse yellow band.

Hind wing black.

Expanse 78mm.

Hab. Lower Amazon, Serpa, Jan.—Mar. 1914 (A. Hall).

This curious form is a development out of amalfreda, in
which the group of yellow spots are compressed into a well-
detined band.

—=——- -_— —————

-

Races and Aberrations of Heliconius. 93

Heliconius sapho primularis, ab. deflava, J. & K., ab. n.

Fore wing above black, with a strong dark blue gloss on
basal half. A large subdiscal yellow band commencing
within the cell remote from discocellulars and terminating at
tornus. A narrow postdiscal band from costa to vein 4,
tapering greatly towards margin, concave on its outer edge,
and slightly indented on its inner margin.

Hind wing above black, the basal half with a strong dark
blue gloss. A broad marginal band of yellowish grey crossed
with short black lines on and between the veins.

Expanse 70 mm.

Hab. Ecuador, Paramba.

464,12.

The ¢ we figure is the extreme form of the three, the
other g and ? are more intermediate. Typical primularis
occurs at Paramba, Ecuador, so this darkened form is there
only as an aberration, even if it occurs as a race elsewhere.

Heliconius erato amphitrite, ab. unipuncta, J. & K., ab. n.

Fore wing black, with a large bright red discal patch.
Lying just outside cell, but contiguous to it along vein 6, isa
conspicuous central black spot.

Hind wing black. No blue gloss to either fore or hind wing.

Hab, §.E. Peru, Tirapata.

Heliconius erato rubrizona, J. & K., subsp. n.

Fore wing black, with a narrow discal red band from costa
to near tornus, where it ends rather pointedly. The outer
edge considerably broken and indented, especially at vein 4.
A small inconspicuous black discal dot.

Hind wing black, with two faint red basal dots.

Hab, Lower Amazon, Santarem.

Heliconius cydno flaveola, J. & K., subsp. n.

Fore wing black, with a very dark blue gloss. A some-
what rectangular-shaped yellow spot lying within the outer
half of cell and joined to a broad curved yellow band running
from costa to tornus.

Hind wing black, with a dark blue gloss ; no trace of any
marginal spots.

Hab. Venezuela, Mocotone.

94 On new Races and Aberrations of Heliconius.

This subspecies of cydno strongly recalls cydno broneus,
Stich., from Peraand Heuador. It is practically identical on
the fore wing and only different on the hind wing by the
absence of white spots on the margin. Such a form might
easily occur with broncus as an aberration ; but, on the other
hand, it might as likely occur as a race and be comparable to
cydno zelinde, which is practically an identical form, but
white-banded instead of yellow. This latter oecurs as a race
in some western valleys of Colombia, such as the Rio San

Juan and Rio Dagua.

Heliconius elevatus perchlora, subsp. n.

“Fore wing above black, with a large part of the basal half
of the wing red. On inner margin a red streak detached
from the large red area, Adjoining the red area within and
above the cell is a large roundish yellow discal area extending
down beyond vein 2, ‘where itis suffused with black scaling.

Hind wing with streaking rather heavier than in elevatus
elevatus.

Hind wing below like elevatus elevatus, except that the
peculiar streak inside the costal vein is more strongly yellow
and considerably extended.

Hab. Bolivia.

The locality is very vague, but the specimen suggests that
its origin is correct, as it matches melpomene penelope, a
typical Bolivian form.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE VY.

Fig. 1. Heliconius aristiona indecisa.

Fig. 2. clysonimus apicalis, ab. semirubr a.
Fig. 3. numata talbott.
Fig. 4. aristiona prattt,

Fig. 5. ignotus.

Fig. 6. numata superioris, ab, translata.
Fig. 7. —— silvaniformis.

Fig. 8. —— numata numata, ab. melanopors.

Puate VI.
Fig. 1. Heliconius melpomene melpophylla,

Fig. 2. erato eratophylla.

Fig. 3. cydno fiaveola.

Fig. 4. erato erato, ab. cybelellus.

Fig. 5. elevatus per rchlora,

Fig. 6. sapho primularis, ab. deflava.
Fig. 7. erato rubrizona.

Fig. 8. —— amphitrite, ab. unipuncta.

On small Mammals from the Delta of the Parana. 95

VI.—On small Mammals from the Delta of the Parana.
By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

By the kind hospitality of Cols. Knight and Porteous, and
the active help of their manager Mr. James Hunter, Mr.
Robin Kemp has been enabled to make a collection at Isla
Hila, in the delta of the Rio Parana, at the top of the La Plata
Estuary.

So near Buenos Ayres, and in a general region that has
been visited by numbers of collectors, one did not expect any
novelties, and it has therefore been with the greatest interest
that I have found in this little collection no less than three
forms which prove to need description, one of these repre-
senting a new genus, while there is also a fine series of the
striking water-rat Scapteromys tomentosus, hitherto wanting
in the Museum collections.

The islands where the specimens were obtained are remark-
able for the fact that they are more or less completely flooded
when a south-east wind banks up the waters of the La Plata
Estuary, and Mr. Kemp records that he has had to wade
through the rising waters to retrieve his traps, and that then,
the water having fallen and the traps been re-set, he has
again caught numbers of specimens. ‘This shows, of course,
that all the local species have learnt to take refuge in trees,
unless they are themselves absolutely aquatic. That such
animals as Oryzomys, Oxymycterus, Akodon, and the new
genus Deltamys, all normally terrestrial, should thus have
become arboreal on occasion, is a remarkable case of adapta-
tion te local conditions.

Neither the burrowing tuco-tuco (Ctenomys) nor the
common “‘laucha” (fesperomys) are contained in the collec-
tion, and they have no doubt been unable to live in so
water-logged a region.

The collection consists of forty-eight specimens, and would
have been more had not one of Mr. Kemp’s cases fallen a
victim to barbarian methods of warfare, and been sunk in
the R.M.S. ‘Drina.’ Happily the lost box does not t appear
to have contained any species unrepresented in that which
safely arrived.

In this connection I should like to express the obligation
that the National Museum is under to the authorities of the

96 Mr. O. Thomas on small Mammals

Royal Mail Steam Packet Company, who have assisted
Mr. Kemp’s exploration in various very material ways.

1. Holochilus vulpinus, Brants.
3. 2789, 2813, 2824; 9. 2832, 2835.

These and the specimens of Scapteromys tomentosus are
practically topotypes of their respective species, as Sello was
said to have collected both types on the Rio Uruguay, and
the water of that river washes the lower (eastern) end of the
islands of the Parana delta.

2. Scapteromys tomentosus, Licht.

3. 2815, 2817, 2818, 2819, 2826, 2829, 2842, 2843;
9. 2804, 2814, 2828, 2831, 2834, 2839; and one 2 in
spirit.

i This series, forms a very valuable addition to our collections,
for although discovered on the R. Uruguay as long ago as
1827, the species has never hitherto been sent home to us.
Even the genus was only represented by the type of S. tu-
midus, Waterh., from Maldonado (C. Darwin), and one skin,
with imperfect skull, of the same species from Soriano,
Uruguay (0. V. Aplin).

Between the two species there does not seem to be any very
important skull-character, and S. tomentosus would appear to
be really a blackish delta representative of the greyer animal
of Uruguay.

3. Oryzomys delticola*, sp. n.

gd. 2845, 2846; 9. 2812.

A middle-sized species, far larger than O. flavescens.

Size and general characters very much as in O. longi-
caudatus of Chili. Colour above lined buffy brown, the light
rings on the hairs cinnamon-buff, but the general colour not
quite like anything in Ridgway, though nearest to “ clay-
colour” or “buckthorn-brown.” Sides, although a clearer
tone than the back, not richly buffy. Under surface greyish
white, tinged in one specimen with buffy ; the bases of the
hairs slaty. Head greyer than back; ears, or at least the
proectote, blackish. Hands and feet dull whitish. Tail long,

* This is not a hybrid word, as “delta,” although originally Greek,
was incorporated into Latin as a declinable substantive.

Jrom the Delta of the Parana, 97

slender, finely scaled, brown above, whitish below, the usual
narrow dark line perceptible along the lower side.

Skull of about the same size as in O. longicaudatus, mar-
kedly larger than in O. flavescens. The interorbital region
broader than in the first-named, its edges sharply square, but
not ridged. Zygomatic plate rather less projected forward.
Palatal foramina ending just opposite the front edge of m’.

Incisors directed backwards towards the throat, their angle
with the tooth-row about 65°. Molars rather Jarger than in
lengicaudatus.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 105 mm.; tail 125; hind foot 28;
ear 17.

Skull: greatest length 27°5 ; condylo-incisive length 23:2 ;
zygomatic breadth 14-4 ; nasals 10-2 ; interorbital breadth 4;
breadth of brain-case 12°5; palatilar length 11°5; palatal
foramina 6; upper molar series 4.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 17.6.1. 23. Original
number 2846. Collected 17th February, 1917.

This second species of Oryzomys is an unexpected dis-
covery, for all over Uruguay and Argentina (apart from the
far south) only one species—O..flavescens or a member of that
group—has-hitherto been known, and O. delticola would seem
to be quite isolated in the present locality.

It would appear to be most nearly allied to the Chilian
O. longicaudatus, and thus bears the same geographical
relationship to that animal that the Parana coypu does to the
Chilian one.

A, Oryzomys flavescens, Waterh.
&. 2825; anda @ in spirit.

This, the only non-peculiar mouse in the delta, is widely
‘distributed over Uruguay and Middle Argentina. Specimens
vary very much in coloration, the under surface of some being
strongly buffy and of others white, but extremes and all inter-
mediate phases are found in the same localities.

5. Akodon arenicola hunteri, subsp. n.

6. 2821, 2822, 2833, 2837, 2841, 2847; 9. 2823, 2838;
and one @ in spirit.

Like true arenicola in colour and other characters, but
averaging decidedly larger, the hind foot 21-22 mm. in length,
while in arenicola it is ordinarily 18-19, rarely reaching 20;

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 7

98 Mr. O. Thomas on small Mammals

and the skull 24-25°5 mm. in condylo-incisive length, that of
arenicola ordinarily 22°5-23°5, exceptional specimens just
surpassing 24.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 101 mm.; tail 81; hind foot 215;
ear 13°5.

Skull: greatest length 27°7 ; condylo-incisive length 25°5 ;
zygomatic breadth 13°6; palatilar length 12; palatal
foramina 6°7 ; upper molar series 4°5.

Type. Old.male. B.M. no. 17. 6.1.28. Original num-
ber 2841. Collected 12th February, 1917.

Named in honour of Mr. James Hunter, the Managing
Director of the Isla Ella Fruit and Forest Company, to whose
help and kindness Mr. Kemp was so greatly indebted during
his visit to the Delta.

Akodon arenicola, the commonest mouse of the Argentine,
occurs in numbers in every collection that we have received
from the area between*Goya, Corrientes, in the north, and
Bonifacio, Buenos Ayres, iu the south, in Southern Uruguay,
and Eastern Buenos Ayres, and it is everywhere of very
uniform size and coloration. Only here, almost in the centre
of its general range, but under exceptional local conditions,
there is so considerable an increase in its size as to deserve
recognition by name.

“From the osiers’”; “from an overgrown orchard” ;
“from the virgin jungle-growth”; “from withy beds.’—

KS

6. Deltamys kempi, gen. et sp. n.
3. 2836, 2840, 2845; ¢. 2830.

DELTAMYS, gen. nov.

External characters as in Akodon, claws and fur normal.
Eyes small. Skull remarkably narrow, both as regards the
breadth of the cranium and the lateral spread of the zygomata ;
zygomatic breadth less than half the condylo-incisive length.
Supraorbital edges rounded or with a mere trace of the
normal squaring. Zygomatic plate scarcely projected for-
wards, First upper molar with anterior notch. Second
upper molar with the small antero-external cross-ridge
obselete.

Genotype: Deltamys kempi, sp. n.

This genus is clearly one of the Akodont series, of which

From the Delta of the Parana. oe

a general arrangement was published last year*. It is
probably most nearly allied to Akodon itself, but the remark-
able narrowness of the skull, the small zygomatic spread, the
reduction of the zygomatic plate, and the simplification of
the teeth, notably of m?, all indicate sufficient peculiarity to
prevent the species being included in that genus.

As a ready means of identification the fact that the zygo-
matic spread is less instead of more than half the condylo-
incisive length will enable Deltamys to be distinguished from
all the genera mentioned in my key.

The teeth seem to be somewhat simpler in structure than in
the known forms, but more specimens will be needed before
the value and constancy of this character can be determined,
for only one of the four specimens of J). kemp7 has the teeth
unworn enough to show the structure. But certainly this
specimen exhibits a very distinctive difference in the reduc-
tion, practically to nil, of the small cross-ridge at the front
outer corner of m?—a ridge present, and generally far more
conspicuous than in Akodon, in most 8.-American Muride.

The following is a description of the species :—

Size rather smaller than in Akodon arenicola, form de-
cidedly more slender. Fur of normal character and medium
length, hairs of back about 8-9 mm. long. General colour
above blackish brown, inconspicuously washed on head, fore-
back, and sides with drabby or olivaceous, nearly unmixed
black on the median part of the hind back. One specimen,
however, is more olivaceous throughout, and so far as body-
colour is concerned might be taken for arather dark-coloured
individual of A. arenicola. Under surface dull brownish grey,
the hairs slaty basally, their tips brownish on belly, greyer on
the chest ; a marked wholly white patch on the chin, Eyes
rather small, without lighter ring round them. Lars short,
well-haired, blackish brown. Hands and feet dark brown ;
claws normal in length, the pollex with a nail. Tail rather
shorter than head and body, thinly haired, finely scaled (15
rings to the em.), dark brown throughout.

Skull slender, remarkably narrow, with but slightly ex-
panded zygomata. Interorbital region smooth, convex,
unridged, its edges scarcely squared. Brain-case narrow,
smooth, and rounded. Interparietal much reduced, scarcely
perceptible at all in three of the specimens, and a mere narrow
strip in the fourth. Zygomatie plate narrow, scarcely pro-
jected forwards. Palatal foramina long, well open, not

* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xviii, p. 336, -
(|

100 Onsmall Mammals from the Delta of the Parana.

specially narrowed behind. Mesopterygoid fossa broad, twice
as wide at its anterior end as the base of the narrow ptery-
goids on each side of it; in most members of the Akodont
group the base of each pterygoid is as broad as the fossa
between the two. Bulle small, as in Akodon.

Incisors rather thrown forward, their angle with the molar
surface 80°-83°. Molars light and slender, their structure
as already referred to.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 89 mm. ; tail 85; hind foot 22; ear 13.

Skull: greatest length 25°6; condylo-incisive length 24 ;
zygomatic breadth 11-7; nasals 9°2; interorbital breadth 4-4 ;
breadth of brain-case 10°8 ; palatal foramina 5:7 ; breadth of
mesopterygoid opening 1°5 ; upper molar series 4.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 17.6.1. 35, Original
number 2830. Collected 1st February, 1917.

This little blackish mouse is a most interesting addition to
the fauna of Eastern Argentina, being so very different from
any other animal known there. Like Oxymycterus tomen-
tosus, similarly dark-coloured, it is no doubt peculiar to the
marshy and water-logged region of the Parana delta, and has
on this account escaped discovery until Mr. Kemp’s visit to
the islands.

“From neglected orchard” ; “ from the jungle pajanal,”
K.

——s

- 7. Oxymycterus platensis, Thos.
3. 2827, 2844; ¢. 2820.

8. Myocastor coypus bonariensis, Geof.
Two skulls.

9. Cavia pamparum, Thos.
Four skulls.

10. Blastocerus dichotomus, Ill.
9. 2850.
“ Presented by Mr. F. E. Welch.—Snared by a quintero.”

11. Lutreolina crassicaudata, Desm.

3. 2811, 2816.

On the Families Bethylide and Rhopalosomide. 101

VII.— Notes on the Hymenopterous Families Bethylide and
Rhopalosomide. By Rowianp E. Turner and JAMES
WATERSTON.

Bethylidez.

Pristocera subrufescens, sp. n.

3. Niger; mandibulis, antennis dimidio basali, tegulis pedibusque
brunneo-testaceis ; abdomine fusco-ferrugineo ; alis flayo-hyalinis,
venis testaceis, stigmate fusco.

Long. 5°5 mm. :

6. Head subrectangular, longer than broad, slightly
rounded at the posterior angles, shining, coarsely but not
closely punctured, without a frontal sulcus. Eyes separated
from the hind margin of the head by a distance fully equal
to their own length ; posterior ocelli near together, much
nearer to each other than to the hind margin of the head.
Scape rather strongly curved, second joint of the flagellum
distinctly longer than the third or fourth, the first subglobose,
about half as long as the second. Mandibles bidentate at the
apex below, with a third tooth above forming a broad cutting-
edge. Pronotum no longer than the mesonotum and scutellum
combined, narrowed anteriorly, shining, coarsely but sparsely
punctured; mesonotum sparsely punctured, the parapsidal
furrows distinct; the hind margin of the pronotum rather
broadly depressed; scutellum shining, sparsely punctured.
Median segment a little longer than broad, not margined,
rounded at the apex, finely punctured-reticulate, with a low
median carina from the base not reaching the apex and not
continued on the posterior slope, the base of the segment
coarsely reticulate; the sides of the segment very finely
obliquely striated. Abdomen elongate-fusiform, almost
smooth, with a few scattered punctures on the apical segments.
Hind tarsal ungues (fig. 1, c) strongly curved, with one
slender acute tooth at the middle of the inner margin, one
strong bristle at the base, and two externally before the
median tooth. Basal joint of the hind tarsus with a scopa of
hairs beneath intermixed with stout bristles. Submedian
cell a little longer than the median; first brachial ceil ill-
defined, not closed at the apex ; radius nearly three times as
long as the basal nervure.

Hab. Natal, Durban (Ff. Muir).

102 Messrs. R. E. Turner and J. Waterston on the .

Pristocera neavei, sp. n.

o. Niger; mandibulis, antennis dimidio basali, tegulis, tro-
chanteribus, femoribus apice, tibiis tarsisque brunneo-testaceis ;
alis hyalinis, venis testaceis, stigmate radioque fuscis.

Long. 5-6 mm.

$. Head a little longer than broad, shining, evenly and
rather deeply, but not closely, punctured, subrectangular,
rounded at the posterior angles, without a frontal sulcus.
Eyes separated from the posterior margin of the head by a
distance equal to about half of their own length ; posterior
ocelli a little further from the hind margin of the head than
from each other. Scape moderately curved, second joint of

Fig. 1.

Z)
2
Hind tarsal ungues of (a) Epyrts muirt, sp. n., (6) Epyris elongatula, sp. n.,

(c) Pristocera subrufescens, sp. n., (d) Rhabdepyris ethiops, sp. n.,
(e) Pristocera neavet, sp. n.

the flagellum equal to the third, about twice as long as the
first. Mandibles as in P. subrufescens, but with the second
tooth shorter. Pronotum scarcely as long as the mesonotum,
shining, sparsely, but not very finely, punctured, rounded
anteriorly ; mesonotum very sparsely punctured, with two
strong parapsidal furrows ; scutellum smooth, with a few
punctures on the sides. Median segment half as broad again
at the base as long, rounded at the apex, margined laterally
but not apically, very finely rugulose, with a carina from the
base reaching nearly to the middle of the segment ; on each
side of the carina at the base area number of short longi-
tudinal striz which are separated from the rugulose portion

ee) ee ee

Families Bethylide and Rhopalosomide. 103

of the segment by a number of very fine and close oblique
strie. Abdomen witha short petiole, which is about twice as
long as the hind trochanter ; smooth and shining, with a few
punctures on the apical segments. Hind tarsal ungues
(fig. 1, e) very similar to P. subrufescens, but with the
median tooth longer and stouter and the basal bristle deve-
loped into a strong spine. Submedian cell scarcely longer
than the median, brachial cell absent, radius about twice as
long as the basal nervure.

Hab. Portuguese Hast Africa, Kola Valley, east of Mount
Chiperone, 1700 ft. (S. A. Neave), November 1913.

Epyris muiri, sp. n.

3. Niger; mandibulis, tegulis, tibiis anticis, tarsisque brunneo-
testaceis; alis subhyalinis, venis testaceis, stigmate radioque
fuscis.

Long. 5°5 mm.

¢. Head distinctly broader than long; finely and rather
sparsely punctured, shining, without a frontal sulcus, Hyes
separated from the hind margin of the head by a distance
scarcely equal to half of their own length; posterior ocelli
about twice as far from each other as from the hind margin
of the head. First joint of the flagellum extremely short,
second a little shorter than the third, second and scape sub-
equal. Mandibles oblique at the apex, with five blunt teeth,
the inferior one much the largest ; elongate, subconcave on the
upper and lower edges ; behind each of the four smaller teeth
are one or two stout bristles. Pronotum as long as the meso-
notum and scutellum combined, rounded anteriorly, shining,
with sparse piliferous punctures; mesonotum with very
distinct parapsidal furrows; scutellum smooth and shining,
with a fovea on each side at the base. Median segment
margined laterally and at the apex, nearly twice as broad as
Jong, opaque, very minutely and closely transversely strio-
late ; with an enclosed median space bounded by two con-
verging carine which are twice as far apart at the base as
at the apex, a strong median carina from base to apex, the
space between the carinz longitudinally rugulose ; surface
of the apical truncation very finely and closely transversely
striolate, with a low longitudinal carina ; sides of the segment
smooth and shining at the base, finely aciculate at the apex.
Two basal dorsal segments smooth and shining, the remainder
with sparse .piliferous punctures. Hind tarsal ungues

104 Messrs. R. E. Turner and J. Waterston on the

(fig. 1, a) with one large tooth at about two-thirds from the
base, sparsely clothed with stiff bristles, three of which at
one-third from the base are very long. Basal joint of hind
tarsi clothed beneath with very short hairs, among which,
near the base, are one or two spinose bristles. Submedian
cell longer than the median ; radius about twice as long as
the basal nervure.

Hab. Natal, Durban (Ff. Muir).

Epyris elongatula, sp. n.

@. Nigra; mandibulis, secapo, flagello articulis quatuor basalibus,
femoribus anticis, tibiis tarsisque brunneo-testaceis ; tegulis testa-
ceis ; alis hyalinis, venis testaceis.

Long. 3°5 mm.

Thorax and propodeon of Epyris elongatula, sp. n.

?. Head longer than the greatest breadth, about half as "

long again as the breadth on the hind margin, shining, finely

Families Bethylidee and Rhopalosomide. 105

and very sparsely punctured, without a frontal sulcus. Hyes
separated from the hind margin of the head by a distance
slightly exceeding half of their own length ; the posterior
ocelli situated on the hind margin of the head. First joint of
the flagellum a little longer than the third, a little more than
half as long again as the second. Thorax shining ; pronotum
distinctly longer than the greatest breadth, broadly rounded
anteriorly ; mesonotum with well-defined parapsidal furrows ;
scutellum with a fovea on each side at the base. Median
segment (fig. 2) as broad as long, the dorsal surface distinctly
margined apically and laterally, smooth at the sides and
apical angles, with a low median carina extending to the
apex, an elongate triangular area bounded at the base by
low convergent carinze which do not reach the apex finely
and irregularly reticulate; the sides of the segment and the
surface of the apical truncation almost smooth. Abdomen
smooth and shining. Submedian cell no longer than the
median, nervulus nearly twice as long as the basal nervure ;
radius about half as long again as the nervulus and basal
nervure combined. ‘Tarsal ungues with a small tooth at
right angles to the ungues just beyond the middle, the ungue
(fig. 1, 6) behind the tooth slightly swollen.

Hab. German East Africa, north of Handeni (Dr. W. A.
Lamborn) .

On outskirts of Glossina pallidipes area.

Rhabdepyris ethiops, sp. n.

@. Nigra; mandibulis, scapo, flagello articulis duobus basalibus,
tegulis pedibusque ferrugineis ; segmentis abdominalibus tribus
apicalibus rufo-ferrugineis ; alis hyalinis, leviter infuscatis ; venis
testaceis, costa, stigmate radioque nigris.

Long. 6 mm.

?. Clypeus subtriangular, blunt at the apex ; head longer
than broad, opaque, very closely and rather finely punctured ;
with a distinct longitudinal frontal sulcus, which does not
reach to the anterior ocellus. Eyes slightly hairy, separated
from the hind margin of the head by a distance about equal
to half of their own length ; posterior ocelli a little further
from the hind margin of the head than from each other.
Scape curved, as long as the three basal joints of the fla-
gellum combined ; second joint of the flagellum a little longer
than the third or fourth, the first and second joints subequal.
Mandibles oblique at the apex, with five teeth, the outer one
large and pointed, the second blunt and fairly large, the

106 Messrs. R. E. Turner and J. Waterston on the

remaining three very small; on the inner surface of the
mandible beginning at the second tooth is a subapical row
of bristles. Thorax opaque, with sparse and rather large
piliferous punctures ; pronotum nearly twice as long as the
mesonotum, narrowed anteriorly ; mesonotum with two well-
defined parapsidal furrows ; scutellum with a deep transverse
groove at the base. Median segment about half as broad
again as long, margined laterally and at the apex, finely and
closely transversely striolate; the enclosed median space
twice as broad at the base as at the apex, with five strong
longitudinal carine, the space between the carine with low
transverse strie forming reticulations ; sides of the segment
very finely obliquely striolate ; the surface of the posterior
truncation subconcave, finely aciculate, with a median longi-
tudinal carina. Abdomen smooth and shining, with a few
scattered punctures on the third and fourth dorsal segments.
Hind tarsal ungues (fig. 1, d) strongly bent, produced at the
base into a strong tooth-like lobe; with one tooth which
rises at right angles ; the apical tooth very long and acute,
about twice as long as its basal breadth; on the external
surface of the ungues are three bristles—one on the dorsal
edge above the base of the median tooth, a second sub-
ventrally on the basal projection, and a third between the .
two. Submedian cell longer than the median; radius at
least three times as long as the basal nervure.

Hab. Natal, Durban (F. Muir).

Rhabdepyris troglodytes, sp. n.

Q. Nigra; mandibulis, scapo apice, flagello articulis duobus basali-
bus, tegulis, pygidio, tibiis tarsisque testaceis ; alis hyalinis, venis
testaceis, stigmate fusco,

Long. 4 mm. |

9. Head longer than the greatest breadth, somewhat
narrowed behind the eyes, nearly twice as long as the breadth
on the hind margin, finely shagreened, with a few scattered
piliferous punctures. Eyes separated from the hind margin -
of the head by a distance scarcely exceeding one-third of their
own length ; the posterior ocelli situated close to the hind
margin of the head. No frontal suleus. Thorax subopaque ;
pronotum distinctly broader posteriorly than the greatest
length, rather strongly narrowed and rounded anteriorly,
finely but not very closely punctured ; parapsidal furrows
not extending oyer the whole length of the mesonotum, the
inner furrow linear, very narrow, the outer one forming a

Families Bethylide and Rhopalosomide. 107

broad depression ; scutellum with a deep transverse sulcus
at the base. Median segment nearly half as long again as
broad, margined at the sides and at the apex, very finely and
closely transversely striated, with five longitudinal carinz,
the median one reaching the apex, the two lateral extending
beyond the middle, the two intermediate not reaching the
middle ; the sides of the segment and the surface of the apical
truncation almost smooth. Abdomen shining, the fifth and
sixth dorsal segments with scattered punctures. Fore wing
with the medius short, which causes the basal nervure and
the nervulus to meet at an acute angle, forming two sides of
an equilateral triangle ; stigma small; radius long.

Hab. British East Africa, Voi, 1800 ft. (S. A. Neave),
March 21-23, 1911.

Family Rhopalosomide.

Genus OLIxon, Cam.

Olixon, Cam. Biol. Centr.-Amer., Hymen. i. p. 412 (1887).
Saphobethylus, Kieff. Ann. Soc. Sci. Bruxelles, xxxy. p. 216 (1911).

Type of the genus, O. testaceum, Cam.

Saphobethylus pallidus, Kieff., is a synonym of Olixon
testaceum.

Cameron places this genus in the Braconide, expressing
strong doubt as to the true relationship of the genus, and
noticing a general resemblance to the Bethylide. Kieffer
places it in the Bethylide without comment on the abnormal
characters. ‘The antennee are 13-jointed in the male, 12-
jointed in the female, very long and slender, agreeing well
with Rhopalosoma, with which the genitalia of the male also
show close affinities. It differs from tliat genus in the entire
eyes, in the absence of ocelli, in the rudimentary wings, and
in the subsessile abdomen. The tarsi of the female do not
show strongly broadened joints asin Rhopalosoma. Though
these differences remove Olizon from very close relationship
with Rhopalosoma, it seems to be sufficiently near to be
placed in the same family. With regard to the affinities of
the family, it must be pointed out that the genitalia show
a very distinct relationship to those of the Eumenide and
differ strongly from those of all other Hymenoptera. Thus,
of the many attempts to assign a place to the group, that of
Westwood, who connects it with the Vespide, is the most
correct. It is almost certainly derived from the same stock
as the Eumenide, but strongly modified by nocturnal and

108 Mx. Ls: Prout on'ndw

probably also by parasitic habits. The wide range of the
family points to considerable antiquity, though it seems to
be absent from Australia.

Ashmead (Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 235, 1900) assigns
Olixon to the Bethylide, subfamily Emboleminz, but gives
no reason for placing it in that position, from which the very
different antenne seem to exclude it at once. It is by no
means certain that Ashmead had seen specimens.

VIIL.— New Geometridee in the Joicey Collection.
By Louis B. Prout, F.E.S.

[Plate VIL]

In working through the Geometride in the collection of
Mr. J. J. Joicey I have already come across several novelties,
some of them of great interest, and as there is now sufficient
material for a Plate—which Mr. Joicey, with his customary
munificence, has provided in further elucidation of the species
and forms—we think it desirable to publish them without
further delay. As all the types are in his collection, it is
unnecessary to specify this in each individual case.

Subfam. @yocuzroury#.

1. Phellinodes biapicata, sp. n.
(Pl. Vil. fissd.)

¢ .—36 mm.

Head and body white, slightly clouded with brown and
irrorated with blackish ; palpus blackish on upper and outer
side.

Fore wing white, faintly clouded with brown and with
moderate blackish irroration, which in places (especially near
base) shows some tendency to form transverse strigule; a
slightly curved blackish mark from hind margin nearly to
M? just proximal to middle of wing; an elongate blackish
cell-mark accompanied by indications of an irregular median
line, crossed behind M? by a thick longitudinal dash which
almost reaches termen and is followed posteriorly by some
smoky shading ; a large, irregularly bounded apical brown
spot, posteriorly extending across R’, proximally in places
almost reaching the cell, at about 4 mm. from apex traversed

Oe

Geometridae in the Joicey Collection. 109

by a thick, slightly curved mark from near costa about to R? ;
some small dark spots near termen; elongate dark terminal
marks at vein-ends; fringe weakly dark-spotted.

Hind wing without distorted venation; white, densely
irrorated with blackish, but with a broad elongate clear patch
in middle from base to at least three-fourths, bounded ante-
riorly by SC and R}, posteriorly by SM and M!, somewhat
rounded at its end; a clear apical patch.

Underside similar, but with the entire posterior region of
the fore wing smoky, the abdominal margin of the hind wing
for a width of 2 mm. mostly white, with dark irroration and
with some dark interruption about R? and the submedian
area.

Contamama, Rio Ucayali, Peruvian Amazons (J. C€.
Mounsey).

Near gratiosa, Schaus ; the wings shorter, the markings
less sharply defined, but distinguished especially by the white
apical patch of hind wing.

2. Phellinodes leucoplethes, sp. n.
(Pl. VII. fig. 28.)

6 .—32 mm.

Face white, sprinkled with blackish brown. Palpus with
first joint predominantly white, second and third predominantly
blackish brown. Antenna blackish, with ciliation rather long
(exceeding diameter of shaft). ‘Thorax white, mixed with
blackish above. Abdomen above mostly blackish, beneath
white.

Fore wing in anterior and distal part blackish brown,
posteriorly to the cell and beyond white, the white area being
bounded from about the origin of M! to anal angle by a fairly
regular curve; the blackish area irrorated with white in
proximal haif and containing two large white spots distally,
one from costa to R’, broadest (4 mm.) at costa, its proximal
edge reaching middle of costa, the other smaller, more distal,
from R? nearly to SC®; the white area slightly dusted with
blackish near base.

Hind wing without distorted venation; white, slightly
dusted with blackish brown near base and with a narrow
distal border, narrowest about R'-R? and at tornus, slightly
and gradually broadening between these points and apically.

Underside similar, but with the dark brown areas all
irrorated with white and with the costal edge of hind wing
dark-speckled.

110 Mr. L. B. Prout on new

Rio Pastaza, E. Ecuador (M. G. Palmer): Alpayacu,
3600 feet (type) ; El Rosario, 4900 feet. Also two worn
? 2 from Intaj, Ecuador (Buckley), rather larger, with
antennal ciliation short. All ex coll. H. Druce.

Subfam. Hewrrzervz.

3. Mimandria cataracte, sp. n.

(Pl. VIL. fig. 25.)

ot =

6 .—34 mm.

Face black. Palpus whitish, with third joint and most of
second blackish above. Tongue present, but quite short.
Vertex and front of thorax mostly light brown; body other-
wise whitish grey, irrorated with light brown.

Fore wing broad, with termen rather less oblique than in
insularis ; SC* anastomosing at a point with C and with
SC? ; whitish grey, irrorated with darker grey and with light
brown, costal margin mostly dark grey ; lines blackish grey ;
antemedian at nearly one-third, shallowly lunulate outward
in cell and in submedian area; postmedian slender, 3-4 mm.
from termen, lunulate-dentate, a little incurved in submedian
area, the tooth on R! acute, the lunule between R* and M'
more shallow than the adjacent ones ; an elongate dark cell-
mark, somewhat interrupted in middle ; subterminal pale line
almost obsolete, accompanied proximally by a small wedge-
shaped brown spot between R' and R? and another behind M’,
a larger and broader one between the medians, the rest of
the series almost or altogether obsolete ; triangular blackish
terminal dots ; fringe rather pale, very weakly marked.

Flind wing with first line wanting; cell-spot brown,
rounded, slightly ocellated; the rest as on fore wing.

Underside dirty pale grey, the hind wing rather more
whitish ; both wings with small cell-spot on DC? and ill-
defined, somewhat interrupted, dark brown-grey submarginal
shade; terminal dots a little weaker and more elongate than
above.

Victoria Falls, Rhodesia (Z. H. Drwee).

Differently shaped from the only hitherto-known species
(insularis, Swinh., from Madagascar), more resembling an
Lpipristis ; the rows of spots distally to the postmedian line
much less complete, less brightly coloured—in insularis they
are reddish, though Swinhoe calls them “ greyish ochreous.”

F
r
‘
7

Geometridee in the Joicey Collection. Tis

4, Pingasa lahayet austrina, subsp. 0.

(Pl. VIL. fig. 26.)

Spots beneath rather browner and more extended than in
the Palearctic race (Algeria and Morocco).

Gambia, g (type) and ¢.

5, Afolochroma prasina spadicocampa, subsp. n.

(Pl. VIL. fig. 1.)

3 .—42 mm.

Smaller than prasina prasina, Warr., from New Guinea
and Fergusson Island, both wings with enlarged black discal
spot, postmedian line thickened in middle.

Fore wing with median area between costal margin and
M? mostly of the ground-colour, the reddish line before the
subterminal brightened (bay, slightly inclining towards
maroon), thickened into a band, running from hind margin
to R?, then out along R? (—-R?) to termen.

Hind wing with the reddish subterminal spot between the
radials enlarged.

Biak, Schouten Islands, June 1914 (A. C. & F. Pratt).

6. Dysphania porphyroides, sp. n.
GPl. VEL figs 12.)

3 .—67 mm.

Face light yellowish brown, with a purplish spot in middle.
Palpus purplish, first and second joints beneath light brown,
Crown mostly purplish. Collar bright yellow. Patagia and
tegule deep purple. Thorax and abdomen above light
brown, slightly mixed with purple, especially near anus;
beneath bright yellow.

Fore wing dull purple; some slight cadmium-yellow
markings near base—namely, a short irregular line or streak
behind SC and some maculation about the fovea; the usual
Dysphania markings faint, indicated in darker colour; basal
streak apparently slight, the succeeding angulated band little
interrupted, formed more as in subrepleta than in militaris ;
discal spot rather more conspicuous, elongate outward, its
distal side tapering ; submarginal white spots small, that
between SC® and R? cut by a thick purple line along R’,
those between R? and M! more distally placed, the posterior
one the smaller, a quite small spot between M* and M?, the
rest obsolete,

112 Mr. L. B. Prout on new

Hind wing with termen somewhat waved, not quite regu-
larly rounded, being slightly straighter between SC? and R3;
dull purple, with the dark markings feeble, formed about as
in subrepleta, Walk.

Underside with the ground-colour slightly paler, the
markings consequently rather more distinct ; veins somewhat
dusted with yellow; fore wing with subbasal yellow streak
better developed ; hind wing with a rather broad, rapidly
tapering yellow patch at base of costa, a small yellow spot at
origin of R}, and a sinuous row of small interneural sub-
marginal yellow spots between R* and fold, the second, third,
and fifth placed nearer to the termen than the first and
fourth.

Andaman Islands ( Watkins).

7. Agathia curvifiniens, sp. n.

(Pl. VIL. fig. 23.)

Distinguished from carissima, Butl., by having the proximal
edge of the marginal band of the fore wing strongly sinuous,
instead of nearly straight, a strong outward curve being
formed between the radials (deepest between R? and R*) and
a slighter one between M? and SM’, the intervening part
appreciably curved inward; the subapical green patch is
formed, as in many cartssima, of a large central and small
anterior and posterior elements, very finely separated by red-
brown dusting on SC*® and R?; the small submarginal green
spot between M' and M? is almost or altogether obsolete.

Hind wing with a very minute red-brown cell-dot.

Ningpo, type ¢ and paratype ?. Also from Gensan
(Corea) and Kiushiu, in coll. Brit. Mus.

In carissima the median band of the fore wing is usually
more oblique than in the new species, but varies somewhat.

8. Anisozyga charma, sp. n.
(Pl. VIL. fig. 9.)

6 .—25 mm.

Face and palpus green above, white beneath. Vertex
broadly white ; occiput green. Thorax above green, with a
large white metathoracic spot, beneath white ; pencil beneath
base of fore wing white, rather short. Fore leg brown,
ringed with white. Hind leg mostly white; tibia without
hair-pencil or process. Abdomen largely white, the first
tergite broadly green, the succeeding ones narrowly and more
faintly, each with a white spot at posterior end.

Geometride in the Joicey Collection. 113

Fore wing opaque bright green, slightly irrorated with
white ; costal margin broadly (towards apex narrowly) white
with strong red- iow irroration ; antemedian line white,
very fine or almost obsolete, cane ; a small white mark on
DC?*; postmedian line white, almost or altogether broken into
a thick oblique mark from beyond two-thirds costa, a thick
spot between R’ and M}, almost or quite connected with a
larger terminal spot between the same veins, and a large spot
on hind margin near tornus ; a white subterminal line indi-
cated by a few anterior dots. ; termen somewhat dotted. with
white at veins ; fringe green, with a white line at base and
white spots opposite the veins.

Hind wing with a white dot on DC’, the postmedian
markings reversed, that on hind margin being small, that on
costa large, vista reaching apex ; the spot hehe R? and
M? smaller than on fore wing, more bracket-shaped ; mid-
terminal spot as on fore wine.

Underside much whiter, with the markings shadowy ; fore
wing with costal margin nearly as above, narrowly bordered
behind by a bright green shade.

Bidi, Sarawak, 1907-08 (C. J. Brooks), 4 3g.

9. Spaniocentra isospania, sp. n.

(Pl. VIL. fig. 22.)

? —32 mm.

Very similar to the forms of megaspilaria 2 in which the
tornal blotch is least darkened (reddish, largely overlaid with
lilacine scales). Hind tibia with terminal spurs only *

Fore wing with the dark irroration at base of costa and
underlining the white costal edge stronger; tornal blotch
narrower and shorter (not crossing R—in paratype not
crossing M*), the narrow purple distal edging, on the other
hand, better developed, forming small triangular projections
on the veins.

Hind wing with corresponding distinction in the distal
edging.

Bombay (C. H. Druce). A paratype from the same
locality in coll. Brit. Mus.

Except for the difference in the tibial armature I should

* In my indication of this as a normal generic character for ‘ both
sexes” I was misled by a wrongly determined isospania in the British
Museum collection; both in megaspilar ia, Guen., which belongs here by
its g armature, and in its race (?) pannosa, Moore, the 2 has all four
spurs.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8, Vol. xx. 8

114 Mr. L. B. Prout on new

have regarded this, and not pannosa, as the Indian race of
megas pila rid.

10. Comibena hemictenes, sp. u.
(Pl. VI. fig. 21.)

2 .—34-35 mm.

Face green, in middle with an admixture of red, below
rather narrowly white. Palpus as in the other African
species. Crown green, with a white line in front. Antenna
pectinate, the branches very short, about equal in length to
the diameter of the shaft. Thorax and abdomen above green,
beneath white 5 the abdomen dorsally with some red irrora-
tion, especially at the edges of the large snow-white spots of
the third and fourth tergites; a slight red-brown spot on
first abdominal. Legs white, more or less spotted (the hind
pair very weakly) with reddish brown.

Fore wing bright green, as in leucospilata, Walk., ete.;
costal edge white, shading off to yellowish ; lines fine, white ;
antemedian from SC at 3°5 mm. , slightly excurved to SM’,
then slightly oblique outward to hind margin ; postmedian
from SC* at 4 mm. from termen, slightly o oblique outward,
slightly bent before M’, then straightish to the proximal edge
of tornal blotch at aad margin ; cell-dot small, black, red-
mixed ; terminal line strong, red, extending 1 mm. round
apex, interrupted by white dots at the veins, beyond M?
gradually expanding into a small tornal blotch; fringe white,
with curved or subtriangular red spots, placed so as to connect
the terminal line on the outer side of the white dots.

Hind wing without the lines; cell-dot minute; terminal
line and fringe as on fore wing, but with a small apical
blotch corresponding to the tornal of fore w ing.

Underside whitish, greener in a cay and costal parts of
fore wing, especially ‘subcostally (the costal edge itself white,
as above) ; cell-dotsand terminal ‘markings (except the tornal
blotch of fore wing) reproduced; fore wing with the two
lines faint gieen, the postmedian crenulate ; hind w ing with
a fine, rather weak, crenulate postmedian green line, about
parallel with termen except after M'‘, where it runs somewhat
obliquely in the direction of the tornus.

Ivory Coast, type and another.

Distinguished from leucospilata, Walk., and its race (?) es-
meralda, Warr., by the pectinate antenna. Of rujitoraus,
Prout (Nov. Zool. xxiii. p. 275), from East Africa, which is,
perhaps, still nearer, the 2 is unknown; but in that species
the ground-colour is strongly strigulated with white.

Geometridee tn the Joicey Collection. 115

11. Racheospila penthica, sp. n.
(Pl. VII. fig. 2.)

3 .—36 mm.

Face blackish. Palpus rather short, blackish, the first and
second joints white beneath. Ciown dirty green, with a
large black spot on each side. Antenna blackish ; pectina-
tions scarcely longer than diameter of shaft. Occiput and
front of thorax green; thorax and abdomen above otherwise
black, beneath dirty white. Fore and (to a less degree)
middle leg blackened, with white spots at ends of joints ;
hind leg white, the tibial process reaching just beyond
middle of first tarsal joint.

Fore wing with SC! free, R' just separate, M! widely sepa-
rate; black, with an interrupted green mark, oblique out-
ward, near base, slight green marks around the large but
otherwise scarcely visible black cell-mark; a small, green,
black-dotted patch at nearly three-fourths. Costaand a very
narrow green distal border, widening slightly at apex and
containing at its proximal margin a row of rather large inter-
neural black spots; a similar terminal row, extending on to
the fringe.

Hind wing with termen slightly subcrenulate, somewhat
bent at R3; black, with a small green subbasal nee and a
narrow green distal border, which throws a small projection
inward in front of R?; terminal spots as on fore wing.

Fore wing beneath nearly as above, but rather more
brownish black and with a narrow blue-white hind-marginal
area, which broadens near base so as to touch M, Hind
wing beneath blue-white, with a blackish shade between R?
and costal margin, deepest towards apex, fading out indefi-
nitely proximally.

Huancabamba, Cerro de Pasco, E. Peru, 6800 feet.

Belongs to the ewertata group (Blechroma, Méschl.), and

suggests “being an aberration of some species of more normal
colour-proportions. From the rich district of Huancabamba
I know hitherto only three species of the group—nigricineta,
Warr., conspersa, Warr., and tisstigmarta scotocephala, Prout
(Nov. Zool. xxiii. p. 163),—all in single specimens. I have
compared it with particular care with “all the three, but also
with the rest of the group, and cannot make tle wing-shape
and the position of such markings as remain agree with any.
The palpus and tibial process appear slightly shorter than in
‘nigricincta, the costa more arched in middle, the submarginal
dark spots nearer the termen,etc. ; the shape of the hind
wing differs from that of t¢sstagmaria.

8#

116 Mr. L. B. Prout on new

12. Racheospila inequalis, sp. n.

(Pl. VII. fig. 17.)
3 .—30 mm.

Face green, mixed with reddish on outer side. Palpus
mostly reddish, with some dark admixture; base beneath
whitish. Vertex white, occiput green, a narrow red band
between. Antennal pectinations very short, scarcely equal
to diameter of shaft. Thorax above green, beneath whitish.
Abdomen above greenish, the first segment with a snow-
white blackish-edged spot, the third and fourth with elongate,
white, slenderly red-edged spots, the later segments with
smaller and vaguer spots ; beneath white. (Hind legs lost.)

Fore wing with termen strongly oblique, especially in its
posterior part ; SC! anastomosing shortly with C, M’ separate ;
bright green ; costal edge narrowly snow-white, at base red
mixed with black, apically underlined narrowly with red ;
lines dull red, incomplete ; antemedian at one-fourth, marked
chiefly by spots on SC and M, and a larger one on SM?-hind
margin, the vestiges in cell and at fold angulated outward ;
postmedian from nearly three-fourths costa to nearly two-
thirds hind margin, incurved behind middle, consisting
of distinct dashes on the veins and vague deep lunules
inward between ; cell-dot dull red, not minute ; terminal line
dull red, slightly interrupted at the veins except posteriorly,
where it gradually thickens, reaching a width of nearly 1 mm.
near tornus ; fringe proximally pure white, with triangular
dark red spots, distally with a thick dull red line.

Hind wing with termen feebly sinuate between the radials,
slightly bent at R®; M! almost connate ; concolorous with
fore wing, antemedian line represented by a dot on M, the
rest (except costally) nearly as on fore wing ; a moderate
apical blotch reaching R’.

Fore wing beneath pale green, becoming white at distal
margin (narrowly at apex, gradually widening posteriorly) ;
a small reddish cell-dot ; fringe nearly asabove. Hind wing
beneath whitish, with dark apical blotch ; fringe nearly as
above.

Santo Domingo, Carabaya, 8.E. Peru, 6000 feet, No-
vember 1904 (G. Ockenden).

Presumably referable to my “ lafayaria group ” (Gen. Ins.
fase. 129, p. 103), but somewhat aberrant in shape.

Geometride in the Joicey Collection. 117

13. Racheospila lugentiscripta, sp. n.
CET VS figs 3)

3 .—28 mm.

Closely allied to promontoria, Warr. (Nov. Zool. xi. p. 26),
differing as follows :—

Antennal pectinations shorter (rather less than twice
diameter of shaft). Abdomen above darker. Size smaller.

Fore wing in addition relatively somewhat shorter, the
termen curving so as to become a trifle less oblique anteriorly ;
ground-colour rather duller green ; markings much extended,
heavily irrorated (except terminal spots at apex, R', M’, and
SM’) with blackish ; in particular, the tornal blotch extends
along hind margin to 3 or 4 mm. from base, is broadly
bounded anteriorly by M from well before origin of M? to
well beyond M?, and is accompanied anteriorly by some smoky
clonding which nearly reaches costa and contains the enlarged
dark cell-spot.

Hind wing with both blotches broader than in promontoria,
narrowly connected along termen; cell-dot somewhat en-
larged ; coloration as on fore wing.

Fore wing beneath very pale green, hind wing almost
white ; the dark markings reproduced (except the greater
part of the tornal blotch of hind wing), less reddish, the paler
spots at termen white.

San Antonio, W. Colombia, 5800 feet, December 1907
(M. G. Palmer), 2 3 So.

As subsp. (?) dubia, subsp. n., I describe a single ¢ from
Intaj, Ecuador (Buckley), with the ground-colour a little
brighter, the markings rather more red (though much darker
than in promontoria), on the fore wing formed as in C. /ugenti-
seripta, on the hind wing above with the anal blotch extended
on abdominal margin to one-third from base, beneath entirely
wanting, the ground-colour above reaching the terminal line
between R? and M'.

14. Phrudocentra senescens, sp. n.

(Pl. VII. fig. 16.)
g .—30-31 mm.

Face green. Palpus short, not reaching beyond frons ;
pale beneath. Vertex and antennal shaft white ; pectinations
short, scarcely exceeding diameter of shaft. Occiput green.
Thorax and abdomen above green, the latter with white dots

118 Mr. L. B. Prout on new

at the ends of the segments. Hind tibial process rather
longer than the first tarsal joint.

Fore wing moderately broad, apex not produced ; duller
and more greyish green than the allies ; costal edge very
narrowly brownish ; cell-dot rather large, black ; lines weak,
represented only by brown-blackish dots on the veins, the
postmedian nearer to the cell-dot than to the termen, gently
curved anteriorly, then almost straight ; no terminal line ;
fringe paler.

Hind wing with termen scarcely at all bent at R* ; cell-dot
minute ; antemedian wanting ; postmedian dots almost
parallel with termen.

Underside paler, greenest in central part of fore wing, both
wings becoming whitish distally ; costal edge of fore wing
proximally more broadly brownish than above ; both wings
with a small discal dot and a very feeble but continuous
postmedian line, slightly darker grey-green than the ground-
colour.

Sierra del Libane, Colombia, 6000 feet (H. H. Smith),
Zig a.

Possibly nearest ntveiceps, Prout (Gen. Ins. fase. 129,
p. 122), except in shape, which more associates it with mar-
cida, Warr. (Nov. Zool. xvi. p. 79), an evident Phrudocentra,
by lack of @ frenulum and general affinity with pupdllata,

Warr.

15. Oospila cireumdata striolata, subsp. n.
(Pi Tiste.24.)

3g .—Abdomen above much darker than in name-typical
circumdata, Warr. (Nov. Zool. xiv. p. 202). Both wings
with cell-dot slightly enlarged; all the marginal rufous
markings somewhat extended, heavily irrorated and striolated
with blackish, leaving free only some small spots or patches
at the wing-margins.

Rio Ampiyacu, Putumayo, Peruvian Amazons (J. C.
Mounsey).

Ina ¢ from Codajas, Upper Amazons, April 1907 (S. A.
Klages), in coll. Tring Mus., the tornal patches do not, as in
the Putumayo specimen, cross M?, but it is certainly referable
to this race.

As the wings appear somewhat narrower than in ¢. cireum-
data, this may possibly prove a distinct species. The
colouring must be nearly that of quinquemaculata, Warr.

(Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxx. p. 416), from French Guiana,

Geometridae in the Joicey Collection. 1:5,

which I have not seen; but in that species the termen of
fore wing is bent in the middle, the tornal spot of fore wing
rounded, terminal line interrupted, ete.

16. Oospila circumsessa, sp. 0.

(Pl. VIL. fig. 13.)

& .—24 mm.

Face reddish. Palpus reddish above, white beneath.
Vertex and base of antenna reddish ; occiput green. Thorax
above green, beneath whitish (abdomen lost). Hind tibia
slender. :

Fore wing with termen rather more oblique posteriorly
than anteriorly ; DC? rather deeply inbent, SC’ touching C
at a point, R' not stalked, M* well stalked; pale green, with
costal edge narrowly reddish ; a very minute dark cell-dot ;
distal border variegated, light red and more purple-red, the
latter shade prevailing proximally, its proximal edge olive-
brown, commencing at costa close to apex, forming (except
for slight indentations at the veins, that at SC’ the most
noticeable) a fairly regular curve to the middie of M?, running
inward for a short distance along M', then approximately
vertical (slightly curved) to hind margin ; a dark terminal
line, interrupted at the veins ; fringe reddish, with a yellower
line at base.

Hind wing elongate, with strong toothed projection at end
of R*; DC scarcely angled at origin of R*, M! rather long-
stalked ; concolorous with fore wing, abdominal margin
narrowly red nearly to base; cell-dot minute ; the red border
widening at costa and at abdominal margin, the ground-colour
forming a strong projection into it between R* and M'; a
very narrow yellow-green patch at distal margin between the
radials ; terminal line thickening, with darkening at the tail ;
fringe longest and darkest at the tail.

Underside whitish green, with the borders vaguely reddish
proximally, only faintly tinged with reddish distally ; terminal
line obsolescent ; fringe ot hind wing dark reddish at the
tail.

Contamama, Rio Ucayali, Peruvian Amazons, November—
December 1912 (J. C. Mounsey).

Near latimargo, Warr. (Nov. Zool. xi. p. 20), but smaller,
and with, the border of the fore wing and that of the hind
wing posteriorly quite different in shape. .

120 Mr. L. B. Prout on new

17. Bathycolpodes torniflorata, sp. n.
(Pl. VIL. fig. 29.)

3 .—33 mm.

Face green above, orange-brown (possibly faded ?) below.
Palpus reaching beyond face; reddish, with some dark
admixture. Antenna simple. Crown whitish, somewhat
mixed with green. Thorax above green. Abdomen whitish,
dorsally with brown and pink suffusions and some blackish
irroration ; crests strongly mixed with blackish.

Fore wing dark green; costal edge ochreous, heavily
spotted with blackish ; cell-dot blackish red; a postmedian
row of white vein-dots, incurved between SC* and R?, then
excurved, from M* expanding into a tornal blotch, of which
the proximal part is white, rounded to SM’, here deeply
indented, the distal part mostly pinkish with dark irroration,
at termen whitish with dark irroration ; terminal line thick,
blackish red, slightly interrupted at the veins; fringe whitish
ochreous, broadly and heavily dark-spotted opposite the veins.

find wing with termen very deeply excised between the
radials, somewhat prolonged posteriorly to the excision ; dark
green, with small biackish cell-dot and postmedian white
vein-dots, more deeply inbent at R? than on fore wing ;
termen and fringe as on fore wing.

Fore wing beneath pale green, at hind margin whitish ;
costal edge ochreous, with some large blackish dots; cell-dot
redder than above; terminal line nearly as above, but ex-
panding into a small blotch at tornus; fringe as above.
Hind wing beneath whitish, with dark terminal line expanding
into a very small blotch at apex ; fringe as above.

Bitji, Ja River, Cameroons, 2000 feet, June—July 1909,
dry season (G. L. Bates).

18. Antharmostes simplicimargo, sp. n.

(Pl. VII. tig. 20.)

3 .—33 mm.

Face and palpus brown-red, the latter whitish beneath.
Antennal pectinations little longer than diameter of shaft.
Vertex whitish ; occiput green. Thorax above green. Abdo-
men brown-whitish, the vestigial crests dull reddish. Hind
tibia not or scarcely dilated.

Fore wing with termen almost straight; green, without
markings except the faint indication of a darker green cell-

eee a

Geometridee in the Joicey Collection. 121

dot; costal edge and terminal line rosy, coarsely irrorated
with blackish fuscous; fringe proximally rosy.

Hind wing with tail shorter than in the other species; as
fore wing, except costal edge.

Underside whitish green, the borderings fainter and daller
than above.

Udamba, Kuila River, 8.W. Congo State (J. S. Bousficld).

19. Thalassodes floccosa, sp. n.
(Pl. VII. fig. 4.)

3 .—44 mm.

Face green. Palpus with third joint elongate. Vertex
and base of antennal shaft white. Thorax and abdomen
green ; abdomen beneath strongly pilose. Hind tibia densely
clothed with long, golden-brown, floccous hair; tarsus not
shortened, with similar clothing on the first joint, becoming
progressively shorter on the second and third joints.

Fore wing green (faded), with the usual white postmedian
line almost straight, placed at about 6 mm. from termen,
chiefly marked as dots on the veins ; termen with a fine dark
line, darker-dotted on the veins ; fringe whitish (defective).

find wing elongate, with the angle at R® well*marked ; a
somewhat raised white cell-mark on DC?, nearly as pro-
nounced as in Lretmopus marinaria, Guen., more elongate ;
postmedian line of the normal form, chiefly marked as w hite
vein-dots; termen as on fore wing; beneath clothed to
beyond middle with floccous light brown hair,

Prov. Wellesley, Malay Peninsula (Distant).

Probably near lewcospilota, Moore, suggesting an interesting
transition towards Hretmopus marinaria, , Guen.

20. Prasinocyma rhodocycla, sp. n.

(Pl. VII. fig. 6.)
9 .—37 mm.

Palpus slightly over twice as long as diameter of shaft,
second joint reaching beyond frons, third joint longer than
second. Like oculata, Prout (Nov. Zool. xxii. p. 316), from
Uganda, but with the face reddish, somewhat mixed with
green, the wings broader, with rather more rounded termen,
the white strigulation less strongly developed, a small white
spot beyond middle of hind margin of fore wing. The fringe
—green in the proximal part—is greyer and rather paler in
the distal.

122 . Mr. L. B. Prout on new

Ivory Coast.

Has already been mentioned from Kumasi (Coomassie) in
the description of ocu/ata, but I think it should be regarded
as a distinct species—at the least, it will be a West-African
race.

21. Hemithea notospila, sp. n.
(Pl. VII. fig. 27.)

3 .—36 mm.

Like subflavida, Warr., but with third joint of palpus still
shorter, abdomen with second and third tergites and their
crests red, heavily mixed with black, the crest of the third
tergite strong.

Wings with distal margins rather more noticeably waved
than in subflavida, fringes more strongly chequered; fore
wing beneath nearly as in subhflavida reducta, Warr., but with
some slight additional shading subterminally, especially
between SC# and SC°; hind wing beneath with the terminal
dark band well developed from apex to R® and again from
SM? to tornus, shadowy between.

Borneo ?

It is unfortunate that the type has not better data; but
according td some MS. notes a specimen from North Borneo
(? Kina Balu), in coll. Sarawak Mus., which Mr. Moulton
showed me some years ago, and which I took to be subflavida,
Warr., certainly belongs here.

22. Hemithea antigrapha, sp. n.
(Pl. VII. fig. 11.)

3 2 .—21-26 mm.

Face green. Palpus in ¢ at least one-and-a-half times, in
over twice as long as diameter of eye; third joint in g
moderate, in ¢ long; reddish, blackening distally, beneath
white. Antennal joints scarcely projecting ; ciliation in g
somewhat longer than diameter of shaft. Vertex narrowly
white ; occiput green. Thorax and base of abdomen above
green ; third and fourth abdominal tergites red, much mixed
with black. Hind tibia in g long, moderately dilated, the
spurs very unequal, tarsus scarcely one-fourth as long as
tibia.

Fore wing dull grey-green ; costal edge narrowly ochreous,
black-dotted ; lines white ; antemedian indistinet, slightly
interrupted, deeply bent outward in cell, angled inward on M

Geometridee in the Joicey Collection. 123

and SM?, outward at fold, oblique outward to hind margin ;
postmedian strongest as dota on the veins and a dash on hind
margin, formed as in the rest of the group (éritonaria, Walk.,
ete.) ; faint indications of a dark green cell-mark ; terminal
line blackish, interrupted by conspicuous dirty white dots at
the veins; fringe dark grey, paler distally, and with a fine
pale line at its base.

Hind wing rather long and narrow, with the tail at R?
rather well developed; as fore wing, but without costal
markings or first line, the cell-mark rather more noticeable.

Fore wing beneath whitish green; costal edge as above,
but more weakly dotted ; terminal line blackish, interrupted
at the veins; a small grey spot at tornus; fringe dark grey,
pale at base. Hind wing beneath whitish, with a dark grey
Lloteh between apex and R’, darkest in its anterior halt ;
termen and fringe as on fore wing.

Khasis, in various collections. Also from Penang and
Mount Tahan, Malay Peninsula, in coll. Tring Mus.

Darker than tritonarza, Walk.; further distinguished by
ihe greener ‘face (in ¢ritonarta nondescript olivaceous to
reddish), more black-mixed patch on the abdomen, presence
of dark blotches on the wings beneath, and structurally by
the longer palpus.

23. Hemithea distinctaria leta, subsp. n.
(RIS VE. tige3h3:)

$ ?.—Abdomen almost entirely without the rosy and
black dorsal ornamentation of segments 2-4. Wings brighter
green, the colour resembling that of nigropunctata, Warr.

Khasis.

The costal edge of the fore wing is not or scarcely dotted
with fuscous, but this is also sometimes the case with
d. distinctaria,

24. Neromia enotes, sp. n.

(PI. VIL. fig. 15.)

6 .—23 mm.

Face deep red, heavily mixed, except at edges, with black.
Palpus minute, dull reddish. Tongue vestigial. Antenna
dentate, with short ciliation. Crown green, mixed with
ochreous. Thorax above green, narrowly orange-ochreous in
frent. Abdomen whitish ochreous, whiter beneath. Fore
coxa deep red in front ; fore and middle femora and tibize
partly reddish.

124 Mr. L. B. Prout on new

Fore wing vather short and broad; very pale green, the
costal edge pale ochreous, more broadly at base ; antemedian
line wanting ; postmedian slender, ochreous white, from hind
margin at about three-fourths, obsolescent from R? forward ;
terminal line and fringe whiter.

Hind wing with abdominal margin relatively long, termen
» strongly rounded in posterior part; line of fore wing con-
tinued, farther from termen, weak at abdominal margin.

Fore wing beneath nearly as above, the line weaker ; hind
wing somewhat whiter, the line weakly indicated.

Gambia (A. Moloney).

Closely similar to V. carnifrons, Butl., the only non-
. African species of the genus.

25. Neurotoca insolens, sp. n.

(Pl. VIL. fig. 19.)

3 .—33 mm.

Face red. Palpus extremely minute, red. A short tongue
present. Vertex and proximal part of antennal shaft red;
occiput green. Antennal pectinations about twice as long as
diameter of shaft. Thorax above green; abdomen dirty
whitish ochreous, with dark belts (possibly discoloured), crests
slight. Underside whitish. Fore leg marked with red on
upper and inner side.

Fore wing less pointed than in the typical species ; M!
connate; green, as in SHeterorachis simplex, Warr. (haploa,
Prout) ; costal margin red at base; cell-mark faintly darker
green; fringe white.

Hind wing more rounded than in the typical species; C
anastomosing with SC at a point near the base, then diver-
ging, M! shortly stalked; as fore wing, except costal margin.

Underside almost uniform whitish green ; fore wing with
costal margin ochreous, at base reddish, the costal and apical
regions slightly greener than the rest of the wing.

Victoria Falls, Rhodesia (#. H. Druce), type and another.

Placed provisionally in Veurotoca, as it would fall there by
my keys (Gen. Ins. fase. 129, p. 14; Nov. Zool. xx. p. 434),
but probably requiring a new genus. ‘There can be little
doubt it is a direct development of Heterorachis, with the
median spurs of the hind tibia wanting.

26. Prohydata ignita, sp. n.
(Pl. VIL. figs £0:)

2 —23 mm.
Face white, with a tinge of yellow, the upper part light

== eee

Geometride in the Joicey Collection. 125

red. Palpus nearly three times as long as diameter of eye ;
white, the first and second joints shaded with red on outer
side. Vertex white, occiput green, a slight red line between.
Antenna thick, lamellate, the scaled surface white. Thorax
and abdomen above green, brighter than on the wings.

Fore wing with a light red, yellow-mixed costal area,
broadening from base to beyond cell, where it reaches R’,
then narrowing to a point at apex ; the rest of the wing pale
olivaceous, mostly translucent behind the cell and R? from
base to postmedian line, otherwise darkened with slaty grey,
only becoming pale ereen at extreme termen and on fringe ;
lines dark orey, 1 rather thick but only defined on the red costal
. patch, where the postmedian is accompanied distally by some
yellow spots ; a long-oval yellow spot near apex; an ill-
defined oblique blackish dash from apex, deepest on fringe ;
some ill-defined slaty-grey patches on hind margin in tine
translucent area, the most prominent enclosing a pale space.

find wing strongly angled at R’; C approximated to SC
for a short distance near base, including anastomosis at a
point only ; nearly all grey, the basal and distal areas more
brownish, the median more slaty ; cell-mark and curved (near
abdominal margin sinuate inward) postmedian line indicated
in darker grey ; a green spot on abdominal margin proximal
to median area and slighter green shades distally on the same
margin ; distal margin very narrowly green ; fringe green.

Underside paler greenish, similarly but more vaguely
marked.

Cachi, Costa Rica.

In spite of the great differences it is conceivable that this
may bea @ form “of busa, Druce (Biol. Centr.-Amer., Lep.
Het: ii. p. 92), of which the unique type (from Chiriqui,
Panama) is a ¢ in Coll. Staudinger and unknown to me.
That there is sometimes strong sexual dimorphism in this
genus 1s shown by Jatifusciata, Warr., and others, in which
the 2 has complete and broad distal border to the tore wing,
while that of the g is broken.

27. Berta chrysolineata philippina, subsp. n,
(Pl. VIL. fig. 14.)

3 .—22 mm.

Smaller and greener than the name-type, the white
markings narrowed; particularly noticeable is the slender
but almost uninterrupted postmedian line of the fore wing.

Palawan (Doherty), 2 g g¢ in Coll. Joicey, another in
Coll. Tring Mus.

126 Mr. L. B. Prout on new

Subfam. Growerrinz.

28. Macaria laguatia, sp. n.

(Pl. VIL. fig. 3.)

» § .—33-35 mm.

Frontal tuft very small. Palpus one-and-a-half times as
long as diameter of eye. Head and body concolorous with
wings.

Fore wing with termen waved, a scarcely noticeable sinus
between R}! and R?; SC! arising from C ; SC? free; white,
shaded almost throughout with violaceous fuscous and with

some coarse dark fuscous irroration ; an ill-defined ochreous-

brown admixture in the region of the lines, especially post-
medially ; costal margin indefinitely dark-spotted basally ;
lines thick and strongly oblique outward at costa (at approxi-
mately one-fifth, two-fifths, and three-fifths), otherwise ill-
detined and oblique inward, the antemedian inbent behind M,
the median forming a sinuous shade in the region of the
somewhat elongate, obliquely placed, dark cell-mark, the
postmedian forming a marked inward curve between R* and
M2, accentuated by a long blackish mark on its proximal
side, which is swollen in the middle and gradually tapers
posteriorly ; the blackish marks between the radials beyond
ihe postmedian line (characteristic of many of the genus)
unusually elongate—nearly or quite 2 mm. in length ; a large
dark ferruginous spot from nearly four-fifths costa almost to
the subcostal angle of postmedian line; an oblique darker
mark from tornus to fold; the space between median shade
and postmedian, a small patch distal to the ferruginous one,
and another at mid-termen mainly whitish, the second of
these patches usually culminating in a clearer white spot
between SC*® and R!; termen with shallow elongate dark
lunules, which are sometimes almost confluent; a slight
interrupted white line at base of tringe, extending minutely
on to the wing distally to the lunules; fringe otherwise
violet-fuscous, quite weakly dark-spotted opposite the veins.

Hind wing with median shade curving inward proximally
to the cell-spot, which is rounder (less elongate) than on fore
wing; distal area more weakly marked than on fore wing,
wanting the characteristic dark markings.

Both wings beneath purer white, though with coarse strigu-
late irroration ; costal edge and veins more or less strongly
ochreous; cell-marks strong; median shade present, but
ill-defined; area distally to postmedian line dark, ferruginous-
mixed, enclosing on the fore wing white patches corresponding

i oe

™ +.

Geometridz in the Joicey Collection. 127

to the whitish ones of upper surface and on the hind wing a
triangular white patch from tornus about to R? and some ill-
defined white apical shading ; termen as above ; the white at
base of fringe broader on posterior half of fore wing and
most of hind wing, the dark spots at vein-ends strengthened.

Ivory Coast, type and another; Coomassie, 3 2 ? in Coll.
Brit. Mus.

Characterized by the strongly incurved postmedian line and
the length of the dark marks distally to it.

29. Milionia anisochrysa, sp. n.

(PI. VIL. fig. 7.)

2 —46 mm.

Face black. Palpus short, blackish. Vertex blackish
brown; occiput black. Collar, front of thorax, and fore
coxa yellowish white. Thorax and abdomen above black, the
latter with some yellow scales at the ends of the segments;
sides of abdomen bright yellow, venter much paler and duller.

Fore wing rather long and narrow ; SC‘~? coincident, free ;
black, with a transverse oblique white patch of 1-2 mm.
width from SC*~? (and basal part of SC? after its separation)
to M’, constricted in middle, its proximal edge being nearly
straight, its distal projecting at R1, sinuate inward between
this and R’*.

Hind wing rather elongate; black, with a few yellow
scales in places and a small patch of the same colour between
Ri and M’, about halfway between cell and termen.

Fore wing beneath as above, the white band slightly
widened. Hind wing beneath yellow, with a black border
and an interrupted black band joining the border at costa and
towards tornus, just entering the anterior corner of the cell,
suddenly narrowed at cell-fold by a projection of the proximal
ground-colour, widening again gradually from M! ; the distal
black border is rather broad on apical region, with slight
indentations of the ground-colour, narrower (scarcely 2 mm.)
from R? to behind M?.

Biak, Schouten Islands, June 1914 (A. C. and F. Pratt).

The upper surface rather recalls bicolorata, Warr. (Nov.
Zoo), ii1. p. 398), but the under shows affinity with trcolor,
Warr. (Nov. Zool. ii. p. 130). I cannot see that the group
(Pseudeusemia, Weym., in Lep. Niepelt. i. p. 10) is separable
structurally from Ailionza.

128 Mr. R. I. Pocock on a

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.

Fig. 1. Holochroma prasina spadicocampa, g, p. 111.
Fig. 2. Racheospila penthica, 3, p. 115.

Fig. 3. Macaria laguatia, 2, p. 126.

Fig. 4. Thalassodes floccosa, 3, p. 121.

Fig. 5. Phellinodes biapicata, 3, p. 108.

Fig. 6. Prasinocyma rhodocycla, 2, p. 121.

Fig. 7. Milionia anisochrysa, 9, p. 127.

Fig. 8. Racheospila lugentiscripta, 3, p. 117.

Fig. 9. Anisozyga charma, 3, p. 112.

Fig. 10. Prohydata ignita, 2, p. 124.

Fig. 11. Hemithea antigrapha, 3 , p. 122.

Fig. 12. Dysphania porphyroides, 3, p. 111.
Fig. 13. Oospila cireumsessa, 3, p. 119.

Fig. 14. Berta chrysolineata philippina, 3, p. 125.
Fig. 15. Neromia enotes, 3, p. 128.

Fig. 16. Phrudocentra senescens, 3, p. 117.

Fig. 17. Racheospilu inequalis, 3, p. 116.

Fig. 18. Hemithea distinctaria lata, g, p. 123.
Fig. 19. Neurotoca insolens, 3, p. 124.

Fig. 20. Antharmostes simplicimargo, 3, p. 120,
Fig. 21. Comibena hemictenes, 2, p. 114.

Fig. 22. Spaniocentra isospania, 2, p. 118.

Fig. 23. Agathia curvifiniens, 3, p. 112.

Fig. 24. Oospila circumdata striolata, 3, p. 118.
Fig. 25. Mimandria cataracte, 3, p. 110.

Fig. 26. Pingasa lahayei austrina, 3, p. 111.
Fig. 27. Hemithea notospila, 3, p. 122.

Fig. 28. Phellinodes leucoplethes, 3, p. 109.
Fig. 29. Bathycolpodes torniflorata, 3, p. 120.

IX.—A new Genus of Urside.
By R. I. Pocock, F.R.S.

In 1914 (P.Z.S. p. 940) I pointed out that mainly by the
structure of the feet the existing species of bears might be
referred to the following genera :—Thalarctos, Ursus, Tre-
marctos, Helarctos, and Melursus. On the evidence supplied
by the feet, two species were assigned to Tremarctos—
namely, ornatus, the type of the genus, from the Andes of
South America and ¢hibetanus from Central Asia. The latter
has been previously and universally referred to the genus
Ursus, and was the only well-marked species of the family
to escape the gift of a special generic or subgeneric title.
Subsequent comparison between the skulls of the two
species in question convinces me that they cannot con-
sistently be ascribed to the same genus. I propose, there-

-

new Genus of Urside. 129

fore, to sever thibetanus from Tremarctos, and to name anc
define it as follows :— :

Genus ArcTiconus™*, nov.

Type, Ursus thibetanus, Cuv.

Fore foot with digital pads separated almost to their
proximal extremities and capable of wide divarication ;
digital pad of the pollex set far back, behind that of the
second digit. Area between the digital pads and plantar
pad overgrown with hair, except behind the pads of the
pollex and fifth digit. Carpal pad as wide as the plantar
pad and elongately piriform, being broad externally and
narrowed towards the inner, or pollical, side of the foot,
where it touches the plantar pad. Elsewhere the carpal pad
is separated from the plantar pad by a depressed hairless
area of grooved and thickened skin. The wrist above the
carpal pad is thickly hairy.

Hind foot resembling the fore foot in the separation
of the digital pads, and the hairiness of the area between
them and the plantar pad ; digital pad of the first and fifth
digits set behind those of the second and fourth, so that the
series is strongly curved. Plantar pad forming a continuous
shield with only a feebly-marked depression, devoid of hairs,
on the inner or hallucal margin.

Ears large. Rhinarium normal ; upper lip hairy, except
for a narrow naked strip of skin extending from the riina-
rium in the middle line. :

The only species of bears which combine in their fore feet
free digital pads with an immense carpal pad as wide as the
plantar pad, aud merely defined from it by a groove of naked
skin, are Helarctosmalayanus aud Tremarctos ornatus and their
allies. Apart from the characters supplied by the subrhinarial
tract of the upper lip and the ears, Helarctos may be distin-
guished by the shortness of theskull in front of the post-orbital
processes, involving reduction in length of the post-canine
Space, suppression of one of the anterior upper premolars,
and other features requiring analysis with considerable
material. Tremarctos also has a very short skull, much
shorter than in Arcticonus thibetanus. In one point at
least it differs from the skull of all other bears. In the
mandible the hollow of the coronoid process is defined
below by a strong ridge passing downwards and backwards

* Gpxros, a bear, éucwy, -ovos, an image. Hence the second syllable of
the generic name is long, and the third short.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 9

130 Mr. S. Maulik on the .

from a point just behind the last molar towards the inferior
edge some distance in advance of the angular process.
Below and in front of this ridge there is another large
depression. Jn all other bears the hollow of the coronoid
is bounded inferiorly by a crest running horizontally for-
wards from the angular and curving upwards on a level with,
or in front of, the anterior edge of the root of the coronoid
process, and the adjoining surface of the mandibular ramus
has no depression. Perhaps in Z7remarctos the depression
of the coronoid (masseteric fossa) may be described as very
large and completely divided by a bony ridge into an upper
and a lower portion by the above-mentioned crest of bone,
but the musculature of this region requires, I believe,
working out.

X.—Note on the Subgenus Paradownesia, Gestro.
By 8. Mautixr, B.A. (Cantab.), F.E.S.

In the ‘Annali del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di
Genova’ (serie 2a, vol. xx. (xl.), 3 Nov., 1899, p. 220),
Dr. Gestro has published a note on the genus Downesia,
founding Paradownesia as a subgeuus of it. The characters
on which he establishes the subgenus are stated as follows:—
(1) Una facies molto diversa, dipendente della forma pit
allungatae piu stretta; (2) dagli elitri convessi, pit stretti all’
apice che alla base, non pit larghi del protorace e con seultura
leggera; (3) I] capo é troncato in avanti e si avanza alquanto
al di 1a degli occhi con una sporgenza larga rettangolare
che in parte copre il primo articolo delle antenne.” Then
Dr. Gestro goes on to remark that this conformation of the
head is not found in any species of true Downesia, including,
of course, the type. I agree with him that D. longipennis,
Gestro (the type of Paradownesia) and other forms which he
has described under it ought to be separated from Downesia,
with which they have no affinity. But I see no reason why
they should formasubgenus of Downesia at all. Judging from
the figure and description of D. longipennis (Ann. Mus. Civ.
Stor. Nat. Genova, vol. x. (xxx.), Nov. 1890, p. 244, and Nov.
1899, p. 220), and examining Paradownesia fruhstorferi,
Gestro, of which a cotype exists in the British Museum, and
also another specimen which bears a label in Dr. Gestro’s
handwriting, determining it generically as Paradownesia, 1
am of opinion that this subgenus should be a synonym
of Leptispa. My first reason is that the characters that
Dr. Gestro selects for erecting Paradownesia are found in

Subgenus Paradownesia, Gestro. 131

Leptispa. To illustrate this, I add figures of the heads of
Leptispa fiiformis, Germar (type of the genus), L. natalensis,
Baly, L. pygmea, Baly, and L. godwini, Baly. Comparing
these figures with that of DV. /ong/pennis, there can be no
doubt that the characters of Paradownesia are identical
with those of Leptispa. In L. natalensis it will be noticed
that the truncate nature of the front of the head and the

4. 5, 6.
1. Paradownesia longipennis, Gestro. 4, Leptispa natalensts, Baly.
2. Leptispa godwin, Baly. 5. L, filiformis, Germar.
3, L. pygmea, Baly. 6. Downesia insignis, Baly,

pointedness of the apex of the first joint of the antenne are
accentuated. Dr. Gestro has laid stress on these two
characters. A figure of the head and prothorax of Downeria
insignis, Baly (type of the genus), is also given to show the
difference, viz., the entire absence of these important
characters. My second reason is that the forms of
Paradownesia I have had occasion to examine possess a
short scutellar row of punctures, ‘This is an important

OF. TASSART.

132 Mr. 8. Hirst on a Pseudoparasitic Mite

character, because it is quite constant and is not found in
the groups Coelenomenoderini, Promecothecini, Exothispini,
and Gonophorini; therefore, Paradownesia cannot come
under Gonophorimi at all. I mention one or two more
characters to add weight to my conclusion: (1) Each
elytron of the species of Downesia generally has eight to ten
rows of punctures, and they run parallel right up to the
apex ; in Paradownesia there are more than ten rows, and
they converge towards the apex and meet in pairs, (2) In
Leptispa towards the apex, the margins of the elytra have
become gently reflexed, a character which is also found m
Paradownesia.

Of the eighteen species of Leptispa, Dr. Gestro has
described only two. This may show that he has not had
the occasion to examine many Leptispas, otherwise, I am
sure, this note would not have been necessary.

Examining the cotype of Paradownesia fruhstorferi, Gestro,
and the type of Letispa godwini, Baly, I find that they are
the same species. P. fr uhstorferi becomes a synonym of
L. godwini. The former has been taken at Tonkin, and the
latter at Shanghai.

XI.—On the Occurrence of a Pseudoparasitic Mite (Chele-
tiella parasitivorax, Mégnin) on the Domestic Cat. By
SranLey Hiksv.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Tue mite dealt with in this short note normally lives in the
fur of the rabbit and hare, and is said to feed on the minute
Acari (Listrophorus, etc.) found on these rodents. Whilst
examining a freshly-killed cat affected with mange, I found
numerous specimens of Cheletiella parasitivoraz on various
parts of the body. A few isolated eggs, each fixed toa hair,
were also discovered ; they were elongated, resembling the
egg of a louse in gener al appearance, ‘but minute, and with
a very delicate cuticle. Presumably in this case the Chele-
tiella fed on the Acarus (Nofedrus cati) which is the cause
of the mange, but all the examples of the pseudoparasite
were found on the body, whereas only the ears and face were
affected by the mange. As this pseudoparasite has not
previously been found on the cat, I think its occurrence on
that host worthy of record. The mangy cat on which the
specimens were discovered was given me by the Superinten-
dent of the Fulham Cat Shelter, and was not known to have
come in contact with rabbits. Five other London cats were
examined, but the Cheletied/a did not occur on them.

on the Domestic Cat. 133

In the genus Cheletiella the palp is stout, ending in a short
prehensile claw, which is used to grasp the hairs or feathers
of the host. Several species of Cheletiella have been found
on birds or in their nests, but apparently C. parasitivorar
is the only one that lives on mammals; it can be readily
distinguished from the other species of the genus by
the absence of the claws, which have entirely disappeared.
Perhaps the best figure of C. parasitivorax is Canestrini’s
(Prosp. Acarof. ii. pl. x1. fig. 3), but it is not quite accurate
in all the details ; for instance, the scutum is not shown,

\

~

=

Dorsal view of Cheletiella parasitivorax, Mégnin.

and one of the pairs of short plumose hairs at the anterior
end of the body is also omitted ; moreover, the hairs of the
outer pair in the middle of the body are depicted as being
plain instead of plumose. Specimens of the Cheletzella from
the cat have been carefully compared with others from
rabbits, and apparently there is no structural difference
between them. The new figure accompanying the present
note has been carefully drawn by Mr. Percy Highley with
the aid of a camera lucida.

134 Geological Society.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

March 14th, 1917.—Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S.,
Vice-President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘The Carboniferous Limestone bordering the Leicestershire
Coalfield.’ By Leonard Miles Parsons, D.I.C., B.Se., F.G.S.

The inliers of Carboniferous Limestone situated along the
northern border of the Leicestershire Coalfield crop out in two
well-defined series:—a Western series composed of almost hori-
zontal beds exposed by stream-erosion, and an Eastern series in
which the limestone is highly inclined and complicated by faulting.
The thinly-bedded limestones, shales, and dolomites of the
Western inliers are of a slightly-higher horizon than that of
the uppermost beds of the more massive dolomites seen at Breedon
and Breedon Cloud farther eastwards. In no part of the district
is the base of the Carboniferous seen, although borings have
shown that the limestone rests upon pre-Cambrian rocks in the
neighbourhood of Charnwood Forest.

The dolomites of the area yield evidence of two distinet periods
of dolomitization—one pre-Triassic, the other subsequent to the

Trias. During the former period the bulk of the rock was

dolomitized.

The fauna of the limestones and dolomites indicates the presence
of palzontological horizons ranging from D, to D,—D, inclusive.
The D, portion of the sequence, consisting of thickly-bedded
dolomites without chert, contains a fauna “similar to that of
the Caldon-Low facies of the south-western part of the Main
Midland Province, the rare species Productus humerosus being
found at Breedon and Breedon Cloud.

Unlike the rocks of the D, subzone of Derbyshire, the corre-
sponding beds in Leicestershire contain no igneous rocks equivalent
to the ‘ Toadstones.’ Higher dolomites w ith chert, equivalent to
the cherty limestones of Derbyshire, yield a D, fauna, which
somewhat resembles that of the localized development of the
Lonsdaleia Subzone in the south-western part of the Midland
area, in the region of Waterhouses.

A typical D, development is not present in Leicestershire,
although the upper barren dolomites of Ticknall may represent
part of the Cyathaxonia Subzone of other districts.

The Pendleside Beds are poorly represented by about 30 feet of
blue shales, which are succeeded Oe RS by the Millstone
Grit.

tind bas

Geological Society. 135

April 18th, 1917.—Dr. Alfred Harker, F.R.S., President,
in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘The Development and Morphology of the Ammonite Septum.’
By Prof. Henry Hurd Swinnerton, D.Sc., F.G.S., and Arthur
Elijah Trueman, M.Sc.

Two methods of studying the septum (not merely the suture)
were used :—

(1) Cleaning the face of the septum completely.

(2) Filing away the surface of the whorl in successive layers, and thus
making a series of sections—called septal sections—of the septum
parallel to its periphery.

An instrument was designed for measuring accurately the varia-
tions in level of the face of the septum in relation to a definite
datum-plane; and also the thickness of the layers filed off from
the whorl.

Dactylioceras commune, Spheroceras brongniarti, and Trago-
phylloceras loscombi were chosen as types with normally shaped,
greatly depressed, and greatly elevated whorls respectively.

A contoured plan, of the adult septum of Dactylioceras, shows
that half the septum lies approximately in one plane; and that the
posterior folds or lobes occupy a greater area than the anterior
folds or saddles. It also confirms the view that the septum is, on
the whole, convex forwards. In all three types the axes of the
folds remain approximately at right angles to the periphery
through all the changes in shape of the whorl. Incompletely formed
septa indicate that secretion commences at the umbilical angle and
at a definite distance from the preceding septum.

The examination of adult sutures of various species of Dacty-
lioceras shows that the major frillings alone are of systematic
importance for that genus. The variations in the minor frillings,
and in the suture-line as a whole, throw light on the changes
which accompany senile decline.

The second septum is remarkably like the central portion of the
adult septum; but the flattened portion is relatively less extensive,
the folds are sharper, and the whole septum tends to be coneave
rather than convex. As development advances the successive septa
possess a similar resemblance to an increasing area of the adult
septum. The outcome of this is, that a series of septal sections of
the adult septum closely resembles the developmental series of the
suture-line. The same is true also for Spheroceras and Trago-
phylloceras.

In no case do the septal sections show a stage comparable with
the first suture-lne. In Tragophylloceras the similarity starts
not later than the seventh septum. With these exceptions, septal
sections reproduce the main features in the development of the
sutures with sufficient accuracy to justify their use for the same
purpose, especially when the material for the study of the early
stages is inaccessible,

136 Geological Society.

It is possible that septal sections may also furnish the clue to
the probable lines along which simplification of the suture pro-
ceeds in the retrogressive members of any stock.

Asymmetry of the septum, and of the suture-line, in ammonites
is more common than is usually supposed. It may arise in one of
two ways, namely :—

(1) By the different development of the elements of opposite sides,
(2) In association with the lateral displacement of the siphuncle.

Asymmetry of the latter type has been considered as of systematic
importance. Nevertheless, while it does arise more frequently
in certain genera, as, for instance, in Psiloceras and Hoplites,
it occurs not uncommonly in many other unkeeled ammonites.

May 2nd, 1917.—Dr. Alfred Harker, F.R.S., President,
in the Chair,

The following communication was read:—

1. ‘Supplementary Notes on Aclisina De Koninck, and Aeli-
soides Donald, with Descriptions of New Species.” By Jane
Longstaff (née Donald), F.L.S.

Since the publication of a paper by the Geological Society on
Aclisina in 1898, a much larger amount of material has come to
hand, which has not only added to the knowledge of the species
there described, but has also led to the discovery of six others new
to science. The diagnoses of these are now given, and a species
named by Mr. H. Bolton Loxonema ashtonensis is referred to
this genus, as several specimens show the characteristic lines of
growth.

The total number of species of Aclisina is now brought up to
twenty-two, and there are besides several varieties. The genus is
best represented in Scotland, where the specimens are generally
remarkably well preserved, no less than thirteen having the proto-
conch intact, drawings of which show its somewhat irregular
character. A table is appended giving—so far as known—the
range and localities in the British Isles and Belgium. A small
variety of Aclisina pulchra De Koninck appears to have continued
for the greatest length of time, commencing in the Calciferous
Sandstone Series, existing throughout the Lower and Upper
Limestone Series and on into the Millstone Grit of Scotland.

Additional observations are also made on Aclisoides striatula
(De Koninck), showing its variation in size and ornamentation,
as well as its range throughout the Lower and Upper Carboniferous
Series of Scotland, its occurrence at Settle and Poolvash, and at
Tournai as wellas Visé. New drawings are given of De Koninek’s
type-forms. One of these, as also a Scottish example, has the
characteristic sinus preserved. The holotypes of the first described
species were not originally selected: that omission is now rectified,
with references to the collections in which they are deposited.

THE ANNALS
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

(EIGHTH SERIES.]

No. 116. AUGUST 1917.

XII.—A Systematic Revision of the African Species of the
Coleopterous Family Erotylide. By Giipertr J. Arrow.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Havine been asked by Professor Thaxter, of Harvard, to
determine for him several species of African Erotylide upon
which he has discovered parasitic growths of Laboulbeniacee,
two of the hosts being here described as new species, it has
become necessary to look closely into the comparative cha-
racters of the recognized genera. This has revealed a state
of confusion in the nomenclature which, so long as it remains,
renders the description of additional species a positive dis-
service to systematic entomology, as-increasing the difficulties
of those who come after. In naming these new forms I have
therefore feit myself under the obligation of attempting to
bring into some better order the genera concerned. ‘The
recent work upon the group contributed by Kuhnt to Wyts-
man’s ‘Genera Insectorum’ fails in any way to dissipate
the prevailing confusion. In his tables of genera sections
are actually made to which no characters of any kind are
assigned, the supposed geographical range of the genera
being substituted. It is evident that the materials upon
which the work is based were altogether inadequate for the
purpose; but it is difficult to understand what value exists
in compilations produced under such conditions.

Kuhnt has catalogued seventy-four African species under
fifteen generic names ; but seven of the latter names prove

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. §. Vol. xx. 10

138 - Mr. G. J. Arrow on

superfluous, and a critical examination shows that a con-
siderable number of the specific names are synonyms. At
the end of this paper I have given a revised list of the African
species, distributed, so far as available materials permit (and
T have fortunately been able to determine the large majority
of described species), under their correct generic names. A
number of hitherto unknown species are added. The genera
will no doubt be inereased as our knowledge of the species
grows ; but the latter are not numerous, so far as at present
recorded, and the creation of new genera, in the present un-
satisfactory state of classification of the family, appears very
undesirable.

Either by oversight or intention the genus Eurestus
has been omitted by Kuhnt both from the ‘ Genera’ and
his since-published Catalogue, although allied genera like
Hypodacne and Eidoreus are included. The African species
of Euxestus here described forms an interesting link with
Hypodacne and helps to render the position of the former
genus less enigmatical. This is the second species known
to me, all the non-African specimens ‘I have seen, although
bearing many names, being conspecific. Euxestus parki,
Woll., was first discovered in Madeira; but I have seen
specimens from China, Burma, the Malay Peninsula,
Philippine Is., Java, Hawaian Is., Haiti, Central America,
etc. EE. minor, Sharp, and £. piciceps, Gorh., are certainly
identical with it (see Champion, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1913,
p- 79); and Neoplotera peregrina, Belon, and Tritomidea
translucida, Motsch., I believe to be also synonymous both
as genera and species. It is not possible to decide whether
Motschulsky’s names basalis and. oblonga also belong to the
same insect ; but the Tritomidea rubripes of Reitter, although
related, is not congeneric, and the two Malayan species
referred to Tritomidea by Gorham have evidently neither
affinity nor resemblance to it.

M. Bedel has recently formed a new genus, Mimodaene,
for certain species previously included in Megalodacne but
in which the club of the antenna is very large and markedly
asymmetrical. The genus is a little difficult to define, as

the shape of the club is gradually developed through a series

of transitions ; but it may be convenient to retain it for those
species which exhibit the most pronounced asymmetry. One
of these, M. magnifica, Har., has been transferred to Lino-
desmus by Kubnt, in spite of the fact that Harold stated its
resemblance to L. cwcus to be purely superficial. It has also
been redescribed by Kuhnt as Megalodacne kolbet.

I have found myself, like Harold (Coleopt. Hefte, xvi.

=

African Species of Erotylide. 139

1879, p. 219), unable to discover any feature of generic
value by which it is possible to distinguish Crotch’s genera
Megalodacne and Episcaphula, and I therefore regard the
latter, which is of later date, as a synonym of the former.
All the African species retained in Lpiscapha in Kuhnt’s
Catalogue have an elongate third joint to the antenna, and
must therefore be referred to Megalodacne.

The sexes of many species of this genus are strongly
differentiated by the curvature of the tibiz and the dilatation
of the tarsiin the male. EHpiscaphula dubia, Crotch, is the
female of EH. aulacochiloides, Crotch, the punctured pro-
sternum noticed in the latter by Crotch being also a male
character.

Episcapha schweitzeri, Dohrn, is synonymous with Megalo-
dacne obliquata, Lacord.; E. rectesignata, Crotch, isa barely
distinguishable form of it ; and EF. newtra, Dohrn, is evidently
very closely related. Megalodacne scenica, Gerst., has also
been redescribed as Eypiscaphula picturata, Gorh. The
species described by Lacordaire as Episcapha repanda is
probably not the true M. repanda, but the one later named
£. piciventris by Gorham. Episcaphula subcostata, Schenk.,
appears to belong to the genus Plagiopisthen, which is best
retained for the present as a separate genus, on account of
its distinctive shape. Platydacne is a synonym of it.

The paper by Gorham describing Erotylide from South
and West Africa (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. 1900) is so
astonishing an example of confused nomenclature, and has
resulted in complicating the synonymy of the genera con-
cerned to such a degree, that the mind rather recoils from
the Augean task of clearing the ground. Gorham’s genera
are usually exceedingly unsatisfactory, and his own con-
ception of them is often geographical rather than morpho-
logical, as shown by such remarks as “‘ Had this species been
an African insect, I should have referred it to my genus
Amblyscelis”’ (1. c. p. 90) and “Ihave taken an African
insect for the type of Amblyscelis, otherwise I should have
regarded this species and A. nigrinus as belonging to my
genus Petaloscelis”’ (1. c. p. 89). It is evident from these
passages that the genus Amblyscelis was a shadowy one, even
in the mind of its author. Gorham has not, as a matter of
fact, cited its type at all, but states that it is formed for the
African species placed in Amblyopus by Lacordaire and
Crotch. Of these he mentions only A. senegalensis, Lacord.,
which may therefore be considered the type of Amblyscelis.
This species I do not know, but it possesses the very large
and coarsely-facetted eyes aud the narrow, loosely-jointed

Lom

140 Mr. G. J. Arrow on

antennal club characteristic of Amb/yopus, whilst others
associated with it by Gorham have small, finely facetted eyes
and very short, broad, and closely articulated club-joints, as
in Petaloscelis, It is true that they all agree in inhabiting
Africa, but, in spite of that, their structural diversity pre-
cludes ‘their association 1n a single genus.

The type of Petaloscelis is a Burmese insect, P. instabilis,
Gorh. Kuhnt has joined with it a very different species,
Erotylus rubens, Wope, although I had already stated that
to be a Newtr iplax. With P. instabilis ‘* Amblyscelis”’
pallidus and hemorrhous of Gorham may be associated,
and A. kellent and brunneus, Gorh. (and perhaps A. gorhami,
Gestro), are synonyms of the last. Another species is
“ Zythonia” anthracina, Gorh., incomprehensibly referred
to a genus to which it has no resemblance. Equally mys-
terious is Gorham’s simultaneous redescription of the true
Zythonia (Z. fulva, Westw.), a striking and unmistakable
insect, as Lophocrotaphus guinecnsis.

To the genus Amblyopus I refer “* Amblyscelis” ferru-
gineus and vittipennis, Gorh., the latter name, as well as
Triplax dorsalis, Kolbe, being synonymous with Triplax
marginata, Qued. A. nigripennis, Arr., I am now satisfied
is the same as Amblyopyus natalensis, Crotch.

I do not know the species for which Gorham has made the
genus Pycnogeusteria, but, as he has indicated no features of
any generic significance by which it can be distinguished from
Petaloscelis, I think it will be best to regard it as synonymous
with that.

In ‘Notes from the Leyden Museum,’ 1888, p. 147, Gorham
has changed the name Cyrtotriplax (Tritoma) senegalensis,
Crotch, to Amblyopus rotundatus (omitted from Kuhnt’s
Catalogue), but without reason, for Crotch’s species agrees
well with Tritoma. Petaluscelis niyrinus, Gorh., and several
other African species are now added to this genus. They
differ considerably in the form of the tibiz and antenne, but
the transition is gradual from species to species, and I have
found nothing to justify adding to the already too numerous
genera,

Closely related to Tritoma is the peculiar genus Paleolybas,
which has never been adequately described, although various
species have been named by Crotch ‘and Gorham. It has
been quite unnaturally placed with South-American forms
on account of its globose shape. In reality, it differs from
Tritoma only in minor details, viz. the shape of the body,
short legs, feeble antenne, ial broadly bilobed prosternum.
An important feature hitherto overlooked is the marked

African Species of Erotylide. 141

sexual dimorphism of some at least of the species. The
males are characterised by greatly dilated tarsi; but, in
several species, they have a more remarkable peculiarity
in a conspicuous opaque area upon the posterior part of the
elytra. Analogy would lead us to consider this distinctive
of the females, as in Water-beetles, various Lamellicornia,
and other groups in which a similar phenomenon occurs ;
but this is not the case, The dilated tarsi are not by them-
selves sufficient to determine the sex, for, although almost
invariably indicative of the male, in certain genera of
Languriing, a closely related group, it is the female in which
the tarsi are most dilated. In these and other cases the
determination of the sex from external indications only has
led to totally wrong conclusions, and dissection is essential
to absolute certainty.

As is frequently found with secondary sexual characters,
the opaque dorsal area is not found in all the species of the
genus. I have found it in three, in one only of which
(P. andree, Crotch) both sexes are known, but in all it is
confined to male specimens. In P. coccinelloides, Crotch,
P. dorsalis, Gorh., and P. bizonatus, sp. n., both sexes are
equally smooth. Although it has not hitherto been recorded,
this curious phenomenon is also found in the genus Neo-
triplac—in a strongly marked form in N. atrata, Lewis, and
to a less extent in N. lewisi, Crotch, both Japanese species.

Dacne (Engis) equinoctialis, Thoms., is almost certainly
the species later described by Crotch as D. capensis, which
has an exceedingly wide range in Africa.

The only known African representatives of the Encaustes
group are here described. Gorham described in 1883
a species, Micrencaustes torquata, the habitat of which
he stated to be Old Calabar ; but in 1901 he expressed
himself doubtful of its African origin. In the British
Museum there is a specimen of this species, derived, like
Gorham’s type, from Andrew Murray’s cuvllection, and
labelled “ Malay Peninsula.”

The true systematic position of this group has never been
recognized. The monographer of the Erotylidze, Lacordaire,
in his Synopsis of the genera, divided them into two series,
at the head of each of which he placed an isolated genus as
to the actual affinities of which he was evidently uncertain.
The first of these, Encaustes, on account of its large size and
elongate shape, is, not unnaturally, generally associated
with the other large Old World species represented by those
now called by M. Bedel Mimodacne ; but Chapuis has
pointed out that Lacordaire, in adopting this view, was

142 Mr. G. J. Arrow on

misled by an incorrect observation of the form of its
maxille, and has removed it from the first series. He has
not, however, transferred it to the second series, but
has made for it a special group, of which the distinguishing
features have little value. The projecting shoulders, which
are chiefly relied upon, disappear in the species now called
Micrencaustes.

The second series (Erotylini genuini) of Lacordaire (the
Erotylites of Chapuis) consists entirely of Neotropical
genera, with the addition of the single Old World genus
Aulacochilus. A comparison between this genus and
Micrencaustes will reveal the interesting fact that they
are really very closely allied—and indeed identical—in all

essential points of structure, differing only in the shorter

-arid more ovate form, shorter antenne, and less dilated
tarsi of Aulacochilus. The peculiar form of the antennal
club, the coarsely, facetted eyes, strongly transverse last joint
of the maxillary palpus, and the general conformation of the
mouth are the same. Most important of all is a peculiar
development of the genze, which distinguishes this group of
genera from all others. These are sharply elevated at the
sides of the mouth, walling-in the latter in continuation of
the mandibles, and forming a rest against which the delicate
sensory surface of the last joint of the maxillary palpus
is applied when in repose. This conformation I consider
most essentially distinctive of the Encaustini, consisting of
the four genera Aulacochilus, Micrencaustes, Encaustes, and
Asmonaz. As showing the closeness of the relationship
between the first two of these, I may mention that the
Philippine species described by M. Bedel as Aulacochilus
maximus would, in my opinion, be better placed in Micren-
caustes. It is nearly related to M. 6-guttata, Gorh.

For the purpose of the present revision, I have examined
the African types of Crotch in the Cambridge Museum, but
these do not include the species described by him from
Andrew Maurray’s collection, the location of which is
unknown to me.

The following Synopsis gives briefly the differential
characters of all the genera of Erotylide which can, in
my opinion, be admitted as African :—

Club of the antenna articulated.
4th joint of the tarsus reduced,
Last joint of the maxillary palpus longitudinal.
Antenne very slender, with the club very

NALTOW «satin ce ee ee ee ee ee Linodesmus,

African Species of Erotylide. 143

Antenne not very slender, with the club well-
marked.
Joints of the antennal club strongly oblique. Mimodacne.
Joints of the antennal club not strongly

oblique.
Body strongly tapering behind, easy
relatively broad ............ Plagiopisthen.
Body not strongly tapering behind, pro-
thorax not very broad ............ Megalodacne.

Last joint of the maxillary palpus transverse.
Genz sharply elevated at the sides of the

mouth,
Body and antenne long; tarsi more dilated.
Prosternum not pointed in front ........ Encaustes.
Prosternum pointed in front ............ Micrencaustes.
Body and antennz short; tarsi less dilated . Aulacochilus.
Gene flat.

Head not dilated.
Club of the antenna very broad and
RAPER IRE boeers atcha. she eae nay of Revs @ 0's) 8,01 mo Petaloscelis.
Club of the antenna not very broad and
compact.
Eyes very large and coarsely facetted.. Amblyopus.
Eyes not very large and coarsely

facetted.
Prosternum not bilobed behind .... Tritoma.
Prosternum bilobed behind ........ Paleolybas.
Eon preatly dilated: 3.0%. .sscscswecsuce« Zythonia,
4th joint of the tarsus not reduced ....... seyvees Dacne.
Wlnpice taanianuna solid... . cc cpe sev eecneegns ser Euxestus.

At the end of this paper I have given a revised syno-
nymical list of the African species.

Megalodacne leta, sp. u.

Nigra, nitidissima, singulo elytro bis rufo-fasciato, fasciis valde
undulatis, ad suturam haud attingentibus, prima post-humerali,
secunda post-mediana, obliqua; elongato-ovalis, convexa, capite
et pronoto sat fortiter et crebre, sed hujus medio levius, punctatis,
pronoti lateribus leviter arcuatis, distincte marginatis; elytris
leviter punctato-striatis, subtilissime punctulatis : 2p

¢, tibiis omnibus valde arcuatis, abdomine subtus medio dense
flavo-pubescenti.

Long, 10-11 mm.; lat. max. 4-5-5 mm,

Nyasatanp: Mlanje.

A series was taken by Mr. 8S. A. Neave in November and
December.

ae is a species of anal size, shape, and markings to

M. (Episcaphula) repanda, Kl., and piciventris, Gorh., but
is not red beneath and is much more smooth and shining

144 Mr. G. J. Arrow on

than the latter and rather broader. The anterior red band
sends a branch almost to the basal margin of the elytron,
and the posterior band is very wavy and oblique, not
arched, as in M. piciventris, nor simply transverse, as in
M. repanda, The third joint of the antenna is as long as
the two following.

In addition to the strongly curved tibie, the male has a
patch of thick pubescence on each ventral segment, the
patches gradually increasing from the basal segment, where
the hairs are few, to the terminal one, which is almost
covered by them.

Megalodacne pubescens, sp. n.

Nigra, elytrorum macula basali angulata, ad basin et marginem
externam producta, aliaque ante-apicali undulata ad margines
haud attingenti, flavis; valde elongata, angusta, supra sat crebre
et fortiter punctata, undique eequaliter minute pubescens, capite
et pronoto fortiter punctatis, hoe lateraliter densius, marginibus
antice arcuatis, postice fere rectis; scutello late transverso ;
elytris confuse haud fortiter punctatis, sine lineis distinctis;
pedibus simplicibus ; antennarum clava elongata, stipitis articulo
tertio quam quartum parum longiori.

Long. 6°5 mm.; lat. max. 2°5 mm.

N.E. Ruopesi1a: Fort Jameson, 3800 ft. (S. A. Neave,
June). ‘

This little species is easily recognizable from its long
and narrow form and the close pubescence with which it is
entirely clothed. The two red elytral marks on each side
are far apart and not broad, the basal one a little waved
behind and having in front a straight branch which extends
to the basal margin, the posterior one toothed in front and-
arched behind.

The legs are simple in both sexes, but the male has
patches of longer hairs upon the ventral segments, increasing
in extent from the base to the extremity.

Encaustes africana, sp. n.

Nigra, parum nitida, elytrorum annulo humerali, ad laterem
paulo retrorsum producto, lunula obliqua post-mediana, a
sutura remota aliaque subapicali uncinata, pallide flavis;
elongata, angusta, clypeo fortiter punctato, fronte fere levi;
pronoto paulo latiori quam longiori, irregulariter disperse
punctato, lateribus bene marginatis, antice et postice fere
rectis, angulis anticis paulo productis, posticis fere rectangulis ;

African Species of Erotylide. 145

scutello lato; elytris subtiliter seriato-punctatis; pedibus gra-
cilibus.
Long. 21 mm.; lat. max. 8 mm.

Urrrer Conco: Kasongo to Stanley Falls.

A single specimen was found by Mr. A. F. R. Wollaston.

This, the first discovered African species of the genus, is
unlike any other. It is very smooth above, but not shining,
and the pale markings are of a bright yellow colour, quite
different from the orange and red of the Oriental species.
It is long and narrow, with slender legs, not very strongly
dilated tarsi,and delicate but not long antennz, with the
club very small. ‘The pale skoulder-patch is almost square
in shape, with a round black spot in the centre ; the post-
median lunule is remote from it and curves forward parallel
to, but at a distance from, the suture ; and the apical mark
is V-shaped, with its outer limb produced forward until it
almost touches the postmedian one.

Micrencaustes spinipes, sp. n.

Flava, capite, pronoti medio, scutello, elytrorum marginibus,
abdomine (medio exeepto), pedibus antennisque rufis, pronoti
maculis 5, elytrorum plagis duabus communibus, punctis 3
basalibus, una Jaterali ante medium posita unaque ante-apicali
majori nigris; modice elongata, parum nitida, capite parce
punctato, clypeo autem crebre et fortiter, pronoto minute et
parce, basin versus fortius punctato; elytris leviter striato-
punctatis; pedibus validis, tibiis omnibus apice extus acute
spinosis; antennarum clava parva.

Long. 19 mm.; lat. max. 7°5 mm.

Bereran Conco: Bakuba Country.

The single specimen in the British Museum was found by
Mr. T. A. Joyce.

This also is like no other species yet known. The ground-
colour is rust-red, with the sides of the pronotum and the
elytra bright yellow edged with red, and the sternum, the
middle of the abdomen, and rather complicated markings
on the upper surface black. The black markings consist of
an oblique inner dumb-bell shaped bar and outer spot on each
side of the pronotum, and, upon the elytra, three small basal
spots on each (the two outer ones elongate), a common trans-
verse patch just behind the scutellum and another larger and
broader one behind the former, a small lateral spot between
the two large patches, and a larger spot near the apex of each
elytron.

The insect is moderately elongate, smooth and shining,

146 Mr. G. J. Arrow on

with the clypeus closely and coarsely punctured, the fore-
head finely and sparsely, the eyes rather large and coarsely
facetted, the pronotum finely punctured, coarsely near the
base, without basal fovez, the sides feebly curved, slightly
convergent, the front angles slightly produced, the hind
angles nearly right-angles, and the elytra rather feebly
seriate-punctate. The legs are rather slender, all the tibize
sharply spinose externally near the end. The club of the
antenna is small, compact, and finely pubescent.

Petaloscelis fulvus, sp. n.

Omnino fulvus, nitidus, haud longe ovatus, sat convexus, capite et
pronoto subtiliter punctatis, pronoto lateraliter modice crebre,
lateribus parum arcuatis, angulis fere rectis, basi leviter lobato,
scutello brevi, elytris distincte sed subtiliter punctato-striatis,
intervallis subtilius punctulatis; pedibus brevibus, tibiarum
extremitutibus latissimis; antennarum articulis tribus ultimis
valde dilatatis, conjunctim vix longioribus quam latioribus.

Long. 4 mm.; lat. max. 2°25 mm.

S. Ruopesia: Salisbury (G. 4. K. Marshall, Dec. 1897).

This is shorter, more ovate and convex than P. hemorrhous,
but a little more elongate than P. nigrinus, and is entirely
tawny yellow in colour, with the legs and antennz very short
and stout and the upper surface finely and moder ately closely
punctured, but rather shining.

Petaloscelis hilaris, sp. n.

Omnino lete rufus, antennis (articulis tribus basalibus exceptis)
nigris; ovatus, convyexus, capite et pronoto ubique fortiter
et crebre punctatis, oculis parvis, subtiliter granulatis, pro-
noto haud convexo, lateribus vix arcuatis, antrorsum fortiter
convergentibus, angulis posticis acutis; elytris leviter striato-
punctatis, intervallis subtiliter punctulatis; tibiis leviter
dilatantibus ; antennis sat crassis, articulis tribus ultimis late
dilatatis.

Long. 7-8 mm.; lat. max. 4-4°5 mm.

Gotp Coast: Tamsoo, near Tarkwa (G. A. Higleit) ;
S.E. Cameroon ; Ucanpa: Chagwe, Mabira Forest, 3500-
3800 ft. (S. A. Neave, July).

The above localities represent a very extensive area of
distribution, but the insect is a very well-marked and un-
mistakable one. It was, without reason, identified by
Mr. Gorham as Zythonia fulva of Westwood, and is nearly
allied to Petaloscelis (“ Zythonia’’) anthracinus, Gorh. lis

—— 7 ws Te eee

African Species of Erotylide. 147

size and shape are similar, but it is a little broader, more
convex, and less shining, the upper surface being closely
punctured, the head and pronotum deeply and strongly.
The abdomen is punctured and pubescent beneath.

\Petaloscelis monommoides, sp. 0.

Niger, nitidus, abdomine pedibusque rufis, antennis piceis, basi et
apice rufescentibus; sat longe ovalis, parum convexus, capite
fortiter punctato, oculis grosse granulatis, haud magnis; pronoto
subtiliter punctato, lateribus paulo fortius, marginibus lateralibus
fere rectis, angulis omnibus acutis; scutello fere semicirculari;
elytris subtiliter punctato-striatis; pedibus sat validis, tibiis

apicem versus paulo dilatantibus; antennis validis, articulis
tribus ultimis fortiter transversis.

Long. 5 mm.; lat. max. 2°75 mm.

Cameroon (G. Schwab).

The single specimen has been presented to the British
Museum by Professor R. Thaxter. It resembles P. anthra-
cinus, but is smaller, with longer and stouter legs and
antennze, which are also paler in colour. It is very smooth
and shining above, with the elytra very lightly punctate-
striate; but the head and the sides of the pronotum are
much more strongly punctured than in P. anthracina, and
the eyes are larger and more coarsely facetted. The third
joint of the antenna is as long as the two succeeding ones
together, the fourth to the seventh are round and bead-like,
and the last three more than twice as broad as they are long.
The prosternum is carinate anteriorly and dilates from the
middle to the posterior edge, the lateral striz almost

meeting in the middle. Tle mesosternum bears au incised
semicircular line.

Amblyopus pulchellus, sp. n.

Lete rufus, elytrorum macula rotundata basali, alia laterali ante
medium tertiaque communi post medium, femoribus tibiis
clavaque antennali nigris; elongatus, oculis magnis, grosse
reticulatis, pronoto subiliter sat crebre punctato, lateribus
convergentibus, vix arcuatis, angulis posticis rotundatis; elytris
punctato-striatis, intervallis subtiliter sat crebre punctulatis ;
pedibus haud brevibus, tibiis ad extremitates modice dilatatis ;
antennarum clava angusta, laxe articulata,

Long. 7-8°5 mm.; lat. max. 3°5-4 mm.

Cameroon (G. Schwab).

148 Mr. G. J. Arrow on

Two specimens in the British Museum have been sent by
Professor R. Thaxter.

The striking pattern upon the elytra, consisting of five
large round black spots placed in a circle upon their basal
part, together with the black femora and tibize and pale
tarsi, render this species very easy of recognition. The
second, and smaller, specimen is without the spots ; but
this is apparently owing to immaturity, the red ground-
colour being paler. The eyes are very large and pro-
minent, the diameter of each scarcely less than that of
the space between them. The club of the antenna is
long, narrow, and loosely articulated, the last jomt small

top)
and globular and the two preceding ones triangular.

Amblyopus lateralis, sp. n.

Niger, elytris, abdomine, tarsis, antennarumque apicibus rufo-
fulvis, elytris extus nigro-cinctis, margine antica pone seutellum
triangulariter dilatata; elongatus, angustus, oculis magnis,
grosse granulatis ; pronoto undique subtiliter punctato, lateribus
fere rectis, angulis omnibus paulo obtusis, basi medio leviter
lobato ; scutello transverse pentagonali; elytris subtiliter punc-
tato-striatis, intervallis subtilissime punctulatis; pedibus sat
longis, tibiis ad extremitates modice dilatatis; antennarum
articulis 3-8 plus minusve elongatis, 9-11 transversis, laxe
articulatis.

Long. 7-85 mm.; lat. max. 3-5-4 mm.

Ucanpa: Entebbe (C. C. Gowdey, May).

The coloration of this species also is quite distinctive and
peculiar, the elytra, abdomen, and tarsi being orange-yellow,
the elytra completely encircled with black, which embraces
the scutellum and extends behind it a short distance down
the suture. It is of similar size to A. pulchellus, but less
convex and rather more finely punctured, with the elytra
more elongate, more straight-sided and tapering. ‘The
legs are a little longer and the antenne rather more slender.
The prosternum is triangular, broad and slightly emarginate
behind, and the mesosternum is almost square.

Amblyopus tristis, sp. 0.

Nigro-piceus, clypeo, scutello, corporeque subtus rufo-piceis,
pedibus et antennis lete rufis; modice elongatus, parum
nitidus, capite leviter punctato, oculis magnis, grosse granu-
latis; pronoto minute sat crebre punctato, lateribus leviter
arcuatis; scutello lato, punctulato; elytris fortiter punetato-

African Species of Erotylidee. 149

striatis, intervallis subtiliter crebre punctulatis; tibiis apice
latissimis, acute angulatis; antennis crassis, clava lata, haud
truncata.

Long. 5-5 mm.; lat. max. 2°75 mm.

Nyasatanp: Mlanje (S. A. Neave, Dec., Jan.).

This species and Tritoma nigrina, Gorh., were found
together in the above locality, but the latter was far more
numerous. A. f¢ristis bears considerable resemblance to
that species, but is rather larger and more elongate, with
larger and more coarsely-facetted eyes. The antenne are
stout, the third joint only slightly elongate, the club compact
and broadly oval in shape, not abruptly truncate at the end.
The prosternum and abdomen are very densely punctured,
and the entire lower surface is finely pubescent.

This is rather less elongate in form and a little smaller than
the other African species which I refer to Amblyopus.

Tritoma soror, sp. 0.

Omnino ferrugineo-rufa, pedibus paulo pallidioribus, antennarumque
clava nigra; late ovalis, convexa, nitida, capite et pronoto sub-
tiliter punctatis, oculis minute granulatis, pronoti lateribus
leviter arcuatis, elytris minute striato-punctatis, intervallis sub-
tilissime punctulatis ; pedibus robustis, tibiis 4 posterioribus ad
extremitates late dilatatis, antennarum clava anguste ovata:

3, pedibus validioribus, femoribus incrassatis, tibiisque longioribus
atque magis dilatatis.

Long. 4 mm.; lat. max. 3 mm.

Nyasatanp: Mlanje (S. A. Neave, Jan.).

This is closely related to 7. senegalensis, Crotch, and of
the same form and colour, but more finely punctured, espe-
cially upon the pronotum, The last five joints of the antenna
(not three only) are black. ‘The size and general shape are
almost those of the familiar European species, 7’, bipustulata,
but the colour is brick-red, the legs are stouter, and the club
of the antenna is long and narrow.

Tritoma spilota, sp. 0.

Lete sanguineo-rufa, pronoti punctis 2 basalibus, elytrorum punctis.
4 ante medium transverse positis, antennarumque clava nigris ;
ovalis, convexa, nitida, supra ubique sat fortiter et crebre
punctata, oculis parvis, minute granulatis, pronoti lateribus
wqualiter subtiliter arcuatis, angulis anticis acutis; elytris
striato - punctatis, intervallis modice crebre, parum minute

150 Mr. G. J. Arrow on

punctatis; pedibus robustis, tibiis ad extremitates modice
dilatatis; antennarum articulis tribus ultimis transversis, sat
magnis.

Long. 5 mm.; lat. max. 3 mm.

Ucanpva: Daro Forest, Toro, 4000-4500 ft. (S. A. Neave,
Oct.).

I know only a single specimen of this beautiful little
species, which is quite unlike any other. It is bright scarlet,
with a black spot on each side of the pronotum at the base
and two upon each elytron, one behind the shoulder and
another opposite to it near the suture, neither quite touching
the margin. It is rather strongly and closely punctured, the
tibize are moderately dilated, and the club of the antenna is

large and black.

Tritoma partita, sp. 0.

Sanguineo-rufa, elytrorum dimidio postico, femoribus, tibiis, an-
tennarumque clava nigris; ovalis, convexa, nitida; capite sat
erebre punctato, oculis sat parvis et minute granulatis ; pronoto
subtiliter punctato, lateribus paulo fortius, marginibus lateralibus
leviter arcuatis, angulis anticis acutis, basi fortiter lobato ;
scutello lato, fere levi; elytris antice sat fortiter seriato-
punctatis, lineis posticis fere obliteratis, intervallis minute
inequaliter punctulatis; tibiis late triangulariter dilatatis ;
antennis brevibus, articulis tribus ultimis minutis, transversis,
parum compactis.

Long. 5-5°5 mm.; lat. max. 8-3°5 mm.

Nyasatanp: Mlanje (S. A. Neave, Jan.).

Two specimens.

T. partita approaches the genus Paleolybas in structure
as well as in appearance, but the prosternum is uot bilobed
behind. Its coloration is remarkable. It is deep red ante-
riorly, with rather less than half the body posteriorly (2. e.,
the hinder two-thirds of the elytra), together with the femora
and tibiz, jet-black. It is regularly oval, highly convex, and
very smooth and shming, and the elytra exhibit at the base
well-marked lines of punctures which become gradually
fainter and are indistinct behind.

Tritoma alternans, sp. 0.

Rufa, elytrorum basi et apice antennarumque clava nigris ;
elongato-ovalis, modice convexa, nitida, capite et pronoto sat
fortiter et crebre punctatis, hujus lateribus subtiliter arcuatis,
angulis omnibus obtusis; scutello leviter punctato; elytris

a
——o a

African Species of Erotylide. 151

leviter striato-punctatis, intervallis parum minute sat crebre
punctatis; pedibus modice validis, tibiis apice parum dilatatis ;
antennarum articulo tertio ad tria sequentia longitudine «quali,
tribus ultimis transversis.

Long. 5 mm.; lat. max. 3 mm.

Ucanva: Unyoro, Budongo Forest, 3400 ft. (S. A. Neave,
Dee.),

A single specimen.

The coloration of this species is also highly distinctive. It
is deep red, with about one-sixth of the elytra from the base
(not including the scutellum, which is red) and about one-
fourth from the posterior end black, and the last four or five
joints of the antenne of the same colour. It is smooth and
shining, rather elongate and not very convex, with the upper
surface closely and distinctly punctured, but the elytral
striz feeble.

Tritoma tibialis, sp. v.

Nigra, nitida, antennis tibiis tarsisque flavis, elytrorumque macula
magna basali ab humero ad scutellum pertinenti rufa; haud
longe ovalis, parum convexa, capite crebre et subtiliter punctato,
oculis parvis, minute granulatis; pronoto lato, similiter sed
minus crebre punctato, lateribus anguste marginatis, antice
valde arcuatis, postice rectis, angulis omnibus obtusis; scutello
levi, angulato; elytris fortiter punctato-striatis, interstitiis
subtilissime punctulatis; tibiarum extremitatibus fortiter di-
latatis, antennarum clava late ovali, parum compacta.

Long. 3-4 mm.; lat. max. 2-2°5 mm,

Nyasatanp: Mlanje (S. A. Neave, Jan.).

This appears to resemble 7. liberiana, Gorh. It is more
elongate and less convex than 7. bipustulata, the red elytral
spot is large, extending the whole width of the basal margin,
evenly rounded and generally more than one-third as long as
the elytra, and finally the antenne, tibiz, and tarsi are wholly
pale. The tibiz are very strongly dilated at the end.

Tritoma flaviventris, sp. n.

Nigra, nitida, corpore subtus, antennis, pedibus elytrorumque
macula magna basali communi scutellum amiplectenti, ad
humeros haud attingenti, fulvis; haud longe ovalis, parum
convexa, capite et pronoto sat fortiter et crebre punctatis,
oculis prominentibus, modice granulatis ; pronoto lato, lateribus
marginatis, antice valde arcuatis, postice fere rectis, elytris
fortiter punctato-striatis, intervallis subtiliter punctulatis; tibiis

152 Mr. G. J. Arrow on :

ad extremitates paulo dilatatis; antennarum clava laxe arti-
culata.
Long. 4°5 mm.; lat. max. 2°5 mm.

Ucanpa: Entebbe (C. C. Gowdey, May).

There are two specimens in the British Museum,

T. flaviventris is closely similar to T. tibialis, but the
lower surface, as well as the legs and antenne, is pale,
and the pale basal patches of the elytra unite at the suture
and do not extend to the shoulders. It is rather larger,
relatively broader, with the pronotum more strongly punc-
tured, the tibiz much less dilated at the ends, the antennal
club more loosely jointed and less short and broad, and the
eyes not very small or very finely facetted.

Paleolybas nigrocinctus, sp. n.

Sanguineo-rufus, elytrorum dimidio anteriori nigro, hujus partis
margine posteriori dentata; breviter ovalis, convexus, nitidus,
capite et pronoto sat crebre et ezqualiter punctatis, elytris
subtiliter punctato-striatis, interstitiis subtilissime punctulatis ;
antennis exiguis, articulis tribus ultimis minutis :

é, elytrorum dimidii postici parte media subopaca,

Long. 8 mm.; lat. max. 5° mm.

Op CaraBar (A. Murray).

The two specimens from which this is described formerly
belonged to the late Alexander Fry, who obtained them from
Murray’s collection, from which also P. andree and hume-
ralis were described by Crotch. Whether all were actually
collected in Old Calabar is perhaps a little doubtful, for
P. coccinelloides, Crotch, and P. dorsalis, Gorh., were also
attributed by Murray to the same locality, and the former
at least certainly does not occur there, belonging to South-
Eastern Africa (Nyasaland, Portuguese East Africa, Trans-
vaal, Natal, ete.). Specimens in the British Museum which
I have identified as P. andree are from the French Congo.
The male has in that species a conspicuous round area of an
opaque texture upon the posterior half of the elytra. The
two specimens of P. nigrocinctus are both males, and the
hinder part of the elytra is less shining than the remaining
surface, but the area is not definitely circumscribed nor con-
spicuous, The red colour is much brighter than in the other
species, and the black band is much wider, occupying more
than a third of their length.

|

African Species of Erotylide. 153

Paleolybas apicalis, sp. n.

Sanguineo-rufus, elytrorum humeris, marginibus externis parteque
tertia apicali, antennarumque clava nigris; late ovalis, convexus,
nitidus, capite et pronoto subtilissime haud crebre punctatis,
hujus lateribus bene arcuatis, angulis anticis haud acutis, elytris
Vix perspicue striato-punctatis; antennarum articulis tribus
ultimis minutis :

3, elytrorum dimidio postico medio opaco, velut sericeo.

Long. 8-9 mm.; lat. max. 6 mm. ;

Ucanpa: Entebbe (C. C. Gowdey, Aug., Nov.).

Three practically identical specimens are all males, and the
Opaque round area common to the two elytra upon their
posterior half is very distinct. The species closely resembles
P. cychramoides, Gorh., of which I have seen only a single
female ; but, besides a considerable extension of the black
colour at the apex of the elytra, it is larger and relatively
broader, with the puncturation finer, the sides of the pro-
thorax more rounded, and the front angles blunter. The
antenne are very delicate, with joints 4 to 8 rather elongate.

Paleolybas bizonatus, sp. u.

Sanguineo-rufus, pronoto maculis tribus rotundis (una mediana
majori, unaque utrinque versus angulos anticos sita), elytris
zonis duabus (prima basali, secunda paulo post medium) undu-
latis lateraliter anguste connexis, pedibus antennarumque clava
nigris; ovalis, convexus, capite pronotoque minute sat crebre
punctatis, elytris minutissime punctato-striatis ; antennarum
articulis tribus ultimis haud minutis.

Long. 5°5-8 mm. ; lat. max. 4°5-5 mm.

Ucanpa: Tero Forest (C. C. Gowdey, July), Southern
Toro, Mbarara, 3800-4200 ft. (S. A. Neave, Oct.).

This is rather less broadly oval than the two preceding
species and rather less shining, the puncturation being rather
less fine than in P. apicalis, but more so than in P. nigro-
cinctus. The antenne are a little shorter and stouter.

The sexes differ only in the more dilated tarsi of the

male.
Paleolybas letus, sp. n.

Sanguineo-rufus, pronoto utrinque minute nigro-punctato, elytris
extus bimaculatis (macula humerali aliaque paulo post medium
intus leviter hamata, maculis duabus ad marginem connexis),
pedibus (tarsis exceptis) antennarumque claya nigra; ovalis,

Ann, & Mag. N, Hist. Ser. 8, Vol. xx. i}

154 Mr. G. J. Arrow on

convexus, nitidus, capite et pronoto minute sat crebre punctatis ;
antennis beer ute articulis tribus ultimis transversis,
Long. 8 mm.; lat. max. 5 mm-

Ucanpa: Buamba Forest, Semliki Valley, 2300-2800 ft.
(S. A. Neave, Nov.).

The single specimen is a male and is without an opaque
area upon the elytra.

It is a closely related species to P. bizonatus, the shape -

and sculpture being the same ; but the large median thoracic
spot is absent and the two black bands of the elytra are
reduced to two large spots at each outer margin, united
externally, the first placed at the shoulder and the second
behind the middle and a little produced internally.

Paleolybas rufocinctus, sp. n.

Sanguineo-rufus, elytris antennarumque clava nigris, illorum fascia
mediana communi ad margines externas haud attingenti apici-
busque extremis sanguineo-rufis ; late ovatus, convexus, nitidus,
capite et pronoto subtiliter sat crebre punctatis, elytris subtiliter
punctato-striatis, interstitiis subtilissime punctulatis, antennarum
articulis tribus ultimis transversis :

g, elytrorum dimidii postici parte mediana opaca.

Long. 8°5 mm.; lat. max. 6 mm.

N. Ruopesta: Katanga, 150-200 miles W. of Kambove,
3500-4500 ft. (S. A. Neave, Oct.).

A single male specimen.

This is rather larger and relatively broader than P. di-
zonatus, but not quite so large or so broad as P. apicalis,
and besides the different coloration is distinguished by a
puncturation of the upper surface which is stronger than
in P. apicalis, while that of the pronotum is more scattered

than in P. bizonatus. The antenne also are a little shorter
and more compact.

Paleolybas ferrugineus, sp. n.

Ow»nino ferrugineus, antennarum clava solum nigra; ovalis, con-
vexus, capite crebre punctato, pronoto nitido, distinete sed
minus crebre punctato, lateribus vix arcuatis, elytris parum
nitidis, subtiliter punctato-striatis, interstitiis haud sparse aut
subtilissime punctulatis; antennis brevibus, clava elongata,
paulo ee haud compacta.

Long. 6°5 mm.; lat. max. 4-5 mm.

Meanpa: Tero Forest, S.E. Buddu, 3800 ft. (S. A. Neave,
Sept.; C. C. Gowdey, July).

—

African Species of Erotylide. 155

Only a single male was found by each collector. Unlike
the other species, this is uniformly rusty-brown instead of
blood-red, and the club of the antenna alone is black. The
pronotum is very smooth and shining, but the head and
elytra are scarcely shining (in the male at least), their
puncturation being less fine and scanty than usual. The
antennz are very delicate and the club is rather elongate,
with moderately broad but loosely articulated joints.

Euxestus angustus, sp. 0.

Rufo-piceus, antennis pedibusque pallidioribus; anguste ovatus,
convexus, nitidus, corpore supra ubique equaliter sat fortiter et
crebre punctato; antennis indistincte 11-articulatis, clava solida,
triangulari, apice late truncata.

Long. 2°5 mm.; lat. max. 1 mm.

Natat: Durban (F. Muir), Malvern (G. A, K. Marshall,
Sept.); Ruopesta: Salisbury (G. A. K. Marshall, Dec.).
_ Although closely related to HE. parki, Woll., this is very
distinctly different. It is of practically the same size and
colour, but considerably more elongate and more strongly,
closely and evenly punctured on the head, pronotum and
elytra. The antenne have the same peculiar conformation,
but are rather less highly modified, the eleven joints com-
posing each being distinguishable, although the articulations
are not all perfect. The basal joint is large, but rather less
so than in the typical species ; the second smaller, but well
marked ; the third elongate; the fourth to the sixth very
small and imperfectly articulated ; the seventh to the ninth
progressively widening, the ninth twice as wide as it is long
and closely applied to the base of the club, which forms a
flattened sphere, its broad terminal part plainly formed by
the eleventh joint, which appears as though almost sunk
into the tenth.

List of African Erotylide.

LinopEsmvs, Bedel, ante, p. 158. magnifica, Har., p. 138.
kolbez, Kuhnt.

ceecus, F". :
Sachse rhodesiaca, Bedel.

stuhlmanni, Kolbe.

c- ruhnt.
eee A PLAGIOPISTHEN, Thoms., p. 139,

Platydacne, Fairm.,

MODACNE, B . 138. -
Mniopacnr, Bedel, p. 158 ferrugineus, Arr.

abnormalis, Crotch. leevistriatus, A277.

belgarum, Bedel. paradoxus, Thoms.
grandipennis, Fairm, | rufovittatus, Har.
imperatrix, Gorh. | subcostatus, Schenkl., p. 189.
longiuscula, Farm, | vittulatus, Fam.

1]*

156 On African Species of Erotylide.

MxrcaropacnE, Crotch, p. 189.
Episcaphula, Orotch.

africana, Crotch.
annulata, Kuhnt.
aulacochiloides, Croteh, p. 189.

Q dubia, Crotch.
bellopicta, Kuhnt.
cordata, Gorh.
curvipes, Fam.
furcata, Gorh.
erandis, F.

var. natalensis, Fairm.
leeta, sp. n., p. 143.
neutra, Dohrn, p. 139.
nigropygialis, Auhnt.
opacicollis, Faim.
obliquata, Lac., p. 189.

schweitzer?, Dohrn.

var. rectesignata, Crotch.

piciventris, Gorh., p. 139.
pubescens, sp. n., p. 144,
repanda, Klug.
savagei, Crotch.
scenica, Gerst., p. 139.

picturata, Gorh.
senegalensis, Cast.
subseriata, Kolbe.
substriata, Fairm.
terminalis, Kwhnt.
trichroa, Crotch.
tricolor, Duv.

Encavstes, Lac., p. 141.
africana, sp. n., p. 144.

MicrencavsTEs, Crotch, p. 142.
spinipes, sp. n., p. 145.

AULACOCHILUS, Lac., p. 142.
capensis, Lac.

PETALOSCELIS, Gorh., p. 140.
Amblyscelis, Gorh., part.
Pycnogeusteria, Gorh.

anthracinus, Gorh. (Zythonia),
fulvus, sp. n., p. 146. [p. 140.
grandis, Schenkl. (Amblyscelis).
hemorrhous, Gorh. (Amblyscelis),

kellent, Gorh. [p. 140.

brunneus, Gorh.

? Gorhamt, Gestro.

hilaris, sp. n., p. 146.

kraatzi, Gorh. (Pycnogeusteria).
monommoides, sp. n., p. 147.
pallidus,Gor’.(Amblyscelis),p.140.

AmBLyorts, Lac., p. 140.
Amblyscelis, Gorh., part.

ferrugineus, Gorh. (Amblyscelis),
lateralis, sp. n., p. 148.
longulus, Schenk. (Amblyscelis).
marginatus, Qued., p. 140.
vittipennis, Gorh.
dorsalis, Kolbe.
murrayi, Crotch.
natalensis, Crotch, p. 140.
nigripennis, Arrow.
pulchellus, sp. n., p. 147.
senegalensis, Lac., p. 139.
tristis, sp. n., p. 148.

Triroma, &., p. 140.
Amblyscelis, Gorh., part.
alternans, sp. n., p. 150.
conradti, Gorh. (Amblyscelis).
flaviventris, sp. n., p. 161.
liberiana, Gorh.
nigrina, Gorh., p. 140.
partita, sp. n., p. 150.
senegalensis, Crotch, p. 140.
rotundatus, Gorh.
soror, sp. n., p. 149.
spilota, sp. n., p. 149.
tibialis, sp. n., p. 151.

PaLoLyBas, Crotch, p. 140.
andrewe, Crotch, p. 141.
apicalis, sp. n., p. 153.
bizonatus, sp. n., p. 153.
eoecinelloides, Crotch, p. 141.
cychramoides, Gorh,
dorsalis, Gorh., p. 141.
ferrugineus, sp. n., p- 154.
humeralis, Crotch.
leetus, sp. n., p. 153. -
nigripennis, Crotch.
nigrocinctus, sp. n., p. 152.
rufocinctus, sp. n., p. 164.

ZyTHONIA, Westw., p. 140.

Lophocrotaphus, Gorh.

fulva, Westw., p. 140.
guineensis, Gorh.

Dacne, Latr., p. 141.
eequinoctialis, Thoms., p. 141.
capensis, Crotch.
Evxestus, WolL, p. 138.

Tritomidea, Motsch.
Neoplotera, Belon.

angustus, sp. n., p. 150.

— | hee

On new Indo-Malayan Species of Lepidoptera. 157

XIT.— New Indo-Malayan Species of Lepidoptera.
By Colonel C. Swinuos, M.A., F.L.8., &e.

Family Limniineg.
Salatura affinis olga, nov.

6. Blackish brown with a slight bronzy tinge, markings
white: fore wing with a slight streak beyond the middle of
the cell, a spot on the middle of the discocellulars, two sub-
costal spots above it, the lower one linear; a subapical series
of spots as in affinis, but all very small, the three near the
costa quite minute; a short white bar at the base of interspace 2,
a long one below it as in affints, a small round spot beyond
the upper bar, and a double row of small round submarginal
spots, some of the upper and lower ones more or less obso-
lete : hind wing with the white middle band divided by the
veins much as in affinis, but with the outer ends rounded; a
double submarginal row of spots, the lower abdominal area
pale brownish grey. Underside differs materially from that
of afinis: fore wing with the markings as on the upperside :
hind wing without any of the orange spots which are present
in affinis; the markings as on the upperside, a V-shaped
dislocated mark below the costa near the base, and no
markings whatever between the central white part and the
submarginal double series of white spots.

Eixpanse of wings, ¢, 3 inches.

Hab. New Britain.

The underside much resembles the underside of S. decen-
tralis, Fruhstorfer, from Bangkei (Berl. ent. Zeit. 1899,

p: 69).

Salatura affinis nora, nov.

9. General pattern and colour very similar to that of
olga; the palpi, head above and below, and the thorax
beneath prominently white-spotted, the wings with all the
white bands and spots much larger and more extended: fore
wing with a white spot on the centre of the costa, the white
spot outside the upper white bar not present. On the under-
side the basal portion of the fore wing is suffused with a
bronzy tinge, the underside of the hind wing as in olga and
also without any orange markings.

Expanse of wings, ? , 34%; inches.

Hab. Kiriwini Island, Tobriaad group.

158 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new

Family Nymphalide.
Dracenura arfakalis, nov.

& @. Frons, head, and thorax dark brown: fore wing
dark copper-brown, shining, uniform in colour ; an indistinct
black spot in the cell and another at the end, no other
markings: hind wing pure white, with an all-round marginal
band of the colour of the fore wing, well defined, thickest at
the apex, slightly suffused on its inner margin; cilia of both
wings white. Antennee grey, with pure white points on the
joints; abdomen with the basal half white, outer half
blackish ; anal tuft white. Underside: wings as above, fore
wing paler in colour ; palpi brown; face, pectus, body, and
legs white.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 2; 1;%5 inch.

Hab. Arfak Mountains, North New Guinea, 4000’, 6000!
(Pratt).

Family Lycenide.
Rapala francesca.

Rapala francesea, Swinhoe, Lep. Ind. ix. p. 52, pl. 716. figs. 4,4 a, g
(1911). .

9. Upperside paler purplish black than in the male and
without the gloss; underside bright ochreous yellow ; all the
markings above and below (except, of course, the sexual
patch) exactly as in the male.

Expanse of wings, 2 , 15-145 inch.

Hab. Khasia Hills.

Two examples received with two males from my native
collector in Cherra Punji.

Loxura atymnus luzonica, nov.

3. Upperside much as in ZL. arcuata, Moore, from Ceylon, .
but the outer marginal black band of the fore wing is more
attenuated towards the hinder angle; the outer marginal
brown line of the hind wing is a mere thread and the cilia are
pale yellowish. Underside differently coloured to any of the
other forms of this group, being of a very clear and pure and
uniform dark orange-ochreous tint, the markings almost
obliterated, the two outer transverse lines only slightly
visible on either wing and straighter and nearer to each other
than usual. }

?. Paler than in the male, the outer marginal black band
broader, the outer margin of the hind wing rather broadly

Indo-Malayan Species of Lepidoptera. 159

shaded with grey atoms in the interspaces ; the underside
much paler, and consequently the outer transverse lines ou
both wings somewhat more distinct.

Eixpanse of wings, ¢ 9,14 inch.

Hab. Luzon, Philippines.

‘Two males and one female.

Mentioned by Fruhstorfer in Stett. ent. Zeit. lvi. p. 221
CEDEL).

Family Deilemeride.

Deilemera kiriwina, nov.

9. Palpi, frons, head, and thorax deep black, frons with
a white streak on each side ; a white spot between the bases
of the antenne, a pink line behind each eye, white spots on
the collar, shoulders, and thorax (three on each side) ; abdo-
men greyish white, three large grey spots on the first seg-
ment, with a row of white spots above them, a very large
black spot on the anal segment, the rest of the abdomen
without any markings : fore wing very deep black, an oblique
discal band of very large, conjoined, white spots from the
costa to vein 2, the vein-markings very lightly separating
them ; cilia black, with a white streak below the apex and
another at the anal angle, the upper part of this streak
extending very shortly into the wing: hind wing white, a
broad deep black marginal band, its inner edge slightly
sinuous ; cilia black, with a short white streak in the middle.
Underside: wings as above; fore wing with white basal
streaks on the subcostal and median veins; thorax black,
with some white marks and some pink streaks in front and
at the sides ; abdomen and legs white.

Expanse of wings, ?, 2 inches.

Hab. Kiriwini Island, Tobriand group.

Not allied to any form known to me.

Deilemera latera, nov.

9. Belongs to the baulus group. Palpi white, last joint
black ; head luteous, a large black spot on the frons, one
at the base of each antenna, and another behind; collar,
thorax, and abdomen white, two spots on the collar, three
stripes on the thorax, three spots at the base of the abdomen,
and a thin black band on each segment: fore wing black, the
veins not pale as is usual in this group; the discal macular
band as in baulus, but there are only five spots, all much
smaller and well separated from each other: hind wing white,

160 Colonel ©. Swinhoe on new

with black marginal band as in baulus. On the underside the
body and legs are pure white, with some black spots on the
thorax and a double row of black spots on each side of the
abdomen.

Expanse of wings, ?, 1;% inch.

Hab. Kiayih, Central Formosa.

Its pure white body separates it from all the other species
of this group known to me.

Deilemera everettt, nov.

$ 2. Palpi with the first joint yellow, the rest black;
frons yellow, with a black medial spot, yellow round the eyes,
collar, and thorax, black between the bases of the antennge
and a black line behind; neck with a black spot on each
side ; thorax with a broad black band down the middle and
a narrower band on each side; abdomen black, with thin
yellow segmental bands: fore wing deep black, the veins not
marked, the usual discal white band of the baw/us group, but
narrow and less oblique, the spot in the third interspace well
separated from the others, the spot in the second the largest
of all: hind wing white, with some black suffusion at the
base and a deep black broad marginal border running thinl
up the abdominal margin for a short distance, slightly angled
inwards on the veins; a larger angle at vein 2; cilia of both
wings uniformly deep black. Underside as on the upperside,
the colour deep black ; thorax and abdomen yellow, with
black medial and lateral spots; legs black streaked with
yellow.

Expanse of wings, ¢ @, 2 inches.

Hab. Flores (Everett).

Family Lymantriide.
Dasychira multilineata, nov.

@. Palpi black at sides, white in front; frons white ; fore
part of thorax white with grey hairs, hind part dark grey with
white hairs on each side; abdomen ochreous grey without
markings ; antenne ochreous grey, shaft pure white: fore
wing with the ground-colour white, densely irrorated with
grey atoms, transverse lines dark brown, mostly highly
dentate—one subbasal, acutely angled, with some white on its
outer side, three close together, antemedial, one closing the
cell and extending to the costa, one postmedial with indica-
tions of another close beyond it, oue submarginal with some

,

Indo-Malayan Species of Lepidoptera. 161

streaks on the veins running from the margin to the post-
medial line; cilia brown: hind wing ochreous grey, with a
suffused brownish border, broad on the costa and at the apex,
narrowing hindwards, where it becomes submarginal. Under-
side ochreous grey ; fore wing with all but the costa, outer
and hinder margins suffused with brown, a darker brown
suffused mark at the end of the cell: hind wing with a
brown lunular mark at the end of the cell ; body and legs
ochreous grey.

Expanse of wings, g, 1,%; inch.

Hab. Au-San, Central Formosa.

Of the shape of D. strigata, Moore (Lep. Atk. p. 56, 1879).

Family Noctuida.
Subfamily Nocrvivz.

Pleurona simillima, nov.

3. Of a uniform ochreous-fawn colour ; markings above
aud below similar to those of P. fulcata, Walker, of which I
have a good series from India and Java ; but the fore wing
is not falcate, it is slightly arched towards the apex, which is
not produced, and the outer margin is evenly rounded, not
excurved before the middle as in falcata, and the cilia is
uniformly dark brown, without any white below the apex.

Expanse of wings, 3, 1,2) inch.

Hab. Rangoon, Andamans.

Subfamily Foornrrvz.

Zethes limbalis, nov.

3. Wings shaped as in Z. inurnata, Walker, xxxiil. p. 848
(1865), described without locality. I have examples, how-
ever, that are identical with Walker’s type from Simla and
Assam ; the fore wings are longer and the outer margins of
both wings are crenulate, in inornata they are smooth ; colour
throughout of a uniform glaucous-ferruginous, as in tornata,
but paler ; the underside is very pale glaucous-grey, very
uniform in colour, and without any markings; on the upper-
side there is a black dentated line beyond the middle across
both wings, outwardly curved from the costa of the fore wing
to vein 2, then nearly straight down to the hinder margin,
and on the hind wing bent inwards on the internal vein ; this
line is edged with pale grey on both wings and has a broad

162 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new

dark shade on each side of it; the abdomen is longer than
usual and there is a large anal tuft.

Expanse of wings, ¢, 24% inches.

Hab. Su-tcheu-shan, N. China.

Zethes sidonalis, nov.

3. Ofa uniform very pale ochreous-grey colour; thorax
covered with black dots ; abdomen with indistinct greyish
segmental bands, anal tuft rather large: fore wing with a
small black round spot in the cell ; transverse lines brown,
three zigzag lines at the base at equal distances apart, a
sinuous line at the middle with a somewhat square outward
protrusion below the costa, a lunular line at tie end of the
cell ; a discal slightly sinuous line with a deep outward curve
from the costa, then obliquely inwards to the hinder margin
at two-thirds from the base ; an obscure submarginal diffused
band or shade, which contains a brown spot above the hinder
angle: hind wing with a small black round spot in the eell,
the discal line of the fore wing continued to the anal angle,
and a brown spot outside its end; indications of the sub-
marginal shade, but much paler than it is on the fore wing ;
both wings with submarginal brown dots and fine marginal
line.

Expanse of wings, ¢, 13 inch.

Hab. Goping, Perak.

Capnodes gillolensis, nov.

& 2. Somewhat resembling C. ceylonica, Moore,=C. ca-
duca, Swinhoe, from Ceylon and South India. Fore wing
with a black spot in the cell, another below it, and three in
the form of a triangle at the end; a straight black oblique
postmedial solid line in the male extending across both wings
from vein 7, where it is acutely bent inwards to the costa,
to the abdominal margin before the middle; in the female
there are no traces of this prominent character, and there is
no pale spot on the costa before the apex in either sex as in
ceylonica, there is a thin dark shade from the apex of this
line to the apex of the wing, and a highly crenulate line
outside the straight line outwardly curved from its acute apex
to near the hinder margin, then straight to the hind margin:
on the hind wing there is a similar outwardly curved crenu-
late line and black marginal dots on both wings. Underside
paler, no signs of the straight line; a blurred mark at the
end of each cell, a narrow dark shade from the cell-mark of
the fore wing to the middle of the abdominal margin of the

Indo- Malayan Species of Lepidoptera. 163

hind wing ; a postmedial outwardly curved crenulate line

from the costa of fore wing to the middle of the abdominal

margin of the hind wing ; except for the straight black line

in the male the markings in both sexes are identical.
Expanse of wings, ¢ 17, @ 14 inch.

Hab. Gilolo Island (Doherty).

Family Hypenide.

Genus FoLKA, nom. nov.
Anepa, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xv. p. 502 (1905).

Type, Hypena oxydata, Hampson, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist.
Soc. xi. (4) p. 707 (1898).

I had overlooked the fact that Anepa is preoccupied by
myself in my monograph of the family Lymantriidee in Trans.

Int. Soc. 1903, p. 478.

Folka bhagha, nov.

?. Ochreous-fawn colour, paler than ovydata: fore wing
with the colour of a pure uniform tint, indications of a trans-
verse sinuous subbasal line, a white dot in the cell, an in-
distinct lunular mark at the end; an erect, rigid, and thick
chocolate line or thin band from the costa one-fourth from
the apex, straight down to the hinder margin one-fifth
from the hinder angle ; a very indistinct crenulate transverse
Jine just beyond it ; a brown subapical spot; two indistinct
spots at the hinder angle ; cilia chocolate-brown : hind wing
much paler, with an indistinct, outwardly curved, discal
greyish line.

Hixpanse of wings, ¢, 1,2,—1,%) inch.
Hab, Khasia Hills.

Fore wing rather prominently angled in the middle, as in
orydata and glaucescens, Hampson, of which I have several
examples of both sexes.

Bomolocha disualis, nov.

g. Somewhat resembles in markings on the upperside
B. argialis, Snellen*, from the Celebes, but is a larger
insect : upperside olive-brown, a white dot at the base of each
antenna ; palpi, head, and body without markings: fore wing
with an antemedial, indistinct, transverse brown sinuous line,
the basal half of the wing much darker than the outer half,

* Tijd. voor Ent, xxiii. p. 118, and xxiv. pl. v. fig. 4 a (1881).

164 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new

limited by a prominent, sinuous, transverse white line with
broad black shading on its inner side ; halfway between this
and the outer margin is an indistinct line of black and white
points, the upper two subapical, with a curved blackish mark
below them ; some white costal dots towards the apex of the
wing: hind wing without markings; both wings.with a
black marginal line. Underside paler: fore wing with two
or three subapical white dots, the hinder marginal space
broadly whitish : hind wing with a discoidal brown spot ; an
outwardly curved, thin, median brown band, the outer margin
rather broadly suffused with brown: body and legs dark
brown without markings.
Expanse of wings 1,2, inch.

Hab. Kiriwini Island, Tobriand group.

Bomolocha tants, nov.

3. Head, body, and wings grey: fore wing with a black
triangular patch from the base to the middle, where it is
limited by a black transverse line from the costa to the hinder
margin, with a rather acute outward angle at its middle,
edged outwardly with white on its upper half; the black
becomes diffuse towards the costa, showing a black spot in
the cell; a curved black subapical mark edged with white on
its upper side ; two small black spots outwardly pricked with
white immediately above it: hind wings grey without any
markings. Underside: body, legs, and wings of a uniform
pale grey colour; fore wing with a white costal spot one-
fourth from the apex; three white costal dots at the apex and
a subapical white spot.

Expanse of wings, g, 38; inch.

Hab. Kulu.

Like a diminutive B. colombana, Moore (Lep. Ceylon, iii.
p. 223, pl. 176. fig. 8).

Family Boarmiide.

Abraxas mosarta, nov.

g. With narrow elongated fore wing as in A. unisinuata,
Warren * ; frons white, head white, collar ochreous, thorax
and abdomen white ; a black spot on the hinder part of the
thorax; a row of black spots down the middle of the abdo-
men and a similar row on each side :- wings white ; fore wing
mostly covered with pale black spots and patches ; a cluster

* Noy. Zool. iy. p. 1380 (1897).

Indo-Malayan Species of Lepidoptera. 165

of spots at the base ; a patch on the costa before the middle,
an angulated large costal patch beyond the middle, and two
towards the apex, the first two patches more or less connected
with macular bands running outwards, the subapical spot
connected with a macular band curving inwards; many con-
nected spots and patches on the outer third of the wing, all
these marks very difficult to describe: hind wing with a discal
outwardly curved row of well-separated small spots, three
short bands of conjoined spots on the lower part of the abdo-
minal margin, and a series of marginal spots—all these
marks pale black ; the wings are very lightly clothed, and
consequently the markings of the underside are identical with
the markings on the upperside.
Expanse of wings, g, 14 inch.

Hab. Kiayih, Central Formosa.

Family Pyralida.

Subfamily PrravsrivZ.

Trichoptychodes delicata.
Trichoptychodes delicata, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv.
p- 207 (1894).
Macaretera hesperis, Hampson (nec Meyrick), Moths of India, iv.
p- 296 (fig.) (1896).

Hab. Assam.

A common species in the Khasia Hills. I have received
many examples from my native collector, all males. Sir
George Hampson has sunk my genus and species to Meyrick’s
genus and species from Fiji, the unique type of which is a
female, but he has described and figured the Assam male.
It is impossible to believe that the two forms so many
thousands of miles apart can have any connection with each
other, and it is not scientifically justifiable to jump to such a
conclusion on account of a similarity of pattern.

Heterocnephes cegialis, nov.

3. Allied to H. scapulalis, Led., of which I have a Jong
series from New Guinea and trom Goodenough Island, but is
much larger; palpi and top of head pale ochreous ; head,
body, and wings chocolate-brown, much as in H. scapulalis
and H. lymphatalis, Swinhoe, from Assam, of which I have
also a long series ; thorax with four longitudinal whitish
stripes ; abdomen with ill-defined whitish segmental bands,
anal tuft large, black: fore wing with a small, triangular,
pale ochreous costal patch before the middle and another

166 Mr. W. K. Fisher on Asteroidea.

twice as large beyond the middle; a pale, outwardly oblique,
transverse line across tiie wing, passing just inside the first
costal patch ; a duplex, inwardly oblique, brown discal line
across the wing passing along the outer margin of the second
costal patch, with two pale ochreous-white marks on its outer
edge below the costa: hind wing with a large pale ochreous
spot in the centre above the middle; two outwardly curved,
brown, discal lines, all the veins dark, the abdominal portion
of the wing somewhat paler than the rest of the wing.
Underside: wings paler in colour, the patches as on the
upperside ; no transverse lines; the basal part of the fore
wing and the basal aud abdominal portions of the hind wing
suffused with pale ochreous ; body and legs pale ochreous.
Expanse of wings, ¢, 1,4, inch.

Hab. Kiriwini Island, Tobriand group.

XIV.—WNotes on Asteroidea. By WALTER K. FISHER,
Stanford University, California.

Poranimmorpha versus Rhegaster.— Professor A. EK. Verrill,
in the ‘Annals & Magazine of Natural History,’ ser. 8,
vol. xiv. p. 17 (July 1914), states that the name Rhegaster,
Sladen, 1883, has priority over Poraniomorpha, Danielssen &
Koren, and should therefore be used if Poraniomorpha, Rhe-
gaster, and Lasiaster constitute a single genus. ‘This is an
error. The genera date as follows :-—

(1) Poraniomorph2, Danielssen & Koren, “ Fra den Norske
Nordhavs-expedition,” Nyt. Mag. for Naturvidensk-
aberne, vol. xxvi. 1880 (1881), p.189. Type, P. rosea,
monotypic.

(2) Rhegaster, Sladen, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh,
vol. xxxii. 1883, p. 155. Type, R. murrayi, Sladen,
by designation (‘ Challenger’ Asteroidea, 1889,

(3) Fae Sladen, ‘Challenger’ Asteroidea, 1889,
p. 371. Type, L. villosus, monotypic.

In ‘ Astéeroidea of the North Pacific, 1911, p. 248, I used
Poraniomorpha in the sense advocated by Dr. Grieg, to
include Rhegaster and Lasiaster. Tagree with Professor Verrill
that it is better to include Porania, Poraniomorpha, and -
some of their allies in a family distinct from the Asteropidee
—namely, in the Poraniide of Perrier.

Mediaster and Nectria—Dr. Hubert Lyman Clark has

Mr. W. K. Fisher on Asteroidea. 167

recently described, in an important paper * on Australian
echinoderms a species called Mediaster monacanthus which he
considers to stand between the Goniasterid genera Mediaster
and WNectria. I have had the privilege of dissecting a speci-
men of this species, and it seems to me to belong unquestionably
to Nectria.

In Nectria the gonads form 4 or 5 to 9 tufts attached to
the dorsal integument in a line parallel to the margin of the
ray. In Neetria monacantha these tufts are 4 or 5 in number
on either side of each ray, and extend as far as the fourth
superomarginal plate. In WNectria ocellata (Lamarck) the
gonads form 9 tufts, beginning with two good-sized ones
next to the rather solid interbrachial septum, and they extend
in a series close to the superomarginals as far as the sixth
superomarginal plate, or a trifle over one-third the length of
ray measured on side. In Mediaster the gonads are in series,
but do not extend so far as in Nectria ocellata. This distri-
bution of the gonads is a good character to separate Rosaster,
Mediaster, and Nectria from Ceramaster and Nymphaster.

Nectria. may be distinguished from Alediaster by its
calcified interbrachial septa (these being entirely membranous
in Mediaster), by the conspicuously larger, fewer, more widely
spaced, tabulate abactinal plates, and by the relatively large,
triangular, papular areas of the disk, with upwards of 10 or
even more (as high as 18 in ocellata) papule. Nectria has
supplementary internal actinal intermediate plates.

The intermarginal papule which I described in ‘ North
Pacific Asteroidea,’ p, 164, in a species of Nectria from
Victoria are not characteristic of all species, nor apparently
of all specimens even, of ocellata, while in ocellifera they are
absent. The subfamily Nectriine, Perrier, which I resusci-
tated on the basis of these papule, should therefore be
discarded. If Verrill’s subfamily Mediasterine is recognized,
it would seem that the older name of Perrier’s should be
used for it, because Nectria and Mediaster are so close.

Nymphaster, Sladen.—In his diagnosis of the genus in the
** Narrative of the ‘Challenger’ Expedition,” 1885, p. 612,
Sladen mentioned no species, so that the genus really dates
from 1889 (‘ Challenger’ Asteroidea, p. 294). Here no type
is designated. The following species are described :—sym-
bolicus, bipunctus, protentus, albidus, basilicus. In 1899,

. * “ Report on the Sea-Lilies, Brittle-Stars, and Sea-Urchins obtained
by the F.I.S. ‘Endeavour’ on the Coasts of Queensland, New South
Wales, Tasmania, Victoria, South Australia, and Western Australia,”
123 pp., 42 pls. Sydney, June 2, 1916.

168 Mr. W. K. Fisher on Asteroidea.

Verrill * set aside symbolicus and bipunctus under the name
Nereidaster, which is synonymous with osaster, Perrier,
1894. The type of Vymphaster must be chosen from the
three remaining species, and for this purpose Vymphaster
protentus is best adapted. It may therefore serve as the type
of Nymphaster. The use of the name Dorigona for this
group is, of course, quite indefensible, since Dorigona is a
pure synonym of Ogmaster. Nor can the name Nymphaster
be restricted to symbolicus and allies, as Dr. Keehler suggested
in 1910, since the species in question was made the type of

Nereidaster in 1899.

Teonaster versus Dorigona.—In the paper on Australian
echinoderms already referred to, Dr. H. L. Clark, on page 36,
argues that the sea-star known as Iconaster longimanus
(Mébius) should be called Dorigona longimana for the
following reasons :—Doritgona, as diagnosed by Gray in
1866, included two species—D. reevesii and D. longimana
(= Astrogonium longimanum, Mébius). The first species is
held, without dissent, to be synonymous with Goniodiscus
capella, Miiller & Troschel, 1842, which in 1865 had been
made the type of Ogmaster by von Martens. In 1889
Sladen made the second species—namely, D. longimana—the
type of Lconaster. Dr. Clark states that Gray designated no
type, and that since D. reevesii is invalidated by having been
made, under another name, the type of Ogmaster, “ Dorigona
longimana (Mobius) must be the type of Dorigona, and I am
quite unable to see why Sladen should have deliberately
replaced Gray’s name with one of his own coining—ZJconaster.
So far as I can see, Zconaster is a pure synonym of Dorigona,
which is a monotypic genus with Astrogonium longimanum as
its type.” aul

Let me quote Gray’s characteristically brief diagnosis $:—

“V. Dortcona. Body depressed, 5-rayed, smooth ; the
dorsal and oral disk covered with many smooth, flat, polygonal
squares ; the marginal ossicules without any mobile spine,

“1, Dorigona Reevesit (t. 7. f. 3). Inhab. China or
Japan ; common in boxes of insects brought from China and
Japan.

“ See a. Dorigona longimana= Astrogonium longimanum,
Mobius, Abhandl. iv. (1860) 7, t. 1. f. 5, 6.”

# Trans. Connecticut Acad. vol. x. 1899, p. 186.
+ «An Account of the Shallow-water Asteroidea (Echinoderma of the

Indian Museum),’ Calcutta, 1910, p. 60.
t ‘Synopsis of the Species of Starfish in the British Museum,’ by

John Edward Gray, 1866, p. 7.

Mr. W. K. Fisher on Asteroidea. 169

The only species in the British Museum, and hence formally
listed, is D. reevesit, which is automatically the type. The
reference to D. longimana is casual, an “aside’’ such as Gray
frequently indulged in—as, for example, on the same page
under Stellaster. Here we find “1. Stellaster Childreni,”
followed by “See a, Asterias equestris, Retz... b. Stellaster
gracilis, Mébius.”’ We know that the first species is the
type, since the genus was described, with only one species,
in 1840. Gray naturally chose a species with which he was
personally acquainted.

The following observations are pertinent in judging thie
merits of this case:—

1. A species doubtfully referred to a genus cannot subse-
quently be made its type, especially in place of a figured or
described species upon which the generic name appears to be
based (D. reevesiz).

2. The first reviser of a genus cannot revise the genus
before it is described. In other words, what von Martens in
1865 did with Gontodiscus capella does not lave a revisional
effect on Dorigona reevesit (the same species) in 1866.
Whoever comes after Gray must choose the type o£ Dorigona
upon the data submitted by Gray, not upon what von Martens
thought or did before Gray’s genus was published. This
answers Dr. Clark’s statement that D. reeveszi is invalidated
for the type-species of Morigona by having already been
made the type of Ogmaster.

3. Since Sladen eliminated D. longimana by. making it the
type of Iconaster, he became the first reviser, and automati-
cally fixed the type of Dorigona as D. reevesii. No one is at
liberty to change this type. The type of Dorigona is
D. reevesit, first, because it is the only species listed formally
“ without doubt,” and, second, because the first reviser so
fixed it by the simple process of removing the second species
from the genus.

Dorigona is therefore a straight synonym of Ogmaster, and
Iconaster is a tenable name for Astrogonium longimunum.

Dr. David Starr Jordan concurs in this view.

Lonchotaster and Dipsacaster—Dr. H. L. Clark has
recently described (loc. cit. p. 30) a large Astropectinid as
Lonchotaster magnificus, which almost unquestionably belongs
to Dipsacaster and is related to D. imperialis, Fisher (Philip-
pines), D. sladen, Alcock (Andaman Sea), and D. grandis-
simus, Goto (Japan). The type of Lonchotaster has never
been fixed. The genus dates from Sladen, ‘ Challenger’

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 12

170 Mr. W. K. Fisher on Asteroidea.

Asteroidea, 1889, p. 102, as the first diagnosis in the “ Narra-_

tive of the ‘Challenger’? Expedition” (vol. i. p. 609) con-
tained no specific names. The first species, and only adult
form, is L. tartareus, and this may serve as type. The other
species, L. forcipifer, seems to be founded upon immature, or,
at least, very small specimens, and whether the adult is like
tartareus or a species of Dipsacaster is not known. J. tar-
tareus has a small spine on each marginal plate, rather small
actinal interradial areas, and seems to me to be near Dytaster.
I have seen the type in the British Museum.

Metrodira, Gray,and its Systematic Position —This puzzling
genus was placed in the Linckiidee by Sladen (‘ Challenger’
Asteroidea, 1889, p. 415), and other writers have followed
him.

Metrodira shows an outward resemblance to the Asteropide,
harring the single feature of the slender rays. De Loriol *
described a very young specimen as Scaphaster humberti,
which he placed in the Gymnasteriide (= Asteropide) near
Asteropsis (= Petricia, Gray).

Sladen (loc. cit.) stated that “its external facies and
general structure appear to indicate an intermediate position
between the Linckiide and Echinasteride.”

Unfortunately the specimens at my disposal are small.
The characters which would lead one to place this genus in
the Asteropide (restricted to Asterope and Petricia) are as
follows :—The thin skin which covers the plates and spines ;
the conspicuous marginals, not unlike those of Petricia; the
loosely tessellate abactinal skeleton, bearing skin-covered

-spinelets. The characters which are adverse, so to speak,
are:—The conspicuous series of intermarginal plates, the
absence of actinal intermediate plates, except a single plate
back of the mouth-plates; the rudimentary interbrachial
septum without a calcareous pillar (perhaps due to small size
of disk) ; the single ampulla to each tube-foot.

The features which seem to ally AlLetrodira to the Echin-
asteride are :—The single ampullee, spinose abactinal plates,
and the adambulacral armature. The intermarginal plates
and the very reduced actinal intermediate areas are entirely
consistent with this family, but the very conspicuous mar-
ginal plates arenot. The interbrachial septa are rudimentary,
practically absent, although it 1s not possible in the small
specimens at my disposal to be certain of this point.

* Mém, soc. phys. et dhist. natur. Genéve, yol. xxxiil. pt. 2, no. 1,
p. 27,

Mr. W. K. Fisher on Asteroidea. 171

Beyond a certain similarity due to the outward form,
particularly to the slender rays, the Linckiide have little
claim to this genus.

The presence of intermarginal plates and of single am-
pulle, and the absence of actinal intermediate plates, and of
interbrachial septa with calcified pillar, will debar ALetrodira
from the Asteropide, Ganertide, and Poraniide, while
additional differences in the abactinal skeleton make the last
two families unsuitable homes.

HKven the Echinasterid appear to be incompatible. The
abactinal plates of A/etrodira are tessellated, not at all reticu-
late, while the marginal plates are large, compact, and form
a vertical side to the ray. The interbrachial septa are almost
lacking.

It seems better to place this genus in a separate family
rather than to enlarge the Kchinasteride and, in a measure,
spoil its homogeneity. The case of Metrodira is much like
that of Acanthaster, Mithrodia, and Valvaster, which have at

one time or another been in the Kchinasteride.
aa I

Metrodiride, new family.

Characters.— Whole skeleton overlaid by a rather thin skin
partially obscuring the outlines of the plates ; rays slender ;
abactinal plates tessellate, partly imbricated, with small
spines; marginal plates large, forming side-wall of ray, there
being one or more series of intermarginal plates on the
proximal part of ray ; actinal intermediate plates reduced to
one, between mouth-plates and inferomarginals; papule
isolated, strictly abactinal; tube-feet with sucking-disk
devoid of calcareous deposits ; ampulle single ; interbrachial
septa rudimentary, practically absent.

Priamaster, Koehler*.—This genus, founded on Priam-
aster magnificus, Koehler, is very close to Gephyreaster,
Fisher {, type Mimaster swift’, Fisher, North Pacific Ocean.
Priamaster has much wider ambulacral furrows, quadriserial
and very large tube-feet, and small actinal intermediate areas.
The arrangement of spines on tle mouth-plates of Gephyre-

‘aster is very characteristic, and is figured (loc. cit. pl. Ivii.
fig. 2), The abactinal paxilliform plates of Priamaster, the

* Zool, Anz., Feb. 18, 1912, p. 157; Deuziéme Exp. Antarctique
Francaise, Echinodermes, 1912, p. 91, pl. viii. figs. 1, 3, 8.

+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. v., Feb. 1910, p. 171; Asteroidea
of the North Pacific ete., 1911, p. 175, pl, xxx. figs. 1-4, pl. lvii. figs. 2,
2a-c, pl. lix. figs, 5, 5 a,

12>

py. Mr. W. K. Fisher on a@ new Sea-Star.

marginal plates, actinal intermediate armature, and especially
the armature. of the adambulacral plates, is very similar
to that of Gephyreaster. Dr. Koehler had much the difficulty
in placing Priamaster in the system that I encountered in
dealing with Gephyreaster. Both are related to Radiaster,
Perrier (olim Mimaster, Sladen), and also, I think, more
remotely to Pseudarchaster. “Dr. Koehler proposes a new
family, ‘‘ Priamastéridées.” Professor Verrill has recently
made Mimaster, Sladen (i. e., Radiaster, Perrier), the type
of a family, the Mimasteridee (=Radiasteride, Fisher).
Whether Gephyreaster and Priamaster belong here or in a
separate family, Priamasteride, I do not now feel at all
certain. But, as something of acompromise, I would suggest
placing them in a special subfamily, Priamasterine, under
the Radiasteride.

XV.—A new Genus and Subgenus of East-Indian Sea-Stars*.
By Water K. FIsHer, Stanford University, California.

THE following new genus is based upon a curious Asterina-
like species from 206 fathoms, Buton Strait, Celebes, which
will be figured, along with the other form herein described,
in a report on the Asteroidea taken by the U.S. Fisheries
steamer ‘ Albatross’ in the Philippines, Celebes, and the
Moluccas during her cruise of 1907-1910.

PARANEPANTHIA, gen. nov.

Characters.—Similar to Asterina in form, but with the
adambulacral armature of Nepanthia; actinal intermediate
plates in transverse series, and bearing a tuft of spinelets
which becomes compressed and pectinate towards the margin
of disk; bases of these spinelets webbed ; abactinal plates
imbricated, divided into two areas. On centre of disk and
along a radial band they are rather crescentic, with a few
small plates. intermingled (usually placed adorad to the
hollow of the crescent), while between this area and the
ambitus the plates lack the crescentic form and are arranged
in transverse series. Superficially the plates resemble low
parapaxille, as they bear truncate groups of slender spinelets.

* Published with permission of the Commissioner of Fisheries.

On the Midwife Toad. : 173

Type of genus, Nepanthia platydisca, Fisher, Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus. vol. xlvi. p. 214, Sept. 30, 1913.

This genus is distinguished from Asterina, in the wider
sense, by the sharp differentiation of the plates of the centre
of disk and the radial area from those of the lateral portion of
the abactinal surface, by having an adambulacral armature
of the Nepanthia type, though less extreme than that of
maculata, and by the arrangement of the actinal intermediate
plates, which are not in chevrons, in the ordinary sense, but
form transverse series, separated by shallow grooves, pro-
ceeding from the adambulacrals to the ambitus. The first
few series do not reach the ambitus, but end rather irregu-
larly on the inner half of the interradial line.

Paranepanthia probably includes Nepanthia brachiata,
Keehler, a six-rayed species from the Andaman Islands.

The type of the following subgenus departs sufficiently
from the type of its genus to warrant separation :-—

GLYPHODISCUS, subgen, nov.

Characters.—Differing from Iconaster, Sladen, s. s., in
having conspicuously elevated and rough superomarginal
plates; a complete series of peripheral granules on the
abactinal plates, which, moreover, are perfectly smooth,
lacking the tiny blister-like bosses of Jconaster; a less
compact adambulacral armature.

Type, Zconaster perierctus, Fisher (“‘ Four new Genera
and Fifty-eight new Species of Starfishes from the Philippine
Islands, Celébes, and the Moluccas,” Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.
xlili. p. 642, Feb. 5, 1913. Tawi Tawi Group, 97 fathoms).

XVI.—Remarks on the Midwife Toad (Alytes obstetricans),
with reference to Dr. P. Kammerer’s Publications *. By
G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

HAvinG recently felt bound to recommend caution in
accepting the results of the experiments conducted in Vienna
by Dr. Kammerer within the last fifteen years, and to express

* 1. “Experimentelle Verinderung der Fortpflanzungstatigkeit bei
Geburtshelferkrote (Alytes obstetricans) und Laubfrosch (yla arborea),”
Arch. f. Entwicklmech. xxii. 1906, p. 48.

2. “ Vererburg erzwungener Fortpflanzungsanpassungen,—Die Nach-

174 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

doubts as to certain alleged facts which it seems almost
impossible to control, I now propose to contrast some of that
author’s statements on the breeding-habits of Alytes with my
own observations on this remarkable batrachian, of which I
think I may claim to have some experience. There are so
many points in Kammerer’s accounts which conflict with
what I have myself repeatedly observed that it may be well
to draw attention to some at least, and to submit them to the
consideration of biologists who might wish to form their own
opinion, such cases being selected as may be tested without
spending years in experiments—a condition which, as in the
well-known instance of the spotted salamander, must surely
deter almost anyone from attempting to take up the subject.

Kammerer has already observed, in reply to criticisms,
that specimens compelled to behave under highly abnormal
conditions, such as he has devised, and such as very few will
ever have the skill and patience or find the time to repeat,
cannot be expected to conform tg the rule in the natural
state; but I think most of the discrepancies I have pointed
out in this paper do not admit of such an explanation. The
facts on which I rely are derived from observations made in
France and in Belgium, but I cannot believe for a moment
that Westphalian and Swiss specimens, on which Kammerer’s
statements are based, should have habits so different as to
account for these discrepancies.

From the days of Demours*, who first observed part of
the parturition of the midwife toad, and gave a very incom-
plete and incorrect account of the operation, up to Kammerer’s
observations, only A. de l’Islet, whom I have been able to
confirm on all important points}, and Héron Royer § have
described this complicated and wonderful act without recourse

kommen der nicht brutpflegenden <Alytes obstetricans,” op. cit. xxvVilie
1909, p. 447.

3. ‘ Die Abstammungslehre ’ (Jena, 1911), p. 93.

4, “ Mendelsche Regen und Vererburg erworbener Eigenschaften,”
Verh. Naturf. Ver. Brinn, xlix. 1911, p. 73.

5. “ Bemerkungen zum Laichgeschaift und der Brutpflege bei der
Geburtshelferkvéte,” Bl. Aq. Terr. K. xxv. 1914, p. 250.

These contributions are referred to under the above numbers,

* Hist. Ac. Se. 1741, p. 28, and Mém. Ac. Se. 1778, p. 13.

+ Ann. Sc. Nat. (3) xx. 1876, no. 7.

Tt Bull. Ac. Belg. 1912, p. 570, pl. —. Since the publication of this
paper I have observed the breeding of Alytes four times, from beginning
to end.

§ Bull. Soc. Zool. France, xi. 1886, p. 676.

the Midwife Toad. 175

to the imagination, which has evidently played greater or less
a part in the very numerous other accounts which have
appeared and to which I need not refer here. As_ to
Kammerer himself, I feel sure he has never once carefully
observed the whole operation, otherwise he would certainly
have thought it worth while to allude in some way to the
discrepancies between his own observations and those of
de V’Isle. By not endeavouring to unravel the truth through
checking the latter’s account he has laid himself open to tlie
reproach made by Spallanzani to Demours :—‘ Une observa-
tion si intéressante méritait bien d’étre répétée, et elle me
paraissait plus propre A irriter la curiosité du philosophe qu’
la satisfaire.”’

Close upon forty-five years’ experience has shown me thiat,
in the adult condition, males of all European Discoglossids,
Pelobatids, Hylids, and Bufonids are much more numerous
than females. ‘This anyone can test by collecting specimens
or by ordering large numbers from dealers who do not
discriminate between the sexes.

The fact has long been known. I will quote the words of
a herpetologist for whom I have a great respect and whiose
experience was, at the time he wrote, unsurpassed :—

Je tiens 4 signaler un fait que tous les herpétologues ont
pu vérifier dans leurs excursions, mais que je ne trouve
consigné nulle part: c’est le trés petit nombre des femelles,
yar rapport & celui des males, chez tous les Batraciens anoures.
Une proportion exacte serait difficile & établir, et d’ailleurs
je n’en vois pas bien l’utilité. Je me bornerai ici & exposer
quelques chiffres. Le 22 Février (1877), une excursion aux
environs de Bordeaux me rapportait 49 anoures adultes,
appartenant aux espéces Bufo vulgaris, B. calamita, Lana
agilis, Pelodytes punctatus, Hyla viridis. Sur ces 49 individus,
il y avait seulement 3 femelles. Dans toutes les excursions
que j’ai faites ce printemps, jusqu’au 9 Avril, dans la
Gironde, j’ai recueilli environ 150 Pélodytes, 90 Pélobates
cultripédes et 80 Rainettes; et sur ces chiffres il y avait envi-
ron 20 femelles pour la premiére espéce, une douzaine pour
la seconde, 10 pour la troisitme. Quant aux Calamites, je
rejetais les males pour ne recueillir que les femelles. Or,
pour 7 ou 8 de ces derniéres que j’ai pu prendre, j’estime
bien 4 150 le nombre des individus que j’aiexaminés. Ht j’ai
toujours observé une semblable disproportion dans mes excur-
sions diurnes comme nocturnes, et soit que je m’emparasse des
batraciens & l’eau, soit que je les prisse chez eux, en les
déterrant ” (F. Lataste, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1877, p. 270).

176 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

And further (t. c. p. 281), alluding to Alytes, “ Les males
sont, chez cette espece comme chez les autres, bien plus
nombreux que les femeiles.”

I know that contradictory statements on this subject have
been made, by Leydig among others, but I can only say that
my experience coincides entirely with Lataste’s *, and parti-
cularly in the case of A/ytes, of which I have come across
hundreds of specimens in France and in Belgium f. This is
corroborated by the fact, which anyone may verify, that if, in
spring or early summer, a large number are caught at random
in the open or pulled out of their retreats, a much greater
proportion of males without eggs will be found than of
nursing individuals, notwithstanding the well-known ability
of the male to attend to two or even three females in
succession.

It is therefore surprising to me that Kammerer (4, pp. 101—
104), in his Mendelian experiments, should find an equal or
not very unequal number of mature individuals of either
seX :—

Ist generation: 29 reared to the adult condition, 12 g,17 9.
22
j 2

2nd ” 44 ” ” ’ » 22,
ord > 72 4 -- 5 45, ae os

At the outset of his experiments he operated on a number
of specimens sent to him by Dr. C. Hartmann, a dentist in
Munster, Westphalia, and this lot consisted of 14 males and
21 females (1, p. 69; 2, p. 455), a remarkable fact con-
sidering that Hartmann himself { says that he is unable to
distinguish surely the sexes externally ; the explanation may
be, however, that the largest specimens were chosen in
preference. A further surprising statement (1, p. 69; 2,
p- 454) in connection with the Hartmann specimens is that
all the males should have bred three nights after their

* As Lataste has.not mentioned Bombinator, I may add that, out of
five small series of B. pachypus in the British Museum from France, Italy,
Roumania, and Greece, collected at random, there are 26 males and only
7 females. I do not mention other series of the same species in the
Museum because, collected by myself, they are to be considered asa
selection in which the sexes have not been overlooled.

+ Just after writing -these lines I have received (June 21) six Alytes
collected without discrimination of the sexes in a garden in Bedford,
where they have established themselves for some years, and five are males,
two carrying eggs.

t ‘ Natural Science,’ vili. 1896, p. 894. Also an article in ‘Natur und
Haus,’ reproduced in Brehm’s ‘ Tierleben,’ 4th ed. (1912), i. p. 198.

a “i

the Midwife Toad. 177

arrival (April 21). On many occasions Kammerer has
appealed to the highly perfected installation of his terrarium *
to account for the marvellous way in which breeding experi-
ments succeed under his care, and I am quite ready to concede
him this point to some extent; but he surely cannot make
such a claim in this case. Knowing by experience how
Alytes behaves under the circumstances, I cannot imagine
this shy and highly impressionable batrachian, which, in
common with many others, is able to withhold parturition,
setting down to breed with such promptitude after a long
journey. Considering the protracted breeding-season of
the species (usually from April to August, each female ovi-
positing two or three times), how can as many females as
there were males have been ready to lay almost at the same
time ?

De V’Isle was, as I have said before, the first to give a full
and true account of the breeding operations in Brittany,
which, having been so fortunate as to witness several times
myself in Belgium, I have verified in all essential points,
whilst I cannot confirm Hartmann’s and Kammerer’s state-
ments. Is it possible to think that specimens from West-
phalia and Switzerland should behave in a manner so
different? The Zoological Society received some years ago
a number of Westphalian Alytes purchased from the same
Dr. Hartmann. Contrary to what happened when sent to
Kammerer, they did not breed with us; but I saw them
at the time, and they did not strike meas in any way different
from the French and Belgian. Yet Kammerer’s account of
the manner in which the eggs are laid differs entirely from
what de l’Isle has witnessed twenty-three times, Héron Royer
once, and I seven times. Nowhere can I find a circum-
stantiated note of Kammerer’s observations on the breeding,
or how many times he has seen it, or on how many occasions
he has spent part of the night at the Versuchsanstalt—the
latter a subject worth enquiring into, considering that
Kammerer tells us himself t that he does not reside at the
Versuchsanstalt, but at Hiitteldorf, two miles from Vienna,
whilst the extent of his multifarious experiments on
salamanders, Proteus, Alytes, Hyla, &c., would, it seems to
me, have required lis almost constant watch, especially after

* In using the term in the singular, I do not mean to convey the idea
that Kammerer keeps all his batrachians in a single case, any more than
when speaking of an aquarium I have in mind a single tank.

+ Arch. Entwicklmech. xxxvi, 1913, p. 168.

178 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

sunset, during the spring and summer. Salamanders and
Alytes never pair in the daytime.

I should have thought that de l’Isle’s publication had
disposed once for all of “the old story, which originated with
Demours, that the male pulls out the strings of eggs from
the female and thus performs obstetric functions. As
de l’Isle has told us, the ova are expelled suddenly, in a
second or two, forming a ball-like mass, between the extended
hind limbs of the couple, and the male does not attempt to
disentangle the strings until after about ten minutes’ rest.
Yet here are Kammerer’s own words, taken from his first
paper (1, p. 53) :—

“Das Minnchen umarmt sein Weibchen um die Lenden
und presst ilim die Laichmasse, die aus auffallend grossen
Hiern besteht, heraus, wobei es mit den Hinterbeinen nach-
lilft, indem sie die Laichmasse eintauchen und diese durch
abwechselnde Anziehen und Ausstrecken aus der weibliclien
Cloake hervorziehen.”

It -the reader will refer to the accounts of the parturition
given by de l’Isle and myself, he will see that there are two
quite distinct phases in this operation—the first, ending with
the extrusion of the eggs, up to which moment the male
clasps the female at the waist (‘‘ Lenden”’), the second, during
which the female is clung to at the neck whilst the male
proceeds with the fertilization and the movements of the hind
limbs by means of which the strings of eggs become entwinéd
yound them. The “Anziehen und Ausstrecken” cannot
coincide with the lumbar amplexation; this would be, as
de I’Isle has observed, a material impossibility, for the eggs
would be under the male instead of behind it, and could not
be managed in the lading operations.

My conclusion is that Kammerer can only have had
glimpses at the act of parturition, either before the publication
of his first paper or after, as his latest version (4, p. 97) is as
follows :—

“ Sie leet nur 18-83 verhiltnissmiissig sehr grosse, weil
dotterreiche Hier, deren Gallerthiille sich zu einer Schnur
verbindet, auf dem Lande ab, wo die Gallerthiille nicht
guellen kann. Das viterliche Tier leistet seinem Weibchen
Geburtshilfe, indem es ihm die Hierschnur aus der Kloake
zieht.”

A little further (4, p. 97) Kammerer goes on to say,
referring to oviposition in water :—

“Tn dem Augenblicke aber, als die Gallerthiille jetzt mit
Wasser in Beriihrung tritt, quellt sie auf, verliert dadurch ihre

the Midwife Toad. 179

Klebrigkeit und selbstredent ihre Eigenschaft, sich spiiter
beim Eintrocknen, welches hier nicht statthat, um die
Schenkel des Minnchens fest zusammenzuziehen ; macht es
also unméglich die Laichschnur auf seinen Hintergliedmassen
zu befestigen. Die Laichschnur bleibt desshalb im Wasser
liegen, wo sich trotzdem etliche Hier zu entwickeln vermégen.”
lt is thus stated that normally, on land, there is no swelling
out, rather a desiccation, of the egg-capsules, which helps the
male to fasten the strings round its legs, whilst such a
swelling of the same capsules takes place after a few minutes
immersion that it becomes impossible for it to do so.

My experience is contrary to both these statements. During
the act of fecundation the eggs receive a considerable amount
of soaking through a copious discharge of liquid from the
male’s bladder. I have seen the ground quite wet below thie
egos, and the capsules, instead of. shrinking, swell out to a
slight extent, measuring 3 to 4 mm. in diameter when the

air separate. On the other hand, I have found eggs which
shortly after having been laid were placed in water for about
two hours to measure 4 to 5 mm. The toughness and
viscosity of the capsules are preserved, and there should be
no obstacle to the male in very shallow water dealing with
the eggs in the normal way if it felt so disposed.

The notion that water affects the egg-envelopes to the
extent mentioned by Kammerer, who represents the water-
eges of the later generations as 10 mm. in diameter (2, pl. xvi.
fig, 2), is surely contrary to analogy in the case of other
batrachians, such as Pipa and the Urodeles. In the former,
which is thoroughly aquatic, and of course spawns in the
water, the eggs are much of the same kind as those of normal
Alytes, and it is a well-established fact that they stick to the
back of the female after oviposition. Among the aquatic
forms of the latter we find feebly swollen and viscous cap-
sules, adhering readily to weeds or stones, in our common
Inglish newts, and others which swell out to the same extent
as in the typical frogs, such being the Pleurodele newt and the
Amblystomes. I therefore refuse to believe that the mere
fact of being laid in water can transform the eggs, as is stated
to happen in Alytes,and I may add that the high temperature
of 25-80° C. (4, p. 97) has recently been shown* not neces-
sarily to prevent it from breeding in the normal way.

But the amusing thing is that, after having been assured
(4, p. 97) that it is “unmoglich”’ for the strings of eges to

* Dahne, Bl. Aq. Terr. K. xxv. 1914, p. 229.

180 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

become attached to the hind limbs of the males after they
have been a few minutes in water, which is absurd, we are
told a few pages further (4, p. 101), when the feat is required
for the sake of establishing the Mendelian segregation, that
it can be done :— Die Schnur enthielt die fiir Alytes enorme
Menge von 112 solcher Hier. Es zeigte sich, dass sie, die ja
eigentlich fiir Wasser bestimmt waren (wo die Kopulation
auch stattgefunden hatte, aber das Minnchen war sogleich
mit seiner Biirde herausgeklettert), tatsichlich in der Luft
nicht mehr so gut fortkamen.”

A further remark concerning the desiccation of the egg-
capsules, which is stated to take place when the eggs are
nursed on land. I have observed two cases of males already
laden taking charge of a second burden, and in the operation
the strings of the first brood, at least a day or two old,
stretched out with the same facility as the others.

Now as to the oviposition and development in water. This
is what we are told (1, p. 70) happened in the case of some
specimens received from Westphalia in April 1905 :—* Die
herausbeférderten Hierschniire lagen dann... .im Wasser-
becken. Ich iiberraschte die Tiere auch etliche Male*, wie sie
hier die Copulation vollgogen. Das Wasserbecken war nur
drei Zentimeter hoch angefiillt, so dass sie nicht, wie es z. B.
die I'résche in der Natur freiwillig tun, wihrend der Begat-
tung zu schwimmen brauchten. Der Vorgang stimmte, was
Stellungen und Bewegungen anbetrifft, gut mit der genauen
Beschreibung de |’Isle’s tiberein, nur aber, wie bemerkt, mit
der wesentlichen Abweichung, dass hier kein Aufladen der
Hier seitens des Mannchens stattfand, sondern dass die dicke,
aus zwei miteinander verschmolzenen Schniiren entstandene
Laiclimasse ohne weiteres liegen blieb.” And these eggs laid
in the water developed quite well, and much quicker than
those on land (1, p. 75) :—‘‘Schon nach 13 bis 15 Tagen,
vom Tag der Besamung an gerechnet, schwiirmen aus den im
Wasser liegenden A/ytes-Hiern die Larven hervor.”

I could hardly, at the time I first read it, believe such a
statement, having, as have others, repeatedly tried to rear
Alytes eggs in water, but without success. In order to satisfy
myself once more, I made a further experiment in Belgium
in 1912, under what I thought the best conditions, bearing in
mind what Kammerer had written, taking the eggs from

* dA few times is strange, considering that there were only fourteen
males altogether, two of which took charge of eggs (see above, p. 176),
whilst other broods lay scattered “ iiberall im Behilter herum,” on the
earth, above and under moss, sticking to stones, or in the water.

the Midwife Toad. 181

males immediately after they had been fertilized, and placing
them in water drawn from the little pond in which they
would have ultimately hatched had they been left to the care
of the parent; but development stopped on the fifth or sixth
day, at the period when the embryo produces its external gills.
I may add that the eggs so treated did not show the extra-
ordinary “ Aufquellen der Gallerthille, genau wie dies bei
anderen Anuren-Hiern der Fall ist ” (1, p. 74).

I fully expected some reason would be forthcoming on the
part of Kammerer to explain the failure of my experiment,
and so it was; but I should never have thought him capable
of making a new statement so contrary to the plain wording
of the sentence quoted above, which is to the effect that, after
lying thirteen to fifteen days in water 3 cm. deep, no
manipulations being mentioned, the larvee (all or most of
them, as anyone would understand) swarmed out (“ schwarm-
ten aus”) of the egg-capsules. I was therefore, I think,
fully justified in saying * “II en serait autrement des Alytes
de Westphalie, appartenant pourtant & la méme espéce, puis-
que Kammerer, opérant avec ceux-ci, ne semble avoir aucune
difficulté & contrarier ainsi l’ordre de la nature.”

Now this is what Kammerer, replying to my criticism,
tells us (5, p. 260) really happened on that occasion :—

* Junge A/ytes-HKier befinden sich, unter Wasser liegend,
an sich schon nicht unter ‘ natiirlichen’ Bedingungen, und,
um diese zu kompensiren bedarf es ebenso ‘ unnatiirlicher ”
Gegenbedingungen.....in peinlicher Sterilhaltung des
Laiches: in ausgekochtem, dann kiinstlich durchliiftetem
Wasser. ‘Trotzdem dringen noch Schimmelkeime ein, und
jedes befallene Ei muss sorgfiltig entfernt werden. Bei
Kinhaltung dieser Vorsichtsmassregeln mussten immerhin
zahlreichere Hiballen abgestorben in den Kiibel wandern, als
Herr Boulenger wohl sie zu seinen Versuchen verwendet hat,
bis ich endlich an einigen wenigen Hier einiger weniger
Hierballen mit der submersen Entwicklung Gliick hatte.”

Why, it may be asked, was all this not mentioned at first,
instead of letting the reader believe that the embryos under-
went the whole of their development without any intervention
on the part of the experimentator.

From this sample of the levity with which Kammerer
relates his experiments, is it surprising if some of his state-
ments should be challenged by those who, like myself, do not
place implicit confidence in them ?

* Bull. Ac. Belg. 1912, p. 579.

182 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

There is another criticism—one of the most important—
which Kammerer has not yet answered.

Having bred the “ water-form ” to a fourth generation, this
is what he claims to have observed :—

“Hs zeigt sich aber an den geschlechtsreifen Minnchen
vierter Generation eine weitere morphologische Variation...
waren die briinftig gewordenen Minnchen alle mit schwarzen
verfirbten Schwielen an der Oberseite des Daumens und am
Daumenballen versehen und ebenso zeigt sich an ihnen eine
Hypertrophie der Vorderarmmuskulatur ” (2, p. 516, fig. 26).

When I first saw the figure of the male A/ytes with black
nuptial callosities on the “ Daumen” or inner finger I con-
eluded that such a disposition was highly improbable, if not
impossible, basing my opinion on the small size and the
shape of this finger in normal individuals, and I have since
satisfied myself, by handling a pair im ampleau, that, if
callosities should ever develop on the fingers, they would
be on the two inner fingers, both being in contact with
the inguinal region of the female—a correlation to which I
know of no exception. It is true that Kammerer appears to
have been under the erroneous impression that the thumb
alone plays a réle in the amplexus in all European Anura :—
‘‘ Bekanntlich steigt das Anurenmiinnchen seinem Weibchen
auf den Riicken und umklammert es, indem es seine Daumen
bald in die Lenden bald in die Achselgrube des Weibchens
einstemmt ” (4, p. 100).

As I told Prof. Bateson at the time, if a specimen such as
is figured could be produced, I would cease to doubt any of
Kammerer’s statements. This is how the matter now stands,
according to Bateson * :—

“ Regarding the Alytes bred in this way ” [alleged atavistic
reversion to aquatic breeding-habits] “‘ Kammerer makes the
very striking statement that the males in the third generation
have roughened swellings on their thumbs and that in the
fourth generation these swellings develop black pigment.
Together with the appearance of this secondary sexual
character there is hypertrophy of the muscles of the fore arm.
To my mind this is the critical observation. If it can be
substantiated it would go far towards proving Kammerer’s
case. Alytes, among toads and frogs, is peculiar in that the
males do not develop these lumps in the breeding-season, and
the fact may no doubt be taken to be correlated with the
breeding-habits, copulation occurring on land, and not in

* ‘Problems of Genetics’ (New Haven and London, 1918), p. 201,

the Midwife Toad. 183

water as is usual with batrachians. It is to be expressly
noticed that these lumps on the thumbs or arms of male toads
and frogs are not merely pigmented swellings, but are pads
bearing numerous minute horny black spines, which are used
in holding the female in the water. The figures which
Kammerer gives are quite inadequate, and as they merely
indicate a dark patch on the thumbs it is not possible to form
any opinion as to the nature of the structure they represent.

“The systematists who have made a special study of
Batrachia appear to be agreed that Alytes in nature does not
have these structures ; and when individuals possessing them
ean be produged for inspection it will, I think, be time to
examine the evidence for the inheritance of acquired characters
more seriously. I wrote to Dr. Kammerer in July 1910,
asking him for the loan of such a specimen *, and on visiting
the Biologische Versuchsanstalt in September of the same
year I made the same request; but hitherto none has been
produced. In matters of this kind much generally depends
on interpretations made at the time of observation; here,
however, is an example which could readily be attested by
preserved material. J notice with some surprise that in a
later publication [Kammerer, 4] on the same subject no
reference to the development of these structures is made.
As these .... would be of special value in such a diagnosis,
the omission of any allusion to them calls for explanation.
Kammerer claims the evidence as proof of Mendelian segre-
gation in regard to an acquired character, the first example
recorded. Pending a repetition of the experiment, there is no
more to be said.”

A last remark. Kammerer takes it for granted that the
aquatic parturition, resulting in a strong reduction in the size
of the vitelline sphere, such as he claims to have artificially
induced in Alytes, is a case of atavistic reversion (1, p. 70;
4, pp. 96, 105). Has he given sufficient thought to this
important question? Is he aware of how great a number of
batrachians, not necessarily with direct development and quite
irrespective of their systematic position, produce eggs with
large vitellus, so that, when our knowledge of tropical forms
is more advanced, such a type of eggs may no longer have to

* “Tn reply to my letter, Dr. Kammerer, who was then away from
home, very kindly replied that he was not quite sure whether he had
killed specimens of Adytes with ‘ Bruntfischwielen’ or whether he only
had living males of the fourth generation, but that he would send illus-
trative material.”

184 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on a new Batrachian.

be regarded as the great exception among Anura taken as a
whole?

If it be permissible to speculate on the phylogeny of
Alytes, I would suggest that it is the large size of the eggs
that has enabled its direct ancestors to take to oviposition on
land, and not that the character of the eggs has been modified
to that effect*. I have already expressed the opinion f,
based on the assumption that batrachians were derived from
fishes related to the Crossopterygians and Dipnoans, which
produce eggs of a type similar to those of Cryptobranchus
and Alytes, viz., intermediate between the meroblastic and
holoblastic, that Bufo (extreme reduction of the food-yolk)
and Hy/odes (suppression of the larval life) are extreme and
divergent examples evolved out of a condition such as we
still find in the thoroughly aquatic Urodeles Cryptobranchus
and Megalobatrachus.

XVII.—On a Second Species of the Batrachian Genus
Amphodus. By G. A. Boutencer, F.RS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

‘THE remarkable genus Amphodus was proposed by Peters ¢
for a small tree-frog from Bahia which, being provided with
teeth in the lower jaw and having cylindrical diapophyses to
the sacral vertebre, has been referred to the family Hemi-
phractidee, from the other genera of which it is separated by
the presence of teeth on the parasphenoid. Peters suggested
at the time that his Amphodus wuchereri might. be closely
related to, if not the same as, Hyla luteola, described by Wied
from specimens observed on the east coast of Brazil living
mostly between the leaves of Bromelias.

I am now able to add a second species to the genus, which
was previously only known to me from the description and
figure. This species is so near to A. wuchereri that when

* As one might feel inclined to adduce, in opposition to my argument,
the case of the Solomon Islands frogs, which, deprived of suitable water
for larval existence, dispense with the metamorphoses, I may mention
that I have recently described a frog from Siam— Rana pileata—which in
all probability breeds in water, the female of which measures 52 mm. in
length and the uterine eggs 3 mm. in diameter, exactly as in Alytes
obstetricans.

+ ‘Les Batraciens’ (Paris, 1910), p. 49.

t Mon. Berl. Ac. 1872, p. 768.

Mr, G. A. Boulenger on a new Batrachian. 185

Mr. R. R. Mole submitted to me three specimens obtained
from Bromelias in Trinidad by his friend Capt. F. W. Urich,
I at once thought of Amphodus, and this guess at the genus
was confirmed on opening the mouth of the frog, which
showed large widely spaced teeth in the lower jaw, decreasing
in size from the symphysis, and small teeth on the para-
sphenoid bone. This little frog, measuring only 32 mm. from
snout to vent, is specifically different from A. wucherer?, the
tympanum being completely hidden ; but as it agrees tolerably
well with the rather unsatisfactory description and figure of
Hyla aurata, Wied *, from Bahia, stated to live in the same
surroundings as 1. luteola, | am disposed to refer it, provi-
sionally at least, to the species so named, on account of the
golden-yellow colour of the three stripes on the back. Should,
however, Hyla aurata, Wied, prove to be a Hyla, the name
Amphodus auratus, Blgr., would nevertheless stand for the
Trinidad frog.

Capt. Urich intends to give an account of the habits of this
frog, as observed by him, and in the meantime he has
requested me to draw up a definition of the species.

Amphodus auratus.

Head much depressed, a little broader than long; snout
truncate, as long as the orbit, with distinct canthus and
nearly vertical loreal region; nostril near the tip of the snout ;
interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid; tympanum
hidden ; a strong ridge above the temple. Fingers and toes
moderately long, the tips dilated into well-developed disks,
the subarticular tubercles very feeble; fingers free, first
shorter than second; toes slightly webbed at the base. The
tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the eye ; tibia half the length
of head and body, longer than the foot. Skin smooth, coarsely
granular on the belly and under the thighs. Brown above,
with three golden-yellow longitudinal streaks on the back,
the outer bifurcating on the head, the branches ending
between and behind the upper eyelids ; or head yellow, with
brown spots and three brown streaks, the outer following the
canthus rostralis and the supratemporal ridge.

The three specimens described were obtained on Mount
Tucutche, a little above 3000 feet altitude.

* Reise Bras. ii. p. 249 (1821), Naturg, Bras. i. p. 531 (1825), and
Abbild. pl. —. fig. 3 (1831).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 13

186 Mr. W. L. Distant on some

XVIII.—Deseriptions of some Ethiopian and Australian
Homoptera. By W. L. Distant.

Fam. Fulgoride.
Subfam. TerrrgoMerRrinz.

Hilda welwitschi, sp. n.

Vertex of head and pronotum pale dull ochraceous, poste-
rior margin of pronotum paler; scutellum dull castaneous
brown, its extreme apex pale dull ochraceous ; face pale
ochraceous, with a curved transverse testaceous fascia between
the eyes; body beneath and legs more or less ochraceous,
femora castaneous, tibise and tarsi spotted with fuscous
brown; tegmina dull pale violaceous, the claval area vires-
cent, margined inwardly and outwardly with pale purplish
brown, three irregularly transverse, more or less broken,
greyish linear fasciee—one near base (outside claval area),
one near middle, the third (much angulated) near apex, some
small darker spots on costal margin; vertex of head con-
cavely excavate, almost as long as broad; scutellum mode-
rately convex, antenne black.

Long., incl. tegm., 5 mm.

Hab. Angola (Dr. Welwitsch).

TEMBANDUMBA, gen. nov.

Vertex of head longer than breadth between eyes, more or
less triangular, acutely narrowed anteriorly, discally foveately,
laminately depressed, eyes at bases of lateral margins, basal
margin truncate ; face almost as broad as long, centrally
carinate for about half its length, medially depressed; clypeus
about as broad as long, moderately convex ; antenne passing
eyes, robust; pronotum much shorter than vertex, basal
margin truncate but centrally slightly sinuate, laterally sub-
angulate, centrally longitudinally carinate; scutellum large,
convex, almost as broad at base as long, the apex a little
acutely longitudinally produced; tegmina about twice as
broad as long, costal margin a little depressed near middle,
apices subconically rounded ; legs somewhat short and strong ;
posterior tibiee unarmed.

Allied to the genus Hilda, Kirk (n. nom.), incl. Zsthmia,
Walk., and Egropa, Melich.

- a

-

———S ee le

Ethiopian and Australian Homoptera. 187°

Tembandumba buarana, sp. n.

Vertex of head, pronotum, and scutellum dark ochraceous;
lateral margins of pronotum (narrowly), narrow margins of
scutellum, and a large angulated spot at each basal angle
black ; face ochraceous ; clypeus black ; sternum and legs
black ; coxee and trochanters ochraceous; abdomen beneath
pale sanguineous or ochraceous; tegmina sanguineous ;
outer and inner margins (narrowly), anterior claval margin
(broadly), claval apex, two broad transverse fascie extending
from inner claval margin to costal margin, and the apical
marginal area shining black ; two spots in claval area, one
about middle of inner claval margin, and the other preceding
and attached to the apical claval spot, the anterior margins of
the two black transverse fascize to tegmina, and a small costal
spot at inner margin of the black apical area creamy white ;
other structural characters as in generic diagnosis.

Long., incl. tegm., 8-9 mm.

Hab. W. Africa ; Cameroons, Buar.

Subfam. Huryreracuypinz.
Dardus erebus, sp. n.

Black; tegmina with a prominent transverse, slightly
oblique, pale ochraceous or greyish-white spot before middle
of costal area; vertex of head broad, short, very slightly
concavely depressed on anterior margin, a central dull casta-
neous ridge and a slight foveation before each eye ; pronotum
with the lateral areas of the anterior margin and three discal
carinations—one central and straight, the other two oblique
—dull castaneous ; scutellum pale dull castaneous; tegmina
with the venation very obscurely dull castaneous ; abdomen
beneath sanguineous ; posterior tibiz more or less brownish
ochraceous,

Long., incl. tegm., 54-6 mm.

Hab. Australia; Queensland; Moreton Bay (Brit. Mus.).
New South Wales; Leura (Froggatt).

Subfam. Ricayirwz.
- Privesa pronotalis, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum pale ochraceous, with
small, somewhat obscure, darker mottlings; pronotum with a
large spot occupying each lateral area and sometimes the
anterior margin black; scutellum with a small black spot
near each basal angle; abdomen above brownish olivaceous,

13

188 Mr. W. L. Distant on some

the basal segment greyish or very pale ochraceous; body
beneath and legs pale ochraceous, with some very small and
obscure darker mottlings, those on the face sometimes
forming a dark central spot ; facial lateral marginal areas
with a series of small dark spots ; tegmina pale dull ochra-
ceous, with dark mottlings, of which the largest are on the
apical halves of costal areas, many of the discal longitudinal
veins prominently blackish ; wings subhyaline, the venation
pale ochraceous ; head (including eyes) about as broad as
pronotum, anterior margin slightly rounded in front of eyes,
and with a transverse subconvex ridge between eyes, and a
central longitudinal carination, on posterior area two small
subexcavate dark spots.

Long., excl. tegm., 43-54 mm. ; exp. tegm. 13-16 mm.

Hab. New South Wales; Hay (./. Little). On salt-bush.

Fam. Jasside.
Eurymeloides moruyana, sp. n.

Vertex of head and pronotum bronzy brown; eyes dull
ochraceous; face and body beneath black ; legs dark casta-
neous ; scutellum and tegmina shining black, the latter with
a small cluster of greyish-white spots near apex of costal area ;
vertex of head roundly, a little subangularly produced, thickly
punctate; pronotum transversely, a little obliquely striate,
with two small dark central fovez on anterior margin; scu-
tellum finely punctate on basal half, after which it is suddenly
depressed to apex and is finely transversely striate ; posterior
tibize shortly coarsely spinose.

Long., incl. tegm., 7 mm.

Hab. Australia; New South Wales, Moruya (Murray).

Subfam. Lzprrvz.

Ledropsis crocina, sp. n.

Vertex of head ochraceous mottled with testaceous ; pro-
notum paler ochraceous mottled with testaceous, which on
disk forms a more or less complete central longitudinal
fascia and two spots near basal margin ; scutellum ochra-
ceous ; body beneath and legs ochraceous, marginal areas of
head beneath before eyes more or less testaceous, margins
of face distinctly darker, tibia and tarsi spotted and marked
with sanguineous; tegmina ochraceous, more or less suffused
with purplish brown and irregularly but somewhat thickly
spotted with greyish white ; vertex of head longer than pro-
notum, apically conically rounded and moderately upturned,

Ethiopian and Australian Homoptera. 189

centrally longitudinally carinate, and from the latitude of
eyes a shorter carination on each side of central one, the whole
of its surface more or less rugose, facial area strongly con-
cave ; pronotum declivous, moderately gibbous at base.
Long., incl. tegm., 12 mm.
Hab. New South Wales ; Tamworth (Lea).
Allied to L. froggatt?, Dist., but vertex of head apically
broader and less acuminate, tegmina palely spotted, &e.

Ledropsis acuminata, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, body beneath, and legs more
or less fuscous brown; tibiew obscurely palely annulated ;
tegmina dull pale greyish brown, the venation, basal area, and
three or four spots in oblique series before middle fuscous
brown ; basal margin of pronotum black; vertex of head
much longer than pronotum, very strongly, centrally, longi-
tudinally carinate, on each side of which it is very de-
clivous, near middle it distinctly narrows to apex, which is
acute ; pronotum centrally longitudinally carinate ; scutellum
coarsely tricarinate.

Long., incl. tegm., 14 mm.

flab. Queensland ; Gayndah (Godeffroy Exped.).

A very distinct species by the long and apically acute
vertex of the head.

GUDWANA, gen. nov.

Vertex of head (in type) about as long as broad, above
centrally longitudinally carinate, and in general as in Le-
dropsis; head beneath concave, face narrow, a little raised,
and margined on each side by prominent and robust longi-
tudinal ridges ; pronotum with the basal area gibbous and
armed on each side with a very robust spine directed obliquely
upwards, the basal margin concave; tegmina about three
times longer than broad, not quite passing the abdominal
apex ; legs robust.

Allied to Ledropsis, but differing principally by the long
and robustly spined pronotum.

Gudwana typica, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, and body beneath ochraceous ;
tegmina and legs pale ochraceous ; face between eyes centrally
longitudinally black ; apices of the pronotal Jateral spines
castaneous ; tegmina with three pale ochraceous linear spots
on veins above the middle of claval area ; vertex of head and

190 Mr. W. L. Distant on some

the pronotum thickly and somewhat coarsely punctate, the
pronotal basal spines robust, obliquely upwardly raised, their
apices slightly recurved and subacute; scutellum thickly
punctate; tegmina finely wrinkled and punctate, the veins
somewhat prominent. ;

Long., incl. tegm., 13 mm. ; exp. pronot. angl. 4 mm.

Hab. New South Wales ; Sydney.

Subfam. Terrreonrerrivz.
Tettigoniella nigrifrons, sp. 0.

Vertex of head pale greenish yellow, a small spot at apex,
a large marginal spot on each side before middle, a central
transverse fascia which is medially maculate and centrally
connected with base, and a central median basal line black ;
face wholly black, with a small semicircular ochraceous fascia
on middle of anterior margin; clypeus pale ochraceous, with
a dark central longitudinal fascia; pronotum olivaceous
green, its anterior area pale greenish yellow, with three
central black longitudinal lines, transversely connected before
reaching anterior margin, and a small oblique black spot on
each lateral margin; scutellum pale ochraceous, the basal
angles, lateral margins, and a narrow transverse central line

~connected with a medial spot black; legs pale ochraceous ;
tegmina olivaceous green, the nervures and inner margins of
apical area black. Hace moderately convex; vertex of head
a little more than half as long as breadth between eyes.

Long., incl. tegm., 9 mm.

Hab. W. Africa ; Cameroons, Buar.

Allied to 7. nigrinervis, Stal, from which it is distinguished
by the black face &c. The two allied species— 7’. cosmopolita,
Sign., and TZ. nigrinervis, Stal, are also found in the
Cameroons.

Tettigoniella latomarginata, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum ochraceous; vertex with
five black spots, three anterior and submarginal and two
basal; pronotum with a transverse central basal spot, some-
times broken centrally, and a small spot near each anterior
angle black ; scutellum unspotted; body beneath and legs
ochraceous; tegmina olivaceous green, with a broad pale
ochraceous costal margin.

Long., incl. tegm., 7-8 mm.

Hab. Queensland ; Upper North Pine (Froggatt) ; Tam-
bourine Mt., Moreton Bay.

Allied to 7. albomarginata, Sign., but with the vertex of

Ethiopian and Australian Homoptera. 191

the head a little longer and more conically produced, markings
of the pronotum different, scutellum unspotted, and the pale
costal margin to the tegmina very much broader,

Tettigoniella richmondensis, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum ochraceous ; vertex of head
with a sinuated anterior marginal fascia and two large longitu-
dinal spots at base black ; pronotum with the lateral marginal
areas, and a large triangular spot at base, its apex more nar-
rowly connected with the anterior margin, black ; scutellum
with two large discal black spots extending from the anterior
margin to the transverse incision ; body beneath and legs
ochraceous, face with a central longitudinal black line ;
tegmina dark indigo-blue, with a narrow subcostal pale
ochraceous margin ; vertex of head broad, moderately ante-
riorly conically produced; scutellum very strongly trans-
versely incised near middle.

Long., incl. tegm., 84 mm.

Hab. New South Wales ; Richmond River.

Subfam. Jasszvz.

Hecalus parvipicta, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum ochraceous ornamented
with some small black spots, of which two are on apical
margin and three on basal margin of vertex, four on anterior
area of pronotum—arranged longitudinally in pairs—one on
each lateral margin of scutellum, and one on each side of
face near eyes ; body beneath and legs ochraceous, a some-
what large spot on lateral margins of sternum, an apical spot
to femora, margins of posterior tibiz (sometimes broken into
a continuous series of small spots) black; tegmina more or
less ochraceous, on disk darker by reflecting the abdomen
beneath, a small black spot at apex of clavus ; vertex of head
broader than long, moderately concave and upwardly directed
anteriorly ; pronotum moderately convex; face moderately
longitudinally convex.

Long., incl. tegm., 9-10 mm.

Hab. Egypt; Sobat River (Ph. C. Zaphiro). Abyssinia;
Kog, Gilo River (Ph. C. Zaphiro).

192 Mr. O. Thomas on the South- American

XIX.—On the Arrangement of the South American Rats allied
to Oryzomys and Rhipidomys. By Oxpriztp THoMas.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

WHEN writing some years ago * onthe relation of Oryzomys
and Rhipidomys to each other and the allied forms 7homas-
omys and icomys, with lists of the forms belonging to each,
I indicated certain species as of doubtful position, and I
have now had an opportunity to re-examine these in the light
of further material.

As then explained, all these rats are divisible into two
groups, those with the structure of the palate as in Oryzomys
(Oryzomys and Gicomys) and those with it as described and
figured by Bangs + in his “ Erioryzomys” (Rhipidomys and
Thomasoms ys). Of the first of these groups only one species,
“ Hesperomys’’ rufescens, was referred to as doubtful, and
of this animal an additional example, without locality, has
lately been found among some old specimens put aside as
duplicates, and I have therefore been able to make a further
study of it.

The second specimen, although its skull is very dilapidated,
happens to show the posterior palate, and is also much
younger than the type, with almost unworn teeth, so that
an opinion can be formed as to its systematic position.

On studying the characters observable on the two
specimens I find that the animal, while belonging to the
Oryzomys—Cicomys series, certainly represents a genus dis-
tinct from any of its allies, its molar structure being indeed
quite unique in the group.

It may be called :—

RuwaGomys, gen. nov.

General facies about asin Gicomys. Feet modified for
an arboreal life, with large plantar and digital pads. Mamme
apparently 1—2=6, as in Rhipidomys.

Skull broad and low, with broad, smooth, rounded brain-
case; supraorbital edges square, not ridged. Zygomatic

Ann. Mag. N. H.
P Zo

) xvill. p. 442 (1906).
. New Engl. 5, p

(7
ol. Club, i. p. 96, pl. i. fig. 3 (1900).

o
ng

Rats allied to Oryzomys and Rhipidomys. 193

plate little projected forward. Palatal foramina short and
little open. Posterior palate of the general structure of
that of Oryzomys and Cicomys, not as in Rhipidomys and
Thomasomys.

Upper incisors approaching the vertical, angle with tooth-
row about 80°, deep antero-posteriorly, their front surface
flattened and inclined inwards, so that the resulting relations
of the two teeth and the shapes of their tips are about as
in the Dormice, not as in any of the genera above mentioned.
Lower incisors of corresponding form, anteriorly, their roots
extended backwards much beyond the normal, forming a
prominent capsule outside the jaw, halfway between the
coronoid and the condyle. Both the shape and implant-
ation of the incisors therefore indicate unusual gnawing
powers.

Molars showing a remarkable modification of the structure
found in @comys and Oryzomys, for while the number
and positions of the cusps are the same, the various foldings
and ridges between and connecting the cusps are almost
entirely obsolete. The teeth are therefore almost as in
certain Phyllostomid bats, with smooth glossy surface and
simple conical cusps, which are evenly spaced, slightly
slanted backwards, 6, 4, and 2 in number on the three
teeth. Below the teeth are similarly modified, the cusps
slanting forwards.

Genotype: Rhagomys rufescens (Hesperomys rufescens,
Thos.).

Without a much greater knowledge than I possess of the
structural modifications of the molars of this group, and the
systematic value that should be attached to their sim pli-
fication in Rhagomys, I should not venture to express a
definite opinion as to its affinities, but I should suppose it
to be, on the whole, most nearly allied to Geomys, with
which it agrees in general facies and palatal structure, but
from which, as from every other genus of the group, it may
be readily distinguished by the remarkable modification of
both incisors and molars above described.

Still younger specimens of Rhagomys will be very welcome
to show what trace of the normal foldings and ridges is
exhibited by the molars when absolutely unworn; but it
is evident there cannot bt much.

Of the second group, those with the mesopterygoid fossa
continued forward between the posterior molars (Rhipidomys,
Thomasomys, &c.), the doubtful species are more numerous,
and I find the whole group needs revision, owing to the

194 Mr. O. Thomas on the South- American

diverse characters of some of the forms included in it. In
this revision, by removing some of the most diverse into
special genera, the groups that remain are rendered more
clear-cut and definable, to the great advantage of students
of the subject.

There would appear to be five genera of this group that
might be recognized, as shown in the following key :—

A. Molars of normal Oryzomys structure, with
brachyodont crowns.
a, Anterior zygomatic plate not projecting for-
wards enough to be visible from above.
a*, Without raised supraorbital beading con-
tinued across brain-case. M’ of evenly
oblong shape, its antero-internal tubercle
not or little reduced. Mamme 1—2=6,
a’, Interorbital region flat, its edges forming
overhanging divergent ledges. Feet
broad, with flattened pads ; claws short,
strongly curved, broad at base ........ 1. Rhipidomys.
b°*. Interorbital region without ledges, though
in the larger species the edges may be
sharpened. Feet narrow, with high
pads; claws longer, less curved, nar-
TOME © sa, Si supep Oye she Spaebs Ebi in abe E TS 2. Thomasomys.
b’, With raised supraorbital beading continued
across brain-case. M' not evenly oblong,
the antero-internal cusp reduced. Mammez
2 SO | Vins ss Pasinda’s Oe eee edly epee ee 3. Phenomys.
b, Anterior zygomatic plate projecting forwards,
visible from above. Skull with long heavy
muzzle and small brain-case.............. 4, Delomys.
B, Molars of less typical Oryzomys structure, the
crowns slightly hypsodont. Build of skull
suggesting Oxymycterus or Microvus........ 5. Inomys.

The removal of the species ferrugineus, dorsalis, and sub-
lineatus from Thomasomys simplifies the definition and
reduces the range of that genus, as these three were out-
lying Brazilian forms with a different mammary formula, as
compared with the true Thomasomys, which inhabits the
northern part of the Andean area, with extension eastwards
to British Guiana.

One Andean species also, incanus, shows such marked
special characters that I have formed a peculiar genus for
its reception.

The following are short diagnoses of the genera now
recognized, with lists of the species included in them.

. =

Oe

Rats allied to Oryzomys and Rhipidomys. 195

1. Rurprpomys, Tschudi.

Form modified for arboreal life. Tail heavily pencilled.
Feet broad, the pads broad and low. Claws short, strongly
curved, their breadth at base equalling or exceeding their
length on their concave edge. Mamme 1—2=6.

Skull with large rounded brain-case. Interorbital region
broad and flat, its edges sharpened into ledges more or less
overhanging the orbits, but without any upwardly projecting
beading. .

Antero-internal cusp of m' slightly reduced, but not
sufficiently so to affect the general oblong shape of the
tooth.

Genotype. R. leucodactylus, Tschudi (Hesperomys leuco-
dactylus, Tsch.).

Species and subspecies :—

bovallit, Thos.
caucensis, All.
cearanus, Thos.
cocalensis, All.
couest, All.
elatturus, Osg.
equatoris, Thos.
Servidus, Thos.
fulviventer, Thos,
goodfellowt, Thos.
latimanus, Tomes.
lucullus, Thos.
macrurus, Gerv.
mastacalis, Lund.

microtis, Thos.
millert, All,
mollissimus, All.
nitela, Yhos.
ochrogaster, All.
pictor, Thos.
quindianus, All.
scandens, Goldm.
sclatert, Thos.
similis, All.
yuruanus, All.
venezuele, Thos.
venustus, Thos.

2. THomasomys, Coues.
Syn. Erioryzomys, Bangs.

Form not specially modified. Tail well haired. Feet of
normal proportions, the pads high, not broadened. Claws
comparatively jong and slender, not unusually curved.
Mamme 1—2=6.

Skull of medium proportions. Interorbital region nar-
rower than in Rhipidomys, sometimes concave, its edges
generally rounded, but sometimes, in the larger species,
raised and sharpened, but never forming overhanging ledges
or distinct beading.

M" of normal oblong shape.

Genotype. 7. cinereus, Thos. (Hesperomys cinereus, Thos.).

196 Mr. O. Thomas on the South-Amertcan

Species and subspecies :—

altorum, All.
aureus, Tomes,
bwops, Thos.
cinereiventer, All,
daphne, Thos,
gracilis, Thos.
hylophilus, Osg.
ischyrus, Osg.
kalinowsktw, Thos.

monochromos, Bangs.
niveipes, Thos,
notatus, Thos.
paramorum, ‘Thos,
popayunus, All.
pretor, Thos.
princeps, Thos.
pyrrhonotus, Thos,
rhoadst, Stone.

taczanowskit, Thos.

laniger, Thos.
vestitus, Thos.

macconnelli, de Wint.

3. PH@NoMYS, gen. nov.

Form normal. ‘ail short-haired. Claws slender, not
specially curved. Mamme 2—2=8. ;

Skull slender, of normal proportions. Interorbital region
slightly concave, its edges forming definite raised beadings,
continued backwards across the parietals.

Incisors rather heavy. M* not so evenly oblong as in the
other genera, the antero-internal cusp more definitely
reduced.

Range. South-eastern Brazil (Bahia, Rio Janeiro).

Genotype and only species. Phenomys ferrugineus, Thos.
(Oryzomys ferrugineus, Thos.).

4, DrLomys, gen. nov.

Form normal. Tail quite short-haired, about as in
Oryzomys. Claws normal. Mamme 2—2=8 in two speci-
mens of D. dorsalis from Rio Grande do Sul, 1—2=6 in one,
believed to represent a new subspecies, from Rio Janeiro.
The latter number may be an abnormality.

Skull long, with long heavy muzzie and small brain-case.
Interorbital region rather broad, smooth, its edges rounded,
or slightly squared, not ridged or beaded. Zygomatic plate
projected forwards above far enough to be seen from above,
that of all the other forms mentioned in the present paper
absolutely without projection.

Molars rather narrow. M* evenly oblong.

Range. South-eastern Brazil, from Espiritu Santo to Rio

Grande do Sul.
Genotype. Delomys dorsalis Hens. (Hesperomys dorsalis,

Hens.).

Other forms :—‘‘ Oryzomys ” sublineatus, Thos, and a new
subspecies of dorsalis described below.

Rats allied to Oryzomys and Rhipidomys. 197

5. Inomys, gen. nov.

External characters as in Thomasomys; mamme not
known.

Skull recalling in shape that of Oxymycturus or Microzus,
with broad low rounded brain-case and long narrow snout.
Interorbital region smoothly rounded. Incisors small and
delicate.

Molars rather narrow, their crowns higher than in any
other of the genera now dealt with. Their foldings, how-
ever, essentially as in Oryzomys and all the present group of
genera, not as in Oxymycturus.

Range. Central Peru. (Only known from Vitoc.)

Genotype and only species. Inomys incanus, Vhos. (Ory-
zomys incunus, ‘Vhos.).

The distinction of this genus rests mainly on the peculiar
shape of the skull, which, with its broad low brain-case,
long narrow snout, rounded interorbital region, and small
incisors curiously recalls that of an Oxymycturus or Microxus.
Its molars, however, show the typical structure of the
molars of the present group, and its interparietal is of full
normal size. Its removal from Thomasomys renders far
more uniform the skull-shape of the species to be referred
to that genus, as it was the one outstanding species in this
respect.

The following is the description of a new subspecies of
Delomys :—

Delomys dorsalis collinus, subsp. n.

General characters of true dorsalis of Rio Grande do Sul,
the colour approximately the same, and the fur similarly
soft and rich, and so equally differing from the harsh-furred
D. sublineatus of Espiritu Santo. But the size, and especially
the size of the teeth, averages greater, the molar tooth-row
measuring 5:0 mm. in length, while in a considerable series
of true dorsalis this measurement is only 4°5 to 4°7 mm.,
the teeth of collinus being also perceptibly broader. No
doubt the two forms will be found to intergrade, but the
difference is so constant locally that it should be recognized
by name. In the series available the belly is rather more
whitish and less buffy, and the underside of the tail is less
‘decidedly whiter than the upper than is the case in dorsalis.

Mamme in the only female 1—2=6, instead of 2—2=8

198 Mr. O. Thomas on

as in D. dorsalis, but this may possibly be an individual —

aberration.

Dimensions of the type, measured on a spirit-specimen :—

Head and body 130 mm.; tail 132; hind foot 30; ear 21.

Skull, greatest length 33:8; condylo-incisive length 29:5;
zygomatic breadth 16:3; interorbital breadth 5 ; palatilar
length 13°3; palatal foramina 6°8; upper molar series 5:0.

Hab. N.E. Sao Paulo and neighbouring parts of Rio
Janeiro. Type from Itatiaya, Rio Janeiro, 4800 ft.; other
specimens from Piquete, SAio Paulo, 2500 ft. (A. Robert),
and Alto da Serra, Sio Paulo (Sao Paulo Museum).

Type. Adult male. B.M. No. 14.2.23.12. Collected
22 August 1913 and presented by Prof. J. P. Hill, F.R.S.
Six specimens examined.

Our series of D. dorsalis consists of four spirit-specimens
from Rio Grande do Sul, the type-locality of the species,
collected by Dr. H. von Ihering, and a nice set of skins
from Roca Nova, Parana, obtained by Alphonse Robert in
1903.

XX.—Two new Rats of the Rattus confucianus Group.
By Ouprisip Tuomas.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

My attention having been drawn to some rats referred to
Rattus confucianus from Formosa presented by Mr. Good-
fellow, I have made an examination of them and find that
not only do they represent a new species allied to the large
Sze-chwan R. excelsior, but that the specimens of “ R. con-
fucianus”’ from the Imperial Tombs, E. of Pekin, collected
by Mr. Malcolm Anderson, also need description.

Rattus culturatus, sp. n.

Size of R. excelsior; skull with supraorbital beading.

General appearance about as in R. ezcelsior, that is, very
like R. confucianus but larger. Fur long and shaggy.

Colour varying from mouse-grey to hair-brown, more
*‘saturate”’-looking than in R. confucianus and excelsior,
the latter especially being a much browner animal. Under
surface as usual sharply contrasted creamy white, the white

a,

| Two new Rats. 199

area perhaps a little more limited in extent than usual,
especially behind. Hands white. Feet greyish brown with
white digits. Tail as long as in ezcelsior, well haired,
blackish above for three-fourths its length, white below and
for its terminal two or three inches above.

Skull decidedly larger than that of confucianus, about
equalling that of ewxceisior, from which it differs by having
well-developed supraorbital ridges, as in the first-named
species. Palatal foramina long and well open.

Dimensions of the type, measured on skin :—

Head and body 186 mm. ; tail 216; hind foot 34.

Skull, greatest length 42; condylo-incisive length 37:2 ;
zygomatic breadth 18°6; nasals 16; interorbital breath 6 ;
breadth of brain-case 16; palatilar length 18; palatal
foramina 8:4; post-foraminal palate 7; molar series 7°2.

Hab. Mt. Arizan, Formosa. Alt. 8000 ft.

Type. Adult male. B.M.- 12.11.23.21. Collected Feb.
1912 and presented by Walter Goodfellow, Esq. Seven
specimens.

Whether this is a Formosan representative of R. excelsior
of the Western Chinese Highlands or simply a larger island
form of R. confucianus it is not easy to say, but on account
of its highland habitat, and the curious relationship that
Formosan animals often have to Tibetan forms, I am rather
in favour of the former view. But in any case it needs a
distinctive name.

Rattus confucianus chihliensis, subsp. un.

A greyish north-eastern form of confucianus, with com-
paratively short tail.

General colour of summer skins greyish-brown approxi-
mately as in the true Sze-chwan confucianus, not strongly
buffy clay colour as in sacer, canorus, and luticolor, which in
Shantung, Kansu, and the Ordos region make a line of pale
forms separating the present darker, or at least greyer,
animal from the Sze-chwan race. Under surface white,
sharply defined, the white of considerable extent, with the
line of demarcation high up. Hands and feet white, with
slight metatarsal darkening. Tail comparatively short, 144,
146, and 158 mm. in three examples as compared with
lengths of 155-180, usually about 170, mm. in the other
forms; well haired, slightly pencilled, the terminal 2-3
inches white all round.

Skull as in R. ¢. sacer, except that the palatal foramina

200 Bibliographical Notice.

average decidedly shorter. In seven skulls of sacer the
foramina are 6°7 mm. in length or more, while in three
specimens of chihliensis they are 6'1 mm. or less. Molars
smaller.

Dimensions of the type, measured in flesh :—

Head and body 135 mm. ; tail 146 ; hind foot 26°5 ; ear 22.

Skull, greatest length 38; condylo-incisive length 35 ;
zygomatic breadth 17°3; nasals 13:2; interorbital breadth
5'4; breadth of brain-case 15; palatilar length 16; palatal
foramina 6°1; upper molar series (much worn) 5°6—of a
younger specimen, unworn, 5:3.

Hab. Imperial Tombs, 65 miles E. of Peking. Alt. 1000 ft.

Type. Old male: B.M. No. 8.8.7.31. Original number
1551. Collected 17 September, 1907, by M. P. Anderson.
Presented by the Duke of Bedford, K.G.

Even if the greyer colour is, as it may be, largely due to
the specimens being all in the spinous summer coat, this
subspecies deserves recognition by its shorter tail, shorter
palatine foramina and smaller teeth. It is the farthest to
the north-east of the races of R. confucianus.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Australasian Antarctic Expedition, 1911-14, under Six Douglas
Mawson. Scientific Reports. Series C. Zoology and Botany.
Vol. IV. part 1. Mollusca. By C. Huptzy, F.L.S. &e. Pp. 80,
9 pls.

Tuts is the second part of the series published so far, the first
(vol. iii. pt. 1) being on the Fishes by E. R. Waite; and both do
great credit to their begetters, being both well done and well got up.

Mr. Hedley describes some 125 species of Mollusca, obtained
from the twelve dredging-stations on Adelie Land and from Mac-
quarie Island, including 41 new species and 2 new genera, All
these new forms are most excellently illustrated, though one could
wish that the degree of magnification or reduction had been indi-
cated on the plates, or at least given in their explanations. No
general deductions are given, all such, we believe, being reserved
for special treatment when all the branches of zoology have been
dealt with. Mr. Hedley, however, does point out that ‘ about a
third of the Mollusca reported from Macquarie Island extend to
Kerguelen, and some range round the pole to the Falkland Islands
and New Georgia,” whilst he considers that probably some of the
forms here described as new will be eventually traced to other
subantarctic lands.

THE ANNALS
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.
[EIGHTH SERIES.]

No. 117. SEPTEMBER 1917.

XXI.—Descriptions of New Pyralide of the Subfamilies
Hydrocampine, Scopariane, &c. By Sir Georce F,
Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S., &c.

[Continued from vol, xix. p. 473.]

(27a) Aulacodes mesoscialis, sp. n.

Head and front part of thorax white with some dark red-brown
on shoulders and tegulz, the hinder part of thorax yellow; abdo-
men white at base, then yellow; antenne yellow; palpi yellow,
white at base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white,
the legs tinged with yellow, the fore femora above and tibiz at
extremities dark brown. Fore wing golden yellow; a white patch
in end of cell; a red-brown fascia on costal area to beyond middle,
where it is conjoined to a deeper red-brown patch beyond the cell
confluent with a red-brown fascia on medial area extending from
the cell to above the inner margin, which is white below it; a
triangular silvery-white postmedial patch beyond the red-brown
area from below costa to vein 4; an obliquely curved silvery white
subterminal band from costa to vein 1, defined on inner side by a
rather diffused red-brown line and on outer by a fine black line; a
terminal series of black points ; cilia white tinged with red-brown.
Hind wing white, the inner area and terminal area broadly golden
yellow, the white area defined by an oblique black postmedial line
between vein 4 and the submedian fold; an oblique silvery white
line from costa before apex to termen at discal fold; minute
ocellate white spots defined by black and with black points on their
outer edges before termen above and below vein 4, then a small

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 14

202 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

black. spot on termen below vein 3 and striga below vein 2, each
with a small black subterminal mark before them; cilia white
tinged with red-brown and with a brown line near base beyond the
spots.

Hab. Dutcn N. Guinea, Fak-fak (Pratt), 1 ¢, 1 Q type.
Exp., 3 20, 2 22 mm.

(27b) Aulacodes hemithermalis, sp. n.

¢. Head and thorax golden yellow, the base of tegule, shoulders,
tips of patagia, and metathorax red-brown ; abdomen golden yellow
with some white at base, the anal tuft brown; palpi white with
red-brown band near extremity of 2nd joint; pectus and ventral
surface of abdomen white; legs yellow, the fore femora above and
tibiz on inner side and at extremity dark brown, the tuft of hair
in fold of mid tibie brown. Fore wing with the costal area and
cell to beyond its extremity deep red-brown, the inner area obliquely
deep red-brown to origin of vein 2 with the inner margin below it
except towards base white; some yellow in base of cell and the
fold in end of cell white ; the rest of wing orange-yellow; a wedge-
shaped silvery white postmedial patch from below costa to vein 4
beyond the brown area, defined on outer side by a brown line; an
obliquely curved silvery white subterminal band from below costa
to above vein 1, defined on inner side by a rather diffused brown
line and on outer by a fine black line; a terminal series of black
points; cilia silvery white tinged with red-brown. Hind wing
silvery white, the inner and terminal areas broadly golden yellow;
some red-brown at base; an oblique sinuous black postmedial line
from vein 6 to submedian fold defining the white area ; an obliquely
curved silvery white line from costa before apex to termen at discal
fold; minute ocellate white spots defined by black and with black
points on their outer edges before termen above and below vein 4,
then minute black spots on termen with minute white lunules
defined by black before them above and below vein 2, the termen
between them orange-red and with a black point above vein 5; cilia
silvery white tinged with red-brown at apex and with a brown line
at base beyond the spots.

©. Fore wing with oblique white bar across end of cell.

Hab. Durcu N. Guryza, Wataikwa R. (Wollaston), 1 ¢,2 2
type, Snow Mts., Setekwa R. (Mleek),3 2. Harp. 20-24 mm.

(27d) Aulacodes chrysoxantha, sp. n.

9. Head, thorax, and abdomen golden yellow, the dorsum of
thorax tinged with red-brown; antenne ringed with red-brown
towards base ; lower part of frons and palpi red-brown, the latter
white towards base; pectus and ventral surface of abdomen white ;
legs yellow, the fore femora above and tibie at extremities dark
brown, the tarsi white ringed with red-brown. Fore wing golden

. Pyralidee of the Subfamily Hydrocampinee. 203

yellow; the costal area red-brown to well beyond the cell, where it
expands into a triangular patch extending to vein 2, the red-brown
on basal area extending to just below the cell; some red-brown at
middle of inner margin; a wedge-shaped silvery white postmedial
patch from below costa to vein 3 beyond the red-brown area; a
narrow obliquely curved silvery white subterminal band from costa
to vein 1, defined on outer side by a fine black line; a terminal
series of black points; cilia silvery white tinged with red-brown
and with a brown line near base. Hind wing with the base, inner
area, and the terminal area broadly golden yellow, the rest of wing
white extending on costa from near base to near apex and narrowing
to vein 1; a minute brown spot in the cell near base and a brown
striga defining the yellow area in and just below the cell; an
oblique sinuous black postmedial line between discal and submedian
folds defining the white area ; a small metallic silver subapical spot
defined on outer side by blackish ; a small metallic silver ocellate
spot defined by black and with black point on its outer edge below
vein 5 before termen, then black points on termen below veins 4
and 3 and a striga below vein 2 with minute black lunules before
them ; cilia silvery white, tinged with red-brown at apex and with
brown line at base towards apex and beyond the spots.

Hab. Dureu N. Guryea, Mimika R. (Wollaston), 3 2, Snow
Mts., Setekwa R. (Meek), 19. Eup. 18-22 mm.

(27h) Aulacodes metazonalis, sp. n.

@. Head and thorax white, the tegule at middle and sides, the
patagia at tips, and the metathorax yellow; abdomen white with
dorsal yellow fascia, the anal tuft yellow; antenne yellow; palpi
rufous, white at base and in front, the 3rd joint white at base and
tips ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white, the legs
tinged with yellow, the fore femora above and tibiz on inner side
red-brown, the tarsi ringed with red-brown. Fore wing rufous to
submedian fold and to the subterminal band and on basal part of
inner area, the rest of inner area and the terminal area golden
yellow; a silvery white fascia below the cell and basal half of
vein 2; a triangular silvery white postmedial patch from below
costa to vein 4, the costa above it yellow; an obliquely curved
silvery white subterminal band from costa to above vein 1, where
it ends in a point, defined on outer side by black points ; a terminal
series of black points and striga at submedian interspace; cilia
silvery white, tinged with rufous except at base. Hind wing
silvery white, extending on costa to near apex, the terminal half
golden yellow extending on inner area to near base; a red-brown
subbasal spot in the cell; an oblique dark brown postmedial line
from below costa to submedian fold, defining the white area; a
silvery white subterminal band between discal and submedian folds,
defined on inner edge by fuscous and on outer by a black line;
minute silvery white ocellate spots defined by black and with black
points on their outer edges before termen above and below vein 4, a

14*

204 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

black point on termen below vein 3, then a fine line to submedian
fold ; cilia white tinged with rufous and with red-brown line near
base between discal and submedian folds.

Hab. Bismarck Arcu., Rook I. (Meek), 3 2 type. Hap.
24 mm.

(277) Aulacodes aurantipennis, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen bright orange; palpi rufous
towards tips; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white
tinged with yellow, the fore femora above and tibiz on inner side
suffused with brown. Fore wing bright orange, the costa suffused
with rufous to beyond the cell, where it expands into an oblique
wedge-shaped rufous patch to vein 3; some rufous on middle of
inner margin; the fold in end of cell whitish; a triangular silvery
whitish postmedial patch from below costa to vein 3 beyond the
rufous patch, defined on outer side by brown; an obliquely curved
silvery white subterminal band from costa to above vein 1, defined
on inner side by brownish and on outer by a fine blackish line; a
terminal series of black points and striga at submedian interspace ;
cilia silvery white with a brown line near base. Hind wing bright
orange ; a whitish patch suffused with red-brown in, below, and
beyond end of cell, defined on outer side by an oblique sinuous red-
brown line; an oblique silvery white subapical bar tinged with red-
brown; minute silvery white ocellate spots defined by black and
with black points on their outer edges before termen above and
below vein 4, and black points on termen above and below vein 2,
with black striz before them; cilia silvery white, red-brown at base
towards apex and dark brown beyond the spots.

Hab. Durcw N. Gurivea, Fak-fak (Pratt), 1 o type. zp.

22 mm.

(277) Aulacodes argenteopicta, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen bright orange; palpi with brown
rings on 2nd and 3rd joints; fore femora above and tibiz on inner
side dark brown, the tarsi ringed with brown. Fore wing bright
orange; a brown streak below base of costa; an oblique black
streak above middle of inner margin; the fold in end of cell
whitish; an incurved black line beyond the cell between veins 7
and 4 defining the inner side of an oblique triangular pale orange
patch; a narrow obliquely curved metallic silver subterminal band
from below costa to above vein 1 where it is bent inwards, defined
on outer side by a fine black line; a terminal series of black points
and striga at submedian interspace ; cilia silvery white tinged with
brown. Hind wing bright orange ; an oblique sinuous black post-
medial line between the discal and submedian folds ; an obliquely
curved metallic silver subapical bar defined on outer side by a
blackish line ; minute metallic silver ocellate spots defined-by black
and with black points on their outer edges before termen above and
below vein 4, a minute black spot on termen below vein 3 and bar

Pyralids of the Subfamily Hydrocampine. 205

below vein 2, and a minute black point on termen above vein 5;
cilia metallic silver.

Hab. Dutcu N. Gutnea, Mimika R. (Wollaston), 2 3, Snow
Mts., Up. Setekwa R. (Meek), 13,3 2 type. Exp. 20-24 mm.

(28a) Aulacodes mediofascialis, sp. n.

. 2. Head whitish; thorax whitish tinged with yellow in front,
red-brown behind; abdomen white, suffused with yellow except
towards base, the anal tuft rufous at extremity; antenne yellow;
palpi red-brown ringed with white ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface
of abdomen white, the legs tinged with yellow, the fore femora
above and tibiz on inner side red-brown, the tarsi ringed with
brown. Fore wing with the costal area yellow irrorated with red-
brown ; a broad red-brown fascia from base of inner margin through
the end of cell to the subterminal band, before which it expands to
just below costa and to vein 2, its lower edge oblique and sinuous to
origin of vein 2, then downcurved, the area below it silvery white ;
a conical silvery white postmedial patch between veins 7 and 4; a
narrow oblique silvery white subterminal band from below costa to
submedian fold, defined on outer side by minute black lunules ; the
terminal area yellow, bent inwards on inner margin to near middle ;
a terminal series of black points; cilia silvery white. Hind wing
silvery white, the terminal area broadly and inner area to near base
yellow, the base red-brown; an oblique sinuous dark brown post-
medial line between discal and submedian folds defining the white
area; an oblique wedge-shaped silvery white mark from costa
before apex, defined by fine black lines; minute ocellate silvery-
white spots defined by black and with their outer edges produced to
black points before termen above and below vein 4, a black point
on termen below vein 3, and striga below vein 2, with minute black
bars well before them, some orange on termen between the ocellate
spots; cilia silvery white, brown at base towards apex and beyond
the spots.

Hab. Dutcu N. Guryea, Mimika R. ( Wollaston), 2 2, Wata-
ikwa R. (Wollaston), 3 2 type, Snow Mts., Up. Setekwa RK.
(Meek),3 2. Exp. 18-22 mm.

(30 e) Aulacodes thermichrysia, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen golden yellow tinged with
rufous ; antenne white tinged with rufous; palpi with the base
white, defined above by an oblique deep rufous line; pectus, legs,
and ventral surface of abdomen white, the legs tinged with yellow,
the fore tibize black-brown at extremities. Fore wing grey-white
tinged with brown, the costal area rufous to end of cell; a curved
yellowish rufous fascia from inner margin before middle to tornus,
leaving some grey on inner margin beyond middle; a triangular
deep rufous postmedial patch from below costa to vein 4, its lower
extremity connected by an oblique yellowish rufous bar with the

206 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

curved yellowish subterminal band tinged with and defined by
rufous from costa to vein 2, with a silvery grey band beyond it
before the golden yellow terminal band defined on inner side by a
black line from costa to vein 1; a terminal series of black points ;
cilia silvery white tinged with brown. Hind wing with the basal
area grey-white tinged with brown, extending on costa to well
beyond middle and on inner area to tornus, its outer edge defined
by an oblique sinuous dark brown postmedial line between discal
and submedian folds; the postmedial area golden yellow from
below costa to above inner margin, its outer edge produced to
termen at discal fold ; the apical area and a subterminal band from
vein 5 to inner margin grey-white tinged with brown ; a terminal
golden yellow band between discal and submedian folds with a
series of minute ocellate silvery white spots defined by black and
with black points on their outer edges before termen, paired below
veins 5, 4, 8, and single below vein 2; cilia silvery white tinged
with brown and with brown line near base.

Hab. Bismarck Arcu., Rook I. (Meek), 4 d type. Lap.
28 mm.

(309) Aulacodes coniferalis, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen white, the last suffused with
brownish ochreous towards extremity; palpi with brown band near
extremity of 2nd joint; legs tinged with yellow, the fore femora
above and tibiz on inner side and at extremities dark brown, the
tarsi ringed with brown. Fore wing silvery white; the costal area
cupreous rufous to beyond the cell, where it expands into a trian-
gular reddish yellow patch before a conical silvery white postmedial
patch from below costa to vein 4, defined by black except above ;
the terminal area broadly golden yellow, emitting a fascia below
the cell to middle with an oblique black mark before its lower
extremity above inner margin; a narrow oblique metallic silver
subterminal band from below costa to above inner margin, where
it is slightly angled inwards, defined on outer side by a slight
blackish line ; a terminal series of black points; cilia silvery white
tinged with rufous. Hind wing silvery white, the terminal area
broadly pale yellow except towards tornus, defined on inner side by
an oblique black postmedial line from vein 5 to submedian fold ; an
oblique silvery white line from costa before apex to termen at discal
fold ; minute ocellate silvery spots defined by black and with black
points on their outer edges before termen above and below vein 4,
a black point on termen below vein 3 with a striga before it and a
striga on termen below vein 2, some orange on termen between the
spots ; cilia silvery white, tinged with rufous towards apex and with
brown line at base beyond the spots.

Hab. Dutcu N. Guinea, Snow Mts., Up. Setekwa R. (Meek),
13,19 type. Exp. 16 mm.

Pyralidee of the Subfamily Hydrocampine. 207

(30h) Aulacodes flavifascialis, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen white ; antennz with dark rings
at middle ; palpi yellow, the 3rd joint white ; fore tibiz yellow with
a brown band at extremities, the tarsi ringed with brown. Fore
wing silvery white; the costal area tinged with red-brown to end of
cell; a yellow fascia above inner margin from near base to the
subterminal band; an oblique dark brown bar beyond the cell from
below costa to vein 4 with some reddish brown before it beyond
the cell; an oblique golden yellow band from costa to vein 2 before
the silvery white subterminal band; a yellow terminal band defined
on inner side by a black line; a terminal series of black points ;
cilia silvery, white tinged with red-brown at tips. Hind wing
silvery white, the terminal area broadly pale yellow; an oblique
black postmedial line between discal and submedian folds defining
the white area; an oblique silvery white line from costa before
apex to termen at discal fold; small ocellate silvery white spots
defined by black and with minute black spots on their outer edges
before termen above and below vein 4, a minute black spot on
termen below vein 3 and striga below vein 2, each with a black
striga before it, some orange on termen between the spots; cilia
silvery white with a brown line near base beyond the spots.

Hab. Durcu N. Guryea, Mimika R. (Wollaston), 15 2 type.
Exp. 18-20 mm.

(807) Aulacodes argentimaculalis, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen silvery white, the shoulders
cupreous rufous, the tips of patagia and metathorax golden, the
abdomen with golden bands except at base; antenne golden
yellow; palpi rufous, white in front towards base ; pectus, legs, and
ventral surface of abdomen silvery white, the fore coxe yellow in
front, the femora above and tibiz on inner side, the tibiz on outer
side, and tarsi yellow, the latter brown at extremities, the mid
tibie yellow, brown at base. Fore wing cupreous rufous; an
orange fascia below costa ; a silvery white patch on inner basal area
with oblique outer edge, a quadrate medial patch with elongate
spot above it in end of cell; a rounded postmedial patch from
below costa to vein 4, defined by brown except above and with its
upper extremity somewhat produced; a curved subterminal band
from below costa to inner margin, expanding on inner side between
veins 7 and 4 and in submedian interspace into a rather wedge-
shaped patch; a golden yellow terminal band defined on inner side
by a fine black line; a terminal series of black points ; cilia silvery
white tinged with rufous. Hind wing silvery white; a reddish-
brown antemedial line from cell to vein 1 with some yellow before
it above vein 1; a reddish brown postmedial line from vein 6 to
submedian fold with the area beyond it golden yellow; some
golden yellow at apex and on termen below vein 1; three small

208 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

rather elongate silvery white spots defined by black before termen
between veins 5 and 2, with eight black points beyond them on
termen ; cilia silvery white with a brown line at base, at apex, and
beyond the spots.

2. Fore wing yellower and less tinged with rufous.

Hab. Br. N. Guryea, Mambare, R. Biagi (Meek), 3 5,12
type. Exp., 5d 22, 9 24mm.

(31d) Aulacodes longiplagialis, sp. n.

Q. Head, thorax, and abdomen silvery white, the shoulders red-
brown, the patagia tinged with yellow at tips, the metathorax with
red-brown, the anal segment of abdomen yellow; antenne tinged
with rufous; palpi rufous; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of
abdomen white, the legs tinged with rufous, the fore coxe yellow
in front. Fore wing silvery white; the costal area red-brown to
well beyond the cell, expanding into an oblique triangular patch to
lower angle of cell; the terminal area broadly bright yellow, joined
below the angle of cell by a curved yellow fascia from inner margin
before middle, the yellow terminal area defined on inner side by a
slight obliquely curved red-brown line from costa to the fascia at
lower angle of cell; a narrow curved metallic silvery subterminal
band from below costa to above vein 1 where it is slightly angled
inwards, defined at sides by slight black lines ; a terminal series of
black points ; cilia silvery white, tinged with rufous towards apex.
Hind wing silvery white, the terminal area broadly pale yellow,
defined on inner side by an oblique black postmedial line from
vein 5 to submedian fold; a curved silvery white line from costa
before apex to termen at discal fold defined at sides by some brown
scales ; small ocellate silver spots defined by red-brown and black
and with minute black spots on their outer edges before termen
above and below vein 4, and minute black spots on termen above
and below vein 2 with small silvery lunules defined by red-brown
before them and a black point on termen above the spots, the
termen between the spots orange; cilia silvery white, tinged with
rufous towards apex and with brown line at base beyond the spots.

Hab. Durcu N. Guryea, Fak-fak (Pratt), 1 2 type. ap.
22 mm.

(82a) Aulacodes obliquivitta, sp. n.

9. Head, thorax, and abdomen white; antenne tinged with
rufous ; palpi rufous; fore legs tinged with rufous and with brown
band at extremity of tibie. Fore wing silvery white; the costa
cupreous rufous to near apex, expanding into a small patch at end
of cell; an oblique cupreous red-brown antemedial bar from sub-
median fold to inner margin; the terminal area broadly pale
yellow, emitting a wedge-shaped fascia to lower angle of cell, the
inner edge of the yellow area defined by a fine red-brown line from
costa to lower angle of cell; a narrow metallic silver subterminal

Pyralide of the Subfamily Hydrocampine. 209

band from below costa to above vein 1 where it is slightly angled
inwards, defined at sides by red-brown lines; a terminal series of
black points; cilia silvery white, tinged with rufous towards apex.
Hind wing silvery white, the terminal area broadly pale yellow,
defined on inner side by an oblique black postmedial line from
vein 5 to submedian fold; a curved silvery white line from costa
before apex to termen at discal fold, defined on outer side by some
red-brown scales ; small ocellate silvery spots defined by blackish
and with black points on their outer edges before termen above and
below vein 4 and black points on termen above and below vein 2
with small silvery lunules defined on outer side by black before
them, the termen between the spots orange, a black point on termen
above the spots; cilia silvery white, tinged with rufous at apex
and with brown line at base towards apex and beyond the spots.

Hab. Durcn N. Guinea, Wataikwa R. (Wollaston), 1 Q type.
Exp. 18 mm.

(8c) Parthenodes melanicalis, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen black-brown with a cupreous
gloss, the shoulders and patagia with white bars, the abdomen with
white segmental lines; antennz with some white on basal joint;
frons with white lines at sides ; palpi white towards base, at extre-
mity of 2nd joint, and on the 8rd joint below; pectus and legs
white suffused with brown. Fore wing black-brown with a
cupreous gloss; oblique antemedial and medial white lines; an
oblique wedge-shaped postmedial patch from costa to vein 3 defined
by white lines; a narrow white subterminal band from below costa
to vein 2, its inner edge slightly incurved at middle, a small wedge-
shaped white spot below it below vein 2; a white terminal line.
Hind wing black-brown with a cupreous gloss; some white at base ;
a curved white subbasal line from cell to inner margin; a slightly
sinuous white medial line; postmedial line white, excurved below
costa and above inner margin and incurved at vein 2, defined
on each side by darker brown; a whitish subterminal line defined on
each side by darker brown, incurved at submedian fold, then bent
outwards to join the whitish terminal line ; cilia whitish at tips.

Hab. Cotomsta, Choko Prov., Condoto (Spurrell), 1 Q type.
Exp. 14 mm.

(8f) Parthenodes mesoleucalis, sp. n.

Q. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish suffused with dark
brown, the last with blackish segmental lines; antenne dark
brown; frons white at sides; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of
abdomen white suffused with cupreous brown. Fore wing ochreous
suffused with black-brown; an oblique white antemedial bar on
inner area ;' a curved white medial line from subcostal nervure to
vein 1, followed by a white band from costa to vein 1, then a white
line excurved below vein 2; an oblique conical postmedial patch

210 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

from costa to vein 8, defined by white lines and with white patch
in it at costa; a subterminal white band defined by black from
below costa to vein 4, its inner edge incurved, then triangular white
marks below veins 4, 8, 2, the last larger; a terminal ochreous
band; cilia dark brown, whitish at tips. Hind wing ochreous
suffused with black-brown; the base white; an oblique white
antemedial line, followed by a white medial band, its outer edge
excurved beyond lower angle of cell, then a white postmedial line
excurved beyond the cell; a subterminal white band from below
costa to vein 4 defined by black-brown, its inner edge incurved,
then white spots below veins 4 and 3 and a band in submedian
interspace ; an ochreous terminal band ; cilia black-brown at base,
whitish at tips.

Hab. Perv, San Domingo (Ockenden), 1 2 type. Exp.

20 mm.

(89) Parthenodes parallelalis, sp. n.

Q. Head and thorax rufous ; abdomen ochreous whitish suffused
with rufous; fore tibiz and tarsi with some darker brown ; pectus,
hind legs, and ventral surface of abdomen ochreous whitish tinged
with rufous. Fore wing rufous; a very oblique dark brown ante-
medial line from costa to vein 1; a short dark streak in middle of
cell and oblique dark discoidal bar; postmedial line dark brown,
strongly dentate, acutely angled inwards below costa and vein 3,
and ending at the antemedial line on vein 1; a dark streak on
terminal part of inner margin and a dark terminal line. Hind
wing ochreous white tinged with rufous; a dark discoidal point and
terminal rather punctiform line.

Hab. Peru, Chanchamayo, 1 9 type. Hap. 26 mm.

(87) Parthenodes rufalis, sp. n.

. Head and thorax white mixed with fulvous brown; (abdo-
men wanting); antennz white ringed with black ; palpi with some
black; pectus and legs white, the fore femora and tibie fuscous
above, the tarsi ringed with black, the hind tibie tinged with
cupreous brown towards extremity. Fore wing fulvous brown
mixed with some white and slightly irrorated with dark brown;
a faint rufous antemedial line, angled outwards below costa,
then oblique; medial line red-brown defined on inner side by white,
oblique to discal fold, angled outwards at submedian fold, then
oblique, a rather triangular white patch beyond it from costa to
lower angle of cell, diffused outwardly ; postmedial line indistinct,
brown slightly defined on outer side by white, angled outwards
below costa, then rather inwardly oblique, a black streak beyond it
on vein 7 to the subterminal line, which is white, excurved below
costa, then erect; cilia white tinged with fulvous brown at base
and with black line near base, the tips chequered with black at
yeins 7,6 and at middle. Hind wing white with a wedge-shaped

a*
J
4

Pyralide of the Subfamily Hydrocampine. 211

patch of fulvous brown suffusion from median nervure before
middle to termen between discal and submedian folds; a diffused
brownish antemedial spot above inner margin; a blackish bar
beyond lower angle of cell and bar at tornus; postmedial line
brown, obsolete on costal area, excurved below discal and sub-
median folds; cilia white tinged with brown, a black line near
base, less distinct below submedian fold, and some dark brown at
tips at vein 6 and middle.

Hab. Cotompta, Sierra del Libane (H. H. Smith), 1 Q type.
Exp. 18 mm.

(186) Parthenodes albiceps, sp. n.

@. Head white; thorax and abdomen whitish mixed with red-
brown; antenne reddish brown; sides of frons and palpi red-
brown, the palpi white at base, the maxillary palpi white at tips ;
pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white suffused with
red-brown. Fore wing white thickly irrorated with red-brown
especially on terminal half; antemedial line red-brown, oblique to
just below the cell, then inwardly oblique ; a short white fascia on
costa before the postmedial line which is dark red-brown, excurved
between veins 7 and 4, then very oblique ; cilia dark brown with
a fine white line at base and white tips. Hind wing white irrorated
with red-brown except in the cell and on costal area, the terminal
area more suffused with red-brown; a curved brown postmedial
line, incurved at submedian fold ; a fine deep rufous terminal line ;
cilia dark brown with a fine white line at base and white tips.

Hab. Transvaat, Lemana (Janse), 1 2 type. Exp. 16 mm.

(4) Perisyntrocha flavalis, sp. n.

Head and thorax fulvous yellow; abdomen whitish suffused with
fulvous yellow. Fore wing yellow, the costal area tinged with
fulvous; antemedial line red-brown, oblique to median nervure,
then erect; an oblique black-brown discoidal bar; postmedial line
red-brown, incurved; a terminal series of black-brown striz; cilia
yellow at base, then pale glossy grey-brown. Hind wing yellow ;
an oblique black-brown discoidal bar; postmedial line rather
diffused, brown, arising below costa, slightly excurved at vein 3,
and ending on termen at submedian fold; a terminal series of black~
brown striz from apex to submedian fold; cilia white, the bases
yellow, followed by a brown line to submedian fold.

Hab. Cameroons, Ja R., Bitje (Bates), 1 5,19 type. Hap.
22 mm

(2b) Dracenura metaleuca, sp. n.

3. Head, teguleat middle, and thorax pale red-brown, the shoulders.
dark brown, the metathorax yellowish white; abdomen yellowish white,
tinged with rufous towards extremity; antenne white ringed with
brown; frons and palpi deep chocolate-brown, the latter white in front

212 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

obliquely from base to near extremity of 2nd joint; pectus, legs,
and ventral surface of abdomen white, the fore legs cupreous brown
infront. Fore wing dark glossy brown, the inner margin white to
beyond middle; a curved dark antemedial line; a small black-
brown spot in middle of cell and discoidal bar; postmedial line
dark brown, excurved below costa, then oblique; cilia with a fine
pale line at base and white tips. Hind wing creamy white with a
terminal brown band; cilia black-brown with white tips.

Hab. Br. N. Guinea, Mt. Kebea (Pratt), 1 b type. Hap.
30 mm.

(21a) Bradina xanthalis, sp. n.

¢. Head and thorax whitish suffused with red-brown; abdomen
white, dorsally dark brown except at base; antenne whitish
slightly ringed with brown; frons dark red-brown ; palpi black-
brown, obliquely white at base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of
abdomen white, the fore tibiz at extremities and mid tibiz at base
brown. Fore wing pale yellow with a broad dark red-brown costal
fascia; a brown discoidal striga. Hind wing white, tinged with
yellow towards termen.

@. Fore wing with the costal fascia narrower, expanding into a
patch at apex, the termen tinged with brown except towards tornus ;
hind wing with the cilia brown at apex.

Hab. Lovtstave Is., St. Aignan I. (Meek), 1 $ type; Apmt-
RALTY Is. (Meek),1 9. Hap. 22 mm.

(25a) Bradina albigenitalis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax glossy dark brown tinged with grey; abdo-
men grey-brown ringed with white, the extremity and anal tuft
dark brown, the genital tufts pure white; antenne grey-brown
ringed with black; palpi white at base; pectus, legs, and ventral
surface of abdomen white, the fore tibiz brown at extremities.
Fore wing dark grey-brown with a purple gloss; antemedial line
black-brown glossed with blue, oblique; a black-brown spot in
middle of cell and elliptical discoidal spot glossed with blue; post-
medial line black-brown glossed with blue, expanding into a small
spot at costa, with some whitish before and beyond it, excurved to
vein 2 and at vein 1; cilia black-brown at base, grey-brown at tips.
Hind wing dark grey-brown with a cupreous gloss; an indistinct
curved brown postmedial line; cilia black-brown with the tips
white.

Hab. Sotomon Is., Bougainville I. (Meek), 2 3 type. Hap.

32 mm.

(2a) Celorhyncidia flammealis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax purplish pink mixed with some whitish ;
abdomen whitish suffused with rufous and with dorsal dark brown
stripe ; antenne red-brown ringed with dark brown ; palpi purplish

Pyralide of the Subfamily Hydrocampine. 213

pink, white at base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen
white, the fore legs and mid tibie above suffused with rufous.
Fore wing purplish pink; an oblique sinuous yellow antemedial
line ; a yellow fascia on medial ‘part of costa conjoined to a small
triangular yellowish-white patch in end of cell with the small
deeper pink discoidal lunule on its outer edge; postmedial line
yellow, dilated at costa, excurved to vein 3 near termen, then bent
inwards and obliquely exeurved from vein 2 to inner margin ; cilia
white with some brownish yellow at base. Hind wing purplish
pink, the costal area white to the subterminal line, which is yellow,
eurved, from the costal area to termen at submedian fold; cilia
white, yellow at base to vein 2.

Hab. Ectavor, R. Pastaza, Alpayacu (Palmer), 1 ¢ type.
Exp. 30 mm.

(6) Celorhyncidia cuprescens, sp. n.

6. Head and thorax dark red-brown with a cupreous gloss;
abdomen paler red-brown glossed with grey; palpi with the 2nd
joint whitish in front and at extremity; pectus, legs, and ventral
surface of abdomen whitish suffused with red-brown. Fore wing
dark red-brown with a cupreous gloss; a faint diffused obliquely
eurved dark line from costa beyond middle to middle of inner
margin; the costa greyish towards apex. Hind wing reddish
brown glossed with grey.

Hab. Dutcu N. Gutyea, Snow Mts., Oetakwa R. (Meek),
1 ¢ type. Exp. 30 mm.

(la) Diathrausta griseifusa, sp. n.

do. Head and thorax red-brown tinged with grey ; abdomen pale
red-brown tinged with grey and with slight whitish segmental
lines; antenne ringed with whitish; palpi dark grey-brown;
pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen pale red-brown tinged
with grey. Fore wing red-brown suffused with grey-white, the
terminal area whiter except towards costa; an oblique sinuous
brown antemedial line ; postmedial line brown with an ochreous-
white triangular mark on its inner side at costa, rather inwardly
oblique and sinuous, a red-brown shade on its outer side from costa
to vein 2 and a whitish point at costa; a terminal series of dark
bars ; cilia white with a dark line near base interrupted at vein 2,
the tips brown at apex and middle. Hind wing whitish tinged
with brown; a slight dark terminal line; cilia with a white line
at base followed by a dark line.

Hab. Brazit, Sta. Catherina (Michaelis), 2 3 type. Exp.
14 mm.

(4a) Diathrausta leucographa, sp. n.

@. Head and thorax dark reddish bFown mixed with some white ;
abdomen dark red-brown with white segmental lines; antennze

214 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

ringed with white; frons with white lines at sides; palpi white in
front to extremity ‘of 2nd joint; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of
abdomen white suffused with red-brown. Fore wing dark reddish
brown with a cupreous gloss; a rather maculate white antemedial
line from subcostal nervure to inner margin; a quadrate white
patch in the cell towards its extremity conjoined to a spot below
the cell; postmedial line white, dilated at costa, slightly excurved
below costa and with minute white spots before it above and below
vein 7, then slightly sinuous to vein 3 where it is interrupted and
retracted to the lower extremity of the patch in the cell, then
sinuous to inner margin; a minute white spot just below costa
before apex and terminal spots above and below veins 6 and 2;
cilia with white patches above and below middle. Hind wing dark
brown with a cupreous gloss; the costal area white to beyond
middle ; a whitish bar at middle of cell; a white postmedial band
from the costal area to vein 2 with a curved whitish line from it to
inner margin, an incurved white line just beyond it from below
costa to vein 2; cilia white with a dark line near base, the tips
brown at vein 3 and towards tornus.

Hab. D’EntrecastEavx Is., Goodenough I. (Meek), 1 2 type.
Exp. 16 mm.

(4e) Diathrausta fulviceps, sp. n.

Head and tegule except at sides fulvous yellow, the rest of
thorax and abdomen glossy dark brown, the latter with the four
basal segments dorsally fulvous; frons dark brown at sides; palpi
dark brown, fulvous yellow in "front. to extremity of 2nd joint;
pectus and legs whitish suffused with brown, the fore femora and
tibize dark brown in front. Fore wing dark brown with a leaden-
grey gloss; an indistinct curved dark antemedial line ; postmedial
line blackish with a yellowish-white spot on its inner side at costa,
oblique to vein 4, excurved to vein 2, then incurved; cilia dark
brown at base, the tips silvery white tinged with brown towards
tornus. Hind wing dark brown with a leaden grey gloss; an
indistinct dark postmedial line, exeurved to vein 2, then incurved ;
eilia dark brown at base, the tips silvery white tinged with brown
towards tornus.

Hab. Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 6 3 oye; Luchenya
R. (Weave), 15,5 ¢. Exp. 14-18 mm.

(3) Deuterophysa grisealis, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen white mixed with pale grey-
brown, the anal tuft white; astenne white ringed with brown ;
palpi, pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged
with reddish brown. Fore wing grey-white tinged and irrorated
with reddish brown ; a brown antemedial line, oblique to below the
cell and angled inwards at vein 1; a brown discoidal bar; post-
medial line brown with a white spot on its inner side at costa, in-
curved below vein 3; cilia with a fine ochreous line at base followed

Pyralidee of the Subfamily Hydrocampine. 215

by a blackish line, the tips pure white. Hind wing grey-white
tinged and irrorated with reddish brown, the costa white to beyond
middle; slight brown bars before and beyond the discocellulars ;
postmedial line indistinct, brown, bent inwards at vein 2; cilia
with a fine ochreous line at base followed by a black line, the tips
pure white.

Hab. Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 1 3 type. Exp.

10 mm.

(4) Deuterophysa furvitermen, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen white mixed with red-brown, the
anal tuft white ; antennze white ringed with brown ; sides of frons
and palpi grey-brown, the latter white at base and tips; pectus
legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with red-brown.
Fore wing grey-white tinged and thickly irrorated with red-brown ;
antemedial line red-brown, black at costa, curved; the medial area
with the costa pale yellow; postmedial line red-brown, black at
costa, curved; the termen fiery rufous; cilia white with a black
line at middle. Hind wing grey-white tinged and thickly irrorated
with red-brown ; a brown discoidal bar; postmedial line red-brown,
arising below the costa, bent inwards and almost obsolete at vein 2 ;
the termen fiery rufous ; cilia white with a blackish line at middle.

Hab. Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 1 5, 2 2 type.
Exp., 16, 9 18 mm.

Genus M1icroPHYSETICA, nov.
Type, M. peperita.

ae teen fully developed; palpi porreet, about twice the length
of head and fringed with hair above and below; maxillary palpi
’ triangularly dilated with hair; frons with small pointed conical
prominence ; antennze of male laminate and annulated, ciliated.
Fore wing with the apex somewhat produced; veins 3, 4 from
angle of cell; 5 from just above angle; 6 from below upper angle ;
7 from angle; 8, 9, 10 stalked; 11 from cell; a costal fold on
underside to beyond middle. Hind wing with vein 3 from just
before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 from upper angle ;
7 anastomosing with 8.

Microphysetica peperita, sp. n,

o. Head, thorax, and abdomen red-brown mixed with blackish
and some whitish, the abdomen blackish towards extremity; an-
tenne whitish ringed with black; palpi brown, whitish in front to
extremity of 2nd joint; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdo-
men towards base whitish tinged with red-brown, the fore legs
dark brown, the tarsi ringed with white. Fore wing whitish
suffused with red-brown and irrorated with blackish, the terminal
area darker; a fine blackish subbasal line, excurved below costa ;

216 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

antemedial line black, oblique towards costa, retracted in the cell,
then sinuous; a small black spot at lower angle of cell; postmedial
line black, oblique, sinuous, and defined on each side by white to
vein 2, then retracted and almost obsolete to lower angle of cell and
excurved above inner margin; a blackish subterminal shade; a
maculate blackish terminal line; cilia white mixed with brown and
with black line at middle. Hind wing whitish suffused with
reddish brown and irrorated with blackish; a small black spot at
lower angle of cell; postmedial line indistinct blackish. slightly
defined on outer side by whitish, oblique and slightly waved to
vein 4, then retracted and with black spot on it at submedian fold,
then almost obsolete; cilia white and brown with a black line at
middle.

Hab. Mexico, Guerrero, Omilteme (H. H. Smith), 1 & type,
Godman-Salvin Coll. Exp. 14 mm.

(la) Stenia retractalis, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen red-brown mixed with black-
brown and some white ; antennz pale red-brown ; palpi red-brown,
white at base ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white,
the legs slightly tinged with rufous. Fore wing whitish suffused
with red-brown and irrorated with black-brown ; antemedial line
black defined on inner side by white, oblique towards costa, then
straight and erect; a black spot in middle of cell and small white
discoidal lunule defined by black; postmedial line black defined on
outer side by white, incurved at discal fold, at vein 2 retracted to
below angle of cell, then excurved to inner margin; a terminal
series of black points; cilia white mixed with brown. Hind wit
whitish tinged with red-brown and irrorated with blackish; post-
medial line white defined on inner side by blackish, straight and
erect to termen at vein 2, then retracted and obsolescent to lower
angle of cell, then erect to tornus; a blackish terminal line; cilia
white with a black line through them.

Hab. Br. Guiana, Bartica (Parish), 1 2 type. Exp. 16 mm.

[Te be continued. ]

XXII.—New Lepidoptera from Waigeu, Dutch New Guinea,
and Biak. By J.J. Joicey, F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.E.S., and
G. Taxpzor, F.E.S.

THE species described in this paper were all collected by

Messrs. A., U., and F. Pratt, and the types are in the

collection of Joicey at the Hill Museum, Witley, Surrey.
Figures of all these will be published after the War.

Lepidoptera from Dutch New Guinea. 217

Papilionida.

Papilio (Troides) goliath, Ob.

Ornithoptera goliath, Oberthiir, Et. d’Ent. xix. p. 1, pl. iv. fig. 19
(1894). 9.

The ¢ of this species, which we now describe, was taken
by Messrs. A., C., and F. Pratt during their expedition to
Waigeu in 1915, and is unique.

Compared with allied forms, it is distinguished by reduc-
tion of the green areas on the fore wing. In size and general
appearance it is close to samson, Niep.*, from the Arfak.
The green costal band is indented below vein 7 as in
supremus, Réb. The posterior green patch is much invaded
by black, leaving a narrow distal portion, and inner marginal
stripe, and green dusting in the area below vein 2. The
hind wing is like samson, with the same relatively broad
_ green outer margin to the yellow area, and absence of black

scaling on the three discal spots.

The underside of the fore wing shows increased black in
cellule 7 as compared with other forms. The small and
separate black submarginal spotsareasin samson. The hind
wing is lke the figured samson, except that whereas this
form shows the whole base of cellule 8 scaled with green, in
goliath there is but a trace of green at the extreme base.

In the Tring Museum there is a fg from the New Guinea
coast opposite Waigeu, which, though not identical with the
goliath here described, very closely approaches it and samson.
More material is necessary to establish the racial distinctions
of these forms. We have found that many butterflies from
Waigeu are not racially different from specimens inhabiting
the Arfak and north coast districts when a good series is
compared. It is therefore probable, considering the greater
powers of flight possessed by these Papilio, that goliath as a
race extends over a wider range than the island of Waigeu.

It is curious that the @ of goliath figured by Oberthiir is
much nearer the supremus form from German New Guinea
than it is to samson from the Arfak.

Pieridaz.

Delias ladas watgeuensis, subsp. n.
$ 2. Differs from typical form in the reduced apical
* Ornithoptera samson, Niepelt, Int. Ent. Zeit. vi. p. 281 (1913) (Arfak
Mtns.) ; Lep. Niep. p. 54, pl. ili. fig. 1, d, pl. vi. fig. 1, 2 (1918),
Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 15

218 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

black on the fore wing; this is more apparent below, where
the black margin does not continue below vein 2, except very
slightly in the ¢, and the white spot in 4 is much larger.

Hab. Waigeu, Feb—May. 762,529.

Terias candida octogesia, Fruh.
? -forma biakensis, f. n.

We propose the above name for the ¥ specimens of octo-
gesia from Biak, all of which are darker yellow than 9? ¢
from Waigeu.

We can find no difference between g¢ ¢ of octogesia from
Waigeu and Biak (Schouten Is.).

Nymphalide.
Hypolimnas deois waigeuensis, subsp. n.

This form, especially the ¢, is near a race from Dampier
Island.

The g is distinguished from typical deois, Hew., in the
strongly violet discal patch of the hind wing, which bears
only some scattered white scales.

2 is distinguished by the absence of white on the hind
wing, the basal half being black-brown to beyond the cell,
with a broad brown distal band bearing the usual ocelli.
The white band of the fore wing is sprinkled with black-
brown scales, and is ill-defined distally, being thus darker and
less distinct than in other 2? forms.

Hab. Waigeu, Feb—March, 1 g,19. Also a gf and 9

in the ‘ring Museum.

Apaturina erminea octavia, Fruh., ?.

The 2 of this form departs from the 2 colouring of
erminea and resembles the ¢.

The spots of the subapical band are larger, and below the
wings are paler.
_ Length of fore wing 47 mm.

Hab. Waigeu, 1 ¢, Feb—March; 2 ¢ 6, April-May.
| Satyride2.

Hypocysta osyris watgeuensis, subsp. 0.

This is the first form of Hypocysta as yet discovered on
Waigeu.

Lepidoptera from Dutch New Guinea. 219

The fore wing above shows a more distinct and better-
defined pale discal band than in osyris from Aru, and the
veins are not scaled with brownish black. The hind wing
has a more extended basal area.

On the underside the white area of the hind wing is only
separated from the silvery edging of the ocelli by a thin
brown line.

? with broader white band on fore wing, extending to
vein 4. Hind wing with extended white, filling the basal
part of cellule 2.

Hab. Waigeu, 3 3 3,2 2 2, March—May.

Mycalesis arabella, Fruh., ¢.

Upperside of fore wing with brown area extended to the
submarginal line in the area below vein 3 and also extending
above this vein. ‘he two ocelli below are reproduced above,
as also is the heavy submarginal line. Hind wing paler than
in the ¢.

Underside paler than in the g¢; abdomen grey-brown
above, pale ochreous below.

Length of fore wing 23 mm.

Hab. Waigeu, 1 §, 1 2, April-May.

Subfamily Neuxozrryz.

Pretaxila wallacei arfakensis, subsp. n.

Near the form theodosta, Frub., from Dorey, but differs
from this chiefly in the shorter white patch on the hind wing.

6. Upperside of fore wing with three small white sub
apical spots. Hind wing with the white patch reaching
vein 4 as in wallacez, but reaching below vein 2 nearly to
the submedian, inner edge indented in 2 and 3, distal edge
toothed.

Underside of fore wing as in wallacei. Hind wing with a
faint discal curved line, not broken up as in wallace? ; sub-
terminal orange band narrower and bordering the row of five
rounded black spots.

Hab. Angi Lakes, Arfak Mtns., 6000 feet, March 1914
4-4 ©. @ FP. Prait); 1 g. )

Lycenide.
Arhopala fulla babsi, subsp. n.

3. Upperside as in fulla, Hew., from Amboina.
Underside with darker ground-colour and a purplish sheen
Iss

220 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

which is absent in fulla. The markings are similar, but the
discal band of the hind wing is much broader.

9. This sex of fulla does not appear to be known.

Fore wing above with costa and outer margin broadly
black. Hind wing with broad costal and apical black
margin reaching to below vein 6.

Underside as in the ?.

Hab. Waigeu, 6 8 3,2 2 9, Feb—March.

Deudorix concolor, sp. n.

Allied to woodfordi, Druce*, from the Solomons, and not
easily to be distinguished from it on the upperside.

3. Underside as in ep*jarbas, Moore, but the lines in the
anal area of the hind wing do not form an angle, and the
outer part of the V-shaped mark normally present is separated
in le to form an oblong closed spot. Some slight metallic
blue scaling at the anal angle.

Upperside differs from the figure of woodfordi in the
brown not extending above vein 2 on fore wing. Hind wing
with brown area having basal edge incurved and not straight.

Length of fore wing 19 mm.

Hab. Waigeu, Feb.—March, 1 ¢.

Candalides philotas cineraceus, subsp. n.

Compared with philotas, Feld., from Amboina, of which
we examined the type, this race is darker blue above and
darker grey below. ‘The blue patch on the fore wing of the
2 is duller blue, and there is increased blue scaling in the
cell of the hind wing.

Hab. Waigeu, 2 3 o, April-May; 3 ? 9, Feb—March.

There is a specimen of this form in the B.M.

Pepliphorus hylas waigeuensis, subsp. n.

g. Distinguished from hylas, Cram., from the Moluccas,
especially by the broad white band of the fore wing; this
band reaches vein 4.

Underside of fore wing with white band extending above
vein 4, its distal edge incised between the veins. Hind wing

with subterminal line thinner and more strongly dentate ;”

black anal spot not edged with a white line anteriorly, the
white line at each side joined to the double V-shaped white
line above it.

Hab. Waigeu, Feb.—March, 2 ¢ @.

* Deudorix woodfordi, Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 571, pl. xxxii.
fies. 13, 14 (Guadaleanar).

Lepidoptera from Dutch New Guinea. 28

Lampides pactolus waigeuensis, subsp. n.

Compared with pactolus, Feld., from Amboina, of which
we have examined the type, this race has the ground-colour
of the underside dull grey instead of brownish grey. The
bands of the fore wing are straighter. On the hind wing the
sixth line of white bars not joined to the fourth line of the
discal band. The anal spot is very faintly edged with
orange.

2 with reduced blue on both wings and no subterminal
spots. Fore wing with blue patch extending but slightly
above vein 5 and filling basal half of cellules 2-4; a sub-
terminal line from vein 4 to submedian formed of three blue
lunules and cutting off three spots of ground-colour in cellules
1 b-c, 2, and 3.

On the underside the subterminal lines on both wings are
thinner than in pactolus.

Hab. Waigeu, § 2, Feb.—March.

Hesperide.
Subfamily Hzsprerr a.

Casyapa swinhoei, sp. n.

Allied to corvus, Feld., but differs from all the previously
known species in having a white line behind the eyes.

3. Upperside rufous brown. Underside with dark brown
ground-colour. Fore wing with costa rufous brown to the
middle; basal area sparsely scaled with rufous brown. Hind
wing with dark brown ground-colour and basal three-fourths
scaled with rufous brown, leaving a dark marginal border.
Fringes orange-yellow.

Antenne, head, thorax, and abdomen as in corvus.

Length of fore wing 32 mm.

Hab. Waigeu, Feb.—March, 1 ¢.

Casyapa critomedia waigeuensis, subsp. n.
Casyapa critomedia subspec., Fruh. Ivis, xxiy. p. 103 (1910) (Waigeu).

Distinguished from eritomedia, Guér., from Papua, by the
narrower orange-yellow bands.

3 2. Upperside of fore wing with discal band reaching
the submedian, narrowing from vein 4 and not projecting
distad in cellule 3; a black dot within the band at base of 3
or no dot at all. Hind wing with a marginal black border
narrowing posteriorly to 1 6 or before it.

Hab. Waigeu, Feb.—March, 4 og 3,3 2 2.

222 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

Subfamily Jsarevrvz.
Hasora latifaseia, sp. n.

Allied to discolor, Feld., and lugubris, Bdv., but larger and
with fore wing more produced apically.

3. Upperside deep brown with a slight purplish sheen.
Fore wing as in lugubris, without streaks of androconia.
find wing as in lugubris, but with basal hair greenish.

Underside of fore wing similar to lugubris ; dark blue gloss
less extended below vein 4 ; subapical green line thicker and
nearly straight. Hind wing similar to discolor, but ground-
colour more bluish green and darker at the distal margin ;
the discal band white, its outer edge straight, its inner edge
but slightly curved ; marginal line obsolete.

2. Underside of fore wing with an indistinct bluish-white
median patch. Hind wing with band broader than in the @.

Antenne black ; palpi black-brown mixed with yellow;
head dark brown, frons green; thorax dark green ; abdomen
above deep purplish brown, clothed with dark green hair at
base, below black-brown ; segments and anal tuft marked
with grey-white ; thorax below dark green; legs greyish
brown, with dark green hair.

Length of fore wing 26 mm.

Hab. Biak, Schouten Islands, May and June, 2 ¢ g,1 2
(types) ; Waigeu, April-May, 1 ¢.

Hasora chalybeata, sp. n.

Allied to latijascia, J. & T., but without the white band,
and possessing in the g two stripes of androconia on the sub-
median, 2, 3, and 4 of the fore wing,

3. Underside of fore wing with more steel-blue than in
latifascia, leaving the brown ground-colour only proximally
below vein 2 and along the inner margin. Hind wing steel-
blue with a greenish tinge ; a trace of a pale and very narrow
discal band.

?. Upperside with a strong purple sheen over the costa
and outer margin of fore wing and along outer margin of
hind wing.

Length of fore wing 26 mm.

Hab, Waigeu, Feb.—March,5 og g,1 92.

Lepidoptera from Dutch New Guinea. 223

Subfamily Pawpurzrr-z.
Flesperilla arfakensis, sp. n.

Allied to maykora, Plétz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. 1885, p. 225
(Aru).

3. Differs below in the much paler brown colour, with
purple and green reflections ; the fore wing with grey-white
scaling in the median area below vein 2.

Length of fore wing 18 mm,

Hab. Angi Lakes, Arfak Mtns., 6000 feet, March, 1 @.

Sabera fusca, sp. n.

Allied to fuliginosa, Misk.*, from Australia, and chiefly
distinguished by the shorter brand and the absence of spots
on hind wing below.

3. Upperside blackish brown. Fore wing with a line of
androconia from the submedian to vein 4, widened in cellule 3
to fill the base of the cellule ; at the distal edge of this brand
are some scattered pale yellow scales occurring from the inner
margin to vein 6, but variable in number; above this in 6, 7,
and 8 are some faint streaks of darker yellow scaling, also
some scattered yellow scaling along the costa and in the cell;
slight yellowish hair along basal part of inner margin; fringe
white at outer angle. Hind wing without markings; fringe
white from anal angle to vein 6,

Underside dark chestnut-brown. Fore wing with basal
and median area dark brown. Hind wing unicolorous except
for some more distinctly reddish sealing below vein 2.

Antenne black, club pale yellow beneath. Head and palpi
black mixed with yellow-brown ; abdomen black with some
yellow or grey-white scaling laterally and ventrally ; legs
black-brown, more or less scaled with yellow.

Length of fore wing 16 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 6000 feet, Nov. 1914,6 og.

Sabera albicilla, sp. n.

Allied to the preceding species.

3. Upperside black-brown. ore wing with a line of
androconia as in fusca, but placed at nearly right angles with
the inner margin and composed of raised scales; a white dot
at base of cellule 3 ; three subapical white dots placed close

* Proc. Royal Soc, Queensland, 1889, p. 147,

224 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

together in cellules 6,7, and 8. Hind wing without markings ;
fringe white to vein 6 or before it; outer margin more or
less narrowly edged with white from anal angle to vein 2,
this being most marked in the specimens from the Wan-
dammen Mountains.

Underside of fore wing dark chestnut-brown along costa
and over apical area, remainder black-brown ; some bluish-
white sealing along outer margin and the dots of the upperside
showing through. Hind wing dark chestnut-brown; a large
oval creamy-white spot below the cell, touching vein 2 and
the submedian ; below this a small white spot near the outer
margin.

Antenne black, club pale yellow beneath; palpi black
above, white below and at the sides; head, thorax, and
abdomen black, the abdomen with some grey-white hair on
the ventral surface ; pectus grey-white ; legs black-brown,
slightly scaled with yellow, femora with a fringe of grey-
white hair.

Length of fore wing 15 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 8000 feet, Nov., 1 ¢ (type) ;
Angi Lakes, Arfak Mtns., 6000 feet, Jan—Feb., 2 gg.

Acerbas albimedia, sp. n.

Distinct from the other species of the genus.

6. Upperside black-brown. Fore wing with a yellow
inner marginal streak, slightly curved from near the base to
above the submedian, this vein separating the spot above it ;
above this in one specimen is seen a faint yellow dot in 2.
Hind wing with a narrow transverse discal band of five small
spots placed in le, 2, 3, and 4.

Underside of fore wing black-brown, costa and apical area
paler and with a greenish sheen ; three small pale yellow
median spots, one above vein 2, the others below it. Hind
wing with base and distal margin grey-brown with a greenish
sheen ; a broad white discal band trom the costa to inner
margin, much broader below the submedian, so that nearly
all the inner margin is white.

Antenne black, club yellow below posteriorly ; palpi and
frons greenish yellow, vertex black ; thorax and abdomen
above black, some dark greenish hair on patagia and base of
abdomen ; abdomen below sulphur-yellow, with a thin mesial
line of whitish hair; legs black and more or less scaled with
yellow, femora with a fringe of grey-white hair.

Length of fore wing 18 mm.

Lepidoptera from Dutch New Guinea. 225
Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-6000 feet, Nov., 2 ¢ &.

We place this provisionally in Acerbas. The fore wing
has vein 2 from near the base, 3, 4, and 5 all near together.

BIAKA, gen. nov.

Allied to Pirdana, Dist. Antenne about three-fourths
length of fore wing. Fore wing with vein 5 from below
middle of discocellular, 3 close to 4 near angle of cell, 2 from
below middle of cell ; upper discoceliular obsolescent, farther
from 10 than in Pirdana. Hind wing with vein 5 from
below middle of discocellular, its proximal half obsolescent,
4 from the angle, 3 from just below the angle, 2 opposite 6
and farther from 3 than in Pirdana.

Type, albidiscus, J. & T.

Biaka albidiscus, sp. n.

?. Upperside black-brown with a strong purple sheen.
Fore wing with a pale discal suffusion in areas 1 b, 1c, 2, and
3, formed by a reduction of scales; some yellowish-brown
hair below cell and on inner margin. Hind wing with some
yellowish-brown hair in cell and in Le, and at the bases of 2,
3, and 4; a pale postcellular suffusion formed by reduced
scaling.

Underside bronzy green. Fore wing with a small white
discal patch formed of three spots in 1 6, 1c, and 2 ; basal
aud median area bluish purple. Lind wing with a large
bluish-white discal patch, extending trom base along lower
half of cell, anteriorly to vein 6 and posteriorly to the inner
margin, its distal edge curved parallel to the outer margin.

Antennee black, club with white scaling below. Head and
palpi black-brown mixed with yellow, tirst and second palpal
segments yellow at the side; thorax black-brown clothed
with yellowish-brown hair ; abdomen black-brown, with some
greyish-brown hair on basal segment, laterally and ventrally
with segments edged with white; legs black-brown on out-
side, ochreous on inside, femora whitish on inside.

Length of fore wing 23 mm.

Hab. Biak, Schouten Islands, June, 1 specimen.

We are indebted to Col. C. Swinhoe for kindly giving us
lis opinion on this very interesting species.

MIMENE, nom. nov.
Mimas, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb, Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. ix.

226 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

p- 391 (1895), is preoccupied by M/imas, Hiibner, Verzeichniss,
p. 142 (1822).

We therefore propose the name MMimene for this genus.
Beside the species here described, the following two are
known, bes are not mentioned by Mabille in the ‘Genera
Ins pakacan®

Mimene Nona etulsiGe, Kirsch, Mitth. K. Zool. Mus.
Dresden, vol. i. pt. 2, p. 128, pl. vil. fig. 6, 9 (1877)
(Jobi Is land). Type of genus.

Mimene (Mimas) militias, de Nicév., J. B. N. H. Soe.
vol. ix. p. 393, ¢ (1895) (Humboldt Bay).

AMimene (Mimas) melie, de Nicéy., J. B. N. H. Soe. vol. ix.
p- 394, pl. Q, fig. 55, 9 (1895) (Humboldt Bay).

Mimene basalis, J. & T., 3.

Mimas basalis, Joicey & Talbot, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1916, p. 80
(Schouten Is.), 2.

¢. Upperside with metallic bluish-green scaling in the
basal areas. Fore wing with basal patch extended but
slightly into the cell. Hind wing with basal patch extended
beyond ceil between veins 4 and 5, and mostly covered with
white hair.

Underside as in ? and with a blue spot on vein 5. Hind
wing as in 2 and with a brown discal spot and a quadrate
blue postcellular spot in 4.

Fore and hind tibia with a fringe of hair, black on the
former, and on the latter black anteriorly and white poste-
riorly,

Length of fore wing 18 mm.

Hab. Waigeu, Feb.—March, 2 gg.

Mimene biakensis, sp. n.

+ Upperside with stigma not wavy, but straighter than
in waigeuensis ; yellow discal band much reduced and scarcely
indicated below vein 2.

Underside of fore wing unicolorous, without median yellow
patch which is present in wazgeuensts.

9. Upperside with only faint yellow scaling in the median
and basal areas of fore wing. Hind wing without discal
spots.

Underside of fore wing with a small yellow discal patch
below vein 2.

Hab. Biak, Schouten Is., June, 3 ¢ ¢,3 2 9.

Lepidoptera from Dutch New Guinea. 227

Mimene wandammenensis, sp. n.

Allied to btakensis, but has not in the ¢ the sex-brand of
the fore wing complete.

3. Upperside black-brown. Fore wing with sex-brand
limited to a small stripe on the anterior sides of the sub-
median and vein 2, and on both sides of 3; an indistinct
band formed of scattered yellow scaling on the line of the
androconia; a thin yellow basal stripe on inner margin;
some yellowish hair below the cell. Hind wing with a very
indistinctly yellowish basal stripe extending to beyond the
cel]. Cilia pale yellow from anal angle to vein 4.

Underside deep purplish brown with a greenish reflection,
and no markings.

Head and palpi black with sparse yellow scaling; antenne
lost ; thorax and abdomen black, some blackish-brown hair
at the base of latter ; legs and pectus black-brown.

Length of fore wing 19 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov., 1g.

Mimene waigeuensis, sp. n.

3. Upperside with blackish-brown ground-colour. Fore
wing with a thin yellow-brown discal band from the sub-
median to vein 4, crossed by the dark veins, and edged
proximally by a line of androconia ; the androconia form a
wavy continuous line which becomes thickened in the base of
cellule 3 to fill the interspace ; below the cell in 2, Le, 18,
and 1a some yellow-brown basal scaling. Fringe black-
brown, yellowish at outer angle. Hind wing with a yellow-
brown transverse band imterrupted by the veins to form four
spots, the two middle ones being the larger; some dark
yellow-brown hair in the cell and along inner margin; fringe
black-brown, yellow-brown between anal angle and vein 5.

Underside black-brown with a deep purplish sheen, fore
wing paler than the hind wing. Fore wing with a yellow
discal patch placed between submedian and vein 3, its inner
edge better defined than the outer. Hind wing without
markings.

Antenne black, with some grey-white scaling on the
lower surface of the club. Head and palpi black-brown
mixed with yellow; thorax black-brown, clothed with dark
yellow-brown hair ; abdomen black, with dark yellow-brown
hair at base, segments edged basally with dark grey above

228 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and G. Talbot on new

and yellow-brown below ; legs black-brown, mid and _poste-
rior femora grey-white on inside.

?. Upperside of fore wing with narrow pale yellow discal
band of three spots between submedian and vein 2 ; some
pale yellow scaling along proximal half of inner margin.
Hind wing with paler markings than in the g, and with a
shorter discal band,

Underside of fore wing with a broader discal patch than in
the ¢.

Head and palpi with yellowish-white markings. Fringes
black-brown.

Length of fore wing, ¢ 20, 2 21 mm.

Hab. Waigeu, Feb—May, 6 § g,1 9.

Mimene viridicincta, sp. n.

Distinguished from other species of the genus by the
metallic green head.

$. Upperside with black-brown ground-colour. Fore
wing with the basal area to origin of vein 3 yellow-brown
divided by the dark veins and with the cell but sparsely
sealed with this colour. Hind wing with some yellow-brown
hair at the base.

Underside of fore wing with a yellow-brown spot at the
base of cellule 2 and some scaling of similar colour above it in
the cell. Hind wing darker than the fore wing, deep brown
and without markings.

Antenne black, club greyish below with yellow scaling ;
head, palpi, tegule, and base of patagia metallic green with
cupreous reflections; thorax and base of abdomen clothed
with yellow-brown hair ; abdomen deep purplish brown with
slight yellow lateral scaling; anal tuft white below; legs
black-brown.

Length of fore wing 21 mm.

Hab. Waigeu, Feb.—March, 1 ¢.

We place this provisionally in JJimene, but it differs from
tle typical ¢ of that genus in veins 3 and 4 of the fore wing
originating close together and 3 and 4 of the hind wing being
closer together than 2 and 3.

Notocrypta angiana, sp. n.

Allied to wokana, Plotz*, from Aru, but differs in having
the spot in 2 on the tore wing reduced proximally so that
its inner edge is not in line with the cell-spot ; the band is

* Berl. Ent. Zeit. xxix. p. 225 (1885),

Lepidoptera from Dutch New Guinea. 229

narrower than in wokana, of which there is a good series in
the Hill Museum from Aru.

Hab. Angi Lakes, Arfak Mtns., 6000 feet, March, 1 ?.

Geometride.

Celerena perithea waigeuensis, subsp. n.

Nearest the race kecensis, Prout.

6 @. Palpus above with second segment scaled with
yellow to near the apex. ore wing with distal edge of
yellow basal area nearly straight; below, this area is diffuse
below the cell, the inner margin in the ¢ being but narrowly
edged with yellow.

Hab. Waigeu, Feb.-May,5 g o,9 2? 2.

Craspedosis cyanodes, sp. n.

Nearest to cyanauges, Prout, Nov. Zool. vol. xxiii. p. 72
(1916) (Mount Goliath, Cent. Dutch New Guinea).

6. Larger than cyanauges and with a duller blue colour.
The white stripe on the fore wing is longer and extends from
vein 9 to below 2. On the underside the colour is scarcely
different from cyanauges.

Length of fore wing 20 mm.

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 6000 feet, Nov., 1 ¢.

Craspedosis cyanophanes, sp..n.

Allied to cyanauges, Prout, but the blue not extended to
the margins. Fore wing with white stripe reduced, thinner,
and extending from vein 6 to below 3. On the underside the
blue reflections are brighter than in cyanauges.

Length of fore wing 16 mm,

Hab. Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet, Nov.,1 9.

Uraniide.

Urapteroides swinhoet, sp. n.

Near approximans, Swinh., from Shortland Island, but the
dark margin of the fore wing is broader, especially at the
apex, and on the hind wing the outer band is broader, its
pale posterior part being nearly merged into the discal band.

Length of fore wing 30 mm.

Hab. Waigeu, Jan.,1 ¢; Feb.—March, 2 go.

230 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and W. J. Kaye on

XXIII.— Two new Species and new Genus of Sphingide.
By J. J. Joicey, F.E.S., and W. J. Kaye, F.E.S.

[Plate VIIL.]

Polyptychus lapidatus, J. & K.
$. Differs from P. murinus, Roths. (1904), in the

following points :—

Smaller; distal margin of fore wing a little less incurved
and darker brown than in P. murinus, the ante- and post-
median lines less irregular, the antemedian ones ending at
hind margin, with a conspicuous brown spot composed of two
arcs; the postmedian lines, which in P. murinus are crenate
or dentate in front of the hind margin, being strongly marked
in this area, are in dapidatus feebly marked, not contrasting
much with the ground, a somewhat diffuse brown spot at
hind margin near angle being the most conspicuous marking
in this area. Anal angle of hind wing less produced than in
P. murinus, the apex of hind wing broader, the brown anal
submarginal spot continued forward. '

Underside: costal margin of fore wing and the hind wing
with the exception of the distal and abdominal marginal areas
laved with ferruginous, almost as in P. murinus; fore wing
with a somewhat dentate postdiscal line, and further towards
margin two rows of minute dots, the inner dots being connected
with one another by a very faint brown line. On hind wing
three brown lines.

Genitalia similar to those of P. murinus, but anal tergite
slenderer and comparatively larger. The clasper (fig. 2) with
a small, well-defined patch of small yellowish scales on the
outside near apex; the upper process of the harpe (P?)
directed obliquely downwards, very much shorter than the
corresponding process of P. murinus ; moreover, in P. murinus
P! is almost horizontal, being dirécted towards the apex of
the clasper, which it reaches ; process P* is denticulate and
touches P* apically ; below P* there is a short lobe L. The
penis-funnel is armed below the penis-sheath with two conical
thorn-like teeth which are curved upwards ; in P. murinus
the two prongs of this fork are almost divaricate, while in
lapidatus they are divergent. (For the meaning of these
termini see Lacordaire, Genera Coléopt. ix. 2, p. 412, 1872.)
The genitalia of two ¢ ¢ of P. murinus have been compared,
one from the Congo, the other from the Gold Coast.

fab. W. Africa, Coomassie.

l 2x

Expanse 64 mm.

new Species and a new Genus of Sphingide. 238

Type in Coll. Joicey.
Weare greatly indebted to Dr. Jordan for his diagnosis
and drawing of the genitalia of Polyptychus lapidatus.

THIBETIA, gen. nov.

Head large, projecting, with a mesial crest. Antennee of
3 long and heavy, with short pectinations, ending in a long
gradually tapering tip. Palpi large, projecting considerably,
the second joint much larger than the first. Two pairs of
spurs on hind tibia of nearly equal length, long. Mid and
hind tarsus with comb. Curved spur of fore tibia very
strong. Wings short. Apex of fore wing very obtusely
pointed and sharply curved before apex. Outer margin
strongly convex before middle and concave before vein 3,
and again but less so at vein 5. Lower angle of cell nearly
aright angle with median. Hind wing without lobe at anal
angle.

Type, T. niphaphylla.

This genus is close to Angonyx, from which it chiefly
differs in having spurs of nearly equal length on the hind
tibia, a short body, and a mesial crest on the head.

Thibetia niphaphylla, sp. n.

Above: Head, thorax, abdomen, and fore wing dirty
blackish brown. Fore wing with the first three transverse
lines pointing basad, the outer one double the width of the
two nearer ones. Discal line nearly straight, passing just
beyond end of cell. Two waved postdiscal lines. A sub-
apical shade of reddish ochreous. A dark brown shade
cutting off a large apical area. Hind wing dirty blackish
brown or reddish brown, with a darker border, widest between
veins 4, 5.

Below: Base of palpi, breast, abdomen, and large discal
area of both fore and hind wing dull reddish. <A very ire-
gular brown marginal band, widest at vein 5, on both fore
and hind wing. A pair of ill-defined curved lines across the
dise of hind wing.

Expanse 52 mm.

Hab, Thibet.

13,3292.

‘Type in Coll. Joicey.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

Fig. 1. Polyptychus lapidatus.
Fg. 2, Ditto. Clasp of genital armature,
Fig. 3. Thibetia niphaphylla.

232 Mr, 8. Hirst on certain Species of

XXIV.—Remarks on certain Species of the Genus Demodex,
Owen (the Demodex of Man, the Horse, Dog, Rat, and
Mouse). By Sranuey Hirst.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
[Plate IX.]

Demodex folliculorum, Simon.

Elongated specimens of Demodew folliculorum (from human
beings) are from five and a half to over six and a half times
as long as the width of the cephalothorax *, the latter (in-
cluding capitulum) being about a quarter of the total length
in large specimens. Capitulum short, being much wider
than long; the two spines on its dorsal surface are very
short and inconspicuous.

This species is apparently the longest of the genus, adult
females sometimes measuring up to 390 w in length.

Demodex caninus, Tulk.

D, caninus is an elongated species, being usually more
than six (sometimes up to seven) times as longas wide. The
cephalothorax (not including capitulum) is a little less than
half the length of the abdominal part of the body and is of
moderate width. Abdomen long and slender, gradually
tapering to the posterior end, which is bluntly pointed.
Capitulum of moderate width, being widest at the base,
where it about equals its length ; the two spines on its dorsal
surface are very short and pointed.

Measurements.—Length of body 225 w ; width of cephalo-
thorax 40 p.

Material—Numerous specimens from a dog suffering from
the disease induced by this species of Demodex.

Note.—My adult females of D. caninus do not measure
more than 225 w, whereas Canestrini states that his examples
of this sex measure up to 302 w; from this it would seem
that this species varies considerably in length when adult.

* The word “cephalothorax” is used here to indicate the anterior
part of the body bearing all the four pairs of legs. It is, perhaps, neces-
sary to make this point clear, for the last pair of legs in the genus
Demodex sometimes has the appearance of being placed on the “ abdo-
men”’; this is due to the fact that the transverse striations (or annulations)
characteristic of the posterior region of the body extend dorsally beyond
this pair of legs (or even further forwards in some species),

the Genus Demodex, Owen. 233

Demodex ratti, Hahn.

2? —This species is long and slender, being about seven
and a half to eight and a half times as long as the width of
the cephalothorax. Capitulum narrow, being longer than
wide. Cephalothorax also characteristically narrow and
much shorter than the abdomen; the latter is wider, but
fairly long and vermiform. The two spines on the dorsal
surface of the capitulum are well developed and fairly long ;
they are curved near the base and pointed at the end.

Measurements.—Length of body (including capitulum)
237 w; width of cephalothorax 27 yu, of abdomen 36 yu.

Fig. 1.

j
J

Kee
at } ()
eee 4

4
|

Demodex rattt, Hahn. Dorsal view of capitulum.

Material—I have examined two adult female specimens
collected by Leslie Linzell from a wild rat (Rattus norvegicus).
Mr. Linzell informs me that the parasites were very abundant
in the skin of this rat.

Demodex musculi, Oudms.

The adults of this species are rather short. Cephalothorax
+capitulum a little shorter than abdominal part of body.
Capitulum of moderate width, being widest at the base, where
it is about equal to the length. Distal end of capitulum
(palp) with the outer angle strongly salient laterally and

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 16

234 On certain Species of the Genus Demodex, Owen.

pointed. Spines on dorsal surface of capitulum quite long

and pointed at the end. Cephalothorax fairly wide. There
is an internal chitinous structure in one of the specimens

which seems to be a penis; it is shaped as figured (text-.

fig. 2a).

Besides a few adult specimens, I have been able to mount

and examine two examples of a much more elongated form,
which is apparently a nymph (although very much larger
than any adults of this species so far collected, no traces of
tle genital opening can be detected). The body (including

capitulum) of this nymphal form is about seven and a half-

times as long as the width of the cephalothorax.. Its abdo-
men is rather more than two and a half times the length of

Demodex musculi, Oudms. a, penis; 5, dorsal view of capitulum.

the cephalothorax+the capitulum. Pl. IX. fig. 2, gives a
good idea of the appearance of this elongated form, but the
length is shown a little too short. The legs are rudimentary
in this nymph, and their structure is difficult to ascertain
with certainty; there are also four pairs of small rounded
structures near the middle line, which are, perhaps, the basal
seements of the developing legs of the adult. .

Measurements.— 2. Length of body (including capitulum)
150 »; width of cephalothorax 22-38 uw. Length of body
of @ 125, of large nymphal form 235 » ; width of cephalo-
thorax 30 pu.

Material—Four tame mice were examined, and the Demo-
dex was discovered in three of them, but the parasites were
very few in number.

Descriptions and Records of Bees. 235

Demodex equi, Raill.

2 .—This species is much wider than is usually the case
in the genus, the width (in mounted specimens) being about
a third of the total length of the body. Cephalothorax +
eapitulum longer than abdomen; the latter has the posterior
end widely rounded off or else bluntly pointed. Capitulum
distinctly wider than long; the two rods on its dorsal surface
are not very long, but stout and blunt at the end.

Measurements.—Length of body (including capitulum)
200-220 pw, its width 68-70 p.

Material.—L have examined two adult female examples of
this species from English horses (Leslie Linzell’s collection).

This Demodex causes a definite skin disease in horses.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Fig. 1. Demodex ratti, Hahn. Ventral aspect.
Fig. 2. musculi, Oudms., nymph. Ventral aspect.
Fig. 3. —— , female. Ventral aspect.

XXV.—Descriptions and Records of Bees —LUXXVI.
By IT. D. A. CockereLL, University of Colorado.

Hoplitis anodontura, sp. n.

@ —Length about 10 mm.; anterior wing 7.

Robust, black, with mostly white hair, but on vertex, disc
of mesothorax, and abdominal segments 2 to 4 (except the
apical bands) it is pale ochreous; facial quadrangle longer
than broad, face densely covered with white hair; antenne
short, looking like those of a female, the flagellum red beneath
except at base ; vertex and cheeks with strong dense punc-
tures, but shining between the punctures; mesothorax and
scutellum very densely punctured ; area of metathorax polished
and shining; tegule shining black. Wings strongly infus-
cated, brownish, the b.n. meeting t.-m., and second s.m,
long. Legs black, punctured, with glittering white hair;
inner side of tarsi with pale reddish hair. Abdomen shining,
but very well punctured; segments 1 to 5 with entire,
narrow, white hair-bands; sixth segment very broadly
rounded and at sides obtusely angulate, but not toothed.

Mexico (C. F. Baker Collection, 2499).

Compared with H. adunca, the type of the genus, this

16*

236 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

species differs principally as follows:—Sixth abdominal
segment without lateral teeth ; flagellum normal, not espe-
cially thickened; mesothorax more coarsely and densely
punctured ; hind femora and tibie stouter. There is no
material difference in the venation. The species is more like
the European H. adunca than the species of the United
States.

Pasiphaé cyanea melanura, subsp. n.

9? .—No red hair at end of abdomen, that on each side of
apical plate greyish black (sooty); tegule shining black.
Wings quite dusky.

Chubut, Patagonia (from W. F. H. Rosenberg). U.S.
National Museum. The typical form is from Tierra del
Fuego, about 600 miles southward.

Nomada carcaranensis, sp. n.

g .—Length 10 mm.

Robust, with white pubescence in supraclypeal region, on
sides and posterior part of thorax, and underside of abdomen.
Head bright ferruginous, with the clypeus, very large cunei-
form lateral marks, malar space, and base of mandibles light
lemon-yellow ; face broad, inner orbits practically parallel ;
mandibles simple ; labrum red, very hairy ; eyes pale reddish
grey; face and front with coarse punctures, but a smooth line
down middle of clypeus; scape bright ferruginous; flagellum
ferruginous, strongly suffused with blackish above, except
at base; third antennal joint much longer than fourth, but
not quite solong as fourth and fifth combined; region of
ocelli blackened ; mesothorax red, with a strong median
channel, which is blackish ; surface of mesothorax shining,
with very large, irregular, partly confluent punctures; axille
and the bilubed scutellum brighter red than mesothorax ;
yellow band on prothorax, and the tubercles, two spots on
pleura, and line on postscutellum also pale yellow ; sides of
thorax blackened, but middle of mesopleura red ; metathorax
red, with the basal area black; tegule bright ferruginous,
with scattered punctures. Wings brown, with a median
hyaline area ; nervures dark fuscous, stigma ferruginous ;
b.n. meeting t.-m.; second s.m. large, quadrate, receiving
first r.n. slightly beyond middle. Abdomen shining, finely
punctured ; first segment basally red, then reddish black, and
the margin with a yellow band ; remaining segments reddish
black, the second with a pale yellow band, broad at sides and
narrow in middle, the third with only a slight mark on each

Records of Bees. 237

side, the fourth to sixth with pale bands, on fourth slightly
interrupted, on fifth entire, on sixth widely interrupted, and
emarginate on each side anteriorly ; apical plate broad, trun-
cate, finely longitudinally striate; venter without yellow
markings.

Carcarana, Argentina (L. Bruner, 66).

Related to NV. pampicola, Holmbg., but much larger, with
red head and thorax. The type is in U.S. National Museum,

Nomada barcelonensts, nom. nov.
Nomada excellens, Pérez, 1913 (not Ckll, 1903).

Barcelona, Spain.

Augochlora (Odontochlora) thetis (Schrottky).

San Bernardino, Paraguay (K. Fiebrig). Collected
Nov. 2.

DPiradasia imitatrie (Schrottky).
San Bernardino, Paraguay (K. Liebrig).

Megachile stomatura, sp. 0.

$ .—Length about 85 mm.

Rather narrow, with nearly parallel-sided but not much
elongated abdomen. Black, the small joints of tarsi ferrugi-
nous, and anterior femora with a large, polished, shining,
ferruginous surface on inner side, occupying about the apical
two-thirds. Head broader than thorax; face (except upper
part of clypeus) and cheeks covered with white hair, that on
facé faintly yellowish; clypeus with rather large punctures on
a shining ground; maxillary palpi very short; antennz long
and slender, reaching extreme base of abdomen ; flagellum
obscurely brown beneath ; metathorax and sides of thorax
with long white hair, dorsal surface with little hair, on meso-
thorax short, thin, and brown, but there is a band of white
hair on postscutellum, a thin band in scutello-mesothoracic
suture, and a conspicuous white tuft on each side of meso-
thorax posteriorly; mesothorax aud scutellum dullish, the
former with small weak punctures, distinetly separate on
dise ; tegule piceous, reddened posteriorly. Wings brownish
hyaline, with a dark cloud from region of stigma along mar-
ginal cell to apex, darkest at end of marginal cell. Anterior
coxze without spines; anterior tarsi simple ; lind tibiz poste-
riorly covered with white tomentum, conspicuous in an

238 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

oblique light. Abdomen shining, basal transverse depressions
of second and third segments very deep; segments 1 to 5
with narrow, entire, white hair-bands; fifth segment with
short but coarse black hair before the band; sixth segment
dorsally rugose, not tomentose, but with erect black hairs, the
apical keel strongly bilobed, the large subtriangular lobes
convex on outer margin and slightly concave within, the
whole suggesting the opened mouth of some bird or fish; no
subapical ventral armature.

Trinidad, West Indies, June 6 (Aug. Busck). U.S.
National Museum.

A very distinct little species, superficially like J/. multidens,
Fox, from Jamaica, but structurally quite different. The
obscure reddish stigma is quite well developed, whereas that
of multidens is obsolete. ‘The real affinity seems to be with
such species as J/. disparipennis, Ckll., from Texas, and
M. perpunctata, Ckll., from Mexico. ‘These latter have the
darkening of the marginal cell and adjacent parts much more
intense,

Megachile holomefena, sp. n.

@ .—Length 12 mm.; anterior wing 8 mm.

Black, robust, the body and pubescence entirely black, the
flagellum very obscurely brownish beneath ; mandibles
broad, obtusely quadridentate ; clypeus short and broad,
densely punctured but glistening, the lower margin in middle
smooth and polished, the edge straight and without any
denticle ; supraclypeal area smooth and shining in middle ;
mesothorax very finely and closely punctured, not shining ;
scutellum shining on disc, but well punctured ; tegulee black.
Wings brownish hyaline, a dark shade along costal side of
marginal cell. Spurs of anterior tibiz red. Abdomen
shining, last ventral segment truncate-subemarginate.

Chubut, Patagonia (from W. F. H. Rosenberg). U.S.
National Museum.

The hair on inner side of tarsi is black, not red as in
M. chubutana, Schrottky. The insect is smaller than
M. melancholica, Joerg., the wings are not yellowish, and

the abdomen is much more hairy dorsally, especially toward
the base.

Megachile atramentata, sp. n.

9 .—Leneth 12 mm.; anterior wing 9 mm,
Black, robust, the body, antenne, and tegule wholly
black ; the pubescence black, very obscurely reddish on inner

Records of Bees, 239

side of tarsi; appearance exactly like MM. holomelena, but
differing thus :—Lower margin of clypeus slightly crenulate ;
median line of clypeus in middle shining, more or less free
from punctures ; punctures of clypeus more distinct ; meso-
thorax with much larger punctures, well separated on disc
posteriorly. Wings darker, especially the upper part of
marginal cell ; second s.m, larger ; b.n, almost meeting t.-m.

Bahia Blanca, Argentina (LZ. Bruner, 4). U.S. National
Museum.

The abdominal scopa is pure black, not brown-black as in
M. chubutana.

The following key separates five black species which look
very much alike :—

Hair of face (male) pure white except at

sides ; abdomen closely punctured .... piwrensis, Ckll. (Peru.)
Hair of face (females only known) without

RUPEE LESOMES NSA ca ssPaleieleys to. veherdre die cha wie 1.
1. Ventral scopa light orange-fulyous except
7 DET? DROS B Co-ed Gn ae Oprepicioe Meier huascart, Ckll. (Peru.)
Ventral scopa black, whitish in middle;
mesothorax entirely dull ............ aoe Ckll. (Peru.)
Ventral scopa wholly black ..............

2. Mesothorax with dense very fine punctures. ie Ckl.
Mesothorax with large well-separated punc-
tures on disc posteriorly ...... ereipteks atramentata, Cll.

Megachile bruneriella, sp. n.

o —Length 10°5 mm.

Rather broad, but parallel-sided ; black, including the legs
and the long slender antennee ; face densely covered with
cream-coloured hair ; oneere of head with long white
hair; vertex with black hair ; mesothorax mostly dull, but
shining on disc, closely but rather weakly punctured ; scu-
tellum closely punctured, but glistening; mesothorax above
with long hair, mostly white, but black on dise of mesothorax
and most of scutellum ; pleura with black hair, but venter
with white, and a tuft of white close to base of wings; meta-
thorax with black hair, but postscutellum with white; tegulee
piceous. Wings strongly suffused with brown. Anterior
femora with a red area on inner surface; anterior tibia
reddened behind; anterior tarsi obscurely reddish, rather
robust, not modified, with a posterior white fringe a little
longer than width of tarsi; anterior coxze with very short
pointed spines; middle tarsi with shining creamy-white hair
on outer side and long hairs behind; hind tarsi with red hair
on inner side. Abdomen short, the sixth segment vertical ;
first segment with long whitish hair, the others with ochreous

240 Descriptions and Records of Bees.

hair (no black), the second with pale ochreous bands at sides,
the third with similar bands less widely interrupted, the
fourth with an entire pale band, the fifth covered with pale
reddish hair, the sixth with creamy appressed hair; keel of
sixth segment broadly rounded, the margin irregularly sub-
crenate but not dentate, the central emargination moderate ;
no ventral spines.

Carcarana, Argentina (Z. Bruner, 44). U.S. National
Museum.

In the tables of Jérgensen and Schrottky it runs nearest to
M. parsonsie, from which it differs by the small coxal spines,
non-dentate end of abdomen, &c. It runs out at 13 in
Vachal’s table, and in Friese’s Argentine table it goes to
“ M. simillima”’=parsonsie. It is related to M. para-
xanthura, Ckll., but differs in the distribution of the hair on
the abdomen and the dark spurs. Other species of Megachile
taken by Bruner at Carcarana are JZ. infima, Vachal (69) ;
M. ctenophora, Holmbg., apparently (70); MZ. gomphrene,
Holmbg., apparently (45) ; JZ. vagata, Vachal (43) ; Jf. men-
dozana, Ckll. (63). The Alegachile fauna of Argentina is
very large, and as many of the species have been briefly
described and many are known only from one sex, the deter-
mination of the species is more or less difficult and uncertain.
The species must be quite local in many cases; thus, Vachal
described nine species from the Province of Mendoza, and
Jorgensen subsequently reported twenty species from that
province, but did not meet with any of Vachal’s.

- Xylocopa frontalis nitens (Lepeletier).

Apis morio, Fabr., 1793, is preoccupied by Apis morio,
Swed., 1787 ; the insect consequently takes the name nitens
(Xylocopa nitens, Lep., 1841).

Agapostemon heterurus, sp. 0.

2 .—Length about 10 mm.; anterior wing 7°8 mm.

Head and thorax a rather bluish green, the strongly striate
cheeks steel-blue ; face broad, eyes emarginate; mandibles
pale yellow basally; clypeus black except basally, convex,
punctured, with a deep median sulcus; supraclypeal area
varying from brassy to bluish ; flagellum ferruginous
beneath ; mesothorax and scutellum covered with short, felt-
like, ferruginous hair; base of metathorax coarsely wrinkled,
the triangular area distinguishable ; posterior face coarsely
transversely grooved ; tegule reddish brown. Wings dusky,
especially at apex; first rn. joining second s.m. about

On the Braconidee in the British Afuseum. 241

beginning of last third. Legs black, the anterior and middle
knees and anterior tibize in front pallid ; hind tibiee and tarsi
with dark fuscous hair on outer side and shining pale yellowish
on inner ; hind spur with two lamelliform teeth, the first very
large. Abdomen honey-colour, with transverse black bands
across middle of segments, that on first sometimes incomplete,
the first also with two dusky spots anteriorly and a dark
mark on each side; apical part of segments 2 to 4 with
appressed orange hair ; caudal rima yellowish, but black hair
on each side of it.

Paleazu, Peru (from Rosenberg). U.S. National Museum.

Related to A. vulpicolor, Crawf., but the abdomen is quite
differently coloured and the base of metathorax is much more
coarsely sculptured.

Agapostemon tyleri, sp. n.

Almost exactly like A. viridulus, Fabr., in nearly all
characters, and running to that in published tables, but
distinct in the following characters :—

2 (type).—Tegule black, with a yellow mark in front;
scutellum finely and closely punctured all over; base of
metathorax behind sides of enclosure without distinct grooves
or striz directed meso-caudad.

&@ .—Tegule chestnut-red, with a yellow spot ; yellow band
on first abdominal segment broadly interrupted; hind femora
and tibize on upper (inner) side broadly banded with black
for their whole length ; anterior tibize mainly black behind.

San Juan Allende, Mexico, Nov. 29 (C. H. 7’. Townsend).
U.S. National Museum.

XXVI.—WNotes on the Braconidse in the British Museum.—I.
By Row anp E. Turner, F.Z.8., F.E.S.

Subfamily Braconrz.

Chaoilta decorata, Szép.
Blastomorpha decorata, Szép. Term. Fiizetek, xxiii. p. 50 (1900).
Chaoilta decorata, Szép. Wytsman’s Genera Insect. xxii. p. 17 (1904).

This species was originally described from Dutch New
Guinea. I took a specimen at Cooktown in November 1904.

242 Mr. R. E. Turner on the

Genus CRATOBRACON, Cam.

Cratobracon, Cam. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 226 (1901).
Hybrothorax, Szép. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungar. iy. p. 556 (1906) (nee
(Ratsb.).

Szépligeti places Cameron’s genus in the Doryctine, merely
quoting Cameron’s description, not having seen the type.
have recently examined the type-specimen of C. ruficeps,
Cam., and find that it is congenerie with Hybothorax caudalus,
Szép.

Ceratobracon caudatus, Szép.
Iphiaulax caudatus, Szép. Termes. Fiizetek. xxiy. p. 375 (1901). 9.
Iphiaulaz reticulatus, Cam. Journ. Straits Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc. xxxix.
p. 105 (1903). 9.
Hybothorax caudatus, Szép. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungar. iy. p. 556 (1906).
2;

Szépligeti places his genus Hybothorax in the Braconine,
and does not notice that the nervulus is not interstitial with
the basal nervure, but received distinctly beyond it, according
to which character the genus should be placed in the Exo-
thecine according to his own tables. I do not think that a
character which is so variable in degree can be used as the
sole character for a subfamily, and therefore retain the genus
in the Braconine. Cameron states that the transverse basal
nervure is interstitial, but this is incorrect. |

Ipobracon insidiator, Fabr.
Ichneumon insidiator, Fabr. Spec. Insect. i. p. 429 (1781).
Bracon insidiator, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 108 (1804).
Iphiaulax speciosissimus, Szép. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungar. iii. p, 31 (1905),
Ipobracon speciosissimus, Szép. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungar. iy. p. 562
(1906).

Hab. Sierra Leone ; Ashanti.

The type is in the Banksian collection. Dalla Torre gives
the locality erroneously as Europe.

Bathyaulax plumosus, Kirby.

Bracon plumosus, W. F. Kirby, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xviii.
p. 262 (1898).

Iphiaulax cristatus, Szép. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungar. iii. p. 30 (1908).

Lathyaulax cristatus, S2ép. Ann. Mus, Nat. Hungary. iy. p.559 (1906).

Iphiaulax fastidiator, Fabr.
Ichneumon fastidiator, Fabr. Spec. Insect. p. 428 (1781).
Lracon fastidiator, Faby. Syst. Piez. p. 105 (1804).
Lracon corallinus, Rits. Tijdschr. y. Entom. xyii. p. 179 (1874).

Braconidse in the British Museum. 243

The type in the Banksian collection is headless, but the
description gives the head as red with a black mark on the
vertex. Dalla Torre is probably correct in giving coccineus,
Brullé, as a synonym, but I am not sure that the North-
African form identified by Marshall as fastédiator is really
this species. Specimens in the British Museum are from the
Gambia and Sierra Leone, from the latter of which localities
some of the African species in the Banksian collection seem
to have been received.

Iphiaulax plurimaeula, Brullé.

Bracon plurimacula, Brullé, Hist. Nat. Insect. Hymen. iv. p. 429 (1846).
Iphiauax coecineomaculatus, Cam. Ann. 8. Afric, Mus. y. p. 46 (1906).

Iphiaulax permutans, sp. n.

@. Fusco-rufa ; capite flavo, antennis, pedibus, terebraque nigris;
alis nigris, dimidio apicali flavo late bivittatis; stigmate flavo,
apice extremo nigro, :

Long. 18, terebra 9 mm.

@. Front below the antenne punctured-rugulose, with a
small, smooth, semicircular area above the clypeus. An-
tenn as long as the whole insect, the scape less than twice
as long as broad ; hind margin of the head widely emargi-
nate. ‘Thorax smooth, the parapsidal furrows distinct. First
tergite as broad at the apex as long; the elevated median
portion longitudinally striated, with a strong median carina ;
second tergite transverse, more than twice as broad at the
apex as long, longitudinally striate, with three small smooth
spaces on the anterior margin, but without a raised basal
area. ‘Third and fourth tergites longitudinally striate-rugose,
the anterior angles raised and smooth, the remaining tergites
smooth. Recurrent nervure received a little before the first
transverse cubital nervure; cubitus sharply bent near the
base.

Hab. Nyasaland, Mlanje (S. A. Neave), November to
January.

This is very near J. calopterus, Szép. (Sjéstedt, Kilimand-
jaro-Meru Exp. ii. p. 33), and will probably prove to be a
subspecies ; but in that insect the fourth tergite is smooth
aud the sculpture of the third tergite confined to the middle.
The two yellow bands of the fore wing are united in calo-

_ pterus, but in some specimens of permutans the black area

between the yellow bands is more or less broadly interrupted.

244 Mr. R. E. Turner on the

Iphiaulax grenadensis, Ashm.
Iphiaulax grenadensis, Ashm, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 294 (1900).

Iphiaulax harperi, Cam. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xxxi. p, 383 (1905).

Iphiaulax medianus, Cam. Journ. Roy. Agric. Soc. Demerara, i. p. 310
(1911) (nec Szép. 1901). 2.

Iphiaulax villosus, Cam. Journ. Roy. Agric. Soc. Demerara, i. p. 310
(1911). ¢.

This has considerable economic importance as a parasite on
the larva of the moth Diatrea saccharalis, the well-known
sugar-cane pest.

The type-specimens of all the above-quoted names are in
the British Museum.

Subfamily Hxrorzzcrvz.
Spinaria alicie, sp. n.

©. Rufo-ferruginea; abdomine pallide flavo; flagello, macula
inter ocellos, segmentis dorsalibus primo secundoque in medio
latissime, tertio quartoque omnino spinis lateralibus exceptis,
unguiculis anticis, tarsis intermediis articulo apicali, tibiis tarsis-
que posticis nigris; coxis trochanteribusque posticis fusco-
ferrugineis ; femoribus posticis basi nigris, apice fusco-testaceis ;
alis fusco-hyalinis.

Long. 9 mm.

@. Front shining, almost smooth; eyes very large, very
distinctly emarginate near the base of the antennz ; posterior
ocelli almost touching the eyes, situated very close to the
hind margin of the head. Pronotum with a straight erect
spine which does not reach the level of the mesonotum ;
parapsidal furrows well defined. Median segment rather
indistinctly rugulose, with distinct lateral carinze and a stout
blunt spine on each side at the apical angles, the median
third of the segment forming an area separated from the rest
by a curved longitudinal carina on each side. Dorsal surface
of the abdomen coarsely longitudinally striated; each seg-
ment with a low longitudinal carina in the middle, which is
not produced into a spine on the third or fourth segments,
both of which have a stout but rather short spine at the apical
angles ; fifth tergite very broad at the apex, produced into a
long acute spine in the middle of the apical margin. Second
abscissa of the radius not quite as long as the first transverse
cubital nervure, but a little longer than the second.

Hab. North Queensland, Kuranda (Turner), July 1913.

’ Braconidie zn the British Museum. 245

Easily distinguished from curvispina, Cam., luzonensis,
Enderl., and other Malayan species with somewhat similar
colouring by the very large emarginate eyes and by thie
shorter and straight spine of the pronotum, also by the shorter
second cubital cell. The second tergite is twice as broad as

long.

Genus MESOBRACON, Szép.

Mesobracon, Szép. Termes. Fiizetek, xxv. p. 46 (1902).
Telerda, Cam. Ann. 8. Afric. Mus. v. p. 75 (1906).

Mesobracon maculiceps, Cam.

Telerda maculiceps, Cam. Ann. S. Afric. Mus. v. p. 75 (1906).
Mesobracon concolor, Szép. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungar. iy. p. 579 (1906)
(Dee. 25).

The localities in the British Museum range from Mombasa
to Salisbury.

Subfamily Dorrcrrvz.

Genus ‘TRICHIOBRACON, Cam.
Trichiobracon, Cam. Journ. Straits Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc. xliv. p. 104
(1905).
Trichodoryctes, Szép. Aun. Mus. Nat. Hungar. iv. p. 599 (1906).

Trichiobracon striolatus, Szép.

Acanthobracon striolatus, Szép. Termes. Fiizetek. xxv. p. 48 (1902).

Trichiobracon pilosus, Cam. Journ. Straits Br. Roy. Asiat. Soe. xliy.
p- 104 (1905).

Neotrimorus luteus, Cam. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvi. p. 161 (1905).

Subfamily Cazeronmwz.
Spheropy« conjugator, sp. n.

2. Nigra; abdomine rufo-ferrugineo; mandibulis apice testaceis ;
femoribus anticis, tibiis anticis, tarsisque anticis basi extremo
rufo-testaceis ; alis dimidio basali hyalinis, dimidio apicali fuscis,
venis nigris.

Long. 8 mm.

¢. Clypeus short and broad, shining and finely punc-
tured ; front finely punctured, with a longitudinal groove on
each side nearly reaching the base of the antenne; vertex
smooth and shining, the head widely emarginate posteriorly,
the ocellar region somewhat raised. Second joint of the
flagellum very distinctly longer than the third, the first very
short and almost concealed in the apex of the scape, length

246 On the Braconide in the British Museum.

of the antenne 8 mm. Thorax smooth and shining, the
scutellum finely punctured, the basal half of the scutellum
occupied by a deep depression in which are three longitudinal
‘carina, the apex and sides of the scutellum strongly longi-
tudinally striated. Median segment smooth at the base,
coarsely rugose-striate at the apex. Abdomen longitudinally
rugose-striate, with only three visible tergites ; second tergite
with a distinct longitudinal carina; the first broader at the
apex than long, not much narrowed to the base; the second
a little shorter than the first, twice as broad at the apex as
long; the third very little longer than the second, without
teeth at the apex beneath. Recurrent nervure received
before the first transverse cubital nervure.

Hab. S.W. Australia, Yallingup (Turner), November and
December ; three specimens.

The tergites are less strongly curved downwards both late-
rally and apically than in the European S. trrorator, from
which it also differs in the absence of apical spines and in the
broader and less elongate abdomen. It approaches the
North-American S. bicolor much more closely in these points,
but is a larger and more robust species. The colour of the
fore femora and tarsi seems to vary, one specimen having the
femora black and two having the tarsi except the apical joint
testaceous red.

Spheropyx neavet, sp. n.

Q. Nigra; palpis, mandibulis apice, abdomine, pedibus tegulisque
rufo-testaceis: femoribus posticis apice, tibiis posticis apice,
tarsisque posticis, basi extremo excepto, nigris; alis venisque
fuscis.

Long. 7 mm.

@. Front and clypeus closely punctured and sparsely
clothed with fuscous pubescence ; vertex and thorax shining,
finely punctured ; a broad transverse groove at the base of
the scutellum divided by a longitudinal carina; median
segment punctured-rugose, the sides rugose-striate. Abdomen
rugose ; the first segment with two longitudinal carine con-
verging at the apex, a little longer than the apical breadth,
half as broad again at the apex as at the base; second tergite
a little longer than the first, not as long as the apical breadth ;
third tergite no longer than the second, without apical teeth.
Recurrent nervure received before the first transverse cubital
nervure.

Hab. N.E. Rhodesia, Serenje District, 4500 feet (S. A.
Neave), December.

On the Genera of Hapalide. 247

A smaller and less robust species than the last, but
agreeing with it in the absence of apical abdominal spines.

Phanerotoma nova-guineensis, Szép.

Phanerotoma nova-guineensis, Szép. Termes. Fiizetek, xxiii. p. 59
(1900). Q.
A single specimen from Mackay, Queensland, taken in
August 1900, answers well to the brief description of this
species.

Phanerotoma leeuwitnensis, sp. n.

3. Brunneo-ochraceus ; mesonoto lateribus, mesopleuris, segmento
mediano, segmentisque dorsalibus lateribus nigris; segmento
dorsali tertio fusco, pedibus pallide testaceis; tibiis posticis basi
albidis apice pallide brunneis; alis hyalinis, venis fuscis.

Long. 2°5 mm. E

@. Antenne 23-jointed, a little longer than the insect ;
the whole surface finely granulate, clothed on the head and
thorax with very short and delicate white pubescence ;
sutures between the tergites finely crenulated, the third
tergite distinctly longer than the second. Recurrent nervure
interstitial with the first transverse cubital nervure; first
abscissa of the radius as long as the second, but distinctly
shorter than the second transverse cubital nervure. Median
segment without a carina. Posterior ocelli a little further
from the hind margin of the head than from each other.

Hab. §.W. Australia, Yallingup (Turner), November
1913.

Kasily distinguished from nova-guineensis by the very
different shape of the second cubital cell; in that species, as
in most of the species of the genus, the second abscissa of the
radius is much longer than the second transverse cubital
nervure. The colour is probably variable as to the extent of
_ the dark markings.

XXVII.—The Genera of Hapalide (AMdarmozets).
By R. I. Pocock, F.R.S.

Introduction.

Many attempts have been made in the past to classify the
marmozets generically, notably by Wagner, Lesson, Reichen-
bach, and Gray; but the distinctive characters employed
have appealed go little to the judgment of modern zoologists

248 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

that of late years two genera only have been admitted—
namely, Hapale, which has abnormal lower incisor teeth, and
Leontocebus or Midas, in which these teeth are normal.

In 1912, however, Elliot (‘A Review of the Primates,’ i.
pp- 179-233) grouped the species as follows :—

1. Genus Seniocebus, Gray, for bicolor (type), martinsi,
meticulosus.

2. Genus Cercopithecus, Gronov., for midas (type), ursulus,
rufimanus.

3. Genus Leontocebus, Wagn. (type, chrysomelas).

Subgen. a. Marikina, Reich., for chrysomelas, rosalia,
leonina.

Subgen. b. Tamarinus, Trt., for labiatus, mystaz,
deviller, illigert, imperator, apiculatus, pileatus,
etc. -

4. Genus Gidipomidas, Reich., for edipus (type), geoffroyi.

5. Genus Callithriz, Erxl., for jacchus, penicillata, argen-
tata, leucopus, aurita, pygmea, and many others
usually referred to the genus Hapale.

With a few modifications in the arrangement of the species
and in nomenclature, this classification is a compromise
between Gray’s, published in 1870, and Trouessart’s, pub-
lished in 1899. In the matter of nomenclature, the chief
points to notice are the use of Cercopithecus, Gronov., for
midas, of Callithriz for jacchus, and the selection of chryso-
melas as the type of Leontocebus. The characters used for
differentiating the genera and subgenera are those supplied
principally by the degree of hairiness of the face, head, and
neck ; but no characters are cited for distinguishing Senio-
cebus from Gidipomidas* or Cercopithecus from Leontocebus.
Hence it may be inferred that the genera, as defined, have no
secure basis, and it cannot be admitted that the classification

* In spite of one’s personal liking and respect for Dr. Elliot, it is
necessary to explain as a warning to the unwary that he was quite unequal
to the task of monographing the Primates, or of making even a present-
able attempt at it. That he had no real acquaintance with the genera
and species of the order is shown in the present instance by his describing
the very well-known Pinché marmozet (Edipomidas ceedipus, Linn.) as a
new species named Seniocebus meticulosus—that is to say, he diagnosed
the same species under two different names and referred it to two distinct
genera within a few pages of his monograph. Moreover, the figure of
the skull he published to illustrate the dental characters of Callithrix
(Hapale) contradicts the generic diagnosis—which, by the way, is itself
wrong,—because the species leucopus is not a Callithrix at all, but,
according to Elliot’s system, should have been referred to Sentocebus or
Cercopithecus or Leontocebus, I know not which.

the Genera 07 Hapalide. 249

is any improvement upon that of Gray, who in some parti-
culars showed his usual instinctive, if unintelligent, anticipa-
tion of modern views in the matter of generic subdivisions,
Trouessart’s classification was a mere list of names.

With regard to two of the generic names I adopt in this
paper—namely, Hapale and Jfystae—the following explana-
tion must be given. By the rules of nomenclature the
correct name for the group of marmozets typified by jacchus
is Callithriz, as Thomas has shown. The latter title,
however, has for many vears been used for the “ Titis ”
(Callicebus) of the family Cebidas ; and jacchus and its allies
in all anatomical treatises and natural histories, popular and
scientific, are universally assigned to Hapale. Similarly, if
Gronovius be admitted as a binominalist—a question on
which opinions are divided,—the oldest name for the genus
typified by mzdas, Linn., is Cercopithecus, a title invariably
associated with one of the African Catarhine Primates until
Hlliot published his monograph. The confusion created by
the adoption of Callithriv and Cercopithecus for two
marmozets, involving, as it does, even familiar family-names,
will be great and regettable. They have therefore been
added to the list of generic terms recommended for exemption
from the strict rule of priority and for permission to stand for
the genera to which for half a century or so they have been
affixed. Pending the decision of the “ Fiat Committee,”
which now has these cases under consideration, I have
adopted Hapale instead of Callithri# and the next available
name for the genus called Cercopithecus by Elliot, in the hope
that the verdict of the Committee will endorse these decisions.

The Hands, Feet, and Ears of Marmozets.

Examination of fresh material of some of the commoner
species of marmozets has revealed one or two external
characters surpassing in systematic value those employed by
Gray and Hlliot for distinguishing genera.

The Hands and Feet.—1n Hapale jacchus the five digits of
the hand are tolerably evenly spaced, and are separated down
to a point almost or quite on a level with the anterior border of
the plantar pad, so that from the plantar aspect scarcely any
webbing is visible. ‘Vhe pollex is tolerably long and is set
low down a little behind the first digit, and reaches approxi-
mately to the distal end of its first phalanx when the digits
are placed together. The palm of the hand is short and wide,
its width across the plantar pads considerably exceeding half
its length.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 17

250 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

Fig. 1.

A. Right hand of Hapale jacchus, nat. size.

B. Right foot of the same.

C. Right hand of Leontocebus rosalia, nat. size.
D. Right foot of the same.

the Genera of Hapalidee. 251

In Gédipomidas edipus the hand is to all intents and
purposes like that of Hapale jaechus. But in Leontocebus
rosalia it is very different. Both the digits and the palm are
exceedingly long. The pollex is set higher up, so that, when
closed against the second digit, its tip falls considerably short
of the distal end of the first phalanx of the digit. The third
and fourth digits are closely tied together by a very narrow
web nearly up to the distal end of the first phalanx, and a
similar but wider and shallower web ties the third to the
second digit. The fourth and fifth, on the other hand, are
separated as in Callithriv and Gdipomidas. ‘The palm is
very long behind the plantar pad, its width across that pad
being less than one-third of its total length. Finally, the
second digit is considerably longer than the fifth, the two
being subequal in Hapale jacchus and Gidipomidas edipus.

The feet in the three species are very much alike, though
varying in length, the elongation affecting the area behind
the point of insertion of the hallux. The digits are separated
practically down to the plantar pad, so that from the plantar
aspect a very shallow web shows beyond the anterior edge of
the pad. The hallux, inserted well behind the second digit,
reaches when stretched forward approximately the posterior
border of the plantar pad. As regards the length of the foot,
in Hapale jacchus the sole is about three times as long as its
width across the plantar pad. In Wdipomidas edipus and
Leontocebus rosalia the corresponding comparative dimensions
are respectively three and a half and four times. Thus,
Leontocebus rosalia has a very long foot as compared with
Hapale jacchus, and Gidipomidas wdipus, in that particular,
holds a position midway between them *.

In connection with the feet, I am not able to point out any
characters that can be used in the classification of marmozets.
The hand, on the contrary, furnishes a good basis for the
diagnosis of LZ. rosalia; and, since an examination of dried
skins of this family in the British Museum and in the
Zoological Society’s Collection shows that chrysomelas is the
only species with hands like those of rosalia, these two
species may be placed in a genus apart from other marmozets.

The elongation of the feet in ZL. rosalia implies leaping
powers surpassing those of Hapale jacchus, and it seems
probable that the elongation of the palm and fingers of the
hand and the tying together of the second, third, and fourth

* The foot of Mystax midas seems to resemble that of G. edipus in
length (Boas, Zool, Anz. xxxiv. p. 537, fig. 14, 1909).
Liz

PASE Mr. R. I. Pocock on

fingers are characters functionally correlated with the increased
activity, and serve the purpose of giving at the same time
a longer span and a safer grip on a branch when the animat
alights from a long-distance spring.

It might be held that the small hallux and the claw-tipped
digits of the Hapalidee are primitive features derived direct
from an unguiculate arboreal ancestor, probably of a lemuroid
type, but preceding in those particulars modern lemurs, which
have a hallux of great length and thickness and digits tipped
with flat or flattish nails *. But, in my opinion, the Hapalide
may be best regarded as derived from the typical Platyrrhine
monkeys, from which they have departed in the numerical
reduction of the teeth and in the appendicular particulars
above-mentioned. The only Platyrrhine Primate outside the
limits of the Hapalide which has the hallux small and the
digits claw-tipped, as in the marmozets, is Callimico, Thos. ;
and it is to be remembered that both in Callimico and the
Hapalide these characteristics of the hands and feet are
associated with smallness in size and lightness in build.
These little monkeys, indeed, are the most diminutive of all
the true Primates, and, owing to the small size and narrow
transverse span of the hands and feet, they are unable to
grasp branches of any width. Nevertheless, since they are
extraordinarily active and jump with great power, they require
special means of maintaining a hold on the branches they
traverse or alight on. In this need may be found, I think,
the modification of the nails into claws and the concomitant
reduction of the hallux which, while depriving the hands and
feet of the peculiar prehensile capacity seen in other Primates,
have converted them into extremities resembling functionally
those of squirrels in their power of hooking on to the rough-
nesses of bark, of thick branches, and tree-trunks.

The Ears.—In Hapale jacchus the ears are large, with the
upper edge, which is folded, either evenly rounded or sub-
angular posteriorly, and the posterior border, which is
unfolded, also evenly and widely rounded and forming infe-
riorly a continuously expanded lamina to a point just below
the large fleshy valvular antitragus. The flap of the pinna
extends widely beyond the central cavity of the ear both
above, behind, and below, and its inferior portion just behind
the antitragus shows a marked depression following the curve

* With the exception, of course, of the second digit of the foot, which
in every genus carries a claw, and also of all the digits, apart from the
hallux, of Daubentonia (Chiromys), in which the nails haye been con-
verted into claws.

the Genera of Hapalide. 253

Fig. 2.

if

NN

Wt

(
r

. Left ear of Hapale jacchus, nat. size.
. Right ear of the same, partially folded, nat. size.
. Left ear of Leontocebus rosalia, nat. size.

. Left ear of Mystav midas, from life, enlarged.
. Right ear of Gidipomidas edipus, x } approx.
. The same, folded.

a, inferior point of origin of the free lamina.

A
B
C
D. The same, partially folded.
E
F
G

254 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

of the inferior edge of the pinna. The notch between the
antitragus and the small flap-like tragus is deep. The supra-
tragus is a small ridge continuous posteriorly with the upper
curved edge of the cavity of the pinna and overlapped in
front by a flap of the pinna continuous with the overtolded
supero-anterior edge. Below the supratragus this flap
terminates near the middle of the anterior portion of the
cavity of the pinna.

The ear is capable of being folded by the forward move-
ment of its posterior half up against its anterior half, so that
the central cavity is obliterated and the external auditory
meatus closed by the antitragus coming into contact with the
tragus.

I am unable to find any differences of importance between
the ears of Hapale jacchus and those of Leontocebus rosalia,
unless it be that in Leontocebus the depression on the lower
portion of the lamina extends a little further forwards on to
the antitragus. ‘This character may be inconstant. The ears
fold in the same way as in Hapale.

In Edipomidas edipus, however, the ears are very different.
They are relatively much smaller and quadrate in shape,
both the upper and the posterior borders being markedly
angled. The edge in front of the upper angle is folded ;
elsewhere the edge is simple. The flap-like area of the pinna
above the central cavity is wide and deep, as in Hapale; but
below the posterior angular point the flap rapidly narrows,
and disappears entirely behind the antitragus, there being no
broad laminate flap completing the pmna below and standing
away from the cartilaginous basal portion of the ear. The
antitragus forms a large fleshy valvular flap, but the tragus
itself is very smal]. ‘The ear folds as in the other species,
the posterior angular point turning backwards. The only
member of the Hapalides which resembles Cdipomidas
edipus in the size and structure of the ear is its near ally
C2. geoffroyi. In all the other species that I have examined
the ear is of the type described in Hapale and Leontocebus in
the sense that the free lamina of the pinna arises inferiorly
beneath the antitragus and close behind the notch between
the tragus and antitragus, and extends right round the carti-
laginous capsule of the pinna, standing every where well away
from the head.

Since, however, I have been dependent mostly upon dried
skins, 1 cannot speak positively of the exact shape of the ears
in all cases. Such species as J/ystax midas and M. mystaa,
for example, appear to have the posterior edge of the ear

.

the Genera of Hapalide. 255

more strongly emarginate than Hapale and Leontocebus, the
postero-superior angle being prominent and the postero-
inferior lamina widely rounded. This I have been able to
verify on a living example of JZ. midas*,

The chance of error in judging of the form of the ear from
dried skins is shown by the skin of the type of Micoella
sericea, Gray (= Hapale chrysoleuca, Wagn.), in the British
Museum. This skin was made up for the study collection
from a mounted specimen originally exhibited in the gallery,
and the ears appear to be like those of Gidipomidas, except
for the tufts of hair they carry. Nevertheless, from the
original figure and description of the specimen (P. Z. 8.
1868, p. 257, pl. xxiv.), it is evident that the pinna of the ear
was provided in the living animal with a well-developed
postero-inferior lamina apparently like that of Hapale jacchus.
Clearly, therefore, the ears of the dried skin have been
mutilated.

Synonymy of the Genera.

Genus LeonTocesus, Wagner.

Leontocebus, Wagner, in Schreber’s Saiug. i. Uebersicht. p. ix (1839 er
1840) + ; type chrysomelas, Kuhl. (selected by Elliot).

Leontopithecus, Lesson, Spec. Mamm. p. 200 (1840); type marikina,
Less. =rosalia, Linn.

Marikina, Reichenbach, Vollst. Nat. Affen. p. 57 (1862) ; type xosalza,
Linn.

In addition to LZ. rosalia and L. chrysomelas, which differ
from all other Hapalid in their long-palmed, syndactylous
hands, this genus probably contains L. leoninus, Humb., a
species about which practically nothing is unknown apart
from the colour.

* The importance of this observation lies in the error of determination
that Boas (‘Ohrknorpel etc. der Saugethiere,’ 1912, pl. xxiii. fig, 243)
seems to me to have made in figuring the ear of Gidipomidas aedipus as
that of Hapale rufimanus (= Mystax midas). At all events, this figure
does not represent the ear of any example of Mystax mzdas, but corre-
sponds closely with that of every specimen of Gidipomidas edipus that I
have examined.

_ tHlliot, following Palmer, gives 1839 as the date of this name, pre-
suffably on Sherborn’s authority (P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 587); but, although
the part of Wagner’s edition of Schreber dealing with the monkeys was
published, according to Sherborn, in 1839, it is not obvious that the
“‘ Uebersicht ” and preface were published till 1840. The name may be
given, however, the benefit of the doubt, thus carrying priority over
Leontopithecus.

256 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

Genus CipIPoMIDAS, Reich.
CEdipus, Lesson, Spec. Mamm. p. 184 (1840) (nom. preoce.); type
titi, Less.=adipus, Linn, ;
Qidipomidas, Reichenbach, Vollst. Nat. Affen. p. 5 (1862); type edipus.
Hapanella, Gray, Cat. Primates, p. 65 (1870) ; type geoffroyz, Puch.

On the available evidence I provisionally regard this genus
as a specialized offshoot of the bald-faced or so-called Sento-
cebus group of Mystaz, differing therefrom in the modification
and reduction in size of the ears—a character perhaps corre-
lated with the nakedness of the adjoining area of the head.

To the two above-quoted species, everywhere admitted,
Elliot added a third— C2. salaquiensis, which is possibly at
most only a subspecies of GZ. geofroyd (‘A Review of the
Primates,’ ii., Appendix, p. 255, 1912):

Genus Mysrax, Gray.

Cercopithecus, Gronoy. Zoophyl. p. 5 (1763); type mzdas, Linn, (se-
lected by Elliot).

Midas, Geoffroy, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hist. Paris, xix. p. 120 (1812) (nom.
preoce.) ; type rujimanus=midas.

Mystax, Gray, Cat. Monkeys etc., 1870, p. 66; type mystar, Spix.

Tamarin, Gray, op. cit. p. 68; type ursulus, Humb.

Seniocebus, Gray, op. cit. p. 68; type bicolor, Spix.

Tamarinus, Trouess. Cat. Mamm., Suppl. p. 29 (1899); type mystaxr
(now selected).

Mystax may be regarded as a generalized type of Hapalidee,
with normal hands, ears, and dentition. Leontocebus has
departed from it by the scansorial specialization of the hands,
Edipomidas by the degeneration of the ears, and Hapale by
the specialization of the anterior teeth of the mandible.

Elliot gave full generic status to Sentocebus, which contains
two species *—bicolor, Spix, and martinst, ‘homas,—basing
the genus upon the nakedness of the forehead and cheeks as
far back as the ears. But this character, merely a mark of
maturity, clearly has not the systematic value of those
employed in this paper for distinguishing Leontocebus, Gidipo-
midas, and Hapale. It is equivalent rather to the characters
used by Gray, and derived trom the hairiness of the aural
area, for splitting up Mapale into several genera, which
neither Elliot nor his immediate predecessors adopted.

Moreover, adult examples of Mystax leucopus, Giintr., a
species which, as I have stated above, Elliot quite wrongly
referred to the genus Hapale—or Callithriv, as he called it,—
have the head covered with short hair back to the ears, and,

* As stated above, S. metzculosus, Elliot, is synonymous with Gdipo-
midas cedipus,

the Genera of Hapalide, 257

so far as I am aware, there is no evidence that this area
becomes bald even in extreme old age. ‘The condition
presented by this species, indeed, lessens the value—small in
any case—of the characters upon which Senivcebus was based ;
and if Elliot had not unconsciously evaded the difficulty by
placing leucopus in a wrong genus, he would probably have
been puzzled in deciding whether it should be located under
Sentocebus or Cercopithecus or Leontocebus, in the sense in
which he used those terms, because the species is intermediate
between Seniocebus and the others, according to LHlliot’s
definition of that genus.

Elliot quoted Zumarin, Gray, as a synonym of Sentocebus.
This is an unintelligible error, because Zamarin, Gray,
included only midus and ursulus, the two species to which
Elliot restricted the name Cercopithecus. Tamarin, there-
fore, should have figured amongst the synonyms of Cerco-
pithecus. Moreover, since Tamarin has line priority over
Seniocebus, the former should have been adopted by Elliot,
with Senzvcebus as the synonym, if, as he stated, the two
uames had been applied to the same group of species.

Genus HAPALE, Illig.

Callithriz, Erxl. Syst. Régn, Anim. 1777, p. 55; type gacchus, Linn.*
Hapale, Ulig. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 71 (1811); type jacchus.

This genus contains many species broadly resembling Mystax
in the structure of the hands and feet, and apparently also of
the ears, but differing from Mystax, as from the other genera
of the family, in the well-known modification of the anterior
mandibular teeth described by Gray and others ; the incisors
are abnormally long, and form a continuous or nearly con-
tinuous series with the canines, which they approximately
equal in height and thickness. This modification is accom-
panied by a more or less marked compression and recession
of the chin. Although these characters are subject to a
certain amount of specific and possibly individual variation,
IT have seen no skulls of Hapale which could not be at once
identified as belonging to that genus,

* I see no reason to interfere with the synonymy of this genus as
published by Elliot. I have only been able to examine in the fresh state
one species—namely, jacchus, the common white-eared marmozet, with
which the black-eared form, quoted as penicil/atus and given full specific
status by Elliot, completely intergrades. Jacchus may be taken as the
type of Sagoninus, Kerr, Hapale, Nlig., Jacchus, Geoffr., Arctopithecus,
Virey, Ouzstitis, Burnett, and Liocephalus, Wagn. Generic synonyms
with other type-species are :—Mico, Lesson, type argentatus ; Micoella,
Gray, type sertcea (=chrysoleuca) ; Cebuella, Gray, type pygmea,

:

258 On the Genera of Hapalide.

As has been stated, Gray split the genus Hapale into a
number of genera, using the hair-growths or the ears and the
adjoining parts of the head*. These characters are useful
for grouping the species ; but if generic value be assigned to
them, a much higher value must consistently be granted to
the characters by which the genera admitted in this paper
are distinguished.

Table of the Genera.

a. Hands with long narrow palm and long digits ; digits
3 and 4 closely tied together by a narrow web
reaching nearly to distal end of first phalanx; a
similar but shallower and wider web between digits
2 and 3; [ears as under 0’; incisors as under a] .. Leontocebus.
6. Hands with comparatively broad short palm and
short digits separated approximately down to plantar
pad.
a’, Laminate margin of pinna complete above, but
tapering away below and vanishing compara-
tively high up on the posterior surface of the
basal cartilaginous capsule ; [jncisors as under a? |. Gdipomidas.
b'. Laminate margin of pinna widely continuous
round the cartilaginous capsule, and terminating
below the antitragus close to the head.
a?. Lower incisors normal, shorter and narrower
than the canines, and separated from them;
chin broad, receding to a comparatively slight
2.1) ee i ER RE ey Sic Mystax.
b?. Lower incisors long, forming a subspatulate
series with the canines, which at most exceed
by a little the outer incisor in height and thick-
ness ; chin somewhat compressed and generally
strongly, receding tite aie oe eee Hapale.

Note.—During the passage of this paper through the press,
the opportunity has arisen of examining a specimen of Mystax
mystax preserved in alcohol. Confirming what has already
been stated of this species, | may add that the ears resemble
those of Mystax midas and that the hands and feet are of the
type seen in Hapale and Gdipomidas. It is interesting to
note, however, that on the right hand, but not on the left,
there is a deeper web between the third and fourth digits
than I have as yet observed in the case of those genera.
The web, nevertheless, is wider and shallower than in Leonto-
cebus, although its presence adumbrates the syndactylism
described in that form.

* By analogy the two species of Cercocebus—albigena and aterrimus,
the latter with obsolete, the former with long tufted whiskers—should
be generically separated. Elliot, I may add, placed these two species in

a subgenus Lophocebus ; but one of the characters justifying this course
was derived from an immature deformed (probably menagerie) skull.

On a new Agouti from British Guiana. 259

XXVIII.—A new Agouti from the Moon Mountains, Southern
British Guiana, with Notes on other Species. By OLp-
FIELD ‘l’HOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

THE agouti of the Moon Mountains, Southern British Guiana,
seems to represent a new subspecies of D. agut’, L., a name
under which I propose to place all the orange-rumped agoutis
with the exception of the small insular LV. rubrata of
Trinidad.

The members of this group from the coast-region of
North-eastern Venezuela and Northern Guiana are probably
all referable to a single form, ranging from Cumana to
Cayenne. The earliest name for them is D. a. flavescens,
Thos., the later names lucifer and cayenne being probably
due to the great variation which our now considerable
series from Demerara shows the animal to be liable to.
Normal specimens from this area are dark-coloured, with
blackish nape and darkened withers, the yellowish of the
rump dark fulvous, and the under surface brown, with but
little mesial lightening ; the feet usually black. In individual
specimens, however, all parts, and especially the rump, may
be very much lighter.

In Brazil, on the other hand, the true D. aguti is always
much lighter, the nape and withers without blackening, the
under surface with a broad and distinct mesial line of white
or yellow running its whole length from chest to inguinal
region, the feet more or less grizzled with orange.

But from the Moon Mountains a series of specimens differ
from both, and may be described as

Dasyprocta aguti lunaris, subsp. n.

Nape and fore back grizzled olivaceous grey, without any
blackening. Rump ochraceous orange, generally darkened
by inconspicuous blackish subterminal bands on the hairs—
the colour fairly unifoim in the series available. Flanks,
sides of rump, and legs grizzled olivaceous, the orange not
extending downwards on to them. Under surface scarcely
lighter than sides, without median light stripe on chest,
though there is generally an irregular whitish lightening on
the belly and inguinal region. Hands brown, blackish, or
grizzled. Feet grizzled olivaceous, only darkening to
blackish terminally.

260 On a new Agouti from British Guiana.

Dimensions of the type (measured on a well-made skin) :—

Head and body 510 mm.; hind foot 103 ; ear 40.

Skull: greatest length 110; condylo-incisive length 95;

zygomatic breadth 49; nasals 37°5 ; interorbital breadth 29°5 ;
palatilar length 42 ; upper tooth-series (p* in use and worn)
18-2.
Hab. Moon Mountains, Southern British Guiana, about
1° N., 59° W. Other specimens, apparently referable to the
same form, from the Lower Rio Yamunda and from the
Upper Caura River, Orinoco.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 11.6. 7.43. Original
number 9a. Presented by the late Mr. F. V. McConnell.
Seven specimens.

This subspecies differs from true D. agute by the absence
of a mesial light stripe running down the chest and abdomen,
from croconota by the non-extension of the orange rump-
colour on to the sides of the hips and down the legs, and from
the agouti of Northern British Guiana by its lighter general
colour, and especially its lighter fore back, without blackening
on nape and withers, and its less blackened feet. A baby
specimen, however, has both the darkened fore back and
blackish feet of the more northern form, which appears to
indicate either variability or change with age. But, as
Mr. McConnell’s specimens were obtained by a native
collector, and the localities were sometimes misstated, it is
just possible that this young specimen was not from the
Moon Mountains at all, but came from Demerara, where
the same collector obtained a number of D, a. flavescens.

In a recent paper Dr. Allen* rather unaccountably
(unless he has been solely influenced by the reputed locality
“ Guiana”) considers that the Guianan yellow-rumped
agoutis should bear the name of D. eroconota prymnolopha, as
based on Wagler’s D. prymnolophat; but the latter is at
once distinguishable from all the aguti group by the black on
the centre of the rump, and it was no doubt quite erroneously
stated to be from Guiana, its true locality being Brazil—from
Para to Bahia.

In this connection I may note that three agoutis from
Lamarao, Bahia, collected by A. Robert, clearly represent
Osgood’s D. nigriclunis } ; but they differ so widely among

* Bull. Ann. Mus. xxxiv. p. 629 (1915).
+ “Isis, 1831, p. 619.
t Field Mus. Publ. x. p. 192 (1915).

On anew Mink-like Mustela prom Java. 261

themselves in the degree to which the yellow of the sides of
the rump is orizzled or clear, that, with this character shown
to be variable, I very much ‘lea if nigriclunts should be
considered as distinct from prymnolopha, to which these
specimens have hitherto been referred.

Dr. Allen * has also recently tried to show that yt ag
pratti, Pocock, is synonymous with Dasyprocta exilis, Wag}.
from the Amazon, which has usually been synonymized with
M. acouchy.

But how he can deduce that “ D. exilis belongs evidently
to the olivaceous and not to the rufous section of the genus ”
from Wagler’s words “ noteo toto castaneo-fuscescente” Tam
at a loss to understand. And the rest of Wagler’s description
equally applies to MZ. acouchy, with the quite unimportant
exception of the median white stripe on the belly.

The British Museum contains a Myoprocta from Obidos
which is no doubt representative of D. ewil’s, and this is in
all respects similar to typical MZ. acouchy of Guiana.

The relation of Allen’s M. milleri, from Colombia, to
Pocock’s Amazonian M. pratti still remains to be settled.

XXIX.—A new Mink-like Mustela from Java.
By H. C. Roprnson and OLpFIeLD THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

THE animal here described was obtained during 1916 in Java
by Robinson, and forms a very striking addition to the fauna
of that island. It is widely different from any known
Oriental A/ustela, but has a very remarkable resemblance to
a mink, especially to the European one (J/uséela lutreola), on
which fact we have based its name.

Mustela lutreolina, sp. n.

Type.— Adult male (skin and skull). Formerly Federated
Malay States Museums, no. 190/16; now British Museum,
no. 17. 8.4. 2. Collected at Tjibodas, West Java, 5500’, on
February 17th, 1916, by H. C. Robinson. Original number
7231.

Characters.—A large-sized species of the subgenus Mustela,

* Op, cit, xxxv. p. 569,

262 On a new Mink-like Mustela from Java.

of almost uniform otter-brown coloration above and below.
Soles very hairy. Fur short, hairs of back about 6 mm. in
length, the longer hairs quite glossy, as in the mink.

Colour.—Above almost uniform brown (darker than
** Mars-brown” of Ridgway), sparsely interspersed with
white hairs, which may be accidental; tail with a somewhat
golden tinge, and a faint indication of a dark tip; conch of
ears with golden hairs. Beneath somewhat lighter, nearest
to “ Prout’s brown” of Ridgway ; lips, chin, and interramia
white.

Skull——That of a typical weasel, the profile of the rostrum
somewhat convex, not specially flattened ; the bulle large,
flattened, quadrate, not triangular in outline, their inner
margins nearly parallel. Mastoid ridges prominent. Inter-
pterygoid space truncate, not rounded at the anterior extre-
mity. ‘Teeth with no special peculiarities, Posterior upper
molar dumbbell-shaped.

Djmensions.—Head and body (dry skin) 360 mm.; tail 180;
hind foot 50.

Skull: total length 58°5; basal length 53°8; condylo-
basilar length 58 ; palatal length 26; rostral breadth (behind
canine) 12°33; interorbital breadth 11°8; zygomatic breadth
30; mastoid breadth 26°5 ; maxillary tooth-row (including
canine) 16°; mandible from symphysis to most posterior
point of condyle 32°8.

Specimens examined.—One, the type.

Remarks.—This specimen was shot by a Dyak collector
while it was engaged in killing a Lariscus insignis javana.
In colour it presents an extraordinary resemblance to a young
otter, and on this account was unfortunately not measured in
the flesh. The species would appear to be allied to JZ. sub-
hemachalana, Hodgs., known from Sikkim and Nepal at high
elevations, and also recorded from near Bhamo and the
Karin Hills*, but differs by its much darker colour, in
which respect it is so like a European mink (Mustela lu-
treola) as only to differ by the golden tinge of the hairs of
the ears and tail. The fur is not so long as in that animal,
nor the tail so bushy, as is only natural in a tropical climate ;
but otherwise, apart from the skull, there is very little to
distinguish the two.

* Thomas, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. xli. p. 919 (1892),

ici he

Geological Society. 263

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

June 6th, 1917.—Dr. Alfred Harker, F.R.S., President,
in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—
‘ Correlation of Jurassic Chronology.’ By 8.8. Buckman, F.G.S.

This paper owes its inception to certain discoveries made by the
Officers of the Scottish Geological Survey during their investiga-
tions of the Jurassic deposits of the Isles of Raasay and Skye.
The ammonites and brachiopods were sent to the Author for
examination, and the sequence of faunas which they disclosed
necessarily led to comparison with results obtained in other areas —
with Yorkshire, on which the Author had recently written a
palzontological chapter for a Geological Survey Memoir, based
largely on information and specimens submitted by the Survey;
with the Dorset coast, helped by Mr. W. D. Lang’s most pains-
taking work ; with other areas within the Author’s field experience,
helped largely by information most freely communicated by Mr. J.
W. Tutcher. The results appeared to be so far-reaching, that
permission was asked of the Director of H.M. Geological Survey
to lay before the Society a synopsis of the information obtained
through the investigations of Survey Officers; this was kindly
accorded, and the present paper is the outcome of research thus
originated.

One of the principles utilized in this paper to ascertain or to
surmise faunal sequence where precise information is defective, is
that of what may be called ‘faunal dissimilarity "—that is, if the
deposits of two neighbouring localities A and B, supposedly iso-
chronous from their sequential position, show differing faunas, it is
a reasonable inference that the faunas are not of the same date.
Theoretical stratigraphical correlation has usually worked along
these lines, but the principle involved has not been recognized by
name. Now the principle is utilized, not only in regard to neigh-
bouring localities, but even more widely, with suggestive results.

The paper is chiefly concerned with the Liassic Ages hitherto
known as Domerian, Charmouthian, Sinemurian. In all of them
there is proposed a considerable increase of the number of faunal
horizons indicative of consecutive time-intervals, or hemere. In
the case of the first no change of name is made; but in regard to
the other two, subdivision seemed necessary, and each is appor-
tioned into three Ages, as follows :—

Proposed Names. Old Terms.
Hiviccian.
Wessexian. Charmouthian.
Raasayan.

Deiran.
Mercian. Sinemurian.
Lymian.

264 Geological Society.

These, with the Domerian, each contain on an average about
ten hemere, the grouping being controlled by the dominance of
ammonite families or phases thereof—thus, Domerian: Age of
Amaltheids; Raasayan: Age of Deroceratide and Echioceratide.
It is obvious that, with this increase in the number of hemerz,
the number of local non-sequences is greatly increased. Some
comparative diagrams illustrate this.

One of the most interesting discoveries which has resulted, partly
from the great thickness of Scottish strata investigated and col-
lected from, partly from comparisons with other areas, is that the
so-called ‘armatum Zone’ of the English Midlands and that of
the Radstock district, of Yorkshire and of the Scottish Isles, are
not isochronous, but are separated by a time-interval which cor-
responds to a thickness of some 300 feet of deposit in the Scottish
area. Thus, instead of the simple descending sequence

Deroceras armatum
Echioceras raricostatum,

there is this sequence ascertained :

An upper Deroceras horizon,

An upper Echioceras horizon in three distinct stages,
A lower Deroceras horizon,

A lower Echioceras horizon with some Armatoids ;

and even now possibly this is not the end of the complication.
This alternation of Deroceras and Echioceras involves a pheno-
menon which the Author calls ‘faunal repetition,’ and it is a
reasonable supposition that this is nota solitary case—that is to
say, doubt is at once thrown on the contemporaneity of other so-
called ‘zones’ where they have been determined in different areas by
the presence of certain species of a genus—the species admittedly
not the same—or by the alleged presence of a single species on
specific determination insufficiently rigid. The cases of zones
determined on the Jucus a non lucendo principle—the strata in
correct intermediate position, but with the index zonal species
conspicuously absent—seem especially to invite scepticism.

Three appendices are given—one, palzontological, containing
descriptions of certain notable species, mostly new; another, his-
torical, containing notes on certain ammonites described and figured
by Wright ina paper published some years prior to the issue of
his Monograph: it affords clues to the interpretation of his
species, to the recognition of some of his missing types, to the
identity of certain figures in Reynés’s Monograph, and to the geo-
graphical distribution of species—a matter of particular importance
in regard to faunal dissimilarity; the third, geological,—a com-
munication by Mr. J. W. Tutcher, embodying his reading of the
sequence in the lower part of the Lower Lias carried down to the
base of the Hettangian.

THE ANNALS
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.
- [EIGHTH SERIES.)

No. 118. OCTOBER 1917.

XXX.—Descriptions of New Pyralide of the Subfamilies
Hydrocampine, Scopariane, &c. By Sir Gzoree F.
Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S., &c.

[Concluded from p. 216. ]

(1s) Stenia fusalis, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen white, the tegulz cupreous brown in
front, the shoulders black-brown, the rest of thorax with a slight
cupreous tinge; antenne ringed with dark brown; frons black-
brown at sides; palpi black-brown, white at base and in front;
pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white, the legs
slightly tinged with cupreous, the fore tibize black in front.
Fore wing pale red-brown with a cupreous gloss and thickly irro-
rated with dark brown, the costa darker towards base; an indistinct
brown antemedial line, excurved to submedian fold and incurved at
vein 1; a small white spot in middle of cell and a white discoidal
bar; postmedial line indistinet, dark, exeurved from discal fold to
vein 2, then retracted to the cell, then oblique and excurved in
submedian interspace ; a terminal series of black points; cilia with
a dark line near base. Hind wing white, the terminal area tinged
with cupreous red-brown except towards tornus ; a blackish discoidal
point; postmedial line indistinct, dark, sinuous, bent outwards
between veins 5 and 2, then retracted and excurved to inner margin ;
a terminal series of black bars; cilia tinged with red-brown at base
and with dark line at middle to vein 2.

Ab. 1. Fore wing with the lines distinet.

Ab. 2. Fore wing whiter, slightly tinged with red-brown.

Hab. Cotompta, Sierra del Libane (H. H. Smith), 3 3, 8 2
type. Exp. 26-28 mm,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 18

266 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

(1 a,b) Stenia glaucinalis, sp. n.
9. Head, thorax, and abdomen glossy grey-brown ; palpi black-

brown, w hite j in front to extremity ‘of ond joint ; legs dark brown, —

the tarsi white; ventral surface of abdomen white. Fore wing
glossy grey- -brow n; a white discoidal bar; cilia white at tips.
Hind wing pale glossy grey-brown, the cilia white at tips.

Hab. Bourvra, Yungas de la Paz (Seebold), 1 2 type. Exp.

22 mm.

(8d) Piletocera scotochroa, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark red-brown, the anal tuft
white tinged with red-brown; antenne with the tufts of hair
whitish at extremities; palpi, pectus, and legs black-brown ;
ventral surface of abdomen grey-brown. Fore wing dark glossy
red-brown ; an indistinct whitish antemedial striga below costa and
striga in cell rather further from base with a black-brown spot
beyond it; postmedial line indistinct, dark, defined on outer side by
Ww hitish, faintly except towards costa, slightly waved, retracted at
vein 2. Hind wing dark glossy red-brown; postmedial line
brownish white, LBS and slightly waved to vein 2 near termen,
then retracted to lower angle of cell and erect to tornus.

Hab. Sotomon Is., Gizo I. (Meek), 1 3 type. Exp. 24 mm.

(3e) Piletocera albiventralis, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen very dark glossy brown; an-
tenn white from the contortion to tips; ventral surface of abdo-
men white. Fore wing uniform very dark brown with a cupréous
gloss. Hind wing very dark brown with a cupreous gloss, the
costal area greyish.

Hab. Sotomon Is., Choiseul I. (Meek), 2 do type. zp.

24 mm.

(3,f) Piletocera purpureofusa, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen very dark glossy brown, the
anal tuft with white mixed ; antennz whitish from the contortion
to tips; ventral surface of abdomen white. Fore wing uniform
very dark brown glossed with purple. Hind wing very dark brown
with a purple gloss, the costal area greyish.

Hab. Sotomon Is., Choiseul I. (Meek), 2 g-type. Hap.

22-24 mm.

(12a) Puletocera plumbicostalis, sp. n.
Fore wing of male with veins 8, 9, 10 not bent upwards towards
costa.
6. Head and thorax dark brown with a cupreous gloss, the head
and tegule with some white, the abdomen with white segmental

— oe ae ae

Pyralidee of the Subfamily Hydrocampine. 267

line on 4th segment ; antenne whitish tinged with cupreous brown ;
palpi white at base and in fr ont ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface
of abdomen white suffused w ith cupreous brown, the tarsi nearly
pure white. Fore wing dark brown with a cupreous gloss, the
costal area with a leaden blue gloss; a small ochreous white spot in
end of cell; a subterminal white bar from costa and a white mark
on termen at submedian fold; cilia white above tornus. Hind
wing dark brown with a cupreous gloss; a slight white mark in
middle of cell and indistinct ochreous whitish antemedial line from
submedian fold to inner margin; an indistinct ochreous whitish
spot beyond lower angle of cell and line from submedian fold a
inner margin; cilia grey-brown with a dark line near base to vein 2,
then white with some dark brown at base towards tornus.

Hab. Dutcu N. Gurinza, Wataikwa R. (Wollaston), 1 3 type.
Exp. 16 mm.

(18a) Piletocera ruficeps, sp. n.

3. Head and tegule white suffused with rufous; thorax and
abdomen dark brown with a slight blue gloss, the genital tufts
white faintly tinged with ru fous: antenne dark cupreous brown ;
palpi rufous, the ‘Brd joint dark brown; pectus, legs, and ventral
surface of abdomen white tinged with rufous, the fore tibize and
tarsi dark brown in front. Fore wing dark brown with a cupreous
gloss, the basal and costal areas with a slight blue gloss; an ochreous
white spot below middle of costa and a slight mark at lower angle
of cell; a small triangular ochreous white subterminal patch on
costa; a slight white mark on termen at submedian fold; cilia
white towards tornus with a dark line near base. _Hind wing dark
brown with a slight cupreous gloss; cilia white from vein 2 to near
tornus with a dark line near base.

Hab. Br. N. Fes Kumusi R. (Meek), 1 3 type. Exp.

22 mm.

(136) Piletocera violascens, sp. n.

3. Head and tegule white mixed with dark brown ; thorax and
abdomen dark brown glossed with grey, the latter with white band
on 2nd segment, the genital tuft white faintly tinged with red-
brown; antenne white from the contortion to near tips; palpi
white on outer side at base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of
abdomen white, the fore legs suffused with brown. Fore wing dark
brown tinged with purple; an indistinct whitish antemedial line
from below costa to inner margin ; a white bar in the cell near
extremity and slight whitish discoidal striga ; a white subterminal
bar from costa ; cilia white at submedian fold. Hind wing dark
glossy brown ; some whitish at base ; ; a diffused whitish antemedial
band from below costa to inner mar gin followed by a rather diffused
dark line; cilia white at tips, wholly white from vein 2 to near
tornus.

18*

268 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

Hab. Dutch N. Gutnea, Kapaur (Doherty), 1 ¢ type;
D’EnrrecastEaux Is., Fergusson I. (Meek), 1 go. Eup.
20-24 mm.

(13 c) Piletocera albimizxtalis, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen cupreous brown mixed with
dark brown and some white, the abdomen with white band on
2nd segment, the genital tufts white; antennz whitish tinged with
brown, the contortion and tuft of hair dark brown; palpi with the
basal half white faintly tinged with rufous, the terminal half
brown ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged
with rufous, the fore tibiz with a blackish patch before extremities
which are white and the hair on tarsi blackish toward base. Fore
wing cupreous brown mixed with whitish ; a faint oblique whitish
antemedial line with a slight white spot beyond it in the cell; a
quadrate white spot in end of cell extending to just below the costa,
and a dark discoidal patch with a whitish striga on it; postmedial
line whitish defined on inner side by diffused dark brown, forming
a small triangular white mark at costa, then sinuous to vein 2,
where it forms a slight white patch before termen, then retracted
to lower angle of cell and excurved to inner margin; cilia white
from vein 2 to above tornus. Hind wing white slightly tinged
with brown, the terminal area dark cupreous brown, broadly at
costa, narrowing to tornus; an oblique cupreous brown discoidal
bar, its lower extremity touching the sinuous cupreous brown post-
medial line; an oblique white patch from vein 4 to termen at
vein 2; cilia with slight whitish line at base and some white at
tips, wholly white in submedian interspace.

Hab. QUEENSLAND, Cooktown, Cedar Bay (Meek), 1 o type. -
Exp. 22 mm.

(16 c) Piletocera stenipteralis, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark cupreous red-brown, the
metathorax white, the two basal segments of abdomen with white
segmental lines, the genital tufts creamy white ; pectus and ventral
surface of abdomen white suffused with cupreous red-brown. Fore
wing long and narrow, dark ecupreous red-brown; an indistinct
sinuous whitish antemedial line from below costa to inner margin ;
a small triangular whitish mark in end of cell; a dark discoidal
lunule with a curved whitish striga on it; postmedial line whitish
defined on inner side by diffused dark cupreous brown, excurved
below costa and between veins 4 and 2, then retracted to below end
of cell and erect to inner margin; the terminal area tinged with
grey and with a terminal series of minute black-brown spots; cilia
whitish at submedian fold. Hind wing dark cupreous red-brown
with obscure dark terminal line; the cilia greyish at tips.

Hab. Br. N. Guinea, Mamban R., Biagi (Meek), 4 do type.
Exp. 22-24 mm.

Pyralide of the Subfamily Hydrocampine. 269

(16d) Piletocera leucocephalis, sp. n.

3. Head and tegule silvery white, the sides of frons and
shoulders dark brown; thorax glossy brown with some white at
base of patagia and sides of metathorax; abdomen white banded
with brown at base, then glossy brown with the genital tufts white
tinged with rufous; antenne dark brown, white from the con-
tortion to near tips; palpi brown, white tinged with brown at base
and in front to near extremity of 2nd joint; pectus and ventral
surface of abdomen white tinged with brown; legs brown. Fore
wing cupreous red-brown; a slight whitish antemedial spot in the
cell and line from cell to inner margin; a quadrate white patch in
end of cell and dark discoidal lunule with curved whitish striga on
it; a wedge-shaped white subterminal mark from costa to discal
fold; a slight white mark on termen at submedian fold. Hind
wing with the basal half white, the terminal half dark cupreous
brown ; a round cupreous brown discoidal spot; a rather diffused
cupreous brown postmedial line from discal fold to inner margin,
confluent with the lower terminal area to vein 2; cilia white with
a brown line near base in submedial interspace.

@. Head and tegule suffused with brown; antenne wholly
brown ; abdomen with some whitish at base.

Hab. Bismarck Arcu., Rook I. (Meek), 3 5,29 type. vxp.,
6 26, 2 22 mm.

(20a) Piletocera maculifrons, sp. n.

3. Head white with dark brown spot on frons and the vertex
tinged with brown; thorax and abdomen dark reddish brown, the
latter with some whitish at base and a spot on anal segment; palpi
dark brown, the basal joint, 2nd joint in front at base, and the 3rd
joint white; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen pure
white, the fore tibiz with black patch at extremity, and the tarsi
ringed with blackish. Fore wing dark reddish brown; a small
ochreous white antemedial spot below the costa and slight whitish
line from cell to inner margin; an ochreous white patch in end of
cell and points beyond the angles of cell; the terminal half of costa
with four small ochreous white patches with black-brown between
them; a slight och¥eous white mark before termen at submedian
fold; cilia creamy white with a dark line near base, the tips dark
brown at middle and at tornus. Hind wing dark reddish brown,
the costa white towards base; a small ochreous white spot before
termen at submedian fold; cilia white with a dark brown line near
base, the tips brown towards apex, at middle, and at tornus.

Hab. Assam, Khasis,1 ¢ type. Exp. 14mm.

(20 6) Piletocera leucogastralis, sp. n.

3. Head white mixed with dark brown; thorax and abdomen
dark brown, the latter with diffused whitish band on 2nd segment

270 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

and a leaden gloss towards extremity; antenne brown, the con-
tortion and tuft darker; palpi whitish at base; pectus, legs, and
ventral surface of abdomen pure white, the fore tibize and tarsi
brown above ringed with white. Fore wing glossy grey-brown,
the basal half with some white mixed; an indistinct whitish ante-
medial line from below costa to inner margin; a white bar in the
cell near extremity and white discoidal striga ; a small triangular
white subterminal mark from costa; cilia with a fine whitish line
at base, the tips whitish in submedian interspace. Hind wing with
the basal area white mixed with some brown, defined by a rather
diffused dark antemedial line somewhat excurved at the disco-
cellulars, and defined on outer side by white below the cell ; cilia
with a fine whitish line at base and the tips whitish in submedian
interspace.

Hab. Dutcu N. GuryzEa, Kapaur (Doherty), 1 ¢ type. Exp.

18 mm.

(21a) Piletocera bisignalis, sp. n.

Q. Head whitish tinged with brown; thorax cupreous brown ;
abdomen with the base whitish tinged with cupreous brown, the
terminal part grey-brown with darker segmental lines; palpi white
at base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white slightly
tinged with red-brown, the fore tibiee with dark band at extremity.
Fore wing whitish suffused with cupreous brown to beyond the
cell, the terminal area cupreous brown; a diffused darker brown
antemedial line; a round dark brown spot in middle of cell and
elliptical discoidal spot with curved white striga on it; a white
subterminal line defined on inner side by diffused dark brown,
incurved below vein 6. Hind wing with the basal area white
tinged with brown and with some dark brown at base below the
cell; a diffused dark brown antemedial line from discal fold to inner
margin ; an indistinct dark postmedial line, excurved beyond lower
angle of cell; cilia with slight whitish line at base, the tips whitish
in submedian interspace.

Hab. Batt (Doherty), 1 2 type. Exp. 18 mm.

(23 a) Piletocera discisignalis, gp. n.

d. Head white mixed with some red-brown; thorax and abdo-
men dark red-brown, the genital tufts white faintly tinged with
red-brown ; antenne whitish tinged with red-brown to the con-
tortion and tuft which are dark brown, the apical part red-brown ;
palpi red-brown; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen
white, the fore tibie with dark band near extremity, the tarsi
brown ringed with white. Fore wing glossy reddish brown; an
indistinct dark antemedial line faintly defined on inner side by
whitish, rather oblique to submedian fold, then incurved; a white
bar in the cell near extremity and dark discoidal patch with minute
white spot at lower angle of cell; subterminal line white and

Pyralidee of the Subfamily Hydrocampine. 271

strong to vein 6, then faint and whitish, defined on inner side by
rather diffused dark brown, incurved between veins 6 and 3; cilia
with fine white line at base. Hind wing whitish suffused with
glossy reddish brown; a slight dark shade near base; a diffused
dark antemedial line from discal fold to inner margin ; postmedial
line indistinct, diffused whitish defined on inner side by diffused
dark brown, excurved beyond lower angle of cell; cilia with fine
whitish line at base, the tips whitish at submedian fold.
Hab. Assam, Khasis (Nissary), 1 3d type. Exp. 20 mm.

(236) Piletocera bistrigalis, sp. n.

©. Head pale grey-brown; thorax and abdomen glossy dark
grey-brown ; palpi red-brown, whitish on basal half; pectus and
ventral surface of abdomen white; legs pale red-brown. Fore wing
dark reddish brown; a strong white antemedial line, arising below
the costa and oblique to vein 1; an excurved white bar at middle
of cell and stronger discoidal bar; postmedial line whitish, forming
a wedge-shaped white mark from costa, excurved between veins 5
and 2, then incurved; cilia whitish with a brown line near base in
submedian interspace. Hind wing dark reddish brown; some
whitish at base; an indistinct diffused whitish medial line from
discal fold to inner margin; a faint whitish postmedial line, ex-
curved below discal fold and ending at vein 2; cilia white at tips
at submedian interspace.

Hab. Durcu N. Guryza, Mimika R. (Wollaston), 1 Q type.
Exp. 16 mm. .

(82¢c) Piletocera aurantialis, sp. n.

Head and base of tegule orange, the rest of thorax black; abdo-
men orange with the three terminal segments black; antennz black
from one fourth to middle; pectus blackish; legs and ventral
surface of abdomen orange, the fore tibize with black band near
extremity, the anal tuft black exceptat middle of base. Fore wing
orange ; the costal area black, extending to inner margin at base,
into the cell at middle, and as a triangular patch to lower angle of
cell; the terminal area black, its outer edge excurved and slightly
waved to vein 3; an antemedial black striga from the costal area
to submedian fold ; postmedial line black, slightly sinuous from the
costal area to vein 3, then retracted to near lower angle of cell,
then oblique to submedian fold, where it terminates; a fine pale
line at base of cilia. Hind wing orange, the terminal area black,
its inner edge excurved and slightly waved to vein 2; asmall black
spot in end of cell and striga from submedian fold to vein1l; a
slight oblique sinuous black postmedial line from vein 6 to the
terminal @ea at submedian fold; a fine pale line at base of cilia.

Hab. Mouuccas, Batchian (Doherty), 2 3, 2 Q type. Exp.
20 mm.

272 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

(38a) Piletocera flavidiscalis, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown mixed with ochreous
yellow, the last with the extremity ochreous yellow; palpi brown,
white at base ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white,
the fore legs with some brown in front. Fore wing dark brown
mixed with some ochreous yellow, the costa with alternating
ochreous yellow and black spots except towards base; slight pale
ochreous antemedial marks in the cell and above inner margin; a
quadrate ochreous white patch in end of cell and ochreous yellow
discoidal striga ; a faint dark postmedial line, slightly waved to
vein 2, then retracted to below end of cell and erect to inner margin ;
an oblique ochreous yellow patch from vein 3 to termen at vein 2 ;
a fine ochreous yellow line at base of cilia which are wholly ochreous
below apex and in submedian interspace. Hind wing dark brown;
a diffused ochreous yellow antemedial band, separated by an oblique
dark discoidal bar from an oblique conical ochreous yellow post-
medial patch from costa to vein 2, which is defined on outer side
by the dark postmedial line which is retracted at vein 2 to the
discoidal bar, then defining the antemedial band; an oblique
ochreous yellow patch from vein 3 to termen at submedian fold;
cilia brown and whitish to vein 2 with a fine white line at base,
followed by a dark line, then ochreous yellow with some brown at
tornus.

Hab. Stxxim (Moller), 1 3 type. Hap. 18 mm.

(33 ¢) Piletocera metochrealis, sp. n.

Head and thorax reddish brown mixed with dark brown and some
whitish ; abdomen creamy white at base, then black with white
segmental lines, the anal tuft pale rufous irrorated with dark
brown; antenne ringed black and white; palpi dark brown, white
at base ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white, the
fore and mid femoro-tibial joints and the fore tibiz at extremities
black. Fore wing ochreous tinged with red-brown and thickly
irrorated with black-brown ; -antemedial line black, oblique, waved ;
a small pale spot in middle of cell and discoidal bar, both defined by
black; postmedial line black, forming a slight spot at costa, then
slightly waved, at vein 2 retracted to lower angle of cell; a terminal
series of small black spots to vein 4 and a small spot at vein 2;
cilia ochreous white with a dark line near base and faint brown line
near tips to vein 2. Hind wing pale ochreous with a dark brown
apical patch; a black discoidal bar; postmedial line blackish,
slightly waved to termen at submedian fold, then obsolescent and
retracted to below angle of cell, and with blackish bar at inner
margin; a terminal black line from apex to vein 4; cilia with a
dark line near base to vein 3.

Hab. Cryton, Maskeliya (Pole), 1 d, Pattipola (Green), 1 ¢,
Namunakuli (Green), 2 d, 1 2 type. xp. 18 mm.

Pyralidee of the Subjamily Hydrocampine. 273

(387 h) Piletocera costifascialis, sp. n.

6. Head and thorax pale reddish brown, the metathorax with
some ochreous white; abdomen ochreous white tinged with brown,
the genital tufts rufous; antennz brownish white, ringed* with
black towards base; palpi whitish, tinged with red-brown except at
base ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen ochreous white.
Fore wing pale ochreous, the costal area brown with alternating
small dark and ochreous spots on costa; an indistinct dark ante-
medial line from costa to vein 1; a pale discoidal bar defined on
each side by black bars ; postmedial line brown, incurved at discal
fold, excurved between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below angle
of cell and excurved above inner margin; the terminal area brown
to vein 4 and with brown patch at tornus, the termen with blackish
points to vein 4; cilia ochreous white. Hind wing pale ochreous,
the terminal area dark brown from apex to vein 3; a small blackish
discoidal spot; postmedial line blackish, incurved at discal fold,
excurved between veins 5 and 2, then obsolete and retracted to
below end of cell, then dark to inner margin; the termen ochreous
white towards apex, with two minute blackish spots below apex;
a dark patch at tornus; cilia ochreous white.

Hab. SELANGORE, Kuala Lumpur (Durham), 1 3 type. Exp.
16 mm.

(38 e) Piletocera mesophealis, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen red-brown mixed with some
ochreous whitish; antenne red-brown, the basal joint whitish.
Fore wing whitish suffused with red-brown, the medial area dark
red-brown with a purplish gloss, the terminal area cupreous red-
brown ; a diffused red-brown subbasal band, oblique to median
nervure and followed by a whitish antemedial band except at costa ;
a white patch in end of cell with a lunulate dark spot on it; a
white postmedial band, obliquely curved to vein 8, then retracted
to below end of cell and erect to inner margin; cilia brown with a
whitish line at base. Hind wing cupreous brown with the base
white ; traces of a pale curved postmedial line; cilia brown with a
fine whitish line at base to vein 3, then whitish with a faint brown
line near base.

Hab. Durcu N. Guinea, Mt. Goliath (Meek), 1 Q type.
Exp. 24 mm.

(88 g) Piletocera holophealis, sp. n.

Head and thorax dark red-brown; abdomen paler red-brown;
palpi whitish at base ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen
whitish suffused with red-brown. Fore wing dark glossy red-
brown, the interspaces with a greyish tinge except on costal area;
antemedial line indistinct, dark brown, oblique to vein 1; a dark
discoidal bar; postmedial line indistinct, red-brown defined on
outer side by greyish, very slightly waved, oblique to vein 6, at

274 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

vein 3 retracted to lower angle of cell, then erect to inner margin ;
a faint slightly waved red-brown subterminal line; a terminal
series of slight dark points. Hind wing whitish suffused with
red-brown; a faint red-brown postmedial shade and slight dark
terminal line.

Hab. Durcu N. Gutyua, Wataikwa R. (Wollaston), 13,12
type. Exp. $ 28, 2 32 mm.

(896) Piletocera flavalis, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen orange-yellow, the last with black
line before anal segment; palpi whitish at base and with some
black at tips; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white
tinged with yellow. Fore wing orange-yellow, the costa with
series of small black spots ; antemedial line black, oblique to sub-
median fold ; an oblique black discoidal bar ; postmedial line black,
excurved from vein 5 to 3 near termen, then obsolescent and re-
tracted to lower angle of cell, then distinct and excurved above
inner margin; a terminal series of black bars; cilia white at base,
black at tips. Hind wing orange-yellow; a black discoidal striga ;
postmedial line black, bent outwards between veins 5 and 2, then
retracted to lower angle of cell and erect to inner margin; a
terminal series of black bars, confluent towards apex ; cilia white
with a blackish line at middle and some brown at tips.

Hab. Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 5 bd, 6 9 type.

Exp. 20 mm.

(41) Piletocera analytodes, sp. n.

3. Vertex of head ochreous white and rufous, a bar between
antennz and the frons black ; antennz ochreous white ringed with
rufous; palpi black mixed with some white and with the base of
2nd joint white; thorax ochreous white mixed with rufous and with
tufts of spatulate black-tipped scales on metathorax; abdomen
creamy white tinged with rufous and with rather diffused black
band on basal segment; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdo-
men white tinged with rufous, the fore cox, femora, and tibize
suffused with black in front. Fore wing creamy white suffused
with rufous beyond the medial line and on postmedial area except
towards costa and on inner half of terminal area; the base rufous
and the rest of basal area black; antemedial line double, black,
excurved below costa, .then ineurved and excurved above inner
margin; a slight curved black medial line from costa to the ante-
medial line at vein 1, on which there is a slight black streak
beyond it, a rufous band beyond the line except towards costa, and
a quadrate rufous discoidal spot; postmedial line black, arising
below the costa rather towards termen, excurved to vein 3, then
oblique and slightly sinuous, slight black streaks before and beyond
it on veins 6 to 3; a semicireular black patch on terminal area
from apex to below vein 4, leaving a creamy white terminal line

8
Pyralide of the Subfamily Hydrocampine. 275

from vein 4 to below vein 5; a white terminal line below vein _ ;
cilia with black patches except at base, at apex, and middle. Hind
wing creamy white, the terminal half suffused with rufous except
at costa; some black irroration on basal half of inner area ; a rufous
discoidal bar and rufous line tinged with blackish from lower angle
of cell to inner margin, incurved below submedian fold; a blackish .
shade from above vein 6 to vein 3 before the postmedial line, which
is blackish, arising at vein 6, incurved below vein 2, and ending at
tornus; a white terminal line ; cilia suffused with rufous.

Hab. Bismarck Arcu., Rook I. (Meek), 4 3 type. zp.
26 mm.

Genus HypROPIONEA, nov.
Type, H. melliculalis, Led.

Proboscis fully developed; palpi downcurved, about twice the
length of head, the 2nd joint fringed with hair above and below,
the 3rd prominent; maxillary palpi triangularly dilated with hair ;
frons oblique; antennz of male annulated and ciliated. Fore wing
with the apex somewhat produced, the termen excised below apex
and excurved at middle; veins 3 and 5 from near angle of cell;
6 from below upper angle; 7 from angle; 8, 9, 10 stalked or 10
arising free then anastomosing with 8,9; 11 from cell. Hind
wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7
from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

(2) Zagiridia rufalis, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen purplish rufous; pectus and
ventral surface of abdomen white. Fore wing purplish rufous ; an
indistinct whitish subbasal line from subcostal nervure to vein 1;
an indistinct slightly waved white antemedial line, slightly excurved
at median nervure; a blackish point below middle of costa and
another at lower angle of cell ; postmedial line formed by whitish
dashes in the interspaces, somewhat excurved to vein 4, then in-
curved ; a curved subterminal series of white spots in the inter-
spaces ; a terminal series of blackish points; cilia whitish at tips.
Hind wing purplish rufous; a whitish discoidal bar and black
point at lower angle of cell; a blackish point on inner margin just,
before middle ; a postmedial series of whitish dashes in the inter-
spaces from costa to vein 2; a subterminal series of white spots ; a
terminal series of blackish points; cilia whitish at tips. Underside
purplish rufous, the inner half of hind wing whitish.

Hab. D’Extrecastreatx Is., Woodlark I. (dleek), 1 2 type.
Exp. 22 mm.

(la) Clupeosoma violascens, sp. n.

9. Head, thorax, and abdomen reddish brown tinged with grey ;
palpi red-brown; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen
whitish suffused with red-brown. Fore wing cupreous red-brown

276 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

glossed with purplish; an oblique dark brown antemedial line; a
dark discoidal bar; postmedial line black-brown, rather oblique to
vein 5, then erect; the termen and cilia black-brown with a silvery
gloss. Hind wing cupreous red-brown glossed with purplish, the
costal area whitish ; some dark irroration below end of cell; a black
postmedial line from vein 7 to submedian fold; the termen and
cilia black-brown with a silvery gloss to vein 2.

Hab. Borneo, Pulo Laut (Doherty), 1 9 type. vp. 16 mm.

(1 6) Clupeosoma noordimimalis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax yellow suffused in parts with pink; abdo-
men yellow with diffused pale pink segmental bands; sides of
frons and palpi red-brown, the latter white below towards base;
pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with
yellow, the fore femora and tibiz suffused with brown above. Fore
wing pale yellow tinged with pink, the terminal area suffused with
pink, the costa brown to end of cell; antemedial line formed by
black scales, oblique; a slight black discoidal lunule ; postmedial
line black, very slightly excurved at middle, ending on inner margin
near tornus; a terminal series of black strie. Hind wing white
tinged with yellow, the area beyond lower angle of cell to the post-
medial line tinged with pink from vein 5 to below vein 2, the
terminal area suffused with pink to submedian fold; postmedial
line black, straight, and ending on termen at submedian fold; a
terminal series of black striz to vein 2; cilia tinged with pink to
submedian fold.

Hab. Goup Coast, Bibianaha (Spurrell), 1 5 type. Hap.

20 mm.

(1c) Clupeosoma brunnezfusalis, sp. n.

Q. Head and tegule whitish suffused with purplish pink, the
shoulders with red-brown stripes; thorax and abdomen pale red-
brown, the latter with some rufous at base; antennz brown, ringed
with white towards base; palpi red-brown, white at base; pectus,
legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white suffused with red-
brown, the tibiz and tarsi pure white, the fore tibie with some
black at base and a black band near extremity. Fore wing glossy
greyish suffused with red-brown and slightly irrorated with darker
brown ; a curved black discoidal striga; postmedial line blackish,
forming a slight black spot at costa, then very slightly waved and
slightly bent inwards at vein 3, ending at tornus; a fine blackish
terminal line and ochreous white line at base of cilia, followed by
a dark line. Hind wing white tinged with red-brown, the area
below and beyond the cell from discal fold to below vein 2 more
suffused and irrorated with red-brown to the postmedial line, the
terminal area suffused with red-brown to the submedian fold ; post-
medial line blackish, straight, from the costa to termen at submedian
fold; a slight dark terminal line to vein 2; cilia with a white line
at base followed by a dark line, the tips brown to vein 2.

Pyralidee of the Subfamily Hydrocampine. 277

Hab. Durcu N. Gurnea, Snow Mts., Oetakwa R. (Meek),
1 9 type. Eup. 22 mm.

(4a) Clupeosoma atristriata, sp. 0.

Sect. (Clupeosoma). Fore wing of male on upperside with streaks
of scales on costa and veins 7, 6 from end of cell to the subterminal
line and rough downturned hair beyond the subterminal line
between veins 6 and 2.

g. Head, thorax, and abdomen rufous with an opalescent gloss,
the abdomen with white segmental lines; antenne ringed with
white ; palpi pure white below towards base, with a black streak
above the white continued to the tips and black above; throat pure
white; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen rufous, the
fore tibize with a black band before extremity which is white, the
mid tibize and fore and mid tarsi pure white. Fore wing pale
glaucous glossed with opalescent blue, the costa rufous to middle,
then dark brown with the streaks below it black ; postmedial line
brown and angled outwards above vein 7, then yellowish white,
angled outwards and defined on outer side by a purplish red line
below vein 7, then slightly excurved to vein 2, where it is slightly
incurved, then again slightly excurved and defined on outer side by
a red-brown line; the postmedial area yellowish suffused with
fiery rufous; the terminal area purple with a terminal series of
minute dark brown spots defined by whitish; cilia pale rufous, dark
brown at apex and with brown striga near base below apex. Hind
wing pale glaucous glossed with opalescent blue, the costal and
inner areas whitish ; an oblique white postmedial band from vein 6
to vein 2 near termen defined on outer side by a slightly waved red
line slightly defined on outer side by whitish; the terminal area
purple from costa to vein 2, with a terminal series of minute
purple-brown spots defined by white; cilia pale rufous to vein 2,
then whitish.

@. Fore wing with the costa rufous to apex and without the
black streaks below it, the postmedial line waved, with a waved
rufous line on its outer side defined by yellowish white points
throughout, incurved below vein 2.

Hab. Trmur, Dili (Doherty), 1 9; Bismarck Arcu., Rook I.
(Meek), 2 3 type. Exp. 16-20 mm.

(46) Clupeosoma rufistriata, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen rufous ; antenne slightly ringed
with whitish; palpi white below towards base with dark streak
above it and dark brown above; throat white; fore tibie with
dark band near extremity which is white, the mid tibize and fore
and mid tarsi pure white. Fore wing glaucous tinged with rufous
and irrorated with red-brown, the costa rufous to end of cell, then
darker brown with the streaks below it rufous; a blackish discoidal
striga; postmedial line white, excurved above and below vein 7,

278 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

with some blackish scales before it and defined on outer side by a
red-brown line, slightly excurved from discal fold to vein 2, then
slightly incurved, the area beyond it pale rufous, the termen tinged
with purple with a dark red-brown line on it towards apex, then a_
series of white striz; cilia white tinged with rufous, dark glossy
brown at apex. Hind wing pale glaucous tinged with brown, the
costal and inner areas whitish; an oblique yellowish white post-
medial band from vein 6 to vein 2 near termen, towards which it
narrows, defined on outer side by a slightly waved purplish red line
slightly defined on outer side by white; the terminal area pale
purple to vein 2, the termen white with a series of rufous points ;
cilia whitish.

2. Fore wing with the costa rufous to apex, the postmedial
line lunulate and defined on outer side by a waved purplish red line
throughout, a minutely crenulate blackish terminal line defining
whitish points on termen, the cilia pale rufous.

Hab. Dutcu N. Guryea, Snow Mts., Oetakwa R. (Meek),
13,1 9 type. Hap. 18 mm.

(4d) Clupeosoma astrigalis, sp. n.

Fore wing of male on upper side with elliptical patch of andro-
conia on vein 1 beyond the subterminal line.

$. Head, thorax, and abdomen rufous with an opalescent gloss, ©
the last with white segmental lines except towards extremity ; an-
tenne with dark rings; palpi white below towards base; pectus
and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with rufous; legs
white, the fore femora and tibie rufous, the latter with a dark
band before extremities which are white. Fore wing pale rufous
glossed with opalescent blue to the postmedial line, the terminal
area purplish rufous ; a slight brown discoidal striga; postmedial
line yellowish white defined on outer side by a slightly waved brown
line, incurved below vein 4, the costa beyond it dark brown; the
patch of scales on vein 1 brown suffused with grey-white; a
terminal series of dark brown points defined by pale rufous; cilia
bright rufous, paler at tips. Hind wing pale rufous slightly
glossed with opalescent black, the costal and inner areas whitish ;
an oblique yellowish white postmedial band from vein 6 to vein 2
near termen, towards which it narrows, defined on outer side by a —
slightly waved brown line; the terminal area purplish rufous to
vein 2, with a series of red-brown bars on termen defined by pale
rufous ; cilia pale rufous, whitish at tips.

Hab. QuEENSLAND, Townsville (Dodd), 1 3 type. Exp.
16 mm.

(4e) Clupeosoma glaucinalis, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale glaucous brown, the last
ringed with white; antenne brown; palpi white below towards
base, defined above by a black streak and blackish above; pectus,

. Pyralidee of the Subjamily Scopariane. 279

legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white, the fore femora and
tibix rufous above. Fore wing pale glaucous brown faintly irro-
rated with darker brown; the costa darker brown; a dark point
below middle of costa and striga on inner area; postmedial line
white defined on outer side by a minutely waved dark line, incurved
below vein 3; the area beyond it brownish ochreous shading to
brown glossed with leaden grey before termen; the termen
ochreous with a series of blackish points to vein 2; cilia ochreous.
Hind wing pale glaucous irrorated with brown, the costal and inner
areas white; a sinuous white postmedial line from vein 7 to sub-
median fold, defined on outer side by a minutely waved dark line,
the area beyond it ochreous shading to brown glossed with leaden
grey before termen; the termen ochreous with a series of blackish
points to vein 2; cilia ochreous to vein 2, then whitish.

Hab. StxearorE (Ridley), 1 9; Sumpawa (Doherty), 1 2
type. xp. 14 mm.

(2) Cenoloba cuprescens, sp. n.

Q. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale red-brown ; pectus, legs,
and ventral surface of abdomen. whitish tinged with rufous, the
fore legs darker brown, the tarsi ringed with white. Fore wing
whitish suffused with rufous with a cupreous tinge; a series of
slight dark streaks on costa; a slight dark streak in end of cell;
the two lobes somewhat banded with silvery white and with
minute black pointsat termen. Hind wing banded cupreous rufous
and silvery white, the two lobes each with a black point at termen.

Hab. SumpBawa, virgin forest at 8000-5500 ft. (Doherty),
1 9 type. Hep. 10 mm.

SCOPARIAN_E.

(5) Microglossa philippinensis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax red-brown mixed with some silvery whitish
especially at extremity of patagia; abdomen pale red-brown with
some whitish at base; antenne whitish ringed with black; palpi
black-brown, white at base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of
abdomen whitish suffused with red-brown, the fore legs blackish
brown, the tarsi blackish brown ringed with white. Fore wing
whitish thickly irrorated with iron-brown, the base suffused with
iron-brown ; antemedial line with an iron-brown shade on its outer
side, oblique and sinuous to vein 1, then slightly ineurved; a round
iron-brown spot in middle of cell and X-shaped discoidal mark ;
postmedial line iron-brown, angled inwards below costa, then ex-
curved to vein 2 where it is slightly angled inwards, then rather
diffused ; an iron-brown subterminal shade, angled inwards below
costa, then bent outwards to middle of termen ; a terminal series of
minute iron-brown spots except towards tornus; cilia whitish with
a series of slight red-brown spots. Hind wing white with a faint
red-brown tinge, the termen browner except towards tornus.

280 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

Ab. 1. Much whiter; fore wing sparsely irrorated with iron-
brown, slight subbasal dark spots below the cell and above inner
margin, the antemedial line and marks in cell distinct, the post-
medial line indistinct, slightly waved and hardly excurved at
middle, the subterminal shade forming a distinct spot at middle of
termen.

Hab. Pururerrnes, Negros I. (Whitehead), 6 3 type. Exp. .
16-20 mm. .

(6) Microglossa cupritincta, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax white tinged with cupreous brown and
mixed with some black; abdomen white faintly tinged with red-
brown ; antenne dark brown; frons with dark band ; palpi, pectus,
legs, and ventral surface of abdomen whitish suffused with red-
brown. Fore wing white tinged with cupreous red-brown and
irrorated with black ; small black spots near base below the costa
and cell; an antemedial patch of black scales on costa and obliquely
placed spots formed by black scales below the cell and vein 1; a
small black spot in middle of cell and irregular markings in and
beyond the end of cell with a spot above them on costa; a pale
curved postmedial line defined on each side by thicker black irrora-
tion ; an incurved pale line from termen at discal fold to termen at
submedian fold; cilia ochreous white with a maculate dark line at
middle. Hind wing white faintly tinged with brown and with a
slight brown terminal line except towards tornus.

Hab. Dutcu N. Guinea, Mt. Goliath (Meek), 1 Sd type. Hap.
18 mm.

(134) Scoparia metacrossa, sp. n.

Hind wing of male on upperside with fringe of downcurved hair
from above middle of vein 2 and tuft of hair from above middle of
vein 1, a fovea surrounded by fringes of short hair on termen above
vein l.

3. Head and thorax bright rufous; abdomen whitish suffused
with rufous. Fore wing bright rufous mixed with some whitish
except jon terminal area which has a cupreous gloss; a dark red-
brown antemedial line, oblique to median nervure, then inwardly
oblique ; a whitish annulus in middle of cell, incomplete above, some
darker brown beyond it in end of cell; a slight inwardly oblique
dark postmedial line from costa to vein 6; an oblique rather
diffused dark line defined on inner side by whitish suffusion from
apex to inner margin beyond middle; a rather maculate dark
terminal jline; cilia creamy white at base, rufous at tips. Hind
wing whitish suffused with rufous, the fovea and slight fringes
of hair on termen above vein 1 dark brown.

Hab. Durcu N. Guinea, Fak-fak (Pratt), 1 ¢ type. Hap.
16 mm.

Pyralidee of the Subfamily Seoparianz. 281

(69a) Scoparia strigigramma, sp. n. <

6. Head white faintly tinged with brown; thorax pale red-
brown mixed with some whitish and black; abdomen whitish
suffused with red-brown; antennz pale brown; palpi dark brown,
white above; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen whitish
suffused with brown. Fore wing whitish tinged with red-brown
and irrorated with black scales forming a diffused streak im sub-
median fold to below end of cell; a slight diffused black spot in
middle of cell and streak in end of cell; a postmedial series of
minute black streaks, excurved below costa, then oblique ; the veins
towards apex slightly streaked with black; a terminal series of
minute black spots. Hind wing glossy white faintly tinged with
brown.

Hab. Perv, Agualani (Ochkenden), 1 d type. Eup. 20 mm.

- (75c) Scoparia atricuprea, sp. n.

do. Head and thorax black-brown with a eupreous gloss; abdo-
men white tinged with cupreous brown; palpi pure white below
at base; pectus, legs, and ventral surfaee of abdomen cupreous
brown mixed with whitish, the fore legs black-brown, the tarsi
banded with white. Fore wing black-brown with a cupreous gloss
and irrorated with bluish white scales; antemedial line white,
excurved to median nervure, then incurved ; a minute white spot
in middle of cell and obscure band of blue-white irroration beyond
it; postmedial line blue-white, interrupted at middle, excurved
below costa and between veins 4 and 2 to near termen, slightly
angled inwards at submedian fold; a blue-white subapical patch
and series of dark cupreous brown spots before a slight waved white
terminal line; cilia ochreous with a brown line near base and the
tips brown towards apex. Hind wing white tinged with reddish
brown especially on terminal area except towards tornus ; cilia with
a brown line near base.

Ab. 1. Fore wing with the medial area white irrorated with
black-brown, a black spot on costa on outer side of antemedial line,
spot in middle of cell and rather uncinate spot below the cell.

@. Hind wing suffused with brown, the base, cell, and costal
area to beyond the cell whiter.

Hab. Jamaica, 1 9; Corometa, Valparaiso (H. H. Smith),
1 g, Minea (A. A. Smith), 5 3 type. Hap. 16-20 mm.

(114) Scoparia ceruleotincta, sp. n.

@. Head and thorax white very faintly tinged with blue, the
thorax with a black band behind the tegule and some black on
dorsum ; antennz cupreous brown slightly ringed with white, the
basal joint with black pomt on inner side; palpi white, the 2nd

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 19

282. On new Pyralide of the Subfamily Scopariane.

joint with oblique black fascia, the maxillary palpi ringed black
and white; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of ‘abdomen white
mixed with blackish, the fore legs black with white band at extre-
mity of tibie and bands on tarsi. Fore wing white very faintly
tinged with blue ; an obliquely curved black subbasal band ; ante-
medial line black, forming a patch at costa and excurved between
submedian fold and vein 1; ; orbicular represented by a curved
black striga on its inner side and oblique black bar on outer; reni-
form black, figure-of-eight shaped, incomplete above and below; a
black spot below middle of cell and some irroration on medial part
of inner margin; postmedial line black, strong and slightly ex-
curved towards costa, excurved at middle, then very oblique and
slightly sinuous, a bar beyond it from costa and irregular patch
from vein 3 to inner margin; a slight black spot on termen below
apex, a conical patch at middle, then a terminal black line to vein 1 ;
cilia white with a series of slight blackish spots near base and some
brown at tips at apex. Hind wing white faintly tinged with
brown, more strongly on terminal area except towards tornus ;
traces of a white postmedial line from costa to submedian fold,
slightly excurved at middle ; cilia white. Underside of fore wing
brown, the inner margin white, the costa white towards apex with
a slight dark subterminal spot; hind wing white, a slight brown
discoidal spot, postmedial line from costa to vein 5 and minute
black spot on termen at vein 5

Hab. Canaries, Tenerife, Las Mercedes Si i
type. Exp. 18 mm.

(122 a) Scoparia pheopalpia, sp. n.

do. Head, thorax, and abdomen white suffused with red-brown ;
antennz brownish white ringed with dark brown; palpi very dark
cupreous brown, pure white below towards base; pectus, legs, and
ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with red-brown, the tarsi
ringed with brown. Fore wing white slightly tinged with cupreous
brown and sparsely irrorated with black-brown; a dark cupreous
brown subbasal patch below the cell; two oblique black-brown
antemedial lines, the outer with some black-brown beyond it in the
cell; a black-brown spot in the cell towards extremity and a spot
below the cell; some slight black-brown marks beyond the cell;
postmedial line black-brown, strong towards costa, angled inwards
below costa, excurved at middle, then oblique and indistinct; a
subterminal black-brown spot on costa and slight mark angled
inwards above inner margin ; a terminal series of small black-brown
spots, reduced to points below vein 4; cilia white with series of
slight red-brown spots towards tips. Hind wing white with a faint
rufous tinge especially on apical area.

Hab. Nava, Estcourt (Hutchinson), 2 3 type. Hap. 20mm.

On the Skull of Tritylodon longeevus, Owen. 283

XXXI.—On the Skull of Tritylodon longevus, Owen.
By Dr. BRANISLAV PETRONIEVICS.

[Plate X.]

Since Owen described in 1884, for the first time as mammalian,
the skull of the single specimen of Tritylodon existing in the
British Museum, several authors have re-examined his state-
ments. Seeley, in 1888, declared Tritylodon to be a
“bunotheroid Rodent”’; but in 1894, after his discovery
of Gomphodontia, he gave up this opinion and declared
Tritylodon a “ theriodont Reptile” or as “* intermediate
between Mammals and Theriodonts.” R. Broom, in 1904,
showed that the reasons of Seeley for the statement that
Tritylodon was a reptile are not tenable. In 1910, after
having studied the specimen, Broom established the presence
of new sutures between bones which had been wholly over-
looked by the earlier observers, and so reinforced his opinion
that Tritylodon is a true mammalian.

Having examined the specimen at the end of last year
while in London, I believe that some new sutures can be
made out, and that the limits between the bones are somewhat
different from those established by Broom. A new prepara-
tion of the specimen has also cleared up some controversial
points.

Text-fig. 1 shows the upper view of the skull. The
plainest suture is that separating on the left side for some
distance the nasal from the maxillary. In the front part of
this suture begins another, which is for the first time plainly
to be seen only with a magnifying-glass (it lies just above a
zig-zag crack). The prolongation of this latter suture on the
right is not clearly indicated, but is probable. If so, the whole
would separate the nasal from the frontal; but it is not
impossible that the visible part separates the lacrimal from
the nasal. _

The sutures separating the prefrontal from the frontal and
lacrimal are doubtful or not at all indicated. The right side
is so damaged that only the suture bounding the maxillary is
to be seen for some distance.

The septomaxillaries, first observed by Broom, are now,
after the new preparation, plainly (comp. text-fig. 1 and the
photograph of the nares in Pl. X. fig. 1) to be seen. They
limit the nares laterally, cross them from below, and send a
short joint process above, which seems to meet vie middle

284 a Dr. B. Petronievics on the

with the forward process of nasals (or, perhaps, with part of
the ossified internasal septum) from above, so that the bone

Fig. 1.

~

i ee
~
~
~
~
es @ weno

beak

Skull of Tritylodon, upper view, ? nat. size. ——, probable sutures ;
—.-.-, possible suture (between fr. and prfr.) ; ----, restored parts.

pa., parietal; sq., squamosal; 7u., jugal; fr., frontal; prfr., prefrontal ;
le., lacrimal; na., nasals; mx., maxillary ; smz., septomaxillary ;
pmx., premaxillary; pr.pmz., process of the premaxillaries ;
z.”, second upper incisor,

vertically separating the two nares seems to be composed of
these two parts. Between the front part of premaxillaries

Skull of Tritylodon longeevus, Owen. 285

and the septomaxillaries there is a gap, so that the nares
are wholly separated only horizontally *.
The suture separating the frontals from the parietals is not
plainly to be seen; but it is probable that it lies before the
groove in the front of parietal bones. Unfortunately the
foramen parietale could not be established in this groove by
the new preparation ; but it seems to me still to be possible.
Text-fig. 2 shows the lateral view of the skull from the left
side, but the sutures have been completed from the right side.

jee
Skull of Tritylodon, left side, nat. size. ——, probable sutures ;
=CSiS , possible suture (between fr. and prfr.).

pa., parietal; prfr., prefrontal; fr., frontal; for.lc., lacrimal foramen ;
na., nasal; smux., septomaxillary ; pr.pmx., process of the pre-
maxillaries; pm., premaxillary ; mz., maxillary ; /c., lacrimal ;
' 4u., jugal; osph., orbitosphenoid; %.*, second upper incisor ;

1-6, postcanine teeth.

The suture separating the parietal bone from prefrontal and
bounding it from below is plainly indicated ¢ and was observed

* Broom’s contention that “ there is no evidence that the nares have
been separated by a complete internasal process of the premaxillaries”
(comp. Broom, 1910, p. 763) has been confirmed by the new preparation,
which shows a mode of division of the nares quite different from that in
the theriodont Reptiles and without parallel in Mammals.

+ As this suture is on the right side going up to the front part of the
parietal bone, no doubt can be entertained about the lateral continuity,
of this whole bone on the right side (on the left side the bone is far more
fractured in the middle than on the right side). So that Seeley’s suppo-
sition that the two bones diverging from the median crest laterally are
the posterior prolongations of the postfrontals must be wholly rejected.
Comp. Seeley, 1895, p. 1026 s.

286 Dr. B. Petronievics on the

by Broom. The other sutures indicated in the figure are
rather doubtful, the best established being that bounding the
maxillary from above, observed by Broom. ‘The bone
between this suture and the suture bounding the parietal
from below I suppose to be the orbito- or alisphenoid. Broom

Fig. 3.

Skull of Tritylodon, underside, nat. size. ——~, probable sutures.

2-72.85, upper incisors; pmza., premaxillary; mz., maxillary; mzpl.,
maxillopalatine ; pl., palatine ; pm., premolar; m.’-m.°, upper
molars.

takes it to be a prolongation of the parietal bone, having
supposed that the two bones meeting in a median crest are
frontals *,

__* I see no serious reason why these two bones should be frontals, even
if the suture separating the frontal from the nasal would prove to be

s

Skull of Tritylodon longeevus, Owen. 287

On the underside of the skull (text-fig. 3) the sutures
separating the premaxillaries from the maxillaries and the
palatine processes of the latter are almost certain (comp.
Owen, 1884, p. 147) ; but the suture between the palatines
and the maxillaries is very doubtful.

T have still to add that | can confirm the statement of Broom
(comp. Broom, 1910, p. 762) that there are in Trrtylodon not
two but three incisors. Indeed, in the front of the two
broken great incisors and near to the point where the two
premaxillaries are meeting one another there are two small
teeth-sockets (text-fig. 3). But Broom’s statement (7.
p. 762) that there are seven and not six molars in T'ritylodon
I cannot accept, because the limit of the last molar on the
right side isa sharp one, and no plain trace of a molar behind
itistobe seen. I suppose, in consequence, the dental formula
ot Tritylodon to be 2 3, pm 1, m 5*.

According to my preceding statements, and to the previous
statements of Owen, Seeley, Osborn, and Broom, I add here,
in conclusion, a review of the mammalian and reptilian
characters of Yritylodon.

J. Mammalian Characters.

1. Divided roots of molar teeth ;

2. Multituberculate teeth ;

3. Straight and parallel rows of teeth ;
4, No postfrontal bone.

From these four characters, the first is still the best proof
for the mammalian character of T'ritylodon, no theromorphous
reptile being known with divided teeth-roots. But, as some
doubts have been expressed about this division t, the prepara-
tion of the molar toothin Zritylodon by Owen has been some-
what enlarged, and the new preparation shows (comp. the
photograph in Pl. X. fig. 2) that no doubt about that division
can be entertained, the bone between the two roots un-
doubtedly not being dentine (it has the same colour as the bone
in front of the forward root). As a new corroborative proof

wrong. The posterior part of the skull would be in both cases almost
the same (comp. the restoration of it in text-fig. 1 with the restoration
of Broom in Broom, 1914, fig. 1, p. 119).

* In 1914 Broom gives the dental formula of Tritylodon as being
probably 7 8, ¢ 0, p 4, m 3 (comp. Broom, 1914, p. 120).

+ Comp. H. Gadow, ‘Amphibia and Reptiles,’ London, 1901, p. 309.

288 On the Skull of Tritylodon longevus, Owen.

of this last statement I add here in Pl. X. fig. 3 a photograph
of two newly prepared molar teeth of Diademodon brownt
with undivided roots *, and in Pl. X. fig. 5 a photograph of
the newly prepared molar tooth of Cynognathus crateronotus,
showing undivided root and a groove on the outer surface,
indicating the beginning of a partial division of this root, as it
seems, throughout its whole length.

Il. Reptilian Characters.

Divided nares ;
Prefrontal bone T;
Frontal bone not bounding the orbit.

am

III. Characters both Mammalian and Reptilian.

1. Septomaxillary bones;
2. The terminal position of the anterior nares;
_ 3. The backward position of the posterior nares ;
4. Considerably diverging parietal bones ;
5. Orbito- or alisphenoid (or orbitopalatine ?) ;
6. No postorbital bar ;
7. Brain-case antero-laterally closed. ;

If we try to separate in this last group the characters that
are primarily reptilian in Z'ritylodon trom those which are
probably purely mammalian, we should regard only the
existence of the septomaxillary bone as a pure reptilian
character (common both to Z'rztylodon and to Monotremes).
So that Tritylodon is to be regarded, in the first place, as a
mammal, but as a mammal with some undoubtedly reptilian
characters, the most primitive of the known Mammals. With
its mixed characters, 7Z'ritylodon is a direct, proof that the
Mammals have their origin in Reptiles, most probably in
theriodont Reptiles.

* Seeley mentions (comp. “ On Diademodon”’ in Philos. Trans. 1895,
pp. 1029-1041, figs. 5-10) three isolated molar teeth of Diademodon with
undivided roots, but they seem to belong to lower molars. 1 add here
in Pl, X. fig. 4 another photograph of two single-ruoted V-shaped teeth of
Diademodon in section trom the specimen R. 8606 in the British Museum
(mentioned by Mr. Watson, “ The Skull of Deademodon,” in Ann. & Mag.
Nat. Hist. (8) viii. 1911, p. 314), one with open and the other with
closed pulpa.

+ The existence of a prefrontal bone in mammals has been affirmed
(comp. R. Cunningham, “ Note on the Presence of Supernumerary Bones
occupying the Place of Prefrontals in the Skull of certain Mammals,” in
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, 1889, pp. 76-77).

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 289

At the end of this paper I desire to express my thanks to
Dr. Woodward and Dr. Andrews, of the British Museum,
for the loan of the new preparations (executed by Mr. Hall),
and to Dr. Andrews for some valuable help.

Literature on Tritylodon.

1. R. Owen. ‘On the Skull and Dentition of a Triassic Mammal
(Tritylodon longevus, Owen) from South Africa,” in Quart. Journ.
Geol. Soc. Lond. vol. xl. 1884, pp. 146-152.

2. H.G. Sertey. “On Parts of the Skeleton of a Mammal from Tri-
assic Rocks (Theriodesmus phylarchus),’ in Phil. Trans. 1888,
pp. 141-155 (on Tritylodon, p. 154).

5. H. ¥. Osporn. “On the Structure and Classification of the Mesozoic
Mammalia,” in Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1888, pp. 186-264
(on Tritylodon, pp. 213, 220, and 251 seg.).

H. G. Sretey. “The Reputed Mammals from the Karoo Formation
of Cape Colony,” in Phil. Trans. 1895, p. 1025-1028.

H. F. Osporn. “ ‘The Origin of the Mammalia,” in ‘The American
Naturalist,’ 1898, pp. 309-334 (on Tritylodon, pp. 328-829),

R. Broom. “On the Affinities of Zvritylodon,’ in Trans, South-*
African Phil. Soe. vol. xvi. 1905, pp. 73-77.

Ki. Broom. “On Tritylodon and on the Relationships of the Multi-
tuberculata,” in Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond. 1910, pp. 760-768,

R. Broom. “ On the Structure and Affinities of the Multitubercu-

, lata,” in Bull. Amer, Mus, Nat. Hist. vol. xxxiii. 1914, pp. 116-184.

Oe chet

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.
Fig. 1. The front part of the skull of Tritylodon, showing the nares,
Fig. 2. Molar tooth of Tritylodon with divided root.
Fig. 3. Two molar teeth of Diademodon browni with undivided roots.
Fig. 4. Two single-rooted V-shaped teeth of Diademodun, R. 3605 in the
British Museum, the left with open and the right with closed
pulpa.
Fig. 5. Molar tooth of Cynognathus crateronotus with undivided root.

XX XII.—WNotes on Fossorial Hymenoptera.—XX1X. On new
Hthiopian Species. By RowLanp HK. Turner, F.Z.8.,
P.E.NS.

Family Crabronide.
Subfamily Baueremaz.
Bembex atrospinosus, sp. n.

¢o. Niger; mandibulis basi, labro, clypeo, fronte inter antennas,
orbitis, macula curyata utrinque infra ocellos, scapo subtus,
flagello subtus pedibusque pallide flavis; femoribus tiblisque

290 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

supra nigro-lineatis, metatarso antico spinis nigris; segmentis
dorsalibus 1-6 fascia transversa lata, ventralibus 2-5 macula
transyversa utrinque griseo-luteis ; alis hyalinis, venis nigris.

©. Mari simillima ; clypeo macula basali nigra utrinque ; flagello
supra brunneo, pronoto anguste scutelloque anguste margine
posteriore griseo-luteis; segmento dorsali sexto basi nigro, apice
ferrugineo, tarsis anticis spinis omnibus nigris; femoribus tibiisque
supra ferrugineo intaminatis ; tegulis basi flavo-maculatis.

Long., ¢ 18, 9 17 mm.

6. Apical joint of the flagellum longer than the penulti-
mate, moderately curved and blunt at the apex; the penulti-
mate and two preceding joints bluntly produced at the apex
beneath; the seventh and eighth joints with a minute
tubercle at the base beneath. Fore tarsi not dilated; the
basal joint with eight spines, the six basal spines stout and
black and of uneven length, the first and sixth being much
shorter than the others, the two apical spines short and
yellow, widely separated from the basal row. Intermediate
femora strongly serrated beneath, intermediate tibie not
produced at the apex, basal joint of the intermediate tarsus
normal. Second sternite with a prominent carina on the
apical half; sixth sternite with a triangular prominence at
the apex; seventh with a longitudinal carina. Seventh
tergite narrowed to the apex, where it is narrowly truncate.
Claspers broad, concave above, ciliate on the outer margin,
the apex narrowed and deflexed, not pointed or hooked.
Fore wings a little more than twice as long as the breadth of
the thorax; one vein only emitted from the apex of the
median cell.

2. Second sternite very closely and finely punctured, not
shining in the middle ; sixth tergite rather narrowly rounded
at the apex. Basal joint of the fore tarsus with eight black
spines, the spines in an even row, long and stout, the basal
one only short.

Hab. Willowmore, Cape Province (Dr. Brauns), De-
cember.

This very distinct species is perhaps nearest to albofasciata,
Sm., though differing much in the structure of the antenne
and genitalia, and-in the spines of the fore tarsus. The
genitalia somewhat resemble those of B. bubalus, Handl.

Subfamily Lazer.

Tachytes exclusa, sp. n.

@. Nigra; mandibulis, apice excepto, clypeoque dimidio apicali

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 291

fusco-ferrugineis; palpis, antennis, tegulis pedibusque ferru-
gineis ; fronte clypeoque pallidissime aureo-pubescentibus; seg-
mentis dorsalibus secundo, tertio quartoque angulis apicalibus
late argenteo-pubescentibus ; pygidio fusco-ferrugineo setoso ;
alis flavo-hyalinis, venis ferrugineis.
6. Femine similis ; fronte clypeoque lete aureo-pubescentibus.
Long., 2 23, ¢ 22 mm,

@. Clypeus broadly subtruncate at the apex; galea
distinctly longer than broad, rounded at the apex; palpi not
elongate. Second and third joints of the flagellum subequal ;
eyes separated on the vertex by a distance about equal to the
length of the second joint of the flagellum. Vertex very
minutely and closely punctured, with a low longitudinal
carina from the occiput not reaching to the ocellar space.
Posterior slope of the median segment irregularly trans-
versely striated ; a small smooth triangular depression at the
apex of the dorsal surface of the segment, which is finely
rugulose and about half as long again as the scutellum.
Dorsal surface of the abdomen shining, closely and minutely
punctured; pygidial area broadly rounded at the apex.
Sternites 2-4 shining, with large scattered punctures. Basal
joint of the fore tarsus with six rather short and stout spines ;
spur of the hind tibia Jonger than the basal joint of the hind
tarsus. Second and third abscisse of the radius subequal ;
the space between the recurrent nervures on the cubitus equal
to the second abscissa of the radius.

6. Clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex ; eyes very
close together on the vertex, separated by a distance scarcely
equal to the length of the first joint of the flagellum. Seventh
dorsal:segment broadly rounded at the apex; eighth ventral
segment subtruncate, very feebly emarginate in the middle,
the angles not produced. Sternites shining, sparsely punc-
tured, but more closely and finely than in the female.

flab. Yapi, Gold Coast (J. J. Simpson), November 1916.

This is near 7’. testacednerva, Cam., differing in the much
sparser pubescence of the thorax and median segment, in the
distinctly longer galea, in the presence of a carina on the
vertex of the female, in the broader pygidial area, and in the
distinctly sparser punctures of the sternites; the seventh
tergite of the male is also much broader.

Tachytes obliqua, Sm.
Larrada obliqua, Sm, Cat, Hym. B.M. iv. p. 281 (1856), ¢ (as Q).

This is a Tachytes somewhat allied to silverlock’, Turn.,

292 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

and nigroannulatus, Bisch. The posterior ocelli are not as
long as in most species of the genus. Eighth sternite
rounded at the apex. I overlooked this species in my recent
revision of the Ethiopian Tachytes.

Tachytes braunsi, sp. n.

¢. Niger, albo-pilosus; palpis brunneis; tarsis ferrugineis, basi
infumatis; segmentis dorsalibus 1-4 fascia apicali argenteo-
pubescente ; segmento dorsali septimo argenteo-pubescente ;
segmento ventrali octavo apice truncato ; alis flavo-hyalinis, yenis

’ ferrugineis, tegulis pallide luteis.

Q. Mari simillima; segmento dorsali sexto pallide aureo-pubes-
cente.

Long., ¢ 14, 2 15 mm.

3. Clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex, clothed
with dull silver pubescence which extends on to the front.
Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance slightly exceeding
the length of the second joint of the flagellum ; the vertex
closely and finely punctured. Thorax and median segment
rather sparsely clothed with erect whitish hairs ; median
segment nearly twice as long as the scutellum, with a shallow
longitudinal suleus. Second sternite very closely and rather
finely punctured ; eighth sternite truncate at the apex, the
augles not produced; seventh tergite broadly rounded at the
apex. Basal joint of fore tarsus with four spines. Second
and third abscissee of the radius subequal, shorter than the
first ; the third cubital cell on the cubitus extending a little
beyond the apex of the radial cell. Galea broader than long.

2. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance equal to
the combined length of the two basal joints of the flagellum ;
basal joint of the fore tarsus with four spines ; second sternite
more finely punctured than in the male; third sternite
shining, with large scattered punctures ; sixth tergite elongate-
triangular, pointed at the apex. ’

Hab. Willowmore, Cape* Province (Dr. Brauns), No-
vember and December.

This somewhat resembles T. erynnis, Turn., but differs in
the number of spines on the fore metatarsus, in the colour of
tlle pubescence on the thorax, in the deeper colour of the
wings, and in the shape of the apical segments in both sexes.

Tachysphex. punctatus, Sm.
Larrada punctata, Sm. Cat. Hym. B.M. iv. p. 282 (1856). ¢ (as 2).

The eyes are separated on the vertex by a distance equal

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 293

to the length of the two basal joints of the flagellum in the
female and by a distance equal to twice the length of the
second joint in the male. Pygidial area of the female
strongly punctured, long and narrow, pointed at the apex.
The median segment is opaque and coriaceous.

Hab. Willowmore, Cape Province (Dr. Brauns).

This is a true Vachysphea of rather slender build, the ante-
rior femora of the male being emarginate, though not as
strongly as in some species, and the tarsal comb of the female
very long. The dark fuscous wings distinguish it from other

black South-African Zachysphee.

Tachysphex marshalli, sp. n.

Q@. Nigra; mandibulis basi, clypeo, flagello articulis tribus basalibus,
tegulis, segmento abdominali sexto, femoribus, tibiis tarsisque
rufo-testaceis ; alis fusco-violaceis, venis nigris; fronte, clypeoque
basi aureo-pubescentibus.

3. Femine similis; flagello nigro; segmento dorsali sexto nigro,
septimo rufo-testaceo.

Long., 2 15, ¢ 11 mm.

9. Clypeus broadly subtruncate at the apex, with two
minute teeth at the apical angles, shining and sparsely punc-
tured. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance not quite
equal to the length of the second joint of the flagellum.
Thorax very finely and closely punctured ; median segment
a little longer than the mesonotum, finely longitudinally
rugulose, with short strize at the extreme base; the surface
of the apical truncation strongly transversely striated, with a
deep median sulcus. Abdomen microscopically punctured ;
the pygidial area lanceolate, pointed at the apex, with small
scattered punctures. Radial cell rounded at the apex ; second
abscissa of the radius longer than the third; the space be-
tween the recurrent nervures on the cubitus equal to the third
abscissa of the radius. ‘Tarsal comb long ; eight spines on
the fore metatarsus.

3. Hyes separated on the vertex by a distance equal to the
combined length of the two basal joints of the flagellum ;
dorsal surface of the median segment coriaceous ; anterior
femora emarginate at the base ; tarsal comb much shorter
than in the female; seventh tergite subtruncate at the apex ;
eighth sternite widely emarginate, the angles forming
spines.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (@. A. K. Marshall), Apvil.

A variety with the apical segment in both sexes black, and

294 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

the sculpture of the median segment in the female less deve-

loped, occurs in N.E. Rhodesia and Nyasaland: Luangwa

River, July to September (S.A. Neave); Mlanje, 2300 ft.,

October (S. A. Neave). ;
This is one of the most conspicuously coloured species of

the genus.

Notogonia dentipes, sp. n.

9. Nigra; scapo, tegulis, tibiis anticis, tibiisque intermediis
posticisque subtus ferrugineis; clypeo, fronte, mesonotoque
lateribus aureo-pubescentibus ; segmento mediano sparse, pleuris,
segmentisque dorsalibus 1-3 fascia apicali pallide aureo-pubes-
centibus ; area pygidiali fusco-ferrugined-setoso ; alis pallidissime
flavo-hyalinis, venis ferrugineis.

Long. 14 mm.

@. Clypeus shining on the apical margin and subtruncate.+
Second and third joints of the flagellum subequal; eyes
separated on the vertex by a distance not quite equal to the
length of the second joint of the flagellum. Thorax sub-
opaque, smooth; median segment very little longer than the
breadth in the middle, slightly convex, indistinctly trans-
versely striated, with a low carina from the base not quite
reaching the apex, the surface of the posterior truncation with
a median sulcus and with transverse striz at the sides,
Abdomen opaque ; pygidial area triangular, narrowly rounded
at the apex, finely rugose. Tarsal comb short ; four spines on
the fore metatarsus ; a small blunt tooth on the middle of
each tarsal unguis. Fourth abscissa of the radius as long as
the first, a little longer than the second and third combined ;
the second very short, but a little longer than the space
between the recurrent nervures on the cubitus. Tadial cell
narrowly truncate at the apex.

Hab. Obuasi, Ashanti (Dr. W. Ml. Graham).

This belongs to the group of cra@sus,Sm., but differs in the
colour of the wings and legs, in the shorter tarsal comb, in
the much sparser pubescence, and in the shorter median
segment. The pygidial area is similar to that of cresus, not
truncate at the apex as in deceptor, ‘Turn.

Notogonia neavet, sp. n.

2. Nigra; mandibulis, apice excepto, tarsisque fusco-ferrugineis ;
alis sordide hyalinis, venis nigris; fronte, clypeo, segmentisque
dorsalibus 1-3 fascia indistincta apicali argenteo-pubescentibus ;
unguiculis dente armatis.

Long. 16 mm,

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. — 295

¢. Clypeus opaque, the apical margin shining and very
narrowly and shallowly excised in the middle ; eyes separated
on the vertex by a distance equal to about two-thirds of the
length of the second joint of the flagellum. Mesonotum
opaque, pruinose; with a delicate impressed line from the
middle of the anterior margin, not reaching more than halfway
to the middle of the segment ; a similar short impressed line
on each side before the tegule. Scutellum smooth and
slightly shining. Median segment longer than broad, mar-
gined at the apex ; transversely striated, the striz distinct at
the base, obsolete on the apical half; a very delicate longi-
tudinal carina from the base not reaching the apex; the
surface of the posterior truncation with a deep median sulcus,
transversely striated at the sides, the striz obsolete in the
middle. Abdomen pruinose ; pyzidial area rather broadly
truncate at the apex, finely rugose, sparsely clothed with very
short pubescence which changes according to the light from
fuscous to pale golden, a few strong fuscous setz on the
apical margin. Basal sternites pruinose; the second at the
base with the usual structure of the genus. Comb of the
anterior tarsus rather short, the basal joint with four spines ;
tarsal ungues long, with a small triangular tooth near the
middle. First abscissa of the radius as long as the second
and third combined, the fourth longer than the first ; radial
ceil narrowly truncate at the apex ; recurrent nervures very
narrowly separated on the cubitus.

Hab. Mianje, Nyasaland (S. A. Neave), December.

This may be distinguished from other described species of
similar colouring by thé tooth on the tarsal ungues.

Other localities are :—Bomaru, Sierra Leone (J. J. Simp-
son), August; Oshogbo, 8. Ni igeria (Dr. T. F. G. Mayer) ;
Entebbe, Uganda CO2-G. Gowdey), June.

Liris africana, sp. n.

@. Nigra; scapo subtus ferrugineo ; fronte clypeoque argenteo-
pubescentibus ; area pygidiali fusco-aureo-pubescente ; alis nigro
ceeruleis.

Long. 23 mm.

?. Clypeus with a carina from the base to the apex,
slightly produced in the middle of the apical margin and with
a minute tubercle on each side at the apical angles. Hyes
separated on the vertex by a distance equal to the length of
the second joint of the flagellum, which is distinetly longer
than the third. Thorax subopaque, coriaceous. — Median

296 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

segment as long as the mesonotum and scutellum combined,
with a low carina from the base not reaching the apex,
transversely striated, distinctly convex, the sides almost
parallel, longer than broad, vertically truncate posteriorly ;
the surface of the truncation transversely striated, with a
median sulcus; the sides of the segment vertically striated.
Abdomen slightly pruinose, with faint traces of apical fascize
of silvery pubescence on tergites 2-4; pygidial area large,
elongate-triangular, narrowly truncate at the apex, a row of
stiff setae on the apical margin. Sternites rather sparsely
and finely punctured ; second sternite convex, depressed on
each side at the base as in the genus Notogonia. Tarsal
comb long, four spines on the basal joint of the fore tarsus ;
ungues very long. Recurrent nervures very near together
on the cubitus ; second abscissa of the radius less than half as
long as the third.

Hab. Bulawayo, Rhodesia (G. Arnold), December.

This is very like NVotogonia gowdeyi, Turn., but the man-
dibles are entire as in Liris. It also closely resembles the
Oriental species of Lirs allied to ducalis, Sm.

Dimorpha flavipennis, sp. n.

&. Niger; abdomine rufo-testaceo ; segmento basali secundo basi
late nigro-fasciato; alis flavo-hyalinis, venis ferrugineis.
Long. 11 mm.

$. Clypeus and front closely punctured, covered with
white pubescence. Anterior ocellus situated in a shallow
depression, larger than the posterior pair which touch the
eyes. Joints of the flagellum a little widened from the base
to the apex, the second half as long again as the third.
Eyes touching on the vertex. Mesonotum and mesopleure
very closely and not very finely punctured, the punctures
more or less confluent; scutellum shining, more sparsely
punctured. Median segment reticulate, with more or less
indistinct longitudinal striz, the sides of the segment very
closely punctured. Abdomen smooth and shining; the
sternites finely and sparsely punctured, and sparsely clothed
with pale testaceous hairs. Radial cell oblique at the apex,
long; the fourth abscissa of the radius almost as long as the
first and third combined ; second cubital cell pointed on the
radius, first abscissa of the radius more than half as long as
the third and twice as long as the distance between the
recurrent neryures on the cubitus,

;
{

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 297

Hab. 30 miles from Magadi Junction, British East Africa
(Pf. G. Hamilton), April. °

This is larger than other Ethiopian species known to me,
and may also be distinguished by the very different colouring
of the wings and abdomen.

Subfamily Nrrezrmz.

Miscophus rhodesianus, sp. n.

@. Nigra; mandibulis basi, tibiis, tarsis, femoribus posticis, femo-
ribusque intermediis subtus ferrugineis; alis hyalinis, anticis
tertio apicali infumatis, venis nigris; abdomine parum cyaneo
micante ; fronte pilis chalceis sparsis ; tegulis testaceis.

3. Femine similis; femoribus nigris; tibiis tarsisque fusco-
ferrugineis.

Long., Q 4-6, 3 4 mm.

9. Anterior margin of the clypeus smooth and shining,
slightly porrect. Head opaque, coriaceous, with scattered,
short, almost scale-like hairs; the eyes almost parallel.
Thorax and median segment very finely rugose ; a carina
from the base of the median segment not reaching the apex,
the posterior slope of the segment with a median sulcus.
Pubescence of the thorax and median segment short and very
sparse. Abdomen very finely and closely punctured. Tarsal
comb long and black; the spines distinctly spatulate; calcaria
black. ‘The fuscous cloud on the fore wing commences in the
second cubital cell, becoming gradually paler towards the
apex of the wing.

6. The tarsal comb is much reduced in length.

Hab. Bulawayo, Rhodesia (G. Arnold), June.

This is a stoutly built species, nearly allied to kriech-
baumeri, Brauns, and cranie ensis, Brauns, differing from the
former in the parallel i inner orbits and in Colour: from the
Jatter in the much sparser pubescence and in the sculpture of
the thorax.

Miscophus cyanescens, sp. 0.

6. Niger, gracilis; segmentis dorsalibus chalybeo micantibus ;
tarsis fusco-ferrugineis ; alis hyalinis, venis nigris.
Long. 5 mm.

¢. Eyes distinctly convergent towards the vertex; an-
tenne rather stout. Head coriaceous, with very delicate
sericeous white pubescence on the lower part of the front.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 20

298 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

Pronotum nearly as long as the mesonotum, a little narrowed
anteriorly, indistinctly and very finely transversely striated ;
the remainder of the thorax very finely granulate. Median
segment longer than the mesonotum, narrowed posteriorly,
the dorsal surface rather irregularly obliquely striated, with a
carina from base to apex ; the surface of the posterior trunca-
tion transversely striated, with a median sulcus. Abdomen
microscopically punctured. ‘The striz on the dorsal surface
of the median segment are rather indistinct, the surface
between them being more or less rugose.

Hab. Bulawayo, Rhodesia (G. Arnold), June.

Allied to Jt. pseudonotogonia, Brauns, but differs con-
siderably in sculpture.

XXXITI.—Descriptions and Records of Bees —LXXVII.
By T. D. A. Cocxrrett, University of Colorado.

Epeolus bifasciatus obscuripes, subsp. 0.

6 .—Length about 6 mm.

Greater part of scape blackish ; antero-lateral corners of
mesothorax entirely black; legs dark brown, tarsi paler and
redder ; band on first abdominal segment interrupted.

Medellin, Vera Cruz, Mexico (H. H. Hyde; Baker coll.
1785). U.S. Nat. Museum.

EL. fumipennis, Say, is not identical with E. bifasciatus,
Cresson, or even closely related.

Epeolus xanthurus, sp. 0. |

g.—Length about 8 mm., anterior wing 7, with the
aspect of an Odynerid wasp.

Black, with the mandibles (except basally), tubercles,
tegule, anterior tibiz in front, and all the tarsi ferruginous ;
eyes yellowish brown ; inner orbits strongly converging
below ; antenne black, apical part of third joimt red ; face
covered with appressed pale ochreous-tinted hair; thorax
above with pale ochreous hair, the mesothorax thinly hairy
all over, but with a large H rather obscurely indicated by
denser hair; axillar teeth very short ; postscutellum with
middle third dark fuscous, lateral thirds cream-coloured,

Records of Bees. 299

these effects due to short dense pubescence; mesopleura
shining and strongly punctured, but the upper part covered
with dense brownish hair. Wings reddish hyaline, with a
large suffused brownish cloud beyond marginal cell ; stigma
and nervures ferruginous; spurs light ferruginous. Abdo-
men short ; basal segment with a large semilunar area of
ochreous tomentum, but no apical band; second and
following segments with very broad apical bands of clear
reddish-fulvous tomentum, making the whole apical region
appear yellow ; apical part of venter similarly coloured.

Ecuador (Baker collection). U.S. Nat. Museum.

Closely allied to EH. cameroni, Meade-Waldo, but dis-
tinguished by the pattern of the mesothorax, entirely clear
red tegule, red tubercles, aud distinct cloud at apex of
wing. My specimen of cameroni (determined by Meade-
Waldo) is from Temax, Yucatan (Gaumer).

Epeolus rugulosus, sp. 0.
zs

3 .—Length about 10:5 mm. ; anterior wing 7°5.

Black, including mandibles and tubercles, but third
antennal joint bright ferrugimous; eyes pale ochreous,
brighter above; face rather broad; clypeus minutely and
densely rugoso-punctate, not densely hairy ; sides of face
and region of antenne covered with ochreous hair, which is
limited by a straight line from orbit to orbit just above
antenne ; upper border of prothorax with a broad band of
dense bright ochreous hair, tubercles with paler hair; meso-
thorax densely punctured, with no discal ornaments, but an
ochreous band of hair along sides and hind margin; axillar
spines moderate, but sharp; scutellum with a median
groove; postscutellum with thin pale hair right across ;
scutellum with a broad band of ochreous hair posteriorly ;
mesopleura with a transverse semilunar patch of pale hair
above, but the greater part shining and strongly punctured ;
tegule clear ferruginous. Wings hyaline, orange-tinted,
dusky apically ; stigma and nervures ferrugimous. Legs
black, with pale hair, spurs black. Abdomen elongate, the
first two segments with a peculiar sculpture consisting of
longitudinal rugse crossed by very fine lines; remaining
segments brownish from a very delicate tomentum ; first
segment with a very large oblique ochreous hair-patch on
each side, the two patches almost meeting in middle; no
apical band on first segment, but second to sixth with broad

bright ochreous entire hair-hands, becoming white at
20*

300 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell— Descriptions and

extreme sides; band on second with no exterior lobes;
ventral hair-tufts ochreous.

Comacho, Canal Zone, Panama, March 27 (A. H. Jennings).
U.S. Nat. Museum.

An isolated species, somewhat related to EZ. xanthurus,
but easily known by the sculpture of the abdomen and
other characters. ‘The wings are unusually short.

Triepeolus cuneatus, sp. 0.

6 .—Length about 11 mm.

Similar to 7. helianthi, Rob. Black, the markings pale
ochreous ; apical half of mandibles dark reddish ; eyes light
green ; face densely covered with ochreous-tinted silvery
hair; antennz entirely black; mesothorax rugoso-punctate,
the margins with a band of ochreous hair, while anteriorly
are two large cuneate marks pointed caudad, leaving the
black area approximately anchor-shaped; axillarspinesrather
short, pointed ; mesopleura almost entirely covered with
hair; tegule black, the outer posterior region pallid. Wings
dusky hyaline, stigma very small; nervures fuscous, basally
ferruginous. Middle and hind femora and tibiz, and all
the tarsi bright ferruginous; spurs black ; first abdominal
segment with a transverse black band, obliquely truncate at
each end, connected in middle with a black triangular area
on hind margin ; black area on second segment also obliquely
truncate at sides ; apical band on second segment notched
in middle, but those on third to fifth broad and quite entire ;
sixth segment dark seal-brown ; seventh with a short band
of ochreous hair on each side; apical plate with a bright
ferruginous semiluner spot; ventral brushes pale reddish.

Meadow Valley, Mexico (C. H. T. Townsend). U.S.
Nat. Museum.

Known from 7°. helianthi by the cuneate marks on thorax,
the shorter black band on first abdominal segment, broader
apical band on second, &e.

Triepeolus concinnus, sp. 0.

9 .—Length about 11 mm.
_ Black, with pale ochreous markings ; mandibles very ~
dark reddish apically ; eyes pale green; clypeus minutely
rugoso-punctate, with scattered large punctures; ochreous
hair in region of antenne; antennz entirely black; meso-
thorax with ochreous band at sides and behind, but not in

Records of Bees. 301

front ; two broad stripes, not very long, on anterior part of
mesothorax, these completely isolated from the ochreous
band; axillar teeth short ; mesopleura with dense ochreous
hair along anterior margin, and a broad band running
across the middle, below this is a large quadrate black area ;
tegule black, the margin brownish. Wings dusky hyaline,
nervures fuscous. Legs coloured as in T. cuneatus. Abdo-
men marked as in TY. cuneatus, but apical band on first
segment rather widely interrupted, and that on second
sometimes interrupted; segments 3 and 4 with entire
bands ; fifth with a large ochreous patch on each side of
the modified area; last ventral segment straight in profile.

Meadow Valley, Mexico (C. H. T, Townsend). USS.
Nat. Museum.

Close to JT. cuneatus, but on account of the different
ornamentation of mesothorax it must be considered distinct.
The eyes are yellow-green, not bluish green as in typical
helianthi. In helianthi the black lower part of pleura is not
enclosed by ochreous.

Triepeolus medusa, sp. 0.

2 (type).—Length about 11°5 mm.

Black, of the type of 1’. helianthi; mandibles reddish in
middle ; clypeus shining, finely punctured, a few indistinct
large punctures; region of antenne with ochreous hair;
third antennal joint dark reddish in front ; hair-markings
of thorax and abdomen pale, faintly yellowish, almost
greyish ; mesothorax with a narrow band along sides and
behind, but not in front; disc with two parallel broad
stripes ; axillar spines small and obscure ; mesopleura with
a band across middle, the black region below not enclosed ;
tegule piceous. Wings strongly dusky. Legs coloured as
in 7. cuneatus and concinnus. Abdomen essentially as in
concinnus, bands on first and second segments interrupted,
band on second segment with an elongated process directed
cephalad on each side. Spurs black.

¢ .—Face covered with pure silvery-white hair; meso-
pleura covered with silvery-white hair; parallel stripes of
mesothorax less developed; middle femora broadly black
above; first three abdominal bands interrupted, and the
fourth with a linear interruption, not quite complete.

Federal District, Mexico, “7 and 8, 10.” U.S. Nat.
Museum.

The specific name was suggested by the black area on

302 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

thorax above, more or less resembling the outline of a
medusa or jellyfish. The modified apical area of female
abdomen is rather small, This is easily known from
T. helianthi by the wide interruption of the apical band on
first abdominal segment and the wider stripes on meso-
thorax ; these latter are broad to the base (front), not
slender and thus clavate as in 7. sublunatus, Ckll.

Chalepogenus calcaratus (Cresson).

The known distribution is greatly extended by males from
Sonsonate, Salvador, Aug. 24 (/. Knab), and Paraiso,
Panama Canai Zone, Jan. 16 (A. Busck),

In the southern part of the range there is more black on
the clypeus of the male. The species was described from
Mexico.

Chalepogenus globulosus (Friese).

Friese described this from asingle male from an unknown
locality, calling it Yetrapedia globulosa. I have before me
a male from Taboga I., Panama, July (A. Buseck), anda
female from Paraiso, Panama Canal Zone, May 11 (A. H.
Jennings). The female closely resembles the male, but
differs thus: face broader; clypeus ferrnginous; front
ferruginous except an obscure median stripe, and a flame-
like upward extension (away from orbit) of each lateral
mark; hind legs with ferruginous scopa. In both sexes
the mesothorax has lateral as well as discal yellow stripes.
The male has no brown fringes on the abdominal segments,
but it agrees in general so well with Friese’s description
that I believe it must be the same.

Exomalopsis globosa (Fabricius).

Females from Mayaguez, Porto Rico, Jan. 9 (C. W.
Hooker, 68).

This species is readily known from the maimland
E. manni and zexrmenie by the dark reddish stigma. The
scopa of hind tarsi is very long and loose.

Exomalopsis vincentana, sp. n.

? .—Length 6°5 mm.
Robust, black, shining; mandibles reddish in middle ;

Records of Bees. 303

elypeus polished, irregularly punctured, and with a shallow
quadrate subapical depression ; antenne dark, the flagellum
obscurely reddish beneath, last joint flattened ; mesothorax
polished, with scattered minute punctures, and some larger
ones, the pubescence short and scanty, mainly black, but
whitish in front ; prothorax, tubercles, and pleura with dull
white hair; scutellum with black hair; tegule black.
Wings dusky, subviolaceous, darker apically and in region
of marginal cell; stigma large and reddish, nervures fuscous.
Legs black, the small joints of tarsi ferruginous ; hind tibial
scopa long and black behind, white in front ; hind tarsi
with hair black behind, white in front, and bright ferrugi-
nous on inner side; first two abdominal segments without
hair-bands or stripes, first segment at sides thinly clothed
with dull white hair; third and- fourth segments with thin
white bands ; apex with black hair, but at sides in subapical
region is a long fringe of silvery white hair projecting from
beneath.

St. Vincent, West Indies (H. H. Smith, 208), U.S. Nat.
Museum. Ashmead, reporting on H. H. Smith’s St. Vincent
collections, records only LE. rufitarsis and #. pubescens.

This is not particularly close to either, but is related to
the Brazilian EH. nigripes, Friese, which has the abdomén
differently marked and the pleura dark-haired.

Melissodes martinicensis, sp. nu.

6 .—Length about 9°5 mm., antenne about 7-4 mm.

Very close to M. rufodentata, Sm., St. Vincent, but some-
what larger, with the subapical hair-bands on abdominal
segments 2 to 4 clear white, and the hair of thorax above
paler, not sored. The clypeus and hase of mandibles are
yellow, the labrum nearly white; flagellum ferruginous
beneath to base ; knees, tibize, and tarsi clear ferruginous.

Martinique, West Indies, July 15 (4. Busck). U.S.
Nat. Museum.

This could be regarded as an insular race of MW. rufodentata.

Ptilothriz tricolor (Friese).

Carearana, Argentina (Bruner, 57).

The original description by Friese is very inadequate, but
Brethes gives an excellent one. Péilothriz has in general
the structure of Diadasia ; but on comparison with the type
of that genus (D. enavata) it differs markedly in the vena-
tion, the second s.m. receiving the firstr.n. near middle, and

304 Descriptions and Records of Bees.

the third s.m. being much shorter. The mouth-parts are
those of Diadasia, and P. tricolor, like our North American
species of Diadasia, visits flowers of Cactacee. The vena-
tional character holds well enough when we compare North
American Diadasia with typical Ptilothria, but the Brazilian
D. murihirta, Ckll., is intermediate, having the third s.m. as
in Ptilothrix. D. sumichrasti vulpihirta, Ckil., also has a short
submarginal. Ptilvthriz agrees with the North American
genus Hmphor, to which it is closely related, in Jacking a
pulvillus on the feet. On this basis, as well as the short
submarginal cell, Viadasia sumichrasti, Cresson, becomes
Ptilothriz sumichrasti. D. murihirta, on the other hand,
has large pulvilli, and remains in Diadasia.

Thus the separation of Diadasia from Ptilothriz may be
maintained, though the genera are extremely closely allied.

It remains to consider the status of Ancyloscelis, which
has been often used for these insects, and of Melitoma,
which is preferred by Ducke. It is now considered that
Melitoma is the prior name for Entechnia, Patton, which 1
regard as avery distinct genus. Ancyloscelis, Latr., 1825,
included no named species, and Ancyloscelis, Spinola, 1851,
is a synonym of Tetrapedia. In 1836, however, Haliday
published Ancylosceles (not Ancyloscelis) for a species
ursinus, taken by Lieut. Graves at S. Paulo, Brazil. The
specimen is probably in the W. W. Saunders collection at
Oxford. It was a male, 44 lines long, with the region of
the mouth, the tegule, and tarsi yellowish ferruginous. The
description might serve for the recognition of the species,
but the generic characters are not mentioned. So far as I
know the insect has not been collected since, and at present
we can only say that it is probably not a Ptilothrig or
Diadasia. In P. tricolor (¥r.) there is long hair on the
apical half of second joint of maxillary palpus, and all along
the side of the third, while the fourth has shorter hair at
side. The joints of the palpus measure in microns : (1) 320,
(2) 480, (3) 512, (4) 352, (5) 224, (6) 176. The paraglosse
fall about 480 microns short of end of first joint of labial
palpi. The hind spur is curved at end.

Diadasia australis knabiana, subsp. nu.

@.—Labrum, mandibles, and broad apical margin of
clypeus bright chestnut-red; legs red, the femora dusky ;
apical bands on abdominal seements 2-4 very well defined.

‘'ehuantepec, Oaxaca, June 30 (J. Knab). U.S. Nat.

Museum.

On new Species and Forms of Sphingidee. 305

XXXIV.— New Speertes and Forms of Sphingidee.
By J. J. Jorcey, F.E.S., and W. J. Kays, F.E.S.

THE eight new species of Sphingide here described will be
figured “after the war. Xylophanes sublevis is a very old
specimen acquired from a collection made about the year
1844, but it appears to be undescribed, and if so it would
seem to be a very rare insect. Hippotion rubribrenna n»
doubt exists in several collections, there are a number at
Tring Museum ; but to us it has a distinet appearance, which
is also easily definable. It was unfortunate to have had an
accident with the genital preparation, but those who have
specimens will be able to verify our contention by examining
the male organs. MJarumba trata is a striking novelty from
Tibet, a district from whence many interesting things are
now being sent. Ozyambulyx citrona adds still another to
the already long list of closely allied Oxyambulyx species.

The male clasp is different from both O. schauffelbergert and
O. sericeipennis, while in general appearance it is different
from OQ, sericetpennis in many minor points, but not at all

like O. schauffelbergerz.

Oligographa mosambiquensis, sp. n.

Fore wing various shades of brown, not grey as in O.
juniper and “also narrower. Darkest at ‘base, with dark lines
along upper and lower edge of cell. A number of dark
streaks on or between the veins. An apical wavy line from
apex for ashort distance asin juniper. Discoidal spot large,
white (much larger than in yuntpert), Hind wing dark
brown, unicolorous. Abdomen dull brown, with a faint
central line. Wings below pale greyish brown. Underside
of abdomen whitish. :

Hab. §.E. Africa, Delagoa Bay.

Type in Coll. Joicey.

Marumba trata, sp. n.

Fore wing with the ground-colour violet-pink. The small
basal area dark brown. Across the centre of cell is a bunch
of four transverse lines the outer two of which are greatly
curved and parallel. Small discoidal spot black. Beyond

306 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and W. J. Kaye on

the cell is a group of three transverse lines very close together,
followed at a short distance by a very wavy line. Beyond
this is a parallel wavy line that ends near tornus in a Jarge
chocolate-coloured spot ; below this still nearer to tornus is a
squarish similarly coloured spot. Hind wing pink, brownish
towards outer margin. At tornus a double chocolate-coloured
spot. Cilia white, brown only at the veins.

Underside of fore wing pink in basal half. Beyond cell a
pair of indistinct transverse lines, followed later by adark heavy
line, and beyond is a complete but thin line from costa to inner
margin. Brick-red elongate patches on veins 6 and 7 at
margin. Smaller red marks on veins 4 and 5 and at tornus
a large conspicuous red area sharply cut off by the subter-
minal line. Hind wing below violet-pink. A double dark
line from costa recurving beyond middle to tornus. A very
indistinct intermediate line between this and tlie next single
heavy line. A further subterminal line enclosing a dark
pinkish-grey marginal area, and a large red area at tornus.
Al] the lines end at tornus and are not parallel to one another
as in JM. complacens.

Hab. Tibet.

Type in Coll. Joicey.

Xylophanes sublevis, sp. n.

Fore wing dull vinaceous reddish. An indistinct diagonal
reddish line from apex to near the middle of inner margin,
and a large reddish area between veins 4 and 6 just beyond
the end of the cell. Hind wing black, a pale greyish area in
centre of costal area and a large pale area near anal angle.
A narrow pale marginal band irrorated with black from apex
merging in the large pale area near anal angle. ‘Thorax and
abdomen pale reddish, the former with white stripes at the
sides from behind the eyes toend of patagia. Second segment
of abdomen with square black spots at sides. Underside of
fore wing in the basal half black; costa reddish. Inner
margin pale fawn-colour. Discoidal spot large, conspicuous,
pale. Marginal half of wing pale reddish, with an indication
of diagonal line from apex. Underside of hind wing uni-
colorous pale reddish.

Hab. “ Brazil”; no more precise locality.

Ex Coll. Smith, 1844-5.

new Species and Forms of Sphingide. 807

Lippotion rubribrenna, sp. vp.

Fore wing reddish brown, paler than in H. brennus. A
broad dark chestnut-brown transverse line from costa to inner
margin, greatly elbowed at vein 5, where a similarly coloured
discoidal blotch is extended outwards uniting with the trans-
verse line. ‘Three more or less broken paler lines at equal
distances across the cell-area. Beyond the heavy transverse
line is a paler line, followed by another dark line which is
considerably sinuous in its lower half. Between these lines
the ground-colour is pinkish. A large dark apical shade
merging with the last dark transverse line. Subterminal line
composed of small crescents. Hind wing bright brick-red
(of a different shade to brenrus) with a blackish marginal
band which is broadest at apex. Sometimes at tornus of fore
wing there isa patch of colouring of the same colour as the
hind wing. Thorax very dark chestnut-brown with white
margins and a white mesial patch just behind the head. Fore
wing below bright brick-red with a broad pale purplish
marginal band, much the broadest at vein 5, where it is
extended inwards as.a streak as far as the lower discocellular.
A well-marked transverse line beyond the cell and a second
line at a distance of about 3 mm., parallel, but becoming very
faint at inner margin. Between these two lines is a frag-
mentary line nearer the second. Hind wing below similar
to fore wing, but with two complete transverse curved lines
and the marginal area not extended inwards as in fore wing.

Hab. Dutch New Guinea, Central Arfak Mts., 3500 ft.,
Nov. 1908 to Jan. 1909.

Type in Coll. Joicey.

Genitalia not markedly different from HH. brennus, but
decidedly smaller. ‘The one preparation made was damaged
in the mounting, but the clasp appeared to be the same.

Cechenena sumatrensis, sp. 0.

Fore wing dull greyish brown, with an oblique black
transverse line beyond the cell. A second line parallel from
tip to inner margin, and two further less distinct lines ending
in apex but radiating out towards tornus. A black mark at
base. Beneath, black in basal half; reddish irrorated with
small black spots in the distal area. Outer margin greyish
brown terminated by an oblique blackish line as far as vein 4,
where it is set back and continued thence to tornus. Hind
wing above black, paler at the margins and with a yellow

308 Messrs. J. J. Joicey and W. J. Kaye on

patch becoming pointed distally at anal angle. Below pale
reddish finely irrorated with small black specks. Abdomen
beneath pale fawn-colour.

Hah. Sumatra, Langkat.

Type in Coll. Joicey.

Polyptychus olivolinea, sp. n.

Fore wing various shades of olive-brown. A broad dark
olive-coloured transverse band narrowest at centre across
discoidal cell, preceded basally by two parallel thin elbowed
lines. A dark trapezoidal-shaped olive shade in centre of
inner margin extending up as far as vein 4. Outer marginal
area pale greyish olive, bounded between veins 4 and 6 by a
dark olive, short, curved line. Dark points on veins 2, 3,
and 4 near margin. Apex dark yellowish olive. Below,
blackish grey, not greenish except just before pale grey
margin and at apex. Pale marginal band from tornus to
vein 4, thence it curves away from margin to vein 6, returning
again to margin below apex. Hind wing blackish brown,
’ with a dark mark at anal angle and dark marks on cilia at
veins 2,3. Underside yellowish olive, the base greyish olive.
First line curved passing across end of cell. Second line
very indistinct. ‘Third line very much elbowed at veins 4-6,
returning close to line 1. Lines 4 and 5 close together and
parallel, both marked on the veins with short black lines.
Anal angle blackish.

Nearest to P. pygarga.

Hab. Cameroons, Bitje, Ja River, 2000 ft., Oct.—Nov.
1913, wet season.

Type in Coll. Joicey. 1 9.

Oxyambulya cyclasticta, sp. n.

Fore wing reddish-ochre. A small dark spot at base; a
squarish olive-coloured spot on costa, and below it beyond
the cell is a large circular olive spot with a pale ring; a pair
of elbowed transverse lines slightly wider apart at costa than
at inner margin, the first passing through the cell and almost
touching the discocellular, the second well beyond the cell.
Between veins 2, 3 close to the outer transverse line is a dull-
coloured rather inconspicuous round spot. A dark marginal
shade ending at apex and before tornus ina point. Between
this shade and outer transverse line ground-colour darker,

new Species and Forms of Sphingide. 309

with faint indications of two crenulated transverse lines and
a rudimentary third line before apex. Hind wing ochreous,
with a straight oblique line just beyond cell and a greatly
curved and indented line between this and the outer margin.
Outer margin crenulated, with white cilia between the veins.
Thorax reddish ochreous with dark reddish-olive sides.

Fore wing below with dark spot between veins 2, 3 con-
spicuous, ground-colour reddish fawn. Outer area, especially
in apical portion, heavily marked with reddish freckling.
Hind wing below reddish ochreous, with first line well
defined, second curved line merged in the general reddish
freckling towards costa.

Hab. Burmah.

Type in Coll. Joicey.

Oxyambuly« cttrona, sp. n.

Nearest to O. sericetpennis, and differs in the male clasp by
having a short terminal hook in place of a long finger-like
hook. Upper edge toothed as in sericepennis, but finer and
no high projection before the terminal hook. The whole
clasp broader. The species stands between O. sericeipennis

and O. schauffelbergeri.

ia =

Fore wing paler than O. sericetpennts or O. schauffelberger?,
and with a small spot at base and a similar spot only very
slightly larger at a short distance from base. Ground-colour
of wing pale fawn, with distal third darker. A wavy line
across the cell and sometimes duplicated. Discoidal dot
rather distinct. Four short black lines at tornus. Abdomen
unicolorous pale fawn, with a faint middle line. Hind wing
pale yellow, with oblique dark line across end of cell. A
dark marginal band and a wavy irrorated indistinct inner
line. A rather.conspicuous black patch just before apex.

Hab. N. India, Sabatoo.

‘Type in Coll. Joicey.

310 Mr. O. Thomas on Agoutis.

XXXV.—Notes on Agoutis, with Descriptions of new Forms.
. By Ouprietp Tuomas.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

In his list of duplicates for sale* Lichtenstein described, in
1823, an agouti as follows :—“ Dasyprocta Azare n. Acoute
Azar. Differt a Cav. Aguti Auct. potissimum tergo concolore,
pilis basi albis vestito. HK provincia San. Paulo Brasil.....
Eh. (i. e. spectmen eximium) 'Thly. 7.”

He here describes a specimen with a definite locality—Sao
Paulo,—and it is clear that the name must be applied to the
species of that locality, with his specimen as type, whether
the “ Acouti” of Azara is or is not of the same species.

In 1841, however, Lund J, finding that the Lagoa Santa
agouti was larger than the Paraguayan, with a longer tail,
described the former as new under the name of D. caudata,
and applied the name D. azare to the latter.

This allocation of names has been followed by Waterhouse
and other authors to the present time, though the distinction
of the two forms has not been generally recognized.

Now, however, I find that the two species are undoubtedly
distinct, and since the name JD. azare must certainly be
applied to the S&o Paulo animal, with D. caudata as a
synonym, the Paraguayan one is left without a name.

It may be called

Dasyprocta felicia, sp. n.

Size decidedly less than in D.azare. Colour on the whole
as in that animal, but the yellow of the fore-back and flanks
is paler and greyer, so that there is less contrast between
these parts and the greyish rump. Under surface with a
distinct mesial line of yellow or white running from chest to
inguinal region. ‘Tail shorter than in azare, little more than
4 inch in length.

Skull conspicuously smaller than that of D. azare.

Dimensions of the type (measured on skin) :—

Head and body 490 mm.; tail 15; hind foot 100;
ear 84,

Skull: greatest length 102; condylo-incisive length 86°4 ;

* Verz. Doubl. p. 3 (1823).
+ K. Dansk. Vid. Selsk, vill. p. 287 (1841).

Mr. O. Thomas on Agoutis. St

zygomatic breadth 48°5; nasals 35°6; interorbital breadth.
294; palatilar length 40; upper tooth-series 17°7.

Hab. Paraguay. Type from near Concepcion.

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 98.7.3.7. Collected by
Mr. T. Insley. Presented by Oldfield Thomas. Five speci-
mens examined.

The specific term is suggested by Don Felix d’Azara’s
Christian name. .

Cope’s D. aurea from Chapada, Matto Grosso, stated by
Allen to be founded on an albino, is, as indicated by some
specimens from that place in the British Museum, barely
distinguishable subspecifically from D. azare.

The British Museum has possessed for many years an
undetermined agouti from Santa Catherina—a locality further
south than any place from which a Dasyprocta has been
recorded. This specimen appears to represent a new sub-
species of its nearest geographical neighbour D. azare, and
may be called aati

Dasyprocta azare catrine, subsp. n.

General colour paler and greyer than in true azare of Sao
Paulo, the fore-back and sides scarcely tinged at all with
yellow ; the rump also yellowish, not hoary grey as is
usual in azare. But the most marked character is that
the long hairs of the rump, instead of being ringed with
brown and whitish to the base, are straw-yellow for the
greater part of their length, an inconspicuous brown ring
quite close to the base and one or two others near the tip
alone interrupting the yellowish colour, which is unbroken
for some 40-70 mm. on the longer hairs. Under surface
grizzled greyish laterally, yellowish white mesially. Feet
grizzled black and yellow, darker terminally, as in azare.

Skull of type, immature (p* just changing): greatest
length 102 mm.; condylo-incisive length 87; upper tooth-
row 18°8.

Hab. Santa Catherina, 8. Brazil.

Type. Immature male. B.M. no. 46.6.1.29. Purchased
of Parzudaki.

The nearest locality to Santa Catherina from which we
have D. azare is Roca Nova, Parana, where M. Robert
collected a series. His specimens, however, show no approach
to the peculiar coloration of D. a. catrine.

312 Mr. O. Thomas on Agoutis.

Dasyprocta variegata bolivie, subsp. n.

Most nearly allied to D. v. yungarum, but conspicuously
lighter in colour. General colour of fore-back, when seen
from a distance, near ‘ buckthorn-brown” of Ridgway, the
hairs ringed with black and ochraceous. Long hairs of rump
black, with narrow ochraceous tips, which soon wear off,
leaving the hairs wholly black. Middle line of under surface
vivid ochraceous, not so sharply defined laterally as in
yungarum. Upper surface of hands and feet like body,
grizzled ochraceous and black, not wholly black as in other
members of the variegata group.

Dimensions of the type :—

Hind foot 104 mm.

Skull: zygomatic breadth 53; nasals 41°33; palatilar
length 43 ; upper tooth-series 19°5.

Hab. Southern Bolivia. Type from Yacuiba, on the Argen-
tine boundary south of Caiza. Other specimens from Santa
Cruz de la Sierra and its neighbourhood.

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 7. 8.2.22. Original num-
ber 26. Collected 15th August, 1905, by J. Steinbach.
Presented by Oldfield Thomas.

The agoutis from Southern Bolivia are readily distinguish-
able by their generally light colour and their grizzled ochra-
ceous feet, all those from Peru and north-westwards having
black feet.

Among the specimens I refer to this form are some at least
of those from Santa Cruz de la Sierra, collected by Bridges
and determined by Waterhouse as D. azare. One of them
is quite like the Yacuiba specimen, while another has less
black hairs on the rump. But owing to the histories and
individual localities of Bridges’s specimens not having been
preserved, it is difficult to know quite what this variation
means,

One specimen also from Charuplaya, Bolivia, collected by
P.O. Simons, has the general colour and light feet of this
form, while another from the same place is closely similar to
true yungarum, so that that would appear to be about the
region where the two forms pass into one another.

Allen’s D. v. urucuma* from Corumbdé, Matto Grosso,
further to the east, appears to be darker and has the “ hind
feet deep black ” as in ordinary DJ. variegata.

* Bull. Am. Mus. xxxiy. p. 634 (1915),

Mr. O. Thomas on Agoutis. 313

Nearly seventy years ago an agouti was collected on
Gorgona Island, off the west coast of Colombia, by Capt.
Kellett and Lieut. Wood, during the cruise of H.M.S. ‘ Pan-
dora.’ The specimen was registered as “ Dasyprocta aguti,”
and, being immature and not in good condition, has not
hitherto been re-examined.

Now, however, on comparison with skulls of similar age
of the allied species I find that it is so much smaller as to
deserve specific distinction.

Dasyprocta pandora, sp. n.

General colour-characters of D. variegata, but size much
smaller.

Fore-back and sides grizzled yellow and black, the yellow
more prominent on the middle back; lengthened rump-hairs
black, with yellowish tips. Feet black, with a few fine
yellow hairs intermixed.

Dimensions of the type :—

Hind foot (dry) 90 mm,

Skull: greatest length 89; zygomatic breadth 42:5;
nasals 31 ; palatilar length 33-5; combined length of mp’*,
m‘, and m? 13:2 ; mp*, length 4°9, breadth 4.

Hab. Island of Gorgona.

Type. Immature male. B.M.no. 50.1. 26.29. Collected
and presented by Capt. Kellett and Lieut. Wood, of H.M.S.
* Pandora.’

No doubt this is a diminished insular representative of
D. variegata. Its reduction in size is shown by the fact that
skulls of that animal of about the same age are upwards of
105 mm. in. length, while the three teeth above measured
may together be 15 mm. in length, mp* being 5-6 x 4:3, and
the other teeth also conspicuously more bulky.

That this animal is a genuine native of Gorgona, about
which I had always had a doubt, has been proved by
Mr. Bangs, who, in 1908, included a specimen of it in his
list of the mammals of the island*. His specimen was also
young—too young for certain determination,—and he only
provisionally referred it to D. variegata.

The other two land-mammals obtained by him— Cebus
curtus and Proechimys gorgone—were both described as new.

* Bull. Mus. Harvard, xlvi. p. 89.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 21

314 On a new Heliophobius.

XXXVI.—A new Heliophobius from North-eastern
Rhodesia. By Oxupvrreity Tuomas.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

A RE-EXAMINATION of the mole-rats obtained in the
Loangwa Valley and Angoni-land by Mr. 8S. A. Neave,
and referred to Heliophobius argenteo-cinereus by Mr.
Wroughton, convinces me that the species should be dis-
tinguished from the Nyasa form. It may be called

Heliophobius angonicus, sp. 0.

Colour and length of fur about as in the Nyasa species.
A small white frontal spot present in two specimens out of
four.

Skull distinguished from that of argenteo-cinereus by its
much greater frontal breadth, and the greater development
of the postorbital processes, the orbital concavity in front
of them being consequently much more marked. Upper
profile about as in argenteo-cinereus, though the occipital
plane is more slanted forwards; a distinct vertical ridge
developed in the middle line in all three adult specimens—
not preseut in any of our considerable series of the allied
species. Structure of posterior palate as in argenteo-
cinereus, not as in spalaz.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 154 mm.; tail 16; hind foot 30.

Skull: condylo-basal length 40°5 ; condyles to tip of
incisors 44-2; zygomatic breadth 32; nasals, length 13,
breadth anteriorly 3°3, at posterior third 5:2 ; interorbital
breadth 9:4; tip to tip of postorbital processes 12°4 ; inter-
temporal breadth 9°4; least breadth above meatus 18;
mastoid breadth 21°3; palatilar length 23; upper tooth-
series (alveoli) 8°2.

Hab. East Loangwa Valley and Angoni-land. Type from
the Bua River, Central Augoni-land. Alt. 3500 ft. Other
specimens from Petauke 2400 ft., the Mkala Country 2600 ft.
(Neuve), and West Nyasa at 12° S., 84° E. (Lloyd).

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 10.9.21.10. Original
number 211. Collected 31 May, 1910, by S. A. Neave.
Presented by the Entomological Research Committee.

On the Spalax of the Grecian Archipelago. 315

This species is chiefly distinguished from H. argenteo-
cinereus by the greater development of the postorbital pro-
jections, the greatest breadth across these in a full-grown
specimen of that species being only 9:6, with interorbital
breadth 9, as compared with the 12:4, 9°4 of angonicus,
these measurements being approximately constant through-
out the series of both forms. The little vertical ridge on
the occipital plane is present in all three adult specimens
of angonicus, and in none of the eight available examples
of argenteo-cinereus.

Of other species, rvbustus of Mpika is much larger,
marungensis, Noack, of Marungu, is separated geographically
by the locality of robustus, and has its frontal profile more
as in the Hast African pallidus.

XXXVII.—The Spalax of the Grecian Archipelago.
By Ouprieip Tuomas.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Tue National Museum owes to Major T. S. Blackwell,
R.A.M.C., now serving his country in the Island of Lemnos,
a series of six skulls, three male and three female, of
the mole-rat (Spalax) of that island, obtained at Mudros
West, where these ‘‘ moles” are said to be very numerous.
Besides these excellent skulls, the Museum also contains a
skin and imperfect skull sent in 1916 from Mudros East by
Capt. H. M. Warrand, to whom we owe our first knowledge
of the occurrence of Spalax in the island.

On reference to Mehely’s elaborate Monograph of the
genus, the Lemnos Spalax would appear to be referable to
the widely distributed Spalax (Mesospalax) monticola, but
cannot be identified with any one of the eleven subspecies
of that animal which he recognizes, and forms a special race,
which may be called

Spalax monticola insularis, subsp. n.

Incisors generally white in front. Molars with coalesced
roots, about as in S. m. anatolicus. Nasals reaching about
as far back as the premaxillary processes, their junction
with the frontals unusually complicated.

21*

316 On the Spalax of the Grecian Archipelago.

Size about as in S.m. hellenicus, larger than in anato-
licus.

Compared with anatolicus, the skull is of about the same
general shape, though distinctly larger. Muzzle and nasals
of similar outlines, but the posterior boundary of the pre-
maxillary processes and of the nasals quite unusually com-
plicated, the interdigitation with the frontals carried to an
extreme, so that it is impossible exactly to define the limits
of each bone—but the middle of the junction is about
opposite the hinder edge of the anteorbital foramina. This
complication of the sutures is quite unequaled in other
members of the genus, and is to a lesser extent repeated
along the premaxillo-maxillary suture, the close-set inter-
digitations often nearly equal in length to the palatal fora-
mina. The course of the two sutures (naso-frontal and
premaxillo-frontal} not directly transverse as in dolbrugee,
but bending backwards in the centre, as in anatolicus, with
a large naso-basal process on each side. Profile-line from
lambda to tip of nasals bowed, about as in doldrugee, not so
straight as in anatolicus.

Incisors averaging far lighter coloured than in other
forms, those of the lower jaw always dead white, and in
the majority of the specimens those of the upper jaw also
white, one only out of the seven distinctly yellow (though
still pale yellow) and two more with a faint yellowish tinge.
In other forms it is rare to find specimens with the upper
pair not distinctly yellow. No doubt this is an unsatis-
factory character owing to its variability, and Mehely has
not used it at all, but the average difference between the
Lemnos and other forms is so decided as to make it worthy
of mention.

Molars with their roots coalesced, about as in anatolicus,
and therein different from those of hel/enicus, of which it is
said ‘an m' und m? alle drei Wurzeln frei; die Alveolen
dieser Zihne dreiwabig.”

Dimensions of male and female skulls, both old, the first
the type :—

Greatest (condylo-nasal) length 51, 48°2 mm.; condylo-
incisive length 47°5, 45; zygomatic breadth 38, 34 ; height
17°8, 16°4; nasals, length 22, 20°5 ; tip of nasals to lambda
40°5, 38°2 ; distance between anteorbital foramina 8-4, 8 ;
henselion to back of palatal foramina 11:5, 10°6 ; back of
palatal foramina to palation 15, 14°3 ; upper molar series
(crowns) 7°8, 7°1; (alveoli) 8°2, 8:1.

On a new Species of Shrew from Cores. 317

Hab. Island of Lemnos. Type from Mudros West. .

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 17. 8. 15.3. Original
number 6. Collected 6 April, 1917, and presented by
Major T. S. Blackwell, R.A.M.C.

This island mole-rat differs from S. m. hellenicus, of the
Grecian mainland, by the coalesced roots of the molars,
from S. m. anatolicus, of Smyrna, of which we have a certain
number presented by Mr. Griffith Blackler, by its larger
size and the greater complication of the sutures along the
front edge of the frontals, and from both by its incisors
being nearly constantly white instead of yellow.

I may note here that the young Spalax from Stylis,
Phthiotis, Greece, mentioned by Miller under S. grecus,
proves, on examination of its molar roots, to be referable to
S. monticola hellenicus.

XXXVIIL.—On a new Species of Shrew fron Corea.
By ARTHUR DE CAaRLE SOWERBY, F.Z.S., F.R.G.S.

In the summer of 1913, while camped on the Upper Sungari
in Central Manchuria, | secured specimens of shrews that
have been referred by Mr. Gerrit 8. Miller, Jr., of the U.S.
National Museum, to Dobson’s Crocidura lasiura from the
Ussuri.

Later, in 1915, while on the Lower Sungari, near its
junction with the Amur, I secured another specimen which
has also been referred to that species.

The measurements in the flesh of these specimens are as
follows :—

Head and body. Tail. Hind foot.

mn. mm. mm.
Ceréccar Becge 104 48 16:5
S conoeeotee 88 41 16
Oheln Hartt 86 44. 16
Sines oot Or 89 44 16°5
ea ctiie aierat’ ¢° 80 42 1659

In 1905 Mr. Malcolm P. Anderson secured a large series
of shrews in Corea, which Mr. Oldfield Thomas referred to

318 On a new Species of Shrew from Corea.

Crocidura lasiura (P. Z. 8. 1906, p. 860), of four specimens
of which he gives the following measurements :—
“ Four adult specimens from Min-gyong measure :

Head and body. Tail. Hind foot.

inm. mm. mm.
ee 83 40 15
i... ee 79 40 15
BL ..:. a 76 38 14
Bi). ae 73 35 135

In comparing these two sets of measurements it will at
once be seen that there isa very considerable difference in
the sizes of the Corean and Manchurian shrews, and, since
my specimens undoubtedly belong to Dobson’s Crocidura
lasiura, it would seem that Mr, Anderson’s Corean specimens
represent an unnamed species. After corresponding with
Mr. Thomas on the subject, and finding that he agrees with
me in the matter, I have decided to separate the Corean form,
and since Mr. Thomas has done so much in working out the
mammals of Eastern Asia, particularly in the Insectivores, I
would propose to name this species in his honour

Crocidura themasi, sp. n.

This shrew may be described as closely resembling C.
lastura in colour and general appearance, but differing
markedly in point of size, being very much smaller.

The only fully adult specimen of C. lasiura taken by me
in Manchuria has a head and body measurement of 104 mm.,
tail 48, hind foot 16°5, as compared with 83 mm., 40, and 15
in the largest of the Corean specimens.

Proportionately, also, the tail in C. thomas? is shorter than
in C. lastura.

Colour. My. Thomas says the Corean specimens agree fairly
well with Dobson’s description, so we may presume that the
colour is about the same, though I have not been able to
ccmpare specimens. C. lastura is of a very dark blackish
slate, only very slightly lighter on the under surface *.

’ Dimensions of type (measured in the flesh) :—
Head and body 83 mm. ; tail 40; hind foot 15; ear 9:5.

* [C. thomasi is paler than the above would suggest, the type scarcely
Carker and greyer above than Ridgway’s “drab,” neutral grey below.—
OB ig

On the Homoptera of Indo-China. 319

_ Skull: extreme length from condylion to front face of
incisors 22°8 ; basal length 20°2 ; greatest posterior breadth
10; interorbital breadth 4:6.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 6.12.6.16. Original
number 659. Collected at Min-gyong, 110 miles 8.H. of
Seoul, Corea, 25 November, 1905, by Malcolm P.
Anderson. Presented by the Duke of Bedford, K.G.

It is to be noted that Dobson stated his type to be an
immature female, which accounts for the comparatively small
dimensions he gives.

XXXIX.—The Homoptera of Indo-China.
By W. L. Distant.

Fam. Cicadida.

In a previous paper on this subject (ante, (8) xix. p. 100),
I gave a rough list of fifty-five species belonging to this
family alone. Since then a further collection from
Mon. R. Vitalis de Salvaza has arrived at the British
Museum. Those to be added to the previous list are as
follows, including ten species here described for the first

time :—

Tosena splendidula, Dist. | Platylomia diana, Dist.
Cryptotympana mimica, Dist. | —— sdturata, Walk.
vitalist, Dist. | Metmuna tripurasura, Dist.
Dundubia longina, Dist. Terpnosia majuscula, Dist.
Cosmopsaltria divergens, Dist. | Geana laosenses, Dist.
Haphsa conformis, Dist. Pin -ics vestita, Dist. var.
fratercula, Dist. Mogannia funebris, Walk.
opercularis, Dist. Huechyys aurantiaca, Dist.
crassa, Dist. Scieroptera delineata, Vist.

These 18 species + 55 previously recorded — 1 suppressed
in this contribution bring the total to 72 species of Cicadidee
now known from Indo-China.

Cryptotympana mimica, sp. n.

6. In colour and markings very closely resembling
C. pustulata, Fabr., but the abdomen beneath being ochra-
ceous with a broad central longitudinal black fascia ;
opercula black, their outer and apical margins narrowly

320 Mr. W. L. Distant on the

ochraceous. In structure, however, the male strongly
differs in the length and shape of the opercula. In
C. pustulata the opercula are not half the length of the
abdomen and their inner margins strongly oblique to apices ;
in the species here described the opercula are considerably
longer than half the abdominal length, their inner margins
concave, their outer margins a little sinuate and their
apices subacute, in C. pustulata the apices are obtusely
rounded.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢,41 mm. ; exp. tegm. 113 mm.

Hab. Laos ; Vietri (R. Vitalis de Salvaza).

Cryptotympana vitalisi, sp. n.

3. Body and legs black; ocelli and transverse fringe of
hairs before them, two macular patches of hairs on each
Jateral area of pronotum, pilose spots to metanotum (two
on anterior margin, two on each lateral margin, and two in
front and one at each lateral margin of cruciform elevation)
ochraceous; small spots at lateral abdominal segmental
margins and a larger spot on each side of anal segment
ochraceous; lateral and apical areas of face reddish ochra-
ceous ; lateral margins of opercula ochraceous; tegmina
black to near middle and more or less illuminated with dull
ochraceous, remaining costal and the apical areas pale
fuliginous, the lower three ulnar areas more or less pale
hyaline; wings black illuminated with dull ochraceous for
more than basal half, remaining area pale hyaline; face
globose, deeply centrally suleate on disk and strongly
transversely striate ; opercula with their apical halves
broadly angulate, slightly inwardly overlapping on basal
areas, their apices reaching to about the third abdominal
segment at its lateral areas ; pronotum with the fissures
prominent, its posterior marginal area strongly transversely
striate.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢,48 mm.; exp. tegm. 128 mm.

Hab. Laos; Vietri; Cochin China; Cap Saint Jacques
(R. Vitalis de Salvaza).

Allied to C. aquila, Walk.

Dundubia longina, sp. 1.

6. Head and pronotum pale brownish ochraceous; a
spot at apex and a suffusion at base of front, a centr=l

Homoptera of Indo-China. 321

longitudinal fascia and posterior and Jateral areas of pro-
notum olivaceous, the extreme posterior and lateral margins
narrowly black; abdomen above olivaceous, somewhat
thickly greyishly pilose; body beneath and legs paler
olivaceous or ochraceous, apices of anterior femora, the
anterior tibiz and tarsi, longitudinal streaks to intermediate
femora and tibie, and the whole of the intermediate tarsi
black ; tegmina and wings hyaline, the venation olivaceous
or ochraceous ; opercula long, slightly passimg the last
abdominal segment but not reaching the apex of the anal
segment, concavely sinuate on each side of basal half and then
moderately broadened and convex on each side, the apices
rounded ; face strongly transversely striate, moderately
broadly centrally sulcate ; posterior pronotal area thickly,
transversely striate; mesonotum with two central, faintly
marginally indicated obconical spots; abdomen robust,
broadly convex, about as long as space between apex of head
and base of cruciform elevation. .

Long., excl. tegm., 42 mm.; exp. tegm. 120 mm.

Hab. Tonkin (Rf. Vitalis de Salvaza).

Allied to D. mannifera, Linn., but a more robust species,
with the opercula longer, slightly passing the last abdominal
segment; thickly pilose abdomen ete.

Cosmopsaliria divergens, sp. 0.

6. Head abeve ochraceous, front with a large black spot
on each lateral area, vertex with an irregular transverse
fascia and the margin of the ocelli and a streak behind
inner margin of each eye black ; pronotum ochraceous, its
posterior and lateral areas pale¥, the fissures and two central
longitudinal angulated fascize which are angularly united
posteriorly, black ; mesonotum ochraceous, a broad elongate
fascia on each lateral area, two central obconical spots
divided by a long lanceolate spot and a spot at each anterior
angle of the cruciform elevation black ; abdomen casta-
neous, the narrow segmental fissures black; body beneath
ochraceous, face with the lateral striations and a central
fascia on posterior half, costal spots, streaks to femora,
anterior tibiz and tarsi, bases and apices of intermediate
and posterior tibiz, margins of opercula, and abdomen
beneath, more or less black ; tegmina and wings hyaline,
venation ochraceous, tegmina with the upper margin of
basal cell and basal half of inner claval margin, and wings

322 Mr. W. L. Distant on the

with the veins to upper ulnar areas and to claval area
black ; tegmina with the transverse veins at bases of second
and third ulnar areas infuscated.

Opercula in g reaching the penultimate abdominal seg-
ment, their inner margins convex and distinctly overlapping,
their apical margins somewhat roundly oblique, their lateral
margins concave near base ; face broad and tumid, centrally
suleate on posterior half, the lateral striations coarse and
profound.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢,34 mm.; exp. tegm. 100 mm.

Hab. Laos ; Luang Piahang (R. Vitalis de Salvaza).

Above resembling the Indian species C. duarum, Walk.,
but differing from all other species of the genus with which
I am acquainted by the peculiar structure of the opercula.

Haphsa conformis, sp. 0.

6. Head, prouotum, and mesonotum olivaceous green ;
front of-head with an angulated central spot ; vertex with
the area of the ocelli and an angulated fascia before each
eye black; pronotum with two central anteriorly and
posteriorly angulated fasciz, the fissures, the anterior and
posterior edges of the posterior and lateral marginal areas,
and two spots on the latter black; mesonotum with a
central longitudinal fascia which is angulated on each side
before base, and on each side of this fascia a shorter ob-
conical spot, followed by a broad sublateral fascia, excavate
and broken near anterior margin, the anterior angles of the
basal cruciform elevation and a spot in front of same black ;
abdomen above ochraceousg the central and apical areas
more or less black ; face and clypeus black, striations and
a central longitudinal fascia (broken centrally), base and a
central fascia to clypeus ochraceous; sternum, legs, and
opercula more or less ochraceous, apices of tibiz and the
tarsi black ; abdomen beneath bright ochraceous; tegmina
and wings hyaline, the venation either black or castaneous,
costal membrane black, olivaceous green on its basal area,
transverse veins at bases of second and third terminal apical
areas darkly infuscated; opereula broad, their mner mar-
gins straightly adjacent but not meeting for about one-third
from base, thence obliquely rounded to apices which are
subangularly, obtusely rounded and reach the penultimate
abdominal segment ; face strongly convex ; abdomen about

Tlomoptera of Indo-China. 323

as long as space between apex of head and base of cruciform
elevation.

Long., excl. tegm., J, 28 mm.; exp. tegm. 94 mm.

Hab. Tonkin (R. Vitalis de Salvaza). /

Haphsa fratercula, sp. n.

3g. Body above pale castaneous brown ; a central angu-
lated spot to front, area of ocelli and a lateral curved fascia
on each side of vertex ; two central angulated lines and the
fissurés to pronotum, central longitudinal fasciz to meso-
notum, and basal areas of the abdominal segments black,
lateral areas of the pronotum ochraceous; body beneath
and legs more or less ochraceous; face with a central black
fascia angularly extended on anterior and posterior areas,
lateral areas of clypeus, apices of anterior femora, apical
areas of tibia, tarsi, and apex of rostrum black; opercula
ochraceous, conically narrowed to apices which reach the
anterior margins of the fourth abdominal segment, their
inner basal margins contiguous but not meeting; face
convexly tumid ; abdomen as long as space between the
apex of head and base of cruciform elevation ; tegmina and
wings hyaline, venation mostly black, tegmina with the basal
half of costal area castaneous, the transverse veins at the
apices of the second and third apical areas infuscated.

Long., excl. tegm., 24 mm.; exp. tegm. 82 mm.

Hab, Xieng Klouang (R. Vitalis de Salvaza).

Allied to H. nicomache, Walk., found in British India.

Haphsa opercularis, sp. 0.

gd. Generally allied in colour and markings to the
preceding species, H. fratercula, but a larger species with
a different structure of the opercula, which reach the fifth
abdominal segment, are obliquely and angularly divergent
from base to apex which is obtusely angulate.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢, 30 mm.; exp. tegm. 105 mm.

Hab. Xieng Klouang (2. Vitalis de Salvaza).

Terpnosia majuscula, sp. n.

.

&$. Head, pronotum, and scutellum pale castaneous ; face,
eyes, a central discal fascia to pronotum (centrally com-
pressed), two large ceutral obconical spots to mesonotum

324 Mr. W. L. Distant on the

and a larger spot on each lateral area (sometimes practically
absent), and a rounded spot near each anterior angle of the
basal cruciform elevation black ; abdomen above pale casta-
neous with black shadings on basal and apical areas, beneath
pale shining ochraceous, the apical area pale castaneous;
sternum, opercula, and legs testaceous brown; tegmina and
wings hyaline; the first with the costal area, venation, basal
cell, suffusions to basal margins of first and second ulnar
areas, broader suffusions to the apical margins of all the
ulnar areas, and prominent spots to the apices of all the
veins to apical areas testaceous brown; wings with broad
suffusions at the apices of the upper ulnar areas, and narrow
outer margin testaceous brown; face prominently trans-
versely ridged on lateral areas; rostrum passing posterior
coxe, its apex black ; opercula transverse, not extending
beyond base of abdomen, outer margins convex; body
above and beneath more or less sparingly ochraceously
pilose.

Long., excl. tegm., 9, 37-42 mm.; exp. tegm. 100-
105 mm.

Hab. Laos; Chapa (R. Vitalis de Salvaza).

Allied to T. psecas, Walk., but a larger species, the oper-
cula broader and more transverse, the wings with discal
suffusions aud margins testaceous brown.

Terpnosia mesonotalis.
Terpnosia mesonotalis, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xix. p. 102
(1917).

Caleagninus salvazanus, Dist. 1. ec. p. 108.

The specimen I included in the genus Calcaginus (supra)
was apparently tuberculous on the abdomen beneath; from
a further and lengthy series this character is not to be
maintained, and the species must be suppressed and placed
as a synonym of Terpnosia mesonotalis.

Geana laosensis, sp. 0.

2. Head, pronotum, and mesonotum black ; a large spot
on each lateral area of the pronotum, the abdomen, and legs
more or less bronzy brown ; two basal spots to head (one
near each eye), a transverse series of four spots to meso-
notum and two central spots at base of same, a spot on each
side of face near eyes, coxal margins, and a double series of
submarginal abdominal segmental spots ochraceous ; teg-
mina pale tawny brown, a central transverse series of four

Homoptera of Indo-China. 32

Or

spots (the uppermost in radial area) and the apical one
dark tawny brown, -on the apical area about nine small
greyish-white spots (six submarginal, the other three near
the anterior confines of the dark apical area) ; wings pale
blackish with greyish-white streaks at base and five small
spots of the same hue near apical margin.

Structural characters reserved till ¢ specimen received.

Long., excl. tegm., 9,27 mm. ; exp. tegm. 82 mm.

Hab. Laos; Tathom (RR. Vitalis de Salvaza).

Allied to the British Indian species G. stellata, Walk.

Geana vestita, var.
Geana vestita, Dist. Entomologist, xxxviii. p. 121, fig. (1995).

?. Differing from the typical form of g in having the
transverse subcentral pale fascia broken up into three spots,
and with no pale spot in the penultimate ulnar area.

Hab, Laos; Tathom (Rf. Vitalis de Salvaza).

Scieroptera delineata, sp. n.

9. Head black; pronotum dark castaneous, lateral and
posterior margins and a central “hourglass’’-shaped fascia
dark ochraceous ; mesonotum dark ochraceous, with a
large, fasciate, obconical black spot on each lateral area,
the basal cruciform elevation dark ochraceous; face black,
its lateral areas, sternum, and legs more or less ochraceous ;
anterior femora with more than apical halves black, inter-
mediate and posterior femora more or less apically suffused
with black ; abdomen beneath somewhat fuscous and opaque,
above black.; tegmina shining, tale-like, nearly basal half
brassy brown, remaining area of a paler brassy hue, the
costal membrane and costal area and the veins on about
basal half testaceous brown, remaining venation more or
less black, interior of basal cell and inner tegminal margin
black ; veins on basal half suffused with testaceous brown
and a transverse macular fascia of the same colour delimi-
nating the basal area; wings pale brassy yellow; face
transversely striate, not longitudinally sulcate; anterior
femora with three long robust spines on underside of
anterior areas; rostrum reaching the intermediate coxe ;
vertex of head at base and between the ocelli distinctly
sulcate.

Long., excl. tegm., 9,18 mm.; exp. tegm. 50 mm.

Hab. Laos; Chapa (?, Vitalis de Salvaza).

Bibliographical Notice.

oo
bo
lor)

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Or late years the British Museum of Natural History has displayed
increasing activity in fostering and furthering the study of Economic
Zoology, while no less zeal has been exerted in disseminating the
knowledge accumulated by the researches of the professional zoolo-
gist, especially where this knowledge has a direct bearing on the
health of the community.

This useful work is accomplished partly through the medium of
the exhibition-galleries of the Museum, where these agents for the
dissemination of disease, and sometimes the direct causes thereof,
are displayed side by side with large models, and partly by means
of illustrated guide-books which can be taken away and read at
leisure.

A batch of these publications has just reached us, and they cover
a wide range of subjects. ‘Two are in the form of poster-leaflets—
a new departure on the part of the Museum authorities. The
“Fly Danger” and the “ Mosquito Danger” are the themes chosen
for this venture. Each bears a large figure of the adult insect, and
sets forth, tersely, the diseases spread by their agency, the breeding-
places of the insect, and how to destroy them. They are to be sold
at the price of one halfpenny. We wish it could have been found
possible to distribute them gratis.

In the more familiar pamphlet-form the Trustees have made
available much indispensable information on ‘The Bed-bug,”
«« Species of Arachnida and Myriopoda Injurious to Man,” and the
“Biology of Water-works,” all written by members of the staff
and generously illustrated. In regard to the bed-bug, two species
are described, and much valuable and useful information in regard
to their life-history and preventive measures is given. But we
venture to think that the section entitled “ How it sucks the blood,”
with the diagrams appertaining thereto, will be found quite unin-
telligible to the public. To describe this process in simple language
is undoubtedly a difficult task, but it should not be insuperable. _
The description here offered appears to us to be useless.

The pamphlets on the Arachnida and the Biology of Waterworks
are altogether admirable. A vast amount of information, not
merely in regard to hygiene, but also in relation to the life-histories
of the animals concerned, has been crowded into a surprisingly
small space, and this in such an admirable manner that the interest
aroused will do much to aid in the dissemination of the knowledge
it is the aim of these pamphlets to spread.

oe

Geological Society. 32

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES,
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

June 20th, 1917.—Dr. Alfred Harker, F.R.S., President,
in the Chair. 2

The following communication was read :—

‘The Inferior Oolite and Contiguous Deposits of the Crew-
kerne District (Somerset).’ By Linsdall Richardson, F.R.S.E.,
FE.GS.

In this communication a detailed description is given of the
Inferior Oolite of the Crewkerne District.

Roughly speaking, the Upper Liassie Sands to the south-west
of a line connecting South Petherton, Crewkerne, and South Perrott,
are very similar to their equivalents in the Burton—Bradstock—
Beaminster—Broadwindsor District. To the north-west of that
line, however, limestones—largely made up of shell-débris—
replace a considerable portion of the yellow sands of moorei hemera,
‘thickening’ from about 18 feet at North Perrott (‘ Perrott
Stone’) to 78 feet at Ham Hill (‘Riddings’ and Ham-Hill
Building-Stone).

In the extreme south-western portion of this district, around
say Drimpton, the Aalensis Beds are also probably very similar to
their equivalents in the Burton—Bradstock—Beaminster—Broad-
windsor District, and at Furzy Knaps, near Seavington St. Mary
(4 miles north-west of Crewkerne), what is seen of them is
highly fossiliferous. East of Crewkerne, however, these beds
‘attenuate’ and ‘die out’ altogether between North Perrott and
Yeovil Junction.

The Opaliniforme Beds at Broadwindsor, Whaddon Hill, and
Chideock-Quarry Hill comprise, in descending order,—

(a) Rusty Bed ;
(b) Very fossiliferous sandstone; and

(c) Sands and sandburrs.

The equivalent of (4) is readily recognized at the Cathole Lane
Section, Crewkerne, where it is very rich in ammonites. Above it
are deposits which are with but little doubt equivalent to the Rusty
Bed of more southern localities. East of Crewkerne, the Opaline-

forme Beds—like the Aalensis Beds—‘ attenuate,’ the lower beds
apparently disappearing first. They ‘die out’ between East
Chinnock and Yeovil Junction.

328 Geological Society.

The Seissum Beds are 6 feet 2 inches thick at Broadwindsor,
and very fossiliferous. They retain the characters exhibited at
Broadwindsor in the area south of the L. & S.W. Railway;
but at North Perrott—on the north—what appears to be the
equivalent of their lowest portion is softer and thicker. The
Scissum Beds also fail between East Chinnock and the Junction.

The Secissum Beds are succeeded by the Ancolioceras Beds—at
the Conegar-Hill Section, Broadwindsor, two strata, each 1 foot
thick. The Ancolioceras Beds extend into the Crewkerne district :
they are well exposed at the Misterton Lime-Works and at other
sections in the neighbourhood, and apparently were proved in the
now filled-up quarry in Haselbury—Plucknett village. Probably the
Ancolioceras Beds persist throughout the Crewkerne district.

The upper portion of the Murchisone Beds is the main horizon
for Zeilleria anglica (Oppel). In the neighbourhood of Bea-
minster specimens of this brachiopod are very abundant. The true
Zeilleria-anglica Beds are absent from the Conegar- Hill Section,
but occur at Drimpton—in the extreme south of the Crewkerne
district ; and apparently were met with at Haselbury Plucknett—
east of Crewkerne.

Attached here and there to the top of the Murchisone-Anco-
lioceras Beds is ironshot rock, doubtless of late bradfordensis
date—the date of the Rhynchonella-ringens Beds of the Sher-
borne district. Thicker deposits may be present at Dinnington
and Haselbury Plucknett. Deposits of concavi, discite, and,
in places, of blagdeni hemere may also be present in the neigh-
bourhood of Dinnington.

There is thus a great hiatus in the Inferior-Oolite Series of the
Crewkerne district, there being—except possibly in the neighbour-
hood of Dinnington—no rock present assignable to any hemera
between those of bradfordensis and garantiane—the latter the
date of the wide-spreading Upper Zrigonia Grit of the Cotteswolds.

The rock of garantiane date varies considerably in lithic
characters, thickness, and abundance of organic remains in the
district. .

It has not been possible to identify definitely the Trwellez Bed
in the district. The main of the Top Limestones is of schlaenbachi
date. The Schlenbachi Beds ‘attenuate’ east of Crewkerne; but
at Haselbury-Mill Quarry, in what the Author regards as their lower
portion, is a very interesting Sponge-Bed, similar in appearance to
that exposed in the Peashill Quarry, Shipton Gorge (Dorset).
This Sponge-Bed is rich in microscopic organisms. The Zigzag
Bed (very similar to its equivalent in the Burton—Bradstock—
Beaminster—Broadwindsor District) has been observed at North
Perrott and Haselbury-Mill Quarry.

The Scroff (fwsee hemera) was apparently observed by J. F.
Walker in a quarry near Misterton Church. Fullers’ Earth Clay
succeeds the Scroff. :

THE ANNALS
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[EIGHTH SERIES.]

No. 119. NOVEMBER 1917.

XL.—The Classification of existing Felidz.
By R. I. Pocock, F.R.S.

Introduction.

The number of names quoted below in the lists of
suggested synonymy attests the prevalence amongst zoolo-
gists, during the last half century or thereabouts, of the
conviction that the genus Felis of Linnzus was capable of
division into several genera. Severtzow and Gray were the
most prolific proposers of titles of this rank. Severtzow,
however—perhaps wisely,—made no attempt to define his
genera; and the characters embodied in the definitions given
by Gray seemed scarcely important enough to justify his
efforts. Gray began his schismatic work in 1821] and finished
it in 1869, overlapping Severtzow, who published in 1858 ;
but since Gray was ignorant of Severtzow’s paper, or
possibly purposely passed it by because of the omission of
diagnoses, the inevitable result was chaotic confusion in the
generic nomenclature thus independently suggested.

Other authors have given generic titles to isolated species
without attempting a comprehensive revision of the whole
group. ‘The only genus dismembered from Felis which has
met with unanimous acceptance 1s Acinonyx or Cynailurus,
of which jubatus is the type; but the frequency with which
a certain measure of recognition has been specially accorded
to Lynx luminously reflects the general character of the
systematic efforts of authors, because of all the groups of
species into which the cats can be divided Lynz is itself
most nearly related to Felis, as exemplified by its typical
form. 1

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx, ‘22

330 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

Practically the only modern classifications employing a
selection of the generic terms previously published by Gray,
Severtzow, and others are those proposed by Matschie (SB.
Ges. nat. Fr. Berlin, 1895, pp. 198-199) and ‘Trouessart
(Cat. Mamm., Suppl. pp. 265-278, 1904).

Matschie grouped the species as follows :—

Genus Uncia concolor, tigris, leo.

» Leopardus pardus (including uncia), onca.

», Galeopardus viverrina, marmorata, serval, pardalis.

» elis microtis, scripta, shawiana, bengalensis, rubi-
ginosa, ornata, nigripes, tiyrina, macrura { wiedii |,
geoffroyi, guigna.

,, Catus caius, manul, caudata, planiceps, chaus, mani-
culata [ocreata|, pajeros, colocolo, etc.

:, Lynzx lynz, caracal, ete.

», Neofelis nebulosa.

5, [Self-coloured Cats] temmincki, aurata, yaguarondi.

Trouessart followed Matschie in some respects, but used
in several cases different names :—

Genus Felis.
Subgen. Uneia leo, tigris, concolor.

i Leopardus pardus, uncia, onca.

i Zibethailurus viverrina, marmorata, nebulosa,
serval, pardalis.

55 Oncoides microtis, shawiana, scripta, bengalensts,
rubiginosa, ornata, wiedii, tigrina, geoffroyt,
guigna.

5 Felis catus, manul, planiceps, libyca [ocreata],
nigripes, pajeros, ‘colocolo.

* Catopuma temmincki, badia, aurata, yaguarondi.

Genus Lynx with subgen. Lynz, Cervaria, Caracal,

I have elsewhere* criticised, both from the systematic and
nominal standpoints, Matschie’s genera Uncia and Leopardus.
Neither in these cases nor in the case of the rest of the
genera are any reasons vouchisafed for the specific groupings
or for the names employed ; and since such widely different
forms as planiceps, manul, and colocolo are placed in the
same genus and such closely related forms as ornata and
ocreata in different generat, further discussion of the

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xviii. p. 816 (1916).

: The same applies to Grevé's classification (Nov. Acta. Kais. Acad.
Leop. lxiii. no. 1, pp. 76-77, 1894). Although this author adopted
what he called subgenera, it does not appear to me that the names are
worth quoting in synonymy when such subgeneric terms as “ Unicolores,”

“ Cati,” and “ Pardina der alten Welt,” are enlisted with Servalina,
Tigrina, and others. The names, at any ‘rate, are in all cases antedated.

Classification of existing Felide. 331

question would be profitless. So also with Trouessart’s
classification. The truth is that neither of these authors
had sufficient acquaintance with the forms dealt with to
allocate them otherwise than by conjecture. Moreover,
their choice of generic and subgeneric terms was by no
means in accordance with the rules of nomenclature.

In a series of five papers * on the existing Felide, I have
recently discussed various characters, both cranial and
external, which—for the most part, at all events—have not
been employed hitherto in the discrimination of species and
genera. Particular attention was drawn to the structure
of the hyoid apparatus, of the tympanic bulla, of the feet
and the rhinarium, and it was shown (1) that F. leo, tigris,
onca, pardus, and uncia, which differ from the rest of the
family in having the suspensorium of the hyoid imperfectly
ossified, constitute a little group of Felidz containing two
genera, Panthera aud Uncia; (2) that Acinonyx may be
distinguished by the complete absence of cutaneous sheaths
guarding the claws; and (3) that in the remaining species,
all provisionally referred to Felis, there is very considerable
variation in the structure of the feet, the size and shape of the
rhinarium, and the structure of the auditory bulle. These
characters and others have been used in the following
attempt to classify the existing species of Felile; but my
main purpose in publishing what. follows has been to show
the true relationship of the species to one another, so far as
it ean be determined, and to dispose of such prevalent but
fictitious groupings as those which imply that the lion (/eo)
and the puma (concolor) are closely allied and that the
lynx (/ynx) differs more from the domestic cat (catus) than
the latter differs from the tiger (tigris) T.

The consideration of generic names, although of sub-
ordinate importance, has been inevitable. Probably no two
authors will be quite in accord on the delimitation of the
genera. In the present state of our knowledge and with the
rapidly shifting conception of the value of the terms
“genera” and “species,” it would be idle to claim finality
on this subject, and I do not pretend in all cases to have
been consistent in the admission of species to generic rank.
In some cases I may have gone too far, as in the severance
of Zibethailurus from Prionailurus ; in others not far enough,

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xviii. pp. 222-229, 1916 (Aug.) ;

p- 306-316 (Sept.) ; pp. 826-334 (Oct.); pp. 419-429 (Nov.), and xix,
pp- 113-136, 1917 (Jan.). ; ;

+ Perhaps the most important point connected with correctness of

view on'these and similar matters is that erroneous affiliation of species

may be hopelessly misleading to students of geographical dist ribution,
22%

332 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

as in the retention of nigripes and chaus in Felis, of caracal
in Lynx, and of rubiginosa in Prionailurus. But such
questions, in reality of no great moment, can easily be
adjusted later, if modification is considered desirable.

Even if time and space had permitted, it would have
been beyond my present purpose to attempt complete
descriptions of the skulls of the genera admitted. Only.
the points that appeared to me useful in determining the
genera have been referred to. Some of them may probably
break down when further material is examined. Others, on
the cohtrary, may be discovered or used; and since we are
still in ignorance of the external characters of several of the
genera, and since the study of the so-called tiger-cats of the
tropics is hedged with difficulties, the classification, although
I believe it to be in the main correct, is still in many respects
tentative.

In the choice of names I have been guided strictly by
priority, so far as it could be ascertained; and in the case
of the names proposed by Severtzow line-priority has been
taken as the determining factor in the selection.

The Subfamilies of Felide.

Reverting to the papers I have recently published on the
external and cranial characters of cats, I propose to emphasize
the characters distinctive of Panthera and Uneia and of
Acinonyz as compared wiih the rest of the genera of Felide,
by dividing this family into three subfamilies as follows :—

1. Fetryz.—Suspensorium of the hyoid normally ossified,
holding the larynx close up to the base of the skull
and restricting its movement. Tips of the digits of _
both fore and hind feet furnished at least with a
single cutaneous lobe protecting the retracted claw
on the inner side of digits 2 and 3 and on the outer
side of digits 4 and 5.

Containing the genera characterised in this paper.

2. AcrnonycHIn#.—Resembling the Feline in the struc-
ture of the hyoid, but differiug from them and from
the Pantherine in the total suppression of the
cutaneous lobes guarding the claws.

Genus Acinonyx (Cynailurus) for jubatus.

5, PANTHERINa2.—Suspensorium of the hyoid imperfectly
ossified, its inferior portion consisting of a larger or
shorter elastic tendon conferring great mobility upon

Classification of existing Felide. 333

the larynx, which is not held close up to the base of
the skull. Feet like those of the Feline, :
Genus Panthera for leo, tigris, pardus, onca.
» Uncia for uncia.

The Genera of the Subfamily Feline.

Genus Frnis, Linn.
Felis, Linn., 1758; type catus, Linn. (domestic cat).
Catus, Fitz., 1855, p. 265 ; type catus, Linn.
Catolynx, Severtzow, 1858, p. 385 ; type catus, Linn.
Otailurus, Severtzow, 1858, p. 588; type megalotis, Mull. (domestic
cat from Timor).
Chaus, Gray, 1843, pp. 44-45 ; type chaus, Guld. (=Zybicus, Gray).

Distr. Central and Southern Europe; South Asia to
Burma; Africa apart from the western forested area.

Very small to medium-sized cats with long (ocreata) or
moderately long (chaus) tails, usually-short broad heads,
reduced rhinarium, large, pointed, sometimes pencilled ears,
never showing the white spot, vertically contracted ocular
pupil and narrow paws with comparatively poorly developed
claw-sheaths and moderately extensive emarginate webs.

Miller’s full description * of the skull of F. stlvestris and
his comparison of the skull of F. ocreata (sarda) with it
embody most of the characters of the typical species of this
genus and make a repetition of the facts unnecessary.

The species may be referred to three categories :—

(1) Medium-sized cats from Europe, 8.W. Asia, and
Africa, e.g. F. silvestris, ocreata, ornata, and caudata, which
are grouped closely round the typical form of the genus,
fF, catus, and the other domesticated breed, F. torquata +.

(2) Larger species ranging from Burma, through India,
parts of Central Asia to South Africa, e. g. F. chaus
(subspecies furaxv etc.) and F. shawiana, with the skull
longer, narrower, less arched, and the zygomata less salient
than in the typical forms. ‘These constitute the genus
Chaus. of Gray, defined by the comparative shortness of the
tail.

(3) The very small South-African species F. nigripes,
which in many of its cranial charactersis ikea dwarfed form

* Cat. Mamm. Centr. Europe, pp. 458-468 (1912).

+ Miller admits three species of EKuropean cats, namely, £. silvestris,
F, sarda, and F. agrius. FF. sarda, however, appears to me to be at most
a subspecies of /’. ocreata, and there is no evidence that /. agrius, trom
Crete, was based upon anything but feral examples of the striped

domestic cat (see P.Z. S. 1907, pp. 143-168).

3834 Mr. R. I: Pocock on the

of F. ocreata with certain peculiarities added. For instance,
the suborbital portion of the malar arch is very deep, with
its upper margin thin and the anteorbital thickening almost
obliterated ; the postorbital processes incline backwards, have
a sinuous curvature, and an upturned anterior edge; the
bulle and auditory meatus are relatively enormous, and the
inner lobe on the upper carnassial is greatly reduced (see
Pocock, P. Z. 8S. 1907, pp. 669-674).

Genus Lynx, Kerr.
Lynx, Kerr, 1792, p. 41; type dyna, Linn.
LIynceus, Gray, 1821, p. 302 (preoce.) ; type lynz.
Lyncus, Gray, 1825, p. 389; type dyna.
Lynchus, Jardine, 1834, p. 274; type lynx.
Pardina, Kaup, 1829, p. 58; type pardellus, Miller.
Cervaria, Gray, 1867, p. 276 (preoce.) ; type pardellus, Miller.
Eucervaria, Palmer, 1903; type pardellus, Miller.
Caracal, Gray, 1843, p 46; type caracal, Guid. (=melanotis, Gray).
Urolynchus, Severtzow, 1858, p. 888; type caracal, Guld.

Distr. Boreal and temperate latitudes of northern hemi-
spheres as far south as the Mediterranean and Western
Himalayas and Mexico (true lynxes) ; South-western Asia
and the whole of Africa (caracals).

Medium-sized, short or comparatively short-tailed cats
with large triangular tufted ears, short, broad heads, circular
ocular pupils and large paws with well-developed claw-sheaths,
comparatively short, ewarginate webs.

Miller’s description of the skulls of European lynxes and
his detailed comparison between them and the skull of
I. silvesiris make a repetition of the facts unnecessary.
He separates the genus Lynx from Felis, laying particular
stress upon the doubtful characters aflorded by the absence
in Lynz of the small upper premolars, That the two genera
are closely related is obvious from Miller’s description, and
this conclusion is confirmed by the similarity im the size
and shape of the partition of the bull. The principal
characters differentiating Lynx are supplied by the slender
and gradually attenuated nasal branch of the premaxille, the
thinner, less depressed, and sharper postorbital processes,
the shallower notching of the suborbital edge of the palate,
tle proximity to the canine and more forward setting of the
first large upper premolar.

a a

ee ee ee ee

Classification of existing Felide. 335

The species fall into three groups * :—

(1) The typical lynxes (Lyne s. s.) comprising L. lyna,
pardellus, isabellinus, and canadensis, and probably other
species or subspecies.

(2) The lynxes of temperate America, L. ruffus, fasciatus,
etc., which Allen and Bangs (see Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. x1.
pp. 48-49, 1897) have shown to differ in certain characters
from the typical lynxes—namely, the narrower nose, longer
junction between maxillz and nasals, narrower presphenoid,
less rounded mesopterygoid fossa, closer proximity between
condyloid foramen and foramen lacerum posterius, longer
tail, etc. Bangs proposed to distinguish these as a subgenus
entitled Cervaria (Eucervaria), but this name belongs, as
Miller has shown, to the Spanish lynx (ZL. pardellus), which
does not exhibit the characters of the temperate American
forms.

(3) The caracals (L. caracal) of Africa and India were
distinguished generically by Gray on the strength of the
longer tail and the alleged equality in length of the limbs.
The latter feature is fictitious, caracals, like the true lynxes,
being higher on the hind than on the fore limbs.

The skull resembles that of the lynxes in general characters,
but is usually narrower in the cranial and facial portions, so
that the zygomata appear more expanded. ‘The nasals are
usually less attenuated posteriorly, the preorbital foramen is
longer, and the small upper premolar is often retained for a
longer period. More important is the development of the
external pterygoid crest, which recalls that of Felis and is
practically suppressed in the true lynxes.

Genus TrRICHALURUS, Satunin.

Otocalobus, Severtz. 1858, p. 386 (preoce.) ; type manul, Pall.
Trichelurus, Satunin, pp. 495 (1905) ; type manu, Pall.

Distr. Central Asia as far aout as the western Himalayas.
One species known.

A small long-tailed cat oe a broad head and short,
rounded, widely separated ears, and a circular ocular pupil.

Skull, generally speaking, of the Felis and Lynx type, but
broader and shorter, with ‘the face steeply sloped from a
point near the middle of the orbit; the orbits set higher,
with a more forward aspect, their lower edge compressed,

#* Not including the little-known Z. sardinia, Mola (Boll. Soe. Zool.
Ital. Rome, (2) ix. p. 48, 1908), which has the tail relatively as long

as in ZL. caracal.

836 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

without thickening, but a deep bridge above the preorbital
foramen, and the malar continued as a thin strip up’ to the
frontal in front of the lacrymal foramen ; nasal branch of
premaxilla not broad, evenly attenuated ; anterior nares set
low down, the upper edge hardly above the inferior edge of
the orbit ; palate wider than long, without conspicuous
notch on the suborbital edge; basisphenoid markedly con-
cave longitudinally ; bulla advancing slightly in front of the
glenoid ridge, its outer chamber as large as the inner, the
partition extending to the occipito-sphenoidal suture; small
upper first premolar and inner cusp of carnassial suppressed *.

Trichelurus is in some particulars intermediate between
Felis and Lynx, the circular pupil, narrower premaxille,
shallow notching of suborbital edge of palate, and suppression
of small upper premolar being lyncine characters. The
genus, however, may be easily distinguished by the sum of
a number of structural peculiarities.

Genus Puma, Jardine.

Puma, Jardine, 1834, p. 266; Severtzow, 1858, p. 125; type concolor,
Linn.t.

Distr. From the United States to Patagonia.

Many species or subspecies, according to the faney of
authors.

Large, long-tailed cats with comparatively small, rounded,
black ears without a white patch ; the pattern t, suppressed
in the adult, consists in the cubs of solid dark spots and
blotches of irregular shape, often arranged on each side m
about four ill-defined rows and one along the spine; and on
the head and nape there are often four longitudinal stripes
and one running backwards from the eye beneath the ear,
as in typical Felide. The rhinarium is naked above and
moderately prominent. Except that the feet are broader,
they do not differ greatly in form from those of Felis in the
development of the webs and claw-sheaths.

The skull is short and broad, with complete sagittal crest,
moderately deep and rounded postorbitai constriction, quite
short, widely separated postorbital processes, and salient

* For further particulars about this cat see Pocock, P. Z. S. 1907,
pp- 299-306.

{ Although Jardine included F. yaguarondi, pajeros, and others with
concolor under Puma, concolor is indicated as the type-species by its
ownership of the trivial name “ puma,” quite apart from the restricted
association of the two names by Severtzow.

J See Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xx. pp. 442-445 (1907).

Classification of existing Felide. 507

zygomata ; the muzzle is high and short, the anterior nares
large, the nasal bones rather abruptly expanded distally,
with longish narrow narial processes, and narrowed, some-
times strongly compressed, posterior portion; the nasal
branch of the premaxilla is narrow and the maxilla is
tolerably evenly curved above ; the suborbital portion of the
malar arch is thick, but the preorbital thickening is not well
marked ; the palate is wide, and its orbital foramen is very
large and comparatively close to the foramen of the optic
nerve; the mesopterygoid fossa is wide, short, parallel-
sided, with rounded anterior rim, and the edges of the palate
in front of it are widely divergent ; the spiniform process of
the pterygoid descends somewhat abruptly, and the external
pterygoid crest forms merely a short posterior projection or
ridge ; the bullz have a low internal partition, and a trans-
verse line drawn from the stylomastoid divides the bulla into
a larger anterior and a smaller posterior portion; the occiput
is wide across the mastoids, emarginate just above the level of
the condyles and expanded above. The short upper post-
canine space occupied by a well-grown first premolar.

Neither the pattern of the cub nor the structure of the
skull indicates, in my opinion, close affiliation between
Puma and any genus of the Felidae. In general appearance
the skull is, perhaps, most like that of Lynx caracal; but
there are many differences, notably the small size of the
outer chamber and the lowness of the partition of the bulla
in Puma, a particular in which Puma resembles the other
American genera with exception of Dendrailurus ; hut, apart
from this, the skull exhibits none of the characteristics: of
other American cats.

Genus LertaiLurus, Severtz.

Leptailurus, Severtzow, 1858, p. 889; type serval, Schreb.

Galeopardus, Heuglin, 1866, p. 557 ; type serval.

Serval, Gray, 1867, p. 272; type serval.

One species only, with several local races *,

Distr. Africa, mainly south of the Sahara.

Medium-sized, long-legged, rather short-tailed cats, with
narrow heads, very large rhinarium, large, rounded, un-
pencilled ears, closely juxtaposed on the summit of the head

* Two species have been admitted, namely, serval and servalina.
These, however, are now known to be merely varieties, the species being
dimorphic in pattern (P. Z. S. 1915, i. p. 154), the two types of pattern
symbolized by the names being found in the same litter.

338 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

and retaining the white spot, round ocular pupils and paws
approximately as in Fe/is, but with the inner lobe of the
sheath of the third digit of the fore foot much larger.

The skull differs from that of Felis in several points :—
The submalar portion of the maxilla is much lower, the
anterior end of the malar bone is greatly expanded and
deflexed above the preorbital foramen, and the posterior half
of the zygomatic arch is deeper as compared with the anterior
portion ; the postorbital process of the frontal rises farther
forwards on the frontal bone; the nasal branch of the pre-
maxilla is thinner, and the nasals themselves have no forward
projection at the tip; the outer chamber and partition of
the bulla are smaller, the posterior end of the partition being
low and not confluent with the stylomastoid ridge, and,
although the mesopterygoid fossa is broad in front and
parallel-sided, the external pterygoid crest forms a longish
ridge rising far in front of the root of the hamular, and the
suborbital edge of the palate is less deeply notched.

In the characters supplied by the bulla, the lowness of the
maxilla below the malar, the anterior expansion of the
malar, the persistence of a well-developed first upper pre-
molar, as well as in other characters of minor importance,
the skull differs from that of Lyne.

Genus PrionaiLurvs, Severtz.
Prionailurus, Severtzow, 1858, p. 887 ; type pardochrous, Gray (=ben-
galensis, Kerr).

Distr. Ceylon and India eastward to Borneo and the
Philippines and northwards into China and Amurland.

Small cats with the structure of the rhinarium and feet
unrecorded, but differimg from Felis in having rounded
white-spotted ears. ie

The skull recalls that of Felis at first sight, but differs
therefrom in the sum of a number of characters. It is
narrower as compared with its length and is less dome-
shaped in profile view, the face being less steeply sloped
from the interorbital region. The frontal postorbital pro-
cesses are narrower, especially when seen from behind. The
nasals are depressed, not everted apically, and the ascending
or nasal branch of the premaxilla is more evenly attenuated.
The inferior edge of the orbit is less salient, and the posterior
half of the zygoma is less arcuate in profile view. The
mesopterygoid fossa is narrower, especially anteriorly, with
its front border more rounded, and the external pterygoid

Classification of existing Felide. 339

crest is better developed, making an elongated pterygoid
fussa. The bulla has a low partition.

The two best-known species of the genus are the Indian
eats known as bengalensis * and rubiginosus, which are very
distinct, rubiginosus being characterized by exceedingly thin
nasals, nearly vertical nares and premaxille, and superiorly
expanded maxille, the temporal ridges remain separated,
forming a wide lyriform area, the postorbital processes fuse
earlier, and the first upper premolar is much more fre-
quently absent than in dengalensis. In the structure of
the muzzle and the arrested muscular development of the
cranium rubiginosus recalls some of the small South-American
cats, pardinoides and ? guigna, but differs therefrom in certain
characters enumerated below (p. 347).

Other known forms that certainly, or probably, fall under
Prionailurus have been named javensis, sumatranus, herschelit,
chinensis, micretis, and scripta.

Genus Parporgtis, Severtz.

Pardofelis, Severtzow, 1858, p. 887 ; type marmorata, Martin.
Catolynx, Gray, 1867, p. 267; type marmorata (nec Catolynz,
Severtzow).

Two species, P. marmorata and P. badia.

Distr. East Indies from the Himalayas to Borneo.

Small long-tailed, short-headed cats with rounded ears,
distinguishable from Prionailurus and related Oriental genera
by having the skull higher and more rounded, with the
mesopterygoid fossa lanceolate in front and provided with
thickened margins or a better developed external crest.

The two. species marmorata aud badia referred to this
genus have not, | believe, been previously affiliated. Despite
the difference between them in the matter of coloration
their kinship is indicated by cranial characters. The struc-
ture of the feet and the form of the rhinarium are unknown
to me. Of the two, P. dadia seems to be most nearly
related to Prionailurus.

* Based upon a specimen that swam on board a ship in Calcutta. The
name has been fixed by tradition to the species that bears it; and since
the description, so far as it goes, fits the species and most certainly does
not apply to any domesticated cat of the Felis catus or torquatus types,
I see no reason for discarding the term.

3840 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

Genus Proretis, Severtz.

Profelis, Severtzow, 1858, p. 386; type aurata*, Temm. (sedldies
gaster).

Chrysailurus, Severtzow, 1858, p. 389; type aurata (=neglecta, Gray).

Catopuma, Severtzow, 1858, p. 387; "type temmincki, Vig. & Horsf.
(= moormensis, Hodg. ).

Pyrofelis, Gray, 1874, p. 854; type temmincki.

Two well-marked species, P. aurata and P. temmincki, the
latter at least probably containing subspecies (dominica-
norum).

Distr, Himalayas and China to Indo-Malaysia (tem-
mincki) ; West-African forest-region (aurata).

Medium-sized cats with rounded unspotted ears and
moderately long tails, but with other external characters
unknown.

Skull much larger than that of Prionailurus and differing
therefrom in several characters. The nasals are a little
broader, the postorbital processes shorter and never con-
fluent; the crest on the malar is close to its inferior edge ;
the external pterygeid crest extends forwards considerably
in frout of the hamular, and the occipital area is much
broader especially over the summit and across the mastoid
processes, its width across the latter exceeding the width of
the cranium across the parietals. In its broad nasals and
occipital area Profelis is very like Pardofelis, but differs in
the shape of the mesopterygoid fossa, of the external ptery-
goid crest, the width of the valley between the bulla and the
glenoid crest, the shorter postorbital processes, and more
sloping chin. From the skull of Zibethailurus that of Pro-
felis differs in general form and aspect as well as in the shape
and width of the occipital area, the position of the malar
crest, narrower coronoid processes, ete. With Jctailurus and
Neofelis no special comparison is necessary.

In connection with the mandible it may be noticed that
the condyle is high above the angular process, the first
premolar is small and considerably lower than the carnassial,
and the alveolus of the canine is elevated. From this it
results that there is a high posteanine space, the first little
premolar of the maxilla, when retained, being widely sepa-

rated from the first premolar of the mandible.

The species of this genus fall into two groups widely
separated geographically, both being dimorphic in colour :—

(1) The West-African species P. aurata, assigned to Pro-
felis and Chrysailurus by Severtzow, and ranging from Sierra

* For specific synonymy of this species see P. Z. S. 1907, p. 656.

Classification of existing Felidie. b41

Leone to the Ituri forest, a species which appears to be.
more nearly related to Prionailurus than the Asiatic repre-
-sentative of the genus, P. temmincki. The first upper pre-
molar is markedly larger, when retained, than in P. tem-
minckt ; the external pterygoid crest is less well developed,
especially posteriorly, where it exhibits a distinct notch
before its spiniform termination ; the occipital areais not so
wide and shows a shallow emargination on each side, and
the ridge below the masseteric fossa of the mapdible is not
so large.

(2) The Asiatic species, assigned to Catopuma by Severtzow
and to Pyrofelis by Gray, has the first upper premolar
minute, when retained, the postorbital processes are longer,
the external pterygoid crest very well developed, especially
posteriorly, where it ends in a spine but exhibits no notch ;
the occipital area is very wide and has no distinct lateral
emargination, and the crest below the masseteric fossa is
more salient.

Genus ZiIBETHAILURUS, Severtz.

Atbethailurus, Severtzow, 1858, p. 387 ; type vivervina, Benn.

Viverriceps, Gray, 1867, p. 268; type viverrina.

Distr. India and Ceylon to Southern China, Formosa, and
Tenasserim.

Medium-sized cats with small, rounded, white-spotted
ears, moderately large rhinarium, and feet provided with
small claw-sheaths and webs of moderate depth.

The skull may be described as a modification of the
Prionailurus-type, many, but not all, of the differences being
attributable to its accommodation to great development of
the masticatory muscles. The sagittal crest is completed by
the coalescence of the temporal ridges at a much earlier age,

_and the postorbital constriction forms in adult and subadult
specimens a long emargination of the frontal on each side,
instead of an angular notch immediately behind the process
as in Prionailurus. Similarly, the lateral edges of the
occipital area are more deeply emarginate and the coronoid
of the mandible is broader at the summit.

The ascending branch of the premaxilla is broader than
in Prionailurus. The inferior edge of the orbit is thicker
and the anteorbital excrescences very conspicuous, and the
cheek between the alveolar border and the orbit is relatively
lower. The suborbital edge of the palate is less conspicu-
ously notched. The external pterygoid crest is represented
by a small triangular ridge above the hamular, being

342 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

noticeably shorter and less well developed than in Prion-
ailurus.

Genus Icraiturvs, Severtz.
“ Ailurin,” Gervais, 1855, p. 86; for planiceps, Vig. & Horsf.*.
Ictailurus, Severtzow, 1858, p. 387; type planiceps.
Ailurogale, Fitzinger, 1869, p. 249; type planiceps.
Alurina, Gill, 1871, p. 60; type planiceps..
Plethzlurus, Cope, 1882, p. 475 ; type planiceps.

Only one species hitherto admitted.

Distr. Malay Peninsula to Borneo.

The skull in its elongated shape, the structure of the
bulle, exceedingly compressed nasals, and deep postorbital
constriction recalls in a measure that of Zibethailurus, but
may be distinguished by several peculiarities both dental and
cranial+. (1) The posterior border of the complete post-
orbital bar is scarcely convex owing to the great width of
the base of the malar portion. (2) The nasal branch of the
premaxilla is slender and tolerably evenly attenuated.
(3) The mesopterygoid fossa is very narrow, about twice
as long as wide or even more. (4) The muzzle is broad and
the palate nearly parallel-sided, the distance between the
two anterior premolars being about equal to the distance
between the inner cusps of the upper carnassials, and the
suborbital edge of the palate has a conspicuous and narrow
notch. (5) The occipital area is narrow, with a shallow
latera] emargiuation, and the summit much more pointed
than jn Zibethailurus.

In the mandible the coronoid is low, with a wide summit
set well in advance of the backwardly projecting condyle and
angular. The anterior end of each ramus, carrying the
canine and incisor teeth, is strongly elevated, and there is a
large postcanine gap when the jaws are closed.

In the teeth the first upper premolar is unusually large

* Although Gervais was the first author to give nominal distinction
to this genus, the name he proposed is inadmissible, as a comparison
between it and such terms as “ Chacal” and “ Renard ” of the same work
will show. By Gray planiceps was associated with viverrina under his
genus Viverriceps.

+ Whether the resemblances between these two cats are due to close
affinity or are merely adaptive it seems to me to be impossible tosay. If
the former, the two supply an interesting exception to the general rule in
the Felidw that thesmaller species of a genus have skulls of a more juvenile
type than the larzer, owing to the lesser development of constrictions
and ridges associated with powerful masticatory muscles. J. planiceps,
although considerably smaller than Z. viverrina, has, nevertheless, a skull
indicating relatively greater masticatory power.

Classification of existing Felide. 343

and two-rooted, with a conical pointed crown, carrying a
small anterior cusp. The first premolar of the lower jaw
has an almost steeple-shaped crown higher than its basal
length and than the apex of the succeeding tooth, and
blocking the space between the first and second upper
premolars ; and the lower canines, when the jaw is closed,
project considerably above the lower edge of the anterior
nares, their tips being approximately on a level with the
summit of the coronoid process.

The external characters of this species are known to me
only from skins, and I am unable to give any particulars
regarding the feet, rhinarium, aud other points.

Genus Neore is, Gray.
Neofelis, Gray, 1867, p. 265; type nebulosa (=macrocelis).

One species hitherto admitted with several subspecies,
possibly deserving higher rank.

Distr. Eastern Himalayas to Borneo.

Large cats with head, body, and tail long and the legs
short ; with ears rounded and rhinarium and feet scarcely
differing from those of Panthera.

Skull recalling in general features that of a small example
of Panthera pardus, especially in the shortness and wide
separation of the frontal and malar postorbital processes, the
inferiorly attenuated maxilla, the straightness of its nasal
edge, the width and exposure of the nasals from the lateral
aspect, the inclination of the nares, relative proportions of
the mandibular teeth, etc., but differing m the greater poste-
rior width. of the nasals, the thicker, more salient inferior
edge of the orbit, carrying a distinct preorbital thickening,
the evenly ovate antero-lateral border of the mesopterygoid
fossa and the special modifications of the jaws, the mandible
being greatly elevated anteriorly, with the symphysial region
nearly vertical, flat in its upper two-thirds and abruptly
curved backwards below, the incisive border being raised
high above the external edge of the alveolus of the lower
canine—as a result of which modifications the upper jaw is
thrust up so that when the mouth is closed the alveolar lines
of the maxillary and mandibular cheek-teeth are widely
divergent in front, leaving a deep and long space behind the
canines, with concomitant reduction or suppression of the
first upper premolar and enormous elongation of the upper
canine.

The occipital area is remarkably triangular and pointed

314 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

above, and the partition of the bulla is low, as in other
forest-species. ,

This genus cannot be confused with any of the smaller
OrientaJ, African, or American genera of Felide. Perhaps
Pardofelis is its nearest ally. By Severtzow it was associated
with Uncia, by Tronessart it was placed with serval, par-
dalis, and others in Zibethailurus. From Panthera pardus,
with which it has been compared above, it differs in the
hyoid bone ete.

Genus Lrorarpvs, Gray.
Leopardus, Gray, 1842, p. 260; type griseus, Gray (=? pardaiis,
Linn.) *.

Oncoides, Severtzow, 1858, p. 386; type pardalis.

Pardalis, Gray, 1867, p. 270; type pardalis.

Distr. From the Sonoran district of North America
southwards throughout the forested districts of South
America.

An uncertain number of species or subspecies referable
to two groups typified respectively by pardalis and wiedii
(maecrura).

Moderately large or medium-sized cats, with the ears
small, rounded, and white-spotted; the rhinarium promi-
nent and naked above, and with widely separated nostrils ;
feet fully webbed and -with well-developed claw-sheaths
concealing the tips of the retracted claws; hair on the
neck upright or reversed in direction of growth in the
adult. ;

_ Skull variable in size and shape, and in the typical form
of Leopardus most like that of Profelis of all the genera of
the Old World, but differing in the sum of a number of
characters. The nasals, though broad in front, are narrower
posteriorly and fit like a wedge between the mayille, which
are differently shaped above from those of Profelis, being
broader and more truncated at the summit, the suture
between them and the nasal processes of the frontal inclining
more obliquely inwards and forwards from the dorsal aspect

* Gray originally included four species in this genus, namely, griseus,
pictus, elliott, and horsfieldi, but subsequently assigned griseus and putus

to Pardalis, eilioti to Viverriceps, ignored horsfieldi, and applied Leo-

pardus to pardus and onca, Since Leopardus must unfortunately stand
for one of the four species first included under it, I selected griseus,

perhaps a subspecies of pardalis, as the type (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(8) xviii. p. 316, 1906).

Classification of existing Felide. 345

than in Profelis, and the facial portion of the frontal ante-
rior to the root of the postorbital process is larger and the
lacrymal extends higher above the malar arch within the
orbit. The skulls are variable in these respects, but, on the
whole, the arrangement of the bones above described gives a
different aspect to the skulls of Leopardus as compared with
Profelis. The mesopterygoid fossa is more pointed as a rule
in front, and has more sinuous margins owing to the curva-
ture of the pterygoid bones. The bulle are differently
shaped from those of all the Old- World tiger-cats in that the
portion behind a line drawn from the stylomastoid foramen
at right angles to the occipital axis is larger than the portion
in front of it.

In the mandible the condyle is not so high above the
angular process as in Profelis, the first premolar is higher as
compared with the carnassial than in that genus, and when
the jaw is closed reaches up to the comparatively large first
premolar of the maxilla, so that, as in Leptatlurus, the post-
canine space is quite small—a feature not observable in the
Asiatic tiger-cats,

In addition to the true ocelots, often called jaguars *, I
refer to this genus L. wiedii (macroura), commonly cited as
tigrina +, which may be described as a small, long-tailed,
smooth-skulled representative of the ocelots. The skull is
like that of a young ocelot in most respects, showing at most
a shallow postorbital constriction, with the temporal crests
forming a lyriform area generally wide but varying in width
with age and possibly locally. The skulls differ, however,
from those of ocelotsin having a tolerably regularly rounded
low occipital area; even when the occipital crest is well
developed its edges have no definite lateral emargination ;
and the inferior edge of the orbit is thin, with the preorbital
thickening hardly developed. In this last-mentioned parti-
cular, as well as superficially and in size, the skulls recall
those of Pardofelis, but the maxille are wider above, the
nasals narrower posteriorly, the malar arch is shallower from
above downwards, the postorbital processes, although as long
as in Pardofelis, are thinner, the back of the cranium is
longer, and the occipital plane more vertical, the posterior
part of the bulla is larger, the sides of the mesopterygoid
fossa thinner, and the chin much more sloped.

* Schreber’s figure of Felis onca, Linn., represents an ocelot (Leo-
pardus pardalis), and not the species which is trivially known as the
jaguar (Panthera onca).

+ For the position of this species see below under Herpatlurus,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. §. Vol. xx. 23

346 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

As stated above, the skulls of typical Leopardus (ocelots)
are very variable, and some of them show a decided approxi-
mation to those of L. wiedit.

Genus Herpaiturvs, Severtz.

Terpailurus, Severtzow, 1858, p. 385; type yaguarondi, Desm.

Oncifelis, Severtzow, 1851, p. 386; type geoffroy?, Gerv.

Noctifelis, Severtzow, 1858, p. 386; type guigna, Mol.

Pardalina, Gray, 1867, p. 266; type geoffroyt (=himalayana, Warw.).

Margay, Gray, 1867, p. 271; type tigrina, Schreb.*.

Distr. From Texas in the Sonoran area of North America
as far south as the Argentine and Chili in South America.

Quite an uncertain number of species and subspecies
referable to two well-marked types represented by Herp-
ailurus yaguarondi and Oncifelis geoffroyi.

At least differing in external characters from Leopardus
by the comparatively poor development of the webs and
claw-sheath on the feet.

Skull variable, but presenting the following combination
of characters :—The cranial portion is long and the facial
short, and the dorsal contour is never strongly convex longi-
tudinally, the temporal crests are almost always separated,
forming either a narrow or a wide lyriform area, rarely a
complete sagittal ridge. The muzzle is compressed above,
and the narrowest part of the interorbital region is situated
forwards just behind the naso-maxillary line, and this line
continued passes through the anterior half of the orbit, not
approximately through its centre ; the maxilla is very broad
above, with horizontal or nearly horizontal upper edge,
prominent rounded antero-superior angle, and vertical, or
nearly vertical, anterior border. ‘These features give a
peculiar ‘‘ facies” to the skull traceable in all species. In
addition, the first upper premolar is minute or absent ; the
mesopterygoid fossa is slightly or considerably narrowed in
front, with rounded angles and a small median notch in its
anterior border; the inner chamber of the bulla is never
much inflated anteriorly and does not project far beyond
the partition, which is low or very low; the occipital crest
is not appreciably concave above the condyles and is con-
siderably broader at that pomt than the condylar width.

* For the determination and allocation of this species, previously
regarded as identical with Leopardus wiedti, see Thomas (Ann. & Mag.
Nat. Hist. (7) xii. pp. 284-289, 1903) and Pocock (Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist.
(8) xix. p. 43, 1917). In the latter paper the other American species of
Felide were grouped on the lines amplified in the present communication.

Classification of existing Felide. 347

Hl, yaguarondi and H. geoffroyi are widely divergent
Species in cranial characters, the former departing the
most, the latter the least, from the typical feline type. In
Hf. yaguarondi the anterior nares are subvertical ; the post-
orbital processes of the frontal are short and depressed, but
the malar process is longish; the zygomata are weakly
arched, with the suborbital portion less salient above the
carnassial and the squamosal root very long from before
backwards, with its posterior border strongly inclined
forwards and outwards ; the valley between the bulla and
the glenoid ridge is wider; the occipital area is narrow
across the mastoids, and the crest is less strongly inclined
backwards and inwards; the temporal crests always form a
wide lyriform area. :

On account of the differences in the skulls the two species
might be regarded as generically or subgenerically distinct,
but the difficulties of definition would in that case be great
on account of H. pardinoides and its allies occupying in
many cranial respects an intermediate position between the
two, as Thomas pointed out in 1903.

The names yaguarondi aud eyra were given, I believe, to
colour-phases of one and the same species, the former being
blackish with speckled hair, the latter red. Neither form
shows pattern in the adult. If newly born kittens show
pattern at all, which by the analogy of Lynx caracal is
uncertain, it may be predicted that it will be like that of
H, pardinoides, guigna, or geoffroyt. It may be added that the
skull of HA. yaguarondi differs widely from that of Puma
concolor and completely negatives the claim of relation-
ship that has been made between the two species on account
of the absence of pattern in the adults.

Some of the smaller spotted species of the pardinoides and
tigrina types of this genus, with the skull smooth and
rounded, recall on superficial inspection the smaller species
of Prionailurus like bengalensis, more particularly in the
large size of the orbit, the shortness of the muzzle, expanded
maxilla, and the vertical truncature of the anterior nares.
The two, however, differ as follows :—

The P. bengalensis-type. The H. pardinoides-type.

Postorbital processes long, often Postorbital processes short and
confluent. subspiniform. A

Preorbital constriction narrowest Preorbital constriction narrowest
midway along orbit, usually well | in front of centre of orbit and close
behind maxilla and nasals. behind maxilla and nasals.

Masseteric ridge advancing to | Masseteric ridge near lower edge
middle of malar, of malar.

23%

348

The P. bengalensis-type.

Mesopterygoid fossa parallel-
sided, with transverse anterior
edge.

Base of cranium short; bulla
more inflated in front; occiput
narrower above, with its lateral

Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

The ZH. pardinoides-type.

Mesopterygoid fossa narrow and
rounded in front.

Base of cranium long; bulla
narrower in front; occiput more
widely rounded above, its lateral

margins sloping inwards. margins more upright.

Genus DenpraiLurus, Severtz.
Dendrailurus, Severtzow, 1858, p. 385,; type colocolo, H. Smith
(=strigilata, Wagn.).

Lynchailurus, Severtzow, 1858, p. 385; type pajeros, Desm.

Pujeros, Gray, 1867, p. 269; type pajeros (=pampanus, Gray).

Distr. S. America : Guiana, Chili ; Uruguay to Patagonia.

Two species, if distinct, namely colocolo and pajeros.

Skull with the same general features as Herpailurus, but
with widely different bulle, which are not only more inflated
and globular, extending posteriorly as far as the inferior edge
of the foramen magnum and anteriorly almost as far as the
ridge of the condyloid surface of the mandible, but differ
in addition in the relatively enormous size of the outer or
auditory chamber, which recalls that of 7. manul. The
groove of the partition runs over the summit of the bulla
from the stylomastoid to a point just in front of the basi-
occipital suture. The partition itself is nearly vertical with
a convex inner wall. The external or auditory chamber is
as wide in front as the posterior chamber is behind and
projects forwards far in advance of the very narrow anterior
end of the posterior chamber.

The following analytical key to the genera of Feline
epitomises their main characters ; but, although an attempt
has been made to juxtapose related forms, this method has
been purposely abandoned in some cases in the interests of
expediency in construction. For instance, Jctailurus and
Dendrailurus have been widely separated from their allies,
Ictailurus being, in my opinion, most nearly akin to
Zibethailurus and Dendrailurus to Herpailurus, the only
cranial similarity which brings DVendrailurus and Triche-
lurus together iu the table. having been independently
acquired :—

Very long upper canines and immense postcanine
space; chin long and vertical; mnasals broad
throughout; their maxillo-premaxillary suture
almost straight ; postorbital processes very short ;
occiput angular above.............. Sakic nhs b

0 Neofelis.
Without that combination of characters a,

Classification of existing Felide.

a. First upper pm long, conical, two-rooted; first
lower pm higher than second ; postorbital
bar complete, “with slightly rounded posterior
margin ; condyle and angular set well behind
broad rounded coronoid; tip of lower canine
projecting high above lower edge of nares ......

Without that combination of characters..........

b. Rhinarium very large; ears nearly meeting on
summit of head. Malar greatly expanded in
front, where it is clamped externally to preorbital
foramen ; cheek low ; narrow postcanine space ..

Without that combination of characters ........

e. Outer chamber of bulla very large, extending in
front of narrowed apex of inner chamber ; groove
of partition passing from stylomastoid foramen
iePASIOCCI pital sutures) 20:5 «desi aielelon oelele aas

Outer chamber of bulla smaller or very small, not
extending anteriorly in front of wider end of
inner chamber, groove of partition peste to
anterior edge of Galan. 4 ots xsd Ree -

d, Face strongly sloped; upper rim of anterior nares
nearly level with compressed lower rim of orbit;
forehead and frontal Lae Pree: very
CSG © be St ORD UDDE E enn tmtelc Ceebor

Face not strongly sloped ; upper rim of nares much
higher than thickened lower rim of orbit; fore-
head narr ow, postorbital processes slender......

e. Outer chamber of bulla comparatively large ;
partition rising some distance from crest of
Reyne AIG ANNULUS: Jie cra cafe > ou evel dg dais 4a aaa

Outer chamber of bulla small or very small ;
partition rising close to crest of tympanic
COILS oc pepo One Renmei norr rn ebouccar

f. Nasal branch of pmx broad above behind nasal,
then abruptly pointed; suborbital margins of
palate deeply notched; upper pm’ normally
(IESE poedaocgueopePooonUCOOpE oooh

Nasal branch of pmx gradually attenuated above;
suborbital margins of palate not deeply notched ;
upper pm’ absent or eatly deciduous. 2. 5 essence

g. Skull short, rounded, zygomata wide, maxilla
receding, not expanded ‘above ; palatine foramen
ia orbit - very large, the distance between it and
the orbital foramen only a little greater than the
width of the wide, short mesopterygoid fossa and
than the anterior nares; palate broad, sides of
its posterior elongation widely divergent ; post-
orbital processes short, blunt ; occiput wide
SPIMREMBIASEOLOAS 5, 5) sc, 0 0. ga 0» +) 8 = 02s sessions

Without that combination of characters ........

h. Mesopterygoid fossa lanceolate in front, with very
thick lateral edges or large external crest ; skull
short, broad and high Cert Le Anace Ricetc rs

Without that Be riitiation of characters ........

i, External pterygoid crest reduced to a small tri-

angular lamina; preorbital thickening of malar

349

Tetailurus.

Leptailurus.
C.

Trichelurus.

Dendrailurus.

i

Felis.

Lynx.

Puma.
h.

Pardofelis.

u

350

Without that combination of characters

On the Classification of existiny Felide.

very large; masseteric crest on malar remote
from its lower edge; skull powerful, with strong
constrictions and upper half of occiput narrow
but rounded above; coronoid wide and rounded
et SUMIMIE. |... civ wie wielsiad aleltelelsta we Meloke ware seecee

7. Masseteric crest on malar remote from its inferior

Without that combination of characters

edge; narrowest point of preorbital constriction
nearly over the centre of the orbit; postorbital
processes long, often confluent, occipital area
narrow, its width across the mastoids less than
the width of the cranium, its sides hardly emar-
ginate, its summit rather narrowly rounded, and
its width halfway above the condyles, about
equal to the transcondylar width; portion of
bulla behind the stylomastoid smaller than that
in Trot OLNb is. ~ tate se che be eames bs oteos

k. Skull powerfully developed with wide occiput,

Without that combination of characters

narrowest point of preorbital constriction nearly
above centre of orbital space, maxilla not ex-
panded above and inclined back well beyond
lacrymal foramen; area of bulla behind stylo-
mastoid foramen much smaller than that in front
of it; mandible with first premolar much lower
than carnassial, condyle high above angular and
well-developed submasseteric ridge ........... -

1, Feet fully webbed with well-developed claw-

sheaths, hair on neck reversed in direction of
BTOWLR Gwe sew Eis. ds Saeeeeee meen Meee

Feet with only moderately developed webs and

claw-sheaths, hair on neck not reversed ...... ve

Zibethailurus.
J

Prionailurus.
k.

Profelis.
d.

Leopardus.

Herpailurus.

Titles of principal Works quoted in the Synonymy.

Copsr, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. xx. 1882.
FirzinGEeR, Wiss. Nat. Saug. i. 1855.

SB. Akad. Wiss. Wien, lx. 1869.

GERVAISE, Hist. Nat. Mamm. ii. 1855.
Gitt, Arrangement Fam. Mamm. 1871.
Gray, London Med. Repos. xv. 1821.

Thomson’s Ann. Phil. xxvi. 1825,
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. x. 1842.

List Spec. Mamm. Brit. Mus. 1843.
Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1867.

Cat. Carn. etc. Mamm. Brit. Mus. 1869.

Hxvenin, SB. Akad. Wiss. Wien, liv. 1866.
JArpInE, Nat. Libr. Mamm. ii. F cline, 1834.
Kauvp, Entw. Gesch. Nat. Syst. Eur.-Thierw,. 1829.
Kerr, An. King. i. Mamm. Syst. Cat. 1792.
SATUNIN, Ann. Mus. St. Petersb. ix. 1905.
SEVERTZOW, Rev. Mag. Zool. (2) x. 1868.

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. = 351

XLI.—WNotes on Fossorial Hymenopteraa—XXX. On new
Ethiopian Scoliide. By Row tanp E. Turner, F.Z.8.,
F.E.S.

Family Scoliide.
Subfamily Hzrprv2.
Myzine aterrima, sp. n.

3. Niger, punctatus; capite thoraceque sparse griseo-pubescenti-
bus; tarsis brunneis, intermediis posticisque articulis tribus
intermediis, apice excepto, albido-flavidulis; alis fuscis.

Long. 12 mm.

_g. Clypeus widely and very shallowly emarginate at the
apex, closely punctured. Antenne stout, about as long as
the thorax and median segment combined, the terminal joint
truncate at the apex, shorter than the penultimate ; none
of the joints arcuate beneath. Front punctured-rugose, the
antennal tubercles large and blunt, vertex strongly punctured.
Eyes widely emarginate on the inner margin. Thorax and
median segment closely and coarsely punctured; the pro-
notum scarcely as long as the mesonotum, the anterior margin
straight. Abdomen rather finely and very closely punctured ;
the first tergite shorter than the second, rounded at the ante-
rior angles, constricted at the apex; tergites 2-6 slightly
constricted at the base, at least twice as broad as long;
seventh tergite coarsely rugose at the apex, a narrow sulcus
trom the base reaching to the base of the apical slit, which is
narrow and very deep, the lobes of the tergite on each side of
the slit broadly truncate at the apex. Sternites more coarsely
punctured than the tergites ; the apical aculeus very strongly
recurved. Second abscissa of the radius a little longer than
the third ; second recurrent nervure received at about one-
third from the base of the third cubital cell.

Hab. Victoria Falls, Zambesi (Thompson), December.
From the Rhodesia Museum.

Very distinct in colouring from others of the genus. The
only other black Ethiopian species are klugit, Westw., in
which the wings are hyaline and the structure of the antennee
and anal segments very different, and stigma, ‘lurn., which is
much smaller and differs in many important points. In the
form of the abdomen, especially in the truncate lobes of the
seventh tergite, this is closely allied to semirufa, Gerst.
(=cingulata, Gerst.), but the colouring is very different and
the sculpture is much coarser in aterrima.

352 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial- Hymenoptera.

Braunsomeria arnoldi, sp. n.

9. Rufo-testacea ; abdomine nigro; segmentis abdominalibus
primo dimidio basali sextoque fere toto rufo-testaceis.
Long. 6 mm.

@. Head subrectangular, nearly as broad as long, shining,
and very sparsely punctured ; eyes very small, situated close
to the base of the mandibles. Thorax and median segment
shining, the thorax almost smooth, the median segment
sparsely and finely punctured. Pronotum subrectangular,
distinctly broader than long ; scutellum fully half as long as
the median segment, narrowed posteriorly ; median segment
shorter than the pronotum, slightly broadened posteriorly.
Sides of the thorax and median segment sparsely clothed
with long fulvous hairs. Abdomen shining, very closely
microscopically punctured ; the apical tergite almost pointed.

Hab. Bembesi, 8. Rhodesia (G. Arnold), January.

In the small eyes this resembles atriceps, Turn., but differs
in the colour of the head and in the much broader median
segment. The eyes in guadraticeps are much larger, and the
punctures of the median segment much larger and sparser.

Elis (Mesa) diversicornis, sp. n.

¢. Niger, albo-pilosus; mandibulis, apice excepto, clypeoque
flavis; scapo flagelloque articulis duobus basalibus ferrugineis ;
alis hyalinis, venis nigris,
Long. 15 mm.

g. Clypeus broad, truncate at the apex; head coarsely
and closely punctured, more finely on the vertex than on the
front, the prominence above the base of the antenne strongly
raised, transverse, and yellow at the apex; eyes widely
emarginate. Thorax finely and closely punctured ; the pro-
notum shorter than the mesonotum, the anterior margin
straight; mesopleuree more coarsely punctured; median
segment rugose. Abdomen shallowly and closely punctured ;
the first segment as long as the second and third combined,
the petiole less than half as long as the swollen apical portion,
which has almost parallel sides and is very slightly con-
stricted at the apex. Seventh tergite with large sparse
punctures, the apical emargination very small and shallow.
The abdomen has obseure blue reflexions both above and
below. ‘Third abscissa of the radius a little longer than the
second; first recurrent nervure received just beyond the

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 353

middle of the second cubital cell, second at one-quarter from
the base of the third cubital cell.

Hab. Mianje, Nyasaland (S. A. Neave), February and
March.

Probably the male of LZ. heterogamia, Sauss.

Elis (Mesa) mutica, sp. n.

6. Niger, sparse albo-pilosus; clypeo macula parva apicali, tibiis
anticis extus, tarsisque anticis flavis; alis hyalinis, venis nigris.
Long. 13 mm.

3. Clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex; front
punctured-rugose, the prominence above the base of the
autenne strongly raised, bilobed ; vertex punctured; eyes
widely emarginate. ‘Thorax closely punctured ; mesopleure
and median segment rugose ; pronotum shorter than the
mesonotum. Petiole about half as long as the swollen portion
of the first segment which is very distinctly constricted at
the apex, the whole segment shorter than the second and third
combined ; second segment as long as the apical breadth,
broadened from the base ; emargination of the seventh tergite
almost obsolete.

Hab. Bulawayo, Rhodesia (G. Arnold), December.

This is very near /. reticulata, Cam., differing in the black
mandibles and in the colour of the clypeus and legs. The
form of the first segment is the same in both species.

Elis (Mesa) spinicollis, sp. n.

g. Niger; sparse albo-pilosus ; mandibulis, apice excepto, flavis ;
pedibus anticis intermediisque rufo-testaceis; abdomine obscure
cxeruleo-micante; alis hyalinis, venis nigris.

Long. 14-16 mm.

&. Clypeus very finely and closely punctured, covered
with short white pubescence ; head rugosely punctured, the
eyes widely emarginate. ‘Thorax closely punctured; the
pronotum as long as the mesonotum, the anterior angles pro-
duced into acute spines ; median segment rugose. Abdomen
slender, minutely and closely punctured ; the first segment
slender, as long as the second and third combined, the petiole
about half as long as the remainder of the segment, which is
not strongly swollen and only slightly constricted at the apex.
Second segment as long as the apical breadth, broadened
from the base. Seventh tergite sparsely punctured, with a

354 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

longitudinal carina, shallowly triangularly emarginate at the
apex. Second and third abscissee of the radius subequal,
second recurrent nervure received a little beyond one-third
from the base of the third cubital cell.

Hab. Bulawayo, S. Rhodesia (G. Arnold), February.

This may be distinguished from the very similar male of
E. ruficeps, Sm., by the slenderer, less swollen first tergite
and by the somewhat deeper emargination of the seventh
tergite. The form of ruficeps taken at Bulawayo has thie
apical half of the wings infuscate as in the typical Natal
form. J. reticulata, Cam., has the first tergite shaped as in
the present species, but the angles of the pronotum are not
produced into spines.

Elis (Mesa) adelogamia, Turn.
Plesia (Mesa) adelogamia, Turn. Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. (8) i. p. 503
(1908). .

Specimens of this from 8. Rhodesia, Bulawayo and Lonely
Mine, have the head, mesonotum, scutellum, and fore legs
red, but do not seem to differ otherwise from the typical
form. They will probably form a subspecies.

Subfamily Scozmwz.
Scolia perpolita, sp. n.

Q. Nigra, nitidissima, sparsissime punctata; alis nigro-czruleis.
Long. 32 mm.

9. Clypeus, front, and vertex smooth and shining; occiput
closely and finely punctured ; a few scattered punctures
between the ocelli and the eyes; a short longitudinal sulcus
from between the antennew reaching halfway. to the anterior
ocellus. Pronotum closely punctured on the anterior margin
and clothed densely with erect black hairs, shining and
sparsely punctured on the sides; mesonotum smooth and
shining, with scattered punctures at the apex and on the sides,
more closely punctured on the anterior margin, an impressed
line from the anterior margin not reaching the middle of the
segment; scutellum and postscutellum very sparsely punc-
tured ; mesopleurze coarsely rugosely punctured and sparsely
clothed with long black hairs. Median segment closely
punctured, the lateral lobes broadly smooth at the base.
First tergite closely punctured and clothed with black hairs,
a large smooth space in the middle at the base; tergites 2-4

Mr, R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 355

with a few scattered punctures, the apical third of each seg-
ment closely punctured and with a fringe of black hairs; the
punctured area on the fifth tergite more extensive ; sixth
tergite coarsely punctured and densely clothed with black
setee, broadly rounded at the apex. Sternites shining and
sparsely punctured, with cilize of black hairs. Spur of the
hind tibiz pointed. ‘Two cubital cells and one recurrent
nervure.

Hab. Entebbe, Uganda (C. G. Gowdey), August; Bu-
goma Forest, Unyoro (S. A. Neave), December.

Easily distinguished from S. ruficornis, Fabr., and S. me-
lanaria, Burm., by the very sparse punctures and large
smooth spaces.

Scolia wahlbergit, Sauss.

Lacosi wahlbergii, Sauss. Stett. ent. Zeit. xx. p. 183 (1859). 9.
Scolia wahibergi, Sauss. et Sichel, Cat. spec. gen. Scolia, p. 94 (1864).

Se
Discolia pallidipilosella, Cam. Ann, Transyaal Mus. ii. p. 120 (1910).

Sic
Scolia wahlbergii, Turn, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) viii. p. 620 (1911).
dQ.

Scolia precana, Sauss.

Discolia precana, Saussure, Distant, Naturalist in the Transvaal, p. 222
(1892). ¢.
Discolia heterotrichia, Cam. Ann. Transvaal Mus. ii. p.119 (1910). ¢.

Campsomeris (Trielis) bulawayoensis, sp. n.

@. Nigra, fulvo-hirsuta; segmentis abdominalibus fulvo-aureo-
fimbriatis; mandibulis basi antennisque ferrugineis; pedibus
rufo-testaceis ; alis basi flavo-hyalinis, anticis dimidio apicali
purpureo suffusis ; cellulis cubitalibus duabus ; venis ferrugineis.

3. Niger, albo-pilosus ; clypeo lateribus, pronoto margine postico,
scutello maculis duabus, interdum obsoletis, postscutello macula
transversa, segmentis dorsalibus 2-5, interdum etiam primo,
fascia angusta apicali, segmentis ventralibus 2-4 fascia angustis-
sima apicali; femoribus subtus, tibiis anticis intermediisque
supra, tarsisque anticis intermediisque basi flavis; tarsis brunneis ;
alis hyalinis, leviter infumatis, anticis cellulis cubitalibus tribus,
venis fusco-ferrugineis,

Long., 2 d, 12 mm.

?. Clypeus coarsely longitudinally striated; front and
vertex rather sparsely punctured, with sparse fulvous hairs,
a dense fringe of fulvous hairs on the posterior margin of the
head. ‘Thorax and median segment closely punctured, with

356 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

sparse fulvous hairs ; scutellum shining and almost smooth.
Abdomen rather sparsely punctured, much more closely at
the apex of the segments than at the -base; sixth tergite
densely clothed with golden hairs; sixth sternite with a
small spine on each side near the base. Hind ealcaria
strongly spatulate.

3. Antenne 54mm., costa of fore wing 9 mm. Clypeus very
broadly rounded at the apex, with a few large punctures.
Eyes very deeply and rather narrowly emarginate ; head,
thorax, and median segment rather closely punctured and
sparsely clothed with whitish hairs. Abdomen shallowly
and rather sparsely punctured, with sparse white pubescence,
the segments faintly tinged with blue. First tergite bell-
shaped, shorter than the second, the apex not constricted and
at least half as broad as the apex of the second; seventh
tergite punctured-rugose, broadly rounded. Three cubital
cells, the third much broader on the radius than on the
cubitus, in one specimen only connected with the cubitus by
a petiole, recurrent nervures separated on the cubitus by a
distance equal to the length of the radial margin of the third
cubital cell.

Hab. Bulawayo, Rhodesia (G. Arnold), December ;
Johannesburg (Kobrow, Coll. Brauns).

The neuration of the sexes differs as in the Palearctic
villosa, Fabr., to which the male is very closely related,
though the first tergite is a little narrower and more constricted
at the apex in villosa. The colour of the wings and hairs in
the female is very different, also of the legs and antenne,
and the sculpture differs. The female is the type.

Campsomeris (Dielis) curvivittata, Cam.

Dielis curvivittata, Cameron, Sjéstedt, Kilimandjaro-Meru Exp. ii.
p. 229 (1910). 2.

Elis (Dielis) aureola, Sauss. & Sichel, Cat. ane gen. Scolia, p. 173
(1864) (mec Klug).

As I have previously pointed out, Saussure wrongly iden-
tified Klug’s species ; so apparently Cameron’s name must
stand for this common species. LD. dispilus, Cam. 1910, is
probably the male.

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. — 357

XLII. — Notes on Fossorial Hymenoptera. — XXXI. On
Psammocharide in the British Museum. By ROWLAND
E. ‘Turner, F.Z.S., F.E.S.

Genus IRENANGELUS, Schulz.
Trenangelus, Schulz, Spolia Hymenopterologica, p. 175 (1906).
‘l'ype of the genus, Zrenangelus reversus, Sm.

1. Lrenangelus reversus, Sm.

Agenia reversa, Sm. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xi. p. 448 (1878). ©.

Pseudagenia reversa, Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxiv. p. 42
(1884).

Trenangelus hornus, Schulz, Spolia Hymenopterologica, p. 180 (1906).
=

Hab. Para; Oyapok.

2. Irenangelus ichneumonoides, Diicke.
Lrenangelus ichneumonoides, Diicke, Reyue d@’Entomol. xxvii. p. 51
(1908). 9g.

Hab. Amazon.

A specimen of this species in the British Museum bears
the MS. name Ceropales exilis, Bingham, and corresponds
well to the description, but is without a black band on the
pronotum, and the wings are hyaline, not yellowish, with the
costa and radial-cell infuscate, as in the type. The median
segment is smooth throughout, not finely rugulose at the
apex as in the description of the type. JI have not seen a
typical specimen, but am inclined to regard evils merely as
a variety. ‘The front below the antenne and the clypeus are
very much more elongate than in reversus ; also the sculpture
of the front and the shape of the third cubital cell are very
different, as noticed by Diicke.

3. Irenangelus mexicanus, sp. n.

Q. Flavo-testacea, nitida; mandibulis apice, flagelloque, articulis
duobus basalibus exceptis, nigris; alis flayo-hyalinis, iridescenti-
bus, apice late infumatis, venis brunneis,

Long. 9 mm.

¢. Labrum broadly rounded at the apex, not emarginate.
Clypeus finely and closely punctured, slightly convex, much

358 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

broader than long, clothed with delicate golden pubescence,
which extends on to the labrum. Antenne inserted more
than twice as far from the anterior ocellus as from the base
of the clypeus, each of the eight apical joints of the flagellum
very distinctly narrowed from the base to the apex. Front
distinctly raised above the base of the antenne, with a
shallow longitudinal sulcus not reaching the anterior ocellus.
yes strongly divergent towards the vertex, the inner margin
widely but very shallowly subemarginate. Front and vertex
smooth. . Pronotum smooth, the dorsal surface short and
transverse ; parapsidal furrows of the mesonotum deep,
Median segment longer than broad, narrowed to the apex,
smooth and shining, convex. Pleure and abdomen sparsely
covered with very delicate pale golden pubescence ; abdomen
rather strongly compressed laterally; the first segment half
as long again as the apical breadth, narrowed to the base.
First abscissa of the radius shorter than the third, the latter
half as long as the second ; the third cubital cell receiving
the second recurrent nervure at one-third from the apex ; the
fuscous apical margin does not quite reach the third trans-
verse cubital nervure.

Hab. Omilteme, Guerrero, 8000 ft. (Hl. H. Smith) ; July.

Easily distinguished from ichneumonoides by the absence
of black markings, by the smooth front, the much shorter
clypeus, and the almost obsolete emargination of the eyes ;
from reversus by the very different form of the third cubital
cell, by the absence of a carina on the clypeus, and by the
shorter and broader first abdominal segment.

4. Irenangelus tenuatus, Turn.
Ceropales tenuatus, Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 840 (1910). 2.

Hab. Kuranda, Queensland. .

This species must be included in the genus, though differing
in the very long third cubital cell, which is twice as long on
the radius as the second, and in the absence of a raised space
above the base of the antenne. As in the other species, the
pronotum does not reach the tegule. The neuration is very
similar to that of the genus Xanthampulea, but the frontal
prominence is absent. This prominence is much more deve-
loped in Xanthampulex than in Lrenangelus, and, on the
whole, I think tenwatus is best placed in the latter genus.

I agree with Diicke in considering this genus as allied to
Ceropales. I have previously expressed my opinion that
Xanthampulex should be placed near that genus.

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 399
The species to be included in Xanthampulex are :—

1. Xanthampulex trifur, Schulz.
Xanthampulex trifur, Schulz, Spolia Hymenopterologica, p. 184 (1906).
Qs.

Hab. Celebes.

2. Xanthampulex perniz, Bingh.

Ceropales perniz, Bingh, Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc., Zool, xxv. p. 425
(1896). 3. :

Xanthampulex vernix, Turn, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) x. p. 361
(1912).

Hab. 'Tenasserim ; Singapore.

3. Xanthampulex albovariegata, Cam.
Ceropales albovariegata, Cam. Mem. Manchester Lit. & Phil. Soe. xli.
p. 84 (1896).
Xanthampulex albovariegata, Turn. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) x.
p- 362 (1912).

Fab. Ceylon.

4A. Xanthampulex claripennis, Cam.

Ceropales claripennis, Cam. Mem. Manchester Lit. & Phil. Soe. (4) iv.
p. 433 (1891).

Hab. Western India.

E/pipompilus delicatus, sp. n.
Pseudagenia delicata, Cam. MS,

2. Nigra; thorace, segmento mediano, pedibusque rufo-ferrugineis;
scapo, segmento dorsali secundo macula parva utrinque femori-
busque posticis macula basali pallide flavis; flagello pallide
brunneo, apice infuscato; segmento dorsali primo macula basali,
secundo dimidio basali, quarto apice, quinto sextoque brunneo-
ferrugineis ; alis hyalinis, fusco late bifasciatis, venis fuscis.

Long. 6 mm.

?. Head opaque, with short cinereous pubescence, a
distinct frontal sulcus reaching the anterior ocellus. Head
somewhat flattened, as in aztecus, Cress., the palpi long and
slender. Pronotum not more than half as long as the meso-
notum, the anterior margin straight, the hind margin broadly
and shallowly arcuate, the sides parallel. Median segment
convex, narrowed towards the apex, not truncate. Abdomen

360 Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on

smooth and shining ; the first segment broadened from the
base, a little longer than the apical breadth; second segment
much broader than long. Second abscissa of the radius a
little longer than the first, a little more than half as long as
the third. Cubitella originating far beyond the nervellus.
Fore tarsi and hind tibie unarmed.

Hab. Bugaba, Panama (Champion).

This is very similar to E. aztecus, Cress., but is a smaller
species, somewhat differently coloured, and with a much
shorter pronotum.

Epipompilus aztecus, Cress.
Ferreola azteca, Cress. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. xii. p. 376 (1869).

Epipompilus maximiliani, Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxiy.
p. 57 (1884). 9.

Hab. Mexico.

XLIII.—Records of some British Symphyla.
By Ricwarp 8. Baenatt, F.LS.

Or the fourteen species of Symphyla now known to occur
in the British Isles there is a paucity of records of seven
species, viz., Neoscutigerella hanseni (Bagn.) ; Symphyleila
dunelmensis (Bagn.); S. jacksont (Bagn.); S. isabelle
(Grassi) ; S. horrida (Bagn.) ; S. minutissima (Bagn.), and
Scolopendrella notacantha, Gervais.

Some little while ago I found the opportunity of working
through several tubes of material and the following records,
which extend the range of most of the above species, are
taken from the notes ] then made. My thanks are due to
the several correspondents named in brackets against the
records.

Scutigerella immaculata (Newp.).

Norra Watess, Llandudno, July 1909 (S. Hirst) ; Yorks,
Ravenscar, R. S. B.

Scutigerella spinipes, Bagn.
Portlane, 1 (A. Randell Jackson); Yorks, Ravenscar, 2,

R. S. B.; Malvern (North Hill), 1 mutilated example,
April 1909 (S. Hirst).

some British Symphyla. 361

Scutigerella biscutata, Bagn.
Yorks, Ravenscar, 2, R. S. B.

Symphylella jacksoni (Bagn.).

- S. Wares, Swansea, single examples dated 2. vil.14 and
28. vi. 15 (P. A. Buxton).

Previously only known from examples taken by Dr. A.
Randell Jackson (in plenty) from the Flintshire side of the
Dee Estuary at Queensferry.

Symphylella dunelmensis (Bagn.).

NortHuMBERLAND, Corbridge, 2 only, and Duruam,
Penshaw Hill, several, R. S. B.

Previously only known from County Durham, where it
occurred in numbers at Gibside.

Symphylella isabelle (Grassi).

NortHuMBERLAND, Bamburgh, a few only, June 13, 1917,

BR S.B,
Only a single example from Penshaw, County Durham,

previously known.

Symphylella horrida (Bagn.).
S. Watzs, Swansea, 1 immature example, 28. vi. 15 (P. A.

Buzton).
Previously known from the Durham Coast near Hartlepool.

| Symphylella vulgaris (Hansen).
Devon, Petit Tor Bay near Babbacombe, 1 example
(S. Hirst).
Symphylella minutissima (Bagn.).
Scorianp, Edinburgh, Sept. 1912 (W. Evans and R. 8S. B.);
NorraumeBertann, Whitley Bay, 1 immature example, and

Yorks, Whitby, 1 ifimature example, R..S. B.
Previously known from two examples taken at Barnard

Castle, Co. Durham.

Scolopendrellopsis subnuda (Hansen).
Cuzsuire, Chester, an undoubted example (A. Randell
Jackson), the only record from Cheshire being that of a
doubtful immature example from the same source.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 24

362 On a new Rat from the Upper Nile.

Of the known British species Hanseniella caldaria (Hansen)
is a “hot-house” species; Scutigerella immaculata, 8. bi-
scutata, S. spinipes, and Symphelella vulgaris are more or less
common and of wide distribution, whilst Symphelella delica-
tula and Scolopendrellopsis subnuda are also widely distributed
but much more local. 8S. subnuda, on account of its minute
size, may easily be overlooked (and S. minutissima also)?
All of these seven species should be met with in one season
by anyone wishing to collect and study the group.

XLIV.—A new Rat of the Genus Mylomys from the
Upper Nile. By Oxprirtp Tuomas.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Amone some Mammalia collected by Major Cuthbert Christy
during his recent expedition to the Bahr-el-Ghazal, and
presented by him to tle National Museum, there occur two
specimens of a new Mylomys, which may be called .

Mylomys christyi, sp. n.

Size comparatively small. Under surface white, as in the
large species M. alberti.

Size rather smaller than in M. cuninghamei, the smallest
of the described species. Colour above strongly lined pale
buffy and black with ochraceous rump, the general effect
paler than in lutescens and less ochraceous than in alberti.
Sides more creamy buff. Under surface white, the hairs
white to their roots in the type, but with a little pale slaty
at the bases of the hairs in the paratype, which is, however,
rathcrimmature. Sides of nose, a line above eye, and back
of ears ochraceous. Hands and feet grizzled yellow. Tail
well-haired, dark brown above, buffy yellow on sides and
below.

Skull rather smaller than that of M. cuninghamei, but
similar in general form. Palatal foramina comparatively
narrow, not widely open as inlufescens. Bulle rather small.
Molars larger than those of cuninghamei, but not equalling
those of lutescens.

Dimensions of the type (measured by the collector in the
flesh) :—

Head and body 135 mm.; tail 140; hind foot 34;
ear 19,

On new Fishes from Lake Tanganyika. 363

Skull: greatest length 33:5 ; condylo-incisive length 31°6 ;
zygomatic breadth 16°4; nasals 13°2; interorbital breadth
4°5; palatal foramina 7°1x2°1; upper molar series 7°3;
breadth of m? 2°5.

Hab. Mt. Baginzi, Bahr-el-Ghazal. Alt. 3500’.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 17.10.4.17. Original
number 29. Collected March 1916, and presented by Major
Cuthbert Christy, R.A.M.C. Two specimens.

Mylomys cuninghamei of British East Africa and M. lutes-
cens of Uganda have the belly hairs broadly plumbeous
basally. M. alberti of the Upper Welle is conspicuously
larger than M. christyi, the skull 38°5 mm. in length.
“ Pelomys”’ roosevelti, Heller, which is clearly a Mylomys,
I do not know, but its molars are said to be 8°5 mm. in
length.

XLV.—Descriptions of new Fishes from Lake Tanganyika
forming Part of the Collection made by the late Dr. L.
Stappers for the Belgian Government. By G. A. BoULENGER,
F.R.S.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

A report on the large collection of Fishes made by Dr. L.
Stappers* in Lake Tanganyika and other parts of the
Belgian Congo was in preparation when the war broke out,
and only the greater part of the diagnoses of the new species
have so far been published in Brussels f. I now propose,
after this long delay, to give short descriptions of the
remainder, so as to render the whole series available for
reference.

Alestes vittatus.

Depth of body 34 to 32 times in total length, length of
head 4 to 44 times. Head twice as long as broad, a little
longer than deep ; snout as long as eye, which is 3 times in

* On his return to Europe, hastened by the outbreak of the war,
Dr. Stappers joined the Medical Service of the Belgian Army; he died
in hospital at Calais on Dec. 30,1916. The death of this promising
young zoologist is a great loss to Science.

+ Rey. Zool. Afr. iii. 1914, pp. 442-447, and iv. 1916, pp. 162-170.
The Acanthopterygii and Opisthomi are included in the British Museum
Catalogue of African Fishes. ¢

24

364 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

length of head; adipose eyelid feebly developed ; inter-
orbital width 24 to 22 times in length of head. Gill-rakers
thin and rather short, 12 or 13 on lower part of anterior
arch. Dorsal IL 8, originating above inner ray of ventral,
at equal distance from end of snout and from caudal; -
longest ray nearly as long as head. Anal III 15-16.
Pectoral not reaching ventral. Caudal peduncle a little

longer than deep. Scales 23-24 a 2 between lateral line

and ventral. Silvery; a blackish lateral band, widening
from the gill-cover to below the dorsal.

Total length 80 mm.

Lufuko River at Pala.

Near A. kingsleye, Gthr., but dorsal a little further back,
fewer gill-rakers, and lateral band complete.

Varicorhinus stappersii.

Depth of body 33 to 32 times in total length, length of
head 435 to 5 times. Snout rounded, broader than long,
2 length of head; eye supero-lateral, 5 times in length of
head, 2 to 24 times in interorbital width; mouth very feebly
curved, its width 4 length of head ; 2 barbels on each side,
anterior as long as eye, posterior 14 as Jong. Dorsal II] 9,
equally distant from centre of eye and from caudal; last —
simple ray strong, bony, not serrated, its stiff portion
measuring a little more than 4, or nearly 3, length of head.
Anal II 5. Pectoral not reaching ventral, which is inserted
below anterior rays of dorsal. Caudal peduncle 12 to nearly
2 times as long as deep. Scales 30-31 2, 24 between lateral
line and ventral, 12 round caudal peduncle. Brown above,
whitish beneath, the demarcation line passing through the
middle of the series of scales below the lateral line,

Total length 300 mm.

Lufuko River at Nganza.

Near V. drucii, Blgr., but mouth wider and barbels longer.

Barbus teniopleura.

Depth of body 34 to 32 times in total length, length of
head 4 to 44 times. Snout rounded, as long as eye, which
is 34 to 34 times in length of head; interorbital width 24
times in length of head ; mouth small, subinferior; lips
feebly developed ; 2 barbels on each side, anterior 14 to 12
times diameter of eye, posterior 1} to 2 times. Dorsal
III 8, equally distant from centre of eye and from caudal,
border very feebly notched, last simple ray flexible, as long

Fishes from Lake Tanganyika. 365

as head. Anal IIT 5, not reaching caudal. Pectoral as
long as head or a little shorter, not reaching ventral,
which jis inserted below anterior rays of dorsal. Caudal
peduncle 12 to 2 times as long) as deep. Scales with
numerous radiating striz, 27-29 = zy» 2x between lateral line
and ventral, 12 round caudal pea tues Brownish above,
yellow beneath ; a narrow blackish lateral band from the
gill-cover to the root of the caudal ; fins whitish.

Total length 80 mm.

Kasarala brook at Gongwe.

Near B. chlorotenia, Blgr., but caudal peduncle more
elongate.

Barbus urostigma.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 33 to 32 times in
total length. Snout rounded, as long as eye, * which is 34 to
33 times in length of head ; interorbital width 24 times
in length of head; mouth small, subinferior ; lips feebly
developed ; 2 barbels on each side, anterior as long as eye
or a little longer, posterior 14 to 13 times its length (barbels
shorter in the young). Dorsal III 7, equally distant from
centre or posterior border of eye and from caudal, border
straight or slightly convex; last simple ray flexible, as long
as head or a little shorter. Anal III 5, not reaching caudal.
Pectoral 2 to ? length of head, not reaching ventral, which
is inserted below anterior rays of dorsal. Caudal peduncle
14 to 2 times as near as deep. Scales with numerous
radiating striae, 25-30 7, 24-3 between lateral line and
ventral, 12 round nihauy peduncle. Brown above, whitish
beneath, the scales on the side often edged with dark brown,
or blackish at the base; a round black spot at base of
caudal ; fins whitish.

Total length 70 mm.

Brooks at Mazonde, Kibudwe, and Gongwe.

Distinguished from the preceding by the shape of the
dorsal, with-7 branched rays instead of 8, and by the
absence of the blackish lateral band.

Barbus lufukiensis.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 3$ to 32 times in
total length. Snout rounded, as long as eye, which is 3 to
3% times in length of head; interorbital width 24 to 22
fimesy in length of head ; mouth small, subinferior ; lips
feebly developed ; 2 barbels on each side, anterior hardly

366 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

3 length of eye, posterior 3 (less still in the young). Dorsal
III 7, equally distant from eye and from caudal, with
concave border; last simple ray flexible, as long as head. ©
Anal II 5, not reaching caudal. Pectoral nearly % length of
head, not reaching ventral, which is inserted below anterior
rays of dorsal. Caudal peduncle 14 times as long as deep.
Scales with few radiating strie, 24-25 #4, 14 between lateral
line and ventral, 8 round caudal peduncle; the exposed part
of the scales of the lateral line nearly 3 times as deep as
long. Brownish, the scales on the side edged with dark
brown ; fins whitish.

Total length 110 mm.

Lufuko River at Pala.

Near B. congicus, Blgr., but dorsal with 7 branched rays
instead of 8.

Chrysichthys stappersit.

Depth of body 44 times in total length, length of head
33 times. Head much flattened, 14 times as long as broad,
rugose above; occipital process in contact with interneural
shield; snout broadly rounded, projecting very feebly
beyond mouth ; eye 6} times in length of head and 24 times
in interocular width ; width of mouth 13 times in length of
head ; band of premaxillary teeth curved, 7 times as long as
broad; vomero-pterygoid teeth in a long uninterrupted
band, very broad on the sides. Nasal barbel nearly as long
as eye, maxillary 14 times length of head, outer mandibular
% length of head. Gill-rakers moderately long, 10 on lower
part of anterior arch. Dorsal I 6, its distance from caudal
14 times its distance from end of snout ; spine striated, a
little less than half length of head ; second branched ray
longest, a little more than half length of head. Adipose
dorsal 3 times as long as deep, 14 times as long as rayed
dorsal, from which it is separated by a space a little greater
than its base. Anal IV 9. Pectoral spine 4 length of
head, strongly serrated on inner side. Caudal forked,
longest rays 34 times as long as median. Caudal peduncle
nearly twice as long as deep. Brown above, white beneath.

Total length 430 mm.

Kalewa Bay.

Near C, cranchii, Leach, but mandibular barbels longer,
adipose fin larger, caudal more deeply notched.

Fishes from Lake Tanganyika. 367

Chrysichthys grandis.

Depth of body 4 to 42 times in total length, length of
head 3 to 33 times. Head much flattened, as long as broad,
smooth ; occipital process in contact with interneural shield ;
snout broadly rounded, projecting very feebly beyond mouth;
eye 8} to 10 times in length of head and 32 to 5 times in
interocular width ; width of mouth 13 times in length of
head; band of premaxillary teeth feebly curved, 7$ to 8
times as long as broad; vomero-pterygoid teeth in a long
and rather broad band narrowly interrupted in the middle.
Nasal barbel 1} to 12 times diameter of eye, maxillary
barbel 4 to 2 length of head, outer mandibular}. Gill-
rakers moderately long, 11 or 12 on lower part of anterior
arch. Dorsal I 6, equally distant from end of snout and
from caudal; spine small, smooth, about + length of head.
Adipose dorsal twice as long as deep, as long as or a little
shorter than rayed dorsal, from which it is separated by a
space 24 to 3 times its length. Anal IV 8. Pectoral spine
4 to 4 length of head, feebly serrated on inner side. Caudal
notched, with rounded lobes, longest rays about twice as
long as median. Caudal peduncle hardly 14 times as long
as deep. Dark brown; belly white.

Total length 570 mm.

Kilewa Bay.

Near C. myriodon, Blgr., but head smooth, band of teeth
on the palate narrower on the sides, nasal barbel longer,
dorsal and pectoral spines shorter.

Synodontis dhonti.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 31 times in total
length. Head 14 times as long as broad, with strong
granular asperities between and behind the eyes; snout
obtusely pointed, a little longer than postocular part of head ;
eye supero-lateral, 95 times in length of head, 34 times in
interorbital width; lips moderately developed ; mandibular
teeth 4 diameter of eye, 20 in number, forming a transverse
series. Maxillary barbel not margined, nearly $ length of
head; mandibular barbels with few aud slender branches.
Nuchal shield tectiform and very rugose like the occiput, a
little longer than broad, with obtuse posterior processes.
Humeral process rugose, granular, not keeled, twice as long
as broad, rounded. Dorsal17 ; spine strong, finely striated,
serrated behind. Adipose dorsal low, 5 times as long as

368 On the Coleopterous Genus Euxestus.

deep, nearly twice as long as its distance from rayed dorsal.
Anal III 8, rounded. Pectoralspine strong, nearly ? length
of head, with strong serre on inner side only. Caudal
peduncle as long as deep. Brown above and beneath;
caudal yellowish, blackish on the outer rays.

Total length 360 mm.

Kilewa Bay.

Holds an isolated position in the genus, but perhaps nearer
to S. granulosus, Blgr., than to any other species.

Named after M. G. Dhont-De Bie, who accompanied
Dr. Stappers on his expedition.

XLVI.—A Note on the Coleopterous Genus Kuxestus.
By Giupert J. ARROW.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

IN a recent paper in this Magazine upon the African repre-
sentatives of the Erotylide (see p. 138 of the present
volume) I sank Motschulsky’s genus Z'ritomidea as a synonym
of the well-known and almost universally distributed
Jtuxestus. Although unable to decide with any degree of
certainty upon the status of the three species from Ceylon
and India placed by Motschulsky in Zrztomidea, I ventured
to express a belief that Z. translucida, the only one of
the three of which a formal description was given, would
prove to be identical with the widespread Huwestus parki,
Woll. At the time of writing, I had not examined the abun-
dant series of these insects collected in Ceylon by Mr. George
Lewis but, having since discovered these, [ have been able
to recognize two species which are evidently those called
Tritomidea translucida and basalis by Motschulsky, and of
these the second, and not the first, proves to be Huwestus
parki, while 7’. translucida is a well-marked species of the
same genus previously unknown to me. It is larger and
relatively broader than . parki and can generally be recog-
nized at once by the occurrence of three rather inconstant
blood-red patches placed in a triangle upon the elytra—one
at the base of each and the third upon the suture.

Motschulsky’s third form, Tritomidea oblonga (“from the
Indian continent ’’), is apparently very similar to the African
species I have named HLuxestus angustus.

On new Pyralidee of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 369

XLVII.—Descriptions of New Pyralide of the Subfamily
Pyraustine. By Sir Georee F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S.,
&e. |

PYRAUSTINZ.

(4a) Neurophyseta fulvistrigalis, sp. n.

6. Head, thorax, and abdomen silvery white, the last with
black band on 2nd segment; antennz fulvous; fore tibie and
tarsi blackish in front. Fore wing silvery white; the costa black
towards base; small subbasal black spots at costarand below the
eell; antemedial line black, oblique at costa and dilated into slight
spots below costa and at vein 1, interrupted below costa by a
fulvous yellow streak extending to the postmedial line; an oblique
black discoidal bar with whitish striga in centre; postmedial line
black, obliquely curved to vein 3 where there is a blackish spot
on its inner side, then strongly incurved, somewhat diffused and
waved below vein 2, a black line beyond it to vein 3, somewhat
divergent at costa and vein 3; the costa blackish towards apex;
a blackish line from apex somewhat incurved and rather strong
below apex, then slight and extending just before termen to vein 3.
Hind wing silvery white; a blackish postmedial line, sight and
excurved to vein 3, then stronger and excurved below vein 2.

Hab. Purv, Carabaya, Oconeque (Ochenden), 2 3 type. Exp.
22 mm.

(4c) Neurophyseta disciatralis, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen silvery white, the last with
dorsal black band on 2nd segment and bar on 3rd segment; fore
tibize black above, the tarsi tinged with cupreous brown towards
base. Fore wing silvery white; a black point at base of costa and
minute black spot on vein 1 near base; subbasal black striz on
and below costa with an orange bar between them; short ante-
medial black streaks on and below costa with an oblique pale
orange bar between them and a slight erect blackish line from
below them to vein 1; an elliptical black-brown discoidal spot
with some silvery white in centre, a diffused orange streak from
above it just below costa to the postmedial line, some diffused
black-brown and orange beyond it to the postmedial line and
a black-brown patch before the postmedial line from vein 5 to
below 8; postmedial line blackish, excurved to vein 3,° then
incurved, slight and slightly waved below vein 2, a blackish line
beyond it from costa to vein 2, somewhat divergent at costa and
vein 2; a black line from apex, incurved and with a faint orange
tinge beyond it below apex, then faint to vein 3. Hind wing

370 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

silvery white; a slight brown antemedial line from cell to inner

margin ; a slight postmedial line, rather inwardly oblique to vein 2,

then excurved ; a faint subterminal line from vein 6 to tornus.
Hab. Perv, Carabaya, Oconeque (Ockenden), 1 9 type. Exp.

22 mm.

(lla) Neurophyseta mesophealis, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and base of abdomen silvery white, the meta-
thorax with yellowish and blackish patch, the rest of abdomen
ochreous irrorated with black except towards extremity ; antenne

pale ochreous with slight blackish rings; pectus, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen white tinged with ochreous, the fore femora
and tibie suffused with black. Fore wing silvery white, the
medial area black-brown with an orange fascia below costa and
slight streak on vein 7, the terminal area with a black-brown patch
at middle; an orange and fulvous patch at base of costa; an
oblique and silvery whitish discoidal bar tinged with brown and
defined by black; postmedial line black-brown defined on inner
side by white and rather obliquely excurved to vein 3, then repre-
sented by the oblique edge of the dark medial area; a fine dark
brown line from apex, slightly incurved and with some gold beyond
it just below apex, then slight to vein 2 just before termen; cilia
dark brown between veins 5 and 2. Hind wing silvery white; a
slight brownish discoidal lunule ; postmedial line indistinct,
brownish, excurved to vein 3 and below vein 2, with a dark streak
before it on vein 1 with some brownish suffusion above it; a slight
brown terminal line; cilia with some reddish brown mixed.

Hab. Perv, San Domingo (Ockenden),1d type. Hap. 16mm.

(126) Neurophyseta fulvilinealis, sp. n.

@. Head and thorax silvery white; abdomen white tinged with
brownish ochreous. Fore wing silvery white; a patch of pale
fulvous yellow suffusion on costa near base ; antemedial line faint,
pale fulvous yéllow, curved; an oblique white discoidal lunule
defined by black, obsolescent below, some pale fulvous yellow above
it on costa and short streaks beyond it on veins 7, 6; postmedial
line pale fulvous yellow, straight and erect to vein 3 with traces of
a brownish line beyond it, then rather diffused, retracted to lower
angle of cell and erect to inner margin; a fine black line from
apex, slightly incurved and with some fulvous yellow beyond it
below apex, then very faint to vein 2 just before termen. Hind
wing silvery white; curved fulvous yellow ante- and postmedial
lines and a faint subterminal line; a slight brown striga from
costa before apex with some yellow beyond it and the termen
yellowish towards tornus.

Hab. Cotompta, Choko Province, Condoto (Spur vrell), 1 2 type.
Exp. 16 mm.

i i

Pyralide of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 371

(146) Neurophyseta flavirufalis, sp. n.

. Head and thorax orange, the patagia with rufous patch near
base ; abdomen orange-yellow suffused with rufous except towards
base; antenne orange-yellow with slight blackish rings; palpi
irrorated with rufous; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen
orange-yellow, the fore femora and fore and mid tibie suffused
with black. Fore wing orange; a small red-brown spot at base of
costa ; a broad diffused deep rufous antemedial band from costa to
above inner margin; two rather diffused rufous lines from middle
of costa, then a deep rufous band, sinuous to vein 1, then bent
inwards; a dark brown discoidal lunule; a broad rufous shade
before the postmedial line, almost confluent with the medial band
below the cell, the line orange defined on outer side by rufous
patches at middle and on inner area, slightly ineurved at discal
fold, excurved to vein 3, then strongly incurved and angled out-
wards at vein 1, some red-brown beyond it on costa; subterminal
line dark red-brown, excurved at discal fold and interrupted in
submedian interspace, some rufous suffusion beyond it except at
discal and submedian folds; cilia white, dark brown except at base
towards apex and tornus and between veins 5 and 2. Hind wing
silvery white with some rufous and yellowish on terminal area at
vein 2.

Hab. Puru, Carabaya, Oconeque (Ochenden), 1 2 type. Hap.

24 mm.

(3) Catapsephis subterminalis, sp. un.

3. Head and tegule black-brown with a small white spot on
vertex of head; thorax and abdomen silvery white, the latter with
black-brown band on 2nd segment; antennz white except the
basal joint; palpi black with some white on 2nd joint in front and
at extremity of 8rd joint; maxillary palpi ringed black and white ;
pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen silvery white, the
fore coxee and femora in front and tibize below black-brown. Fore
wing silvery white; a small subbasal black spot on costa; a red-
brown point at middle of costa; reniform defined by black except
above ; a patch of reddish-brown suffusion beyond the cell between
veins 7 and 3; postmedial line brown defined on outer side by
white, straight and erect to vein 5, excurved to vein 3, then pale
red-brown and retracted to below end of cell and oblique and
sinuous to inner margin, a broad dark reddish brown band beyond
it, narrowing to the costa; subterminal line black-brown, arising
from apex, incurved and with a dark brown spot on its outer side
below apex, then excurved and interrupted by brown fasciz from the
broad band between veins 5 and 3 and at vein 2; cilia with a
forked black-brown mark at apex and black spots at veins 4 and 2.
Hind wing silvery white; a black discoidal spot; a broad reddish-

372 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

brown postmedial band from costa to vein 2, then narrow, faint,
and yellow-brown and incurved to termen at vein 1, emitting
fascize to the termen and cilia between veins 5 and 3 and at vein 2;
subterminal line black, interrupted at the fasciz and incurved
between them, then sinuous and ending at submedian fold; cilia
with a forked dark reddish-brown mark below apex.

Hab. New Georgia (Meek), 1 3 type. Hap. 16 mm.

(4) Catapsephis flavizonalis, sp. n.

@. Head and shoulders black-brown with a white patch on
vertex of head; thorax white; abdomen orange-yellow at base,
then white tinged with brown; antenne white; frons with white
spot; palpi black with some white on 2nd joint in front and at
base and extremity of 3rd joint; maxillary palpi black ringed with
white; pectus and legs pale orange-yellow, the fore tibiz and the
tarsi white. Fore wing silvery white; a small dark brown and
orange-yellow spot on costa near base; an oblique orange-yellow
antemedial band from below costa to inner margin; a black point
at middle of costa with orange-yellow line from it to inner margin ;
black striz on each side of discocellulars; a broad orange-yellow
band beyond the cell, arising at vein 7 and bent inwards along
median nervure to the medial line with which it is confluent to
inner margin; a small black postmedial spot on costa and a line*
defining the outer edge of the orange band from vein 6 to sub-
median fold with a small white spot on its inner side at discal fold ;
the postmedial area with a broad black-brown band arising at
vein 6 and with some orange-yellow above it below the costa,
confluent with the postmedial line at middle and incurved below
vein 3; a black subterminal line, arising from apex, incurved below
apex and emitting a streak to the cilia, then incurved, with a dark
patch on its outer side at middle emitting fasciw to the cilia at
veins 4,3, 2. Hind wing silvery white; a narrow orange-yellow
antemedial band; a black discoidal bar; a broad orange-yellow
postmedial band, its outer edge excurved beyond the cell; an
orange-yellow subterminal band irrorated with fuscous on costal
half, its edges slightly sinuous, incurved below vein 3 and ending
on termen at vein 1; a black line before termen, slightly angled
outwards at vein 8 and ending at submedian fold, dark patches
beyond it below apex and at middle, the former emitting a streak
to the cilia and the latter two, some yellow beyond it at vein 2
with a small black spot on the cilia.

Hab. Dutcu N. Gurnza, Snow Mts., Up. Setekwa R. (Meek),
1 9 type. Hep. 16 mm.

(5) Catapsephis leucomelena, sp. n.

do. Head and neck black-brown mixed with some white; thorax
and abdomen silvery white, the latter with black band on 2nd

Pyralidee of the Subfamily Pyraustinee. 373

segment ; antennz white except the basal joint; palpi black-brown -
with some white in front of 2nd joint and at extremity of 3rd
joint ; maxillary palpi banded black-brown and white ; legs tinged
with red-brown, the fore femora towards extremity and tibie below
black-brown. Fore wing silvery white; a black-brown subbasal
spot on costa, point at middle of costa and postmedial striga from
costa; reniform defined by black-brown except above; the area
beyond the cell blackish with a red-brown tinge except the costal
area to beyond the postmedial striga, its inner edge sinuous; a
black-brown terminal line except between veins 4 and 2, dilated
into a patch below apex and defined on inner side by white towards
apex and at discal and submedian folds; cilia white with black-
brown patches at apex and middle and fascie at veins 6 and 2.
Hind wing silvery white; a small black discoidal spot; a broad
blackish subterminal band tinged with red-brown from costa to
vein 2, emitting a patch to the termen and cilia at middle and
streak at vein 2; a black terminal line except towards tornus,
interrupted at the patch and streak and defined on inner side by
white except at those points; cilia with a forked black-brown
patch at apex.

Hab. Sotomon Is., Choiseul I. (Meek), 1 $ type. Hap.

20 mm.

(2b) Sufetula brunnealis, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark red-brown slightly mixed
with whitish ; palpi with the 3rd joint white with black ring near
tips; maxillary palpi white at tips; pectus, legs, and ventral
surface of abdomen white suffused with red-brown, the fore legs
darker brown, the tarsi ringed with white. Fore wing dark red-
brown; antemedial line black defined on inner side by white,
slightly angled outwards below costa and at submedian fold; the
medial part of costa with alternating white and black-brown
points ; a white <dliscoidal bar defined on inner side by black; post-
medial line white, defined on outer side by blackish towards costa
and arising from costa towards apex, rather oblique to vein 5, then
very inwardly oblique, sinuous and incurved at vein 2; cilia black
at base, white at tips. Hind wing dark reddish brown; a curved
whitish medial line from discal fold to inner margin near tornus ;
subterminal line white defined on inner side by black-brown,
sinuous, excurved at middle and submedian fold and ending on
termen at vein 1; a terminal series of small black spots; cilia
white at base, black-brown at tips.

Hab. Putirerryes, Manila (Ledyard), 19 type. Exp.18mm.

(7 a) Massepha grisealis, sp. n.

¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen glossy grey-brown; antennze
whitish ringed with brown; frons white, brown at sides; palpi

374 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

brown, the base and 8rd joint white; pectus and legs white
suffused with brown; ventral surface of abdomen banded white
and brown. Fore wing narrow, glossy grey-brown; traces of an
antemedial brown line; a dark brown discoidal bar with whitish patch
beyond it; a small postmedial black spot on costa with some
whitish before and beyond it, then traces of a brown postmedial
line excurved beyond the cell then incurved to origin of vein 2;
the costal edge dark towards apex; a fine dark terminal line and
pale line at base of cilia. Hind wing glossy grey-brown; a dark
discoidal bar and postmedial line from costa to vein 3; a fine
whitish line at base of cilia followed by a dark line.

Hab. Gotd Coast, Bibianaha ((Spurrell), 1 g, Kumasi
(Sanders),1 3 type. Exp. 18 mm.

Genus ENTEPHRIA.
Entephria, Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 428, nec Hiibn. Verz. p.331 (1827),

will stand as
Pycnarmon, Led. Wien. Ent. Mon. 1863, p. 442.
Type, jaguaralis.

(5c) Pyenarmon dialithalis, sp. n.

Q. Head, thorax, and abdomen yellow sparsely irrorated with
red; palpi banded with red. Fore wing yellow suffused and
mottled with red and with traces of ante- and postmedial lines.
Hind wing yellow ; a diffused obliquely curved red band from costa
before middle to tornus; a diffused oblique red band from costa
beyond middle to termen at vein 1; a diffused terminal band from
apex to vein 2, angled inwards below costa; cilia yellow with a
red line near base. Underside of fore wing suffused with deep
red; a small black spot in cell towards extremity and small
discoidal lunule ; ante- and postmedial white patchts on costa; an
elongate wedge-shaped white mark from termen below vein 7,
extending at termen to below vein 6; a postmedial white band
from vein 5 to below 2 angled outwards to termen at vein 5 and
forming a rectangular mark; hind wing as above but with the
ground-colour white and the red bands deeper in colour.

Hab. Gotp Coast, Kumasi (Whiteside), 1 2 type. zp.
16 mm.

(6a) Pycnarmon peruvialis, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen white, the last with small subdorsal
black spots on 38rd segment, the penultimate segment orange-
yellow with small subdorsal black spots at base, and the claspers
and genital tufts orange-yellow; palpi with the 1st joint and base
of 2nd behind black; fore legs with black bands at extremities of

Pyralidee of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 375

femora and tibie. Fore wing silvery white; small black-brown
spots on costa at and near base, the latter followed by three or four
minute spots on costa; an antemedial black point in the cell and
discoidal striga, the latter with a slight black-brown annulus above
it on costa ; a faint brownish ochreous line from origin of vein 2 to
inner margin; a brownish ochreous shade beyond the cell; post-
medial line ochreous brown with two black-brown striz at costa,
straight and erect to vein 4, then obsolete to submedian fold and
oblique to inner margin; a black point at apex, elliptical brownish
ochreous patch on termen from apex to below vein 4 and black striga
before termen at vein 3; cilia tinged with ochreous brown except
at base. Hind wing silvery white; a black discoidal bar; post-
medial line with black spot at costa, then brownish ochreous,
straight to vein 4 where it is bent inwards and obsolescent, then
sinuous to inner margin; a blackish striga on vein 3 before termen ;
a slight ochreous brown terminal line.

Ab. 1. Fore wing with the basal and subbasal black spots on
costa more developed but without the minute spots beyond the
latter, a minute spot above inner margin near base, the discoidal
mark an elliptical spot without the ochreous shade beyond it, the
ochreous postmedial line diffused, the patch on termen not ex-
tending helow vein 6; hind wing with black discoidal spot.

Ab. 2. Palpi with black band at extremity of 2nd joint; abdomen -
without the black spots; fore wing without the minute black spots
beyond the subbasal spot on costa, the spot in cell and discoidal
spot ochreous brown, no ochreous shade beyond the cell.

Hab. Perv, Yahuarmayo, 2 ¢ type, San Domingo (Ockenden),
3 5,1 9, La Oroya (Ockenden),1 9. Exp. 22-26 mm.

(17 b) Pyenarmon diffusalis, sp. n.

3g. Head and thorax white, the tegul dorsally and patagia at
base with blaek-brown spots glossed with cupreous; abdomen
white with diffused cupreous brown bands; pectus, legs, and ventral
surface of abdomen white, the fore legs tinged with cupreous
brown, the tibiz darker. Fore wing silvery white; black-brown
spots below costa at base and before middle and a subbasal spot
below the cell conjoined to a spot above inner margin; a black-
brown spot in end of cell and spot below origin of vein 2; diffused
dark cupreous brown postmedial patches below costa and beyond the
cell, a patch beyond lower angle of cell between veins 5 and 2 and
an elongate patch on inner area conjoined to the spot below vein 2;
a black-brown spot below costa beyond the postmedial patches with
an oblique dark cupreous brown patch from below it at vein 7 to °
medial part of termen with a band from it to tornus; cilia dark
cupreous brown from vein 4 to tornus. Hind wing white tinged
with cupreous brown except the cell and basal costal area.

Hab. Br. C. Arnica, Mt. Mlange (Neave), 2 ¢ type. Hxp.
14-16 mm.

376 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

(3a) Tabidia fuscifusalis, sp. n.

Antenne of male with long cilia; fore wing with tuft of long
hair from inner margin near base ; hind wing on upperside with
some rough scaling in the cell and long hairs in the folds, the
underside clothed w “ith rough hair.

¢@. Head, thorax, and ‘abdomen whitish suffused with reddish
brown; antennz fuscous brown; palpi,” pectus, legs, and ventral
surface of abdomen white tinged with reddish brown. Fore wing
white with a brownish tinge ; “the costal edge fuscous towards base
and with dark subbasal and antemedial bars from costa, the basal
area suffused with dark reddish brown below subcostal nervure; a
black spot in middle of cell and elliptical discoidal spot; a broad
rather diffused black-brown band beyond the cell, interrupted by a
forked whitish streak on veins 5, 4 and oblique below vein 4, its
outer edge conjoined to a black-brown subterminal spot between
veins 5 and 3; a black-brown terminal line except at apex. Hind
wing whitish suffused with reddish brown, the terminal area broadly
black-brown, the costal area whitish towards base; an oblique
black-brown discoidal bar; cilia white.

Hab. Cryton, Ratnapura (Mackwood), 1 g type. Exp.

22 mm.

(6a) Agrotera rufitinctalis, sp. n.

9. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish suffused with rufous;
pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with
rufous, the fore tarsi black at extremities. Fore wing whitish
suffused with pale red-brown with a cupreous gloss; the basal area
whiter with some slight pale fiery red marks on it; antemedial line
black, somewhat oblique and sinuous, a small black spot just beyond
it in the cell and black discoidal bar; postmedial line black-brown,
recurved below costa, slightly incur ved at discal fold, bent inwards
below vein 3 and excurved at submedian fold, the area beyond it
suffused with dark brown except towards costa; a black terminal
line ; cilia white, black-brown at apex, middle, aid tornus. Hind
wing white, the area from lower angle of cell to termen at apex and
vein 2 suffused with pale red-brown with a cupreous gloss; an
oblique blackish discoidal bar and oblique bar below origin of
vein 2; postmedial line blackish, slightly incurved at discal fold,
then oblique to vein 2 on which it is retracted, then excurved to
above tornus; a black terminal line; cilia white, black at tips to
vein 2.

Hab. Br. C. Arrtca, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 1 2 type. Exp.
24 mm.

(1lc) Desmia albitarsalis, sp. n.

6. Head, thorax, and abdomen black-brown with a slight
leaden gloss; palpi with the basal joint and the throat white;

Pyralide of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 377

coxe with white patches; tarsi white, the fore tarsi brown at
extremities, the mid and hind tarsi with the basal joint brown ;
ventral surface of abdomen with the basal segments white. Fore
wing black-brown with a cupreous gloss; a round white spot in
middle of cell and conjoined rather elliptical spots in and below the
cell before extremity ; a postmedial series of five small conjoined
white spots between veins 8 and 3, incurved below vein 7; cilia
whitish and brown with a black line near base. Hind wing black-
brown with a cupreous tinge; a white discoidal bar; cilia whitish
and brown with a black line near base.

Hab. Vuxezvuntsa, Esteban Valley, Las Quiguas, 1 ¢ type.
Exp. 22 mm.

(13a) Pagyda retractilinea, sp. n.

2. Head, thorax, and abdomen white ; palpi tinged with golden
brown except in front. Fore wing white, the costal and terminal
areas with a faint ochreous tinge; a curved yellow-brown ante-
medial line; a slight brown mark in middle of cell and discoidal
bar ; postmedial line yellow-brown, rather oblique to vein 5, then
erect to below vein 3, then retracted to lower angle of cell and
rather oblique to inner margin; a curved rather indistinct and
diffused yellow-brown subterminal line, somewhat dentate between
veins 6 and 2; a fine yellow-brown terminal line. Hind wing
white, the terminal area with a faint ochreous tinge; postmedial
line yellow-brown, straight and erect to below vein 3, then re-
traeted to lower angle of cell and rather oblique to inner margin;
a curved yellow-brown subterminal line, incurved at vein 3 to the
angle of the postmedial line and ending at tornus; a fine yellow-
brown terminal line except towards tornus; cilia tinged with
yellow except at tips.

Hab. Br. EH. Arnica; Nairobi (Anderson), 1 2 type. Eup.
22 mm.

(18a) Pagyda atriplagiata, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous white; the tegule
dorsally and patagia at base with black-brown spots, the patagia at
extremities black-brown and the dorsum of thorax suffused with
black-brown; abdomen dorsally suffused with black on medial
segments and at extremity ; palpi with the 2nd joint black-brown
behind ; fore tibize with black bands at extremity and the tarsi
ringed with black. Fore wing ochreous yellow; a’ rather broad
black-brown band near base and almost medial band somewhat
dilated above inner margin ; a black-brown discoidal bar; a wedge-
shaped postmedial black-brown patch from costa to discal fold and
a rather conical patch from vein 4 to inner margin near tornus; a
rather elliptical black-brown band from apex to vein 4 before
termen ; a fine black terminal line from apex to vein 6; cilia brown
except at base towards apex. Hind wing ochreous white; a black

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. Xx, 25

378 Sir G. F. Hampson on new _

point on upper discocellular and small spot above middle of inner
margin ; a postinedial dark striga between veins 6 and 5; a black
subterminal line between veins 7 and 4 and a rather oblique band
from vein 3 to submedian fold; cilia yellow at base, silvery white
at tips.

2. Abdomen without the black patches; fore wing with the
medial band conjoined to the discoidal bar; hind wing without the
dark postmedial striga.

Hab. Br. N. Guinea, Kumusi R. (Meek), 1 dg, 1 Q type.
Ep. 20 mm.

(3a) Marasmia euryterminalis, sp. u.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen glossy red-brown, the last with
small subdorsal black spots on penultimate segment and subdorsal
- white fasciz on anal segment; antennz whitish ringed with dark

brown; frons with white lines at sides; palpi white at base;
pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with
red-brown, the fore tibize dark cupreous brown. Fore wing glossy
red-brown slightly irorated with dark brown; a blackish ante-—
medial line from cell to inner margin; the medial part of costa
with series of black points with whitish between them; postmedial
line blackish defined on outer side by whitish, broadly below the
cell, dilated into a’ small spot at costa, inwardly oblique to vein 4,
then retracted to lower angle of cell and again oblique to inner
margin; the terminal area broadly darker brown; a slight dark
terminal line ; cilia ochreous white with a black line near base.
Hind wing with the basal half white tinged with reddish brown; a
blackish discoidal bar; postmedial line black-brown rather broadly
defined on outer side by white,.rather oblique to vein 3, then
retracted to below angle of cell and oblique to inner margin near
tornus, a dark brown shade beyond it shading to paler reddish brown
at termen ; a slight dark terminal line and blackish mark at tornus ;
cilia ochreous white with a blackish line near base.

Q. Fore wing with black discoidal bar.

Hab. Formosa, Kanshirei (Wileman), 1 9; Assam, Khasis,
1 3 type. Hap. 20 mm.

(9a) Marasmia brunneofusalis, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen reddish brown mixed with some
whitish ; palpi white towards base ; pectus, legs, and ventral sur-
face of abdomen white, the legs tinged with red-brown. Fore wing
whitish suffused with red-brown to the postmedial line, the costal
area red-brown, the terminal area brown tinged with grey; a curved
blackish antemedial line rather broadly defined on inner side by
whitish except at costa; postmedial line blackish rather broadly
defined on outer side by whitish narrowing at costa, forming a
minute black spot at costa, slightly ineurved to vein 5, excurved to
below vein 3, then retracted to lower angle of cell and erect to inner

-

Pyralida of the Subfamity big EE 3879

margin, the whitish beyond it with a slight curved dace shade on
its outer edge from below costa to below vein 3; cilia white tinged
with brown and with dark brown line near base. Hind wing
whitish, the terminal area brown tinged with grey; an oblique
black-brown discoidal bar with oblique line from it to inner margin
near tornus; a black-brown postmedial line from costa to just
below vein 3; the terminal area defined on inner side by a rather
diffused darker line, bent inwards at vein 3 to the postmedial line ;
a dark terminal line; cilia ochreous white with a dark brown line
near base.

Hab. Br. C. Arnica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 5 Q type. Exp.
18-22 mm.

(4c) Syngamia lophoceralis, sp. n.

¢. Head whitish and red-brown, the antennze brownish white
with the tufts glossy black-brown, the palpi reddish brown, white
towards base; thorax red-brown with a greyish tinge; abdomen
whitish suffused with red-brown ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface
of abdomen white tinged with red-brown. Fore wing glossy
reddish brown mixed with some whitish and slightly irrorated with
darker brown; an indistinct curved dark antemedial line; an
oblique black discoidal bar ; postmedial line blackish, excurved and
dentate to vein 2, then retracted to below end of cell and excurved
in submedian interspace; a terminal series of slight dark spots ;
cilia white with a dark brown line at middle. Hind wing glossy
reddish brown mixed with some whitish and slightly irrorated with
darker brown; a small blackish discoidal spot; postmedial line
blackish defined on outer side by whitish, more distinctly on inner
area, excurved to vein 2, then retracted to below end of cell and
oblique,to inner margin near tornus; a blackish terminal line; cilia
with a yellowish line at base followed by a blackish line, the tips
white.

Hab. PERv, eda, 1 g type. Hxp. 22 mm.

(4 d) Syngamia melanolopha, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale neous brown, the last
with diffused black segmental lines and lateral streaks on anal
segment; antenne with the tufts black; palpi white at base;
pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with
red-brown, the fore tibiz dark brown at extremities. Fore wing
white tinged with neous brown, the terminal area zneous brown ;
two rather maculate blackish antemedial lines; a black discoidal
spot; postmedial line blackish defined on outer side by white,
excurved and minutely dentate to vein 2, then retracted to below
end of cell and rather oblique to inner margin; an indistinct dark
terminal line; cilia chequered zneous brown and white. Hind
wing white tinged with neous brown ; the terminal area eneous

380 | Sir G. F. Hampson on new

brown; a black mark at base and spot in middle of cell with
diffused oblique black line from it to inner margin; some diffused
black beyond the cell; postmedial line black, rather broadly
defined on outer side by white, slightly incurved to vein 2, then
retracted to its origin and oblique to inner margin near tornus; a
small black spot at tornus with some blackish suffusion above it;
a blackish terminal line; cilia white with a blackish line at
middle.

Hab. Ecvanor, Zamora, 1 ¢ type. Exp. 22 mm.

(5b) Syngamia pachyceralis, sp. nu.

Antenne of male with the basal joint long and somewhat dilated,
the shaft laminate towards base and with ridge of scales above
towards base.

Head and thorax reddish brown, the extremity of patagia and
metathorax white; abdomen white tinged with reddish brown;
antenne of male with the ridge of scales black; palpi white to-
wards base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white,
the legs faintly tinged with zneous brown. Fore wing pale
zeneous brown, the area below the cell from before the antemedial
to beyond the postmedial line white faintly tinged with brown;
some dark brown at base; a curved blackish antemedial line
forming a minute spot at costa; a black discoidal bar; postmedial
line blackish defined on outer side by white, forming a minute
black spot at costa, very minutely waved to vein 2, then retracted
to below end of cell and slightly angled outwards to vein 1; a
blackish terminal line; cilia whitish with a blackish line at middle.
Hind wing white to beyond the postmedial line, the terminal area
pale ochreous brown; a black discoidal point; postmedial line fine,
black, minutely waved between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to
below end of cell, excurved at submedian fold and oblique to inner
margin ; a dark terminal line and diffused blackish mark at tornus ;
cilia white with a dark line at middle.

Hab. Panama, Obispo, 1 d,1 92 type. ap. 20 mm.

(22a) Syngamia fuscicostalis, sp. n.

Head white with a fine black line behind, the antenne tinged
with ochreous, the frons and palpi black brown, the latter pure
white in front towards base; thorax and abdomen ochreous yellow,
the shoulders with black stripes, the 3rd segment of abdomen with
subdorsal black spots and the two terminal segments with dorsal
black-brown patches; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen
white suffused with ochreous, the fore femora brownish above, the
tibize and tarsi banded black and white, the mid femora and tibize
tinged with brown, the former white at extremity, the latter with
some black at base. Fore wing ochreous yellow, the costal area
fuscous black, the terminal area tinged with brown; traces of an

Pyralidee of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 381

antemedial line represented by some black scales, very oblique to
submedian fold; a small black spot in upper part of middle of cell
and discoidal striga expanding into a small triangular spot above ;
postmedial line black, minutely waved and excurved to vein 2
where it is bent inwards, then sinuous; some ochreous spots with
black between them on terminal part of costa; a terminal series
of black points. Hind wing ochreous yellow, the terminal area
broadly tinged with brown; some blackish scales on the disco-
eellulars; postmedial line black, oblique and slightly sinuous,
ending at tornus and with a slight fuscous tinge beyond it below
vein 2; a terminal series of black points ; cilia tinged with black
at tornus.

Hab. DutcH N. Guinea, Fak-fak (Pratt), 1 9; Br. N.
Guinea, Kumusi R. (Meek), 2 6,19 type. Hap. 20-22 mm.

(6b) Trithyris fulvirufalis, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen fulvous tinged with red, the
sides of frons and shoulders black; antennze ringed with black;
palpi black, white towards base and whitish at tips; pectus and
ventral surface of abdomen white; fore and mid legs black, the
fore tibize and tarsi banded with white, the mid tibiw white below,
the tarsi banded white and brown, the hind Jegs white tinged with
rufous. Fore wing fulvous tinged with red, the costa black-brown ;
a black point in middle of cell and the discocellulars defined on
each side by a black bar; postmedial line blackish towards costa,
then red, excurved from below costa to vein 8, then incurved ;
a terminal series of small black spots; cilia blackish tinged with
leaden grey. Hind wing fulvous tinged with red; an oblique red
discoidal bar ; postmedial line red, exeurved to vein 2, then rather
diffused ; a deep red terminal line with slight blackish spots on it;
cilia blackish glossed with leaden grey.

Hab. Peru, Chaquimayo (Watkins), 2 3 type. Exp. 24mm.

(3b) Pilocrocis gramptoceralis, sp. n.

Ceratoclasis infuscalis, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p, 244 (part.),
nec Guen.

Antennz of male angled at one-third from base, then excised
for a short distance with slight scale-teeth in the sinus.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown with a slight
reddish tinge; antennz with the contorted part blackish ; palpi
white at base ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white
tinged with red-brown. Fore wing dark brown with a sight
cupreous tinge; antemedial line blackish, oblique to submedian
fold; a minute black spot in upper half of middle of cell and
black discoidal bar; postmedial line blackish faintly defined on
outer side by whitish, oblique to vein 5, excurved to vein 3, then
retracted to lower angle of cell and erect to inner margin; a fine

382 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

whitish line at base of cilia. Hind wing dark brown with a slight
cupreous gloss; an oblique black discoidal striga ; postmedial line
dark faintly defined on outer side by whitish, excurved from
vein 5 to 3, then bent inwards to lower angle of cell and oblique
to inner margin; cilia white with a dark brown line near base.

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (Champion), 1 3 type, Godman-Salvin
Coll. Hap. 32 mm.

(5e) Pilocrocis fulvicolor, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen fulvous yellow; frons with white
bar; palpi red-brown, the Ist and 2nd joints white in front at
base, the 8rd white at base and above; pectus, legs, and ventral
surface of abdomen white, the fore femora and tibiz with blackish
bands at extremities. Fore wing fulvous yellow to beyond the
postmedial line, the costal and terminal areas suffused with dark
reddish brown; a brown antemedial line, arising at subcostal
nervure and oblique to median nervure; a dark brown point in
middle of cell and oblique discoidal bar; postmedial line dark
brown, slightly bent outwards and,minutely waved between veins
5 and 2, then retracted to below end of cell and excurved above
vein 1; cilia white with a dark line near base. Hind wing fulvous
yellow, the terminal area suffused with dark reddish brown,
narrowing to tornus; an oblique dark discoidal bar; postmedial
line dark brown, bent outwards and minutely waved between
veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below end of cell and oblique to
above tornus; a dark terminal line; cilia white with a brown line
near base.

Hab. Br. Gutana, Rockstone (Pallis), 1 ¢; Brazt, Recife
(forbes),1 9; Boxivia, La Paz (Garlepp), 1 3 type. ap.

22-26 mm.
(5f) Pilocrocis fulviflavalis, sp. n.

©. Head white mixed with some red-brown; thorax and
abdomen fulvous yellow; antenne tinged with yellow; frons
brown; palpi black-brown, white below to near extremity of
2nd joint; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white,
the fore tibiz with some fuscous brown at base,a band at extremity
and the tarsi fuscous brown at extremity. Fore wing fulvous
yellow, the disk purer yellow, the costal area suffused with brown
to the postmedial line and the costal edge white except towards
base; antemedial line brown, indistinct and brown to median
nervure, then incurved ; a minute black spot in middle of cell and
discoidal lunule; postmedial line brown, blackish towards costa,
slightly excurved from discal fold to below vein 3, then retracted
to below end of cell and oblique to inner margin; small black
spots just before termen from apex to above vein 3; cilia pale
brown, whitish towards tornus. Hind wing pale yellow, - the

Pyralidze of the Subfamily Pyraustinee. 383

termen with a slight fulvous tinge except towards tornus ; post-
medial line brown, excurved from discal fold to below vein 3, then
retracted to below end of cell and ending at tornus; cilia silvery
white, pale fulvous yellow at base to vein 2.

Hab. Peru, R. Pacaya, 1 9 type. xp. 24 mm.

(8a) Pilocrocis pachyceralis, sp. n.

Antenne of male broadly laminate and with a thick ridge of
scales above at about one-third from base; mid and hind coxe
with small tufts of scales, the stigmata at base of abdomen with
small corneous subventral disks.

3. Head ochreous yellow, the frons white with brown streaks
at middle and sides; antenne yellow with the ridge of scales
black-brown ; palpi yellow tinged with brown; thorax white with
brown bars at base of patagia; abdomen white with yellowish
bands, faint except towards extremity; pectus, legs, and ventral
surface of abdomen yellowish, the fore legs suffused with brown,
the tibize at extremities and tarsi with yellowish rings. Fore wing
white, with a golden yellow tinge; the costal area yellow with a
reddish tinge to beyond middle; a small cupreous brown spot at
base of median nervure and larger subbasal spot in and below the
cell; a curved dark brown antemedial line from subcostal nervure
to above inner margin, forming small black spots in arid below the
cell; black annuli at middle and end of cell; some yellow suffusion
irrorated with brown below end of cell and at middle of inner
margin; postmedial line formed by a series of small black-brown
lunules, arising below costa, excurved between veins 5 and 2, then
retracted to below end of cell and angled outwards at vein 1; the
terminal area yellow irrorated with brown to vein 4 and below
vein 2, the brown forming a diffused subterminal patch between
veins 7 and 4; a terminal series of brown spots; cilia white with
a series of black-brown spots. Hind wing white with a slight
yellow tinge; a black-brown discoidal annulus; a maculate black-
brown postmedial line, arising at vein 6, excurved from discal fold
to vein 2, then represented bya small spot only below vein 2 below
end of cell; the terminal area yellowish irrorated with brown to
vein 4; a brown terminal line; cilia white with a series of black-
brown spots to vein 2.

Hab. Br. N. Guinea, Mambare R., Biagi (Meek), 1 ¢ type.
Exp. 38 mm.

(17 a) Pilocrocis poliochroa, sp. n.

3. Head whitish tinged with red-brown; tegule red-brown ;
thorax and abdomen grey suffused with brown; antenne brown;
palpi dark brown, white at base, pectus, legs, and ventral surface
of abdomen white, the fore coxe black-brown, the femora and
tibiz at extremities black-brown, the mid and hind femora at

384 On new Pyralide of the Subfamily Pyraustine.

middle and tibie at extremities below with black-brown spots.
Fore wing grey tinged with brown ; a faint dark antemedial line ;
a blackish point in middle of cell and discoidal lunule ; postmedial
line dark, very slightly waved, arising below costa, excurved to
vein 4, then oblique. Hind wing grey tinged with brown; a
blackish discoidal spot; postmedial line dark, slightly incurved
beyond lower angle of cell; cilia dark brown at base, white at tips.
Underside of fore wing suffused with silvery white except at costa,
the postmedial line punctiform ; hind wing silvery white, the apex
slightly tinged with brown, the postmedial line punctiform, from
below costa to submedian fold.

Hab. Peru, Chaquimayo (Watkins), 1 3 type, El Porvenir,
1g. Kzxp. 38-42 mm.

(21a) Pilocrocis flavicorpus, sp. n.

$. Head and thorax red-brown with a cupreous gloss ; abdomen
orange-yellow; antenne dark brown; palpi yellow towards base
and white at tips; fore and mid legs yellow, the tarsi, hind legs,
pectus, and ventral surface of abdomen yellowish white. Fore
wing uniform red-brown with a cupreous gloss, the cilia tinged
with silvery white and with a fine whitish line at base. Hind
wing red-brown with a cupreous gloss, rather thinly scaled except
on terminal area which is broad at costa narrowing to tornus ;
cilia tinged with silvery grey and with fine whitish line at base.

Hab. Perv, Chaquimayo (Watkins), 1 3 type. Exp. 36 mm.

(226) Pilocrocis cuprescens, sp. n.

¢. Head and thorax purplish red-brown with a cupreous gloss ;
abdomen pale cupreous brown; palpi white at base; pectus, legs,
and ventral surface of abdomen white faintly tinged with red-
brown, the fore tibi dark at extremities. Fore wing pale cupreous
brown, the costal and terminal areas purplish red-brown with a
eupreous gloss; an indistinct oblique brown antemedial line;
a slight brown spot in middle of cell and discoidal lunule with
whitish striga in centre; postmedial line brown, excuryed and
slightly waved to vein 2, then retracted to below end of cell and
excurved above vein 1; a fine whitish line at base of cilia. Hind
; wing pale cupreous brown, the apical area and termen darker brown ;
a brown discoidal bar ; postmedial line brown, excurved from discal
fold to vein 2, then retracted to below end of cell and oblique to
above tornus; cilia with a fine white line at base and whitish tips.

Hab. Perv, Chaquimayo (Watkins), 1 ¢ type. Exp. 32 mm.

[Te be continued.]

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

[EIGHTH SERIES.]

No. 120. DECEMBER 1917.

XLVIII.—British Fossil Crinoids.—XI. Balanocrinus of
the London Clay. By F. A. Barner, D.Sc., F.R.S.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Berore considering the somewhat obscure and relatively
rare stem-fragments of Pentacrinidae found in the London
Clay of England, it will be well to examine the corresponding
fossils that are both abundant and well-preserved in the
Nummulitic rocks of Biarritz. The horizon from which
the crinoid stems are there obtained is now regarded as the
base of the Bartonian. Among the associated fossils are
Serpula spirulaea, Nummulites variolarius, and the nummu-
lite pair N. contortus et striatus.

Some specimens collected at the Port des Barques,
Biarritz, by my friend Professor Jules Welsch, were recently
submitted to me by my esteemed correspondent Dom
Aurélien Valette, who desired my opinion on certain
observations that he had made on them. Since the facts to
which he directed my attention have for some thirty years
past been demonstrated in the exhibited series of fossil
crinoids at the British Museum (Natural History), as
mentioned in the ‘ Guide to the Fossil Invertebrate Animals”
(1907 & 1911], p. 63), 1t seems advisable to publish them
in more accessible and more extended form. Similar facts

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 26

586 Dr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

were discussed by Guiscardi and Meneghini (occ. citt. infra),
but their material was not enough to permit of satisfactory
conclusions.

Balanocrinus didactylus.

Pentacrinites didactylus d’Orb. MS., d’Archiac, 1846, Mém. Soc. Géol.

France, sér. 2, tome ii. 1'¢ partie, p. 200, pl. v. figs. 16, 16 a, 17, 17 a,
18.

Pentacrinus prattii T. & T. Austin, 1847, ‘ Monogr. Crinoidea,’ p. 124,
pl. xvi. figs. 4 a-c.

? Pentacrinus dixoni Ooster, 1870, ‘ Protozoé helvetica,’ vol. ii. p. 64,
pl. xi. fig. 2. 3

Pentacrinus didactylus dOrb. d’Archiac, Guiscardi, 1874, Rend. Accad.
Sci. Napoli, anno xiii. p. 166.

Pentacrinus didactylus d'Orb., Meneghini, 1875, Atti Soc. Toscana
Sci. Nat., vol. ii. p. 36.

Pentacrinus didactylus d’Orb., Quenstedt, 1875, ‘ Petrefactenkunde
Deutschlands,’ vol. iv. p. 268, pl. xcix. figs. 164-166.

? Pentacrinus ( Balanocrinus?) dixont Ocster, de Loriol, 1879, ‘ Monogr.
Crin. foss. Suisse,’ Mém. Soc. paléont. Suisse, vol. vi. p. 162, pl. xvii.
fies. 8, 9.

Pentacrinus subbasaltiformis Miller, E. Forbes, 1852, ‘ Palaeont. Soc.
Monogr. Tertiary Echinod.,’ p. 34: refers d’Archiac’s fig. 18 doubt-
fully to this species.

Since the choice between the trivial names didactylus and
pratt depends on the dates, which are rather close, it may
be well to reprint, with corrections and evideuce, the biblio-
graphic details of the Austins’ Monograph that accompanied
the first article in this series (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 6, vol. v., April 1890, p. 308) :—

No. 1. Sig. B, c. Pp. 1-16. Pls.I.,I1., 1843. April (date on wrap-
& frontisp. per).
» 2 op OD, HO ies. eee 1843. June or later (date on
plates).
OS Pers ee 1844. (T. Austin,sen., adds

F.G.S. on wrapper;
elected Jan. 1844.)
» 4. 5, H,I. , 49-64. ,, VIL, VIII. 1845. (Pl. VIII. bears date
1844.) -
99 Sp Ea hy OOO eg eee 1846. (Date confirmed by
Austin’s MS.)
» 6. » By we 5 Shae. | Le ae 1847. (Pl. XI. bears date

Sept. 1846.)

ee ae o..,, 97-112, ,, XT, REV, 1887

» 8 4, P,Q. ,, 118-128. ,, XV., XVI. 1847. (Q. 3. Geol eee
xxxvill., Proc., p.
53.) .

The British Museum possesses the large series of specimens

XI. Balanocrinus. 387

brought from Biarritz by Mr. S. P. Pratt, on which the
Austins founded their P. prattii, and it is these which form
the basis of the present study. They are registered E 21943-
E 22028.

The first question to settle is the generic position of the
species. In 1888, when arranging the Tertiary crinoids in
the Geological Department of the British Museum, [ labelled
the specimens of this and some other species as Balanocrinus,
a genus which previously had not been recognized later than
the Cretaceous period. It does not, however, appear that
this ascription has ever been published in so many words,
aud down to quite recent years geologists continued to refer
to the Biarritz fossil as Pentacrinus didactylus. Of course,
it is not a Pentacrinus sensu stricto; what these writers
mean is [socrinus (see ‘ Pentacrinus: a Name &c.,’? Natural
Science, xii. p. 245, April 1898).

Characters of Balanocrinus.—This section was separated
from Isocrinus by de Loriol, first as a subgenus (1879,
‘Monogr. Crin. foss. Suisse’), subsequently, with the
approval of P. H. Carpenter, as a full genus (1889, ‘ Paléont.
Frane., Jurassique, Crinoides,’ part 2, p. 295). The dia-
gnostic characters were drawn solely from the stem, no other
portion being then known with certainty. Translated into
modern terminology (see Bather, 1909, ‘Trias. Echin.
Bakony,’ pp. 24-30) and revised, they are as follows :—

Transverse section varies usually from circular to penta-—
gonal, and rarely to somewhat quinquelobate. Side-faces
usually smooth, but may be granulate. A radial depression
and pore sometimes present. Normal joint-face with peri-
pheral crenellae short, tending to form a continuous series
of subequal crenellae round the margin; with adradial
crenellz opposite and set at right angles to the perradius,
but always reduced in size, often to mere granules, and thus
forming single or double rows passing along the perradius
from the central area to the crenelate periphery. Thus the
petal-floors are separated from each other by straight
boundaries. Syzygial joint-face frequently with peripheral
crenellae reduced in size and adradial crenellae similarly
reduced or replaced by a single linear groove along each
perradius, with floors smooth and on the epizygal often
raised. Cirrus-facets transversely elliptical, as in Jso-
crinus.

A fine series of figures was given by de Loriol (1887-88,
- §Paléont. franc.,’ dom. cit. pls. clxxxii.—cxevii.). ,

Genotype.—Pentacrinites subteres Minster, in Goldfuss,
26*

388 Dr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

1833, named Balanocrinus first by L. Agassiz (1845) on
erroneous characters.

It will be seen that the distinction of Balanocrinus from
Isocrinus lies in the arrangement of the crenellae on the
normal joint-face: ‘‘quinae striae punctulatae a centro
versus peripheriam protensae, cum Halone seu ambitu

= +t, >,

Z an

Figures 1-4. Balanocrinus didactylus.

Normal joint-face. E 21948.

Syzygial joint-face of epizygal with two cirrus-facets. E. 22027.
A cirrus-facet, seen from the angle of the ossicle. E 22027.

A hypozygal notch, seen from the dangle of the ossicle, E 22027.

Cobo

Figures 5-7. Balanocrinus subbasaltiformis.

. Normal joint-face. E5887 d.
. Young joint-face with more [socrinus character. E 426 a,
. A cirrus-facet, seen from the angle of the ossicle. 57548 ¢.

“IO Or

All figures enlarged 4 diameters.

crenato,” as Scheuchzer so well expressed it under the
heading “Asteria columnaris Entrocho similis” (1702,
‘Specimen Lithogr. Helvet.,’ pp. 2-4, pl. - figs. 1-5). Ina
well-preserved characteristic specimen this is clearly marked,
but there is reason to believe that in young stages, or even

XI. Balanocrinus. 389

perhaps in the newly-formed columnals of the proximal
region in older stages, the arrangement may depart less
from that of Jsocrinus. This is shown in the following
figures of de Loriol’s plates in ‘ Paléontologie Frangaise’ :
pl. elxxxil. figs. 66, 70; pl. elxxxvi. fig.116; and to a less
extent in others. On the other hand, columnals of Jsecrinus
may sometimes approach the Balanocrinus plan.

Description of B. didactylus.—Turning now to the specimens
from Biarritz, we note that the Normal Joint-face is of
markedly Balanocrinus type. There is some variation, but in
a fully-grown columnal of 9 mm. diameter, from a median
or distal region of approximately circular section (EH 21948),
the arrangement is as follows (Fig. 1) :—

Outline subcircular, being slightly flattened on the inter-
radii and cut into on the radii where the radial pore enters.
Peripheral crenellae in each sector about 10, at right angles
to the periphery, unequally spaced and of unequal thickness,
those nearer the radii being stouter and sometimes double,
length about 1 mm., but longer towards the radii (1°3 mm.)
and rather shorter on the interradius, sometimes slightly
curved or waved in their course, confluent externally, so that
the suture is not crenelate. Occasionally a slight marginal
rebate. Radial ridge-groups: about 3 outer pairs of adradial
crenellae, continuing the slope of the adjacent peripheral
crenellae, are gable-shaped, but rapidly decrease in size, and
are succeeded by a series of minute crenellae, which, when
visible, are in opposed pairs, but which generally unite
radially to form a couple of ridges leading to the central
area. These ridges are separated by the radial canal ;
towards the middle of their course they thicken and may be
wider apart, attaining a width over all of 1 mm. ; towards
the centre they taper and again draw together, generally
meeting with one another and with their neighbours, so as
to form a narrow ring round the lumen, which ring corre-
sponds to the central area. Lumen subpentagonal, diameter
0-4 mm. Floors depressed or even excavate, bounded
adradially by concave curves (due to the widening of the
radial ridge-groups).

It follows without doubt from this description that the
species is rightly referred to Balanocrinus.

Such variations as occur in the normal joint-face, other
than those already indicated, are correlated with the variation
in ‘Transverse Section. This assumes all the forms possible
to a Pentacrinid stem, with this proviso—that, as in Balano-

390 Dr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

crinus generally, the radial excavation is never great,
although often exaggerated by the crushing to which these
stems seem peculiarly liable. Thus in a rather small and
slightly crushed pentapetalon (E 22028) IR is 2:7 mm., and
y.1°9mm. But in a well-marked pentapetalon of 7°3 mm.
diameter (E 21961) the measurements are IR 3°6 mm.,
r. 2°38 mm.

Since IR here equals half the diameter, the depth of the
radial excavation is ‘8 mm., or less than one-ninth of the
whole. The outline of the joint-face, however, is in some
specimens more petaloid than the cross-section- at the
middle of the columnal, because the radial pore lies at the
bottom of a depression, which, as viewed from the joint-face,
produces the illusory effect of a radial triangle. Thus the
number of peripheral crenellae is increased to 14 or more ;
the length of the radial ridge-groups is correspondingly
lessened, but they are still composed in part of adradial
crenellae following on the peripheral crenellae, so that on
the whole the peculiarly Balanocrinid effect is obscured. At
the same time the petal-floors are necessarily narrower, and,
owing to the change in the radial ridge-groups, cease to be
bounded by concave curves ; they assume, therefore, a sub-
lanceolate or kite-shaped or pyriform outline similar to that
of the normal Jsocrinus petal. In such forms the crenellae
near the interradius usually cease to be confluent, so that in
this region the suture is crenelate. Yet even in these forms
the fused portions of the radial ridge-groups manifest their
Balanocrinid nature.

The Syzygial Faces, both epizygal and hypozygal, depart
from the normal in the greater development of the crenellae.
In a specimen with mean diameter 9°4 mm. (E 22027 ;
Fig, 2) the main peripheral crenellae of a sector are still
about 14, but, instead of being confluent, they tend to
increase in number towards the periphery, either by forking
or by intercalation of narrower shorter crenellae, or in both
ways. An intercalated crenella on the epizygal corresponds
to a fork on the opposed hypozygal, and vice versa. Jn the
specimen referred to, which is a rounded pentagon with
slight tendency to lobation, the normal crenellae on the
interradii are still short, about 0°6 mm.; but the crenellae
become gradually longer as the radius is approached, so that
some attain a length of 16 mm.° The inner ends of these
long crenellae die away gradually into the floor, and in some
cases two normal crenellae may join, so that from a single
stem spring two main branches, each of which forks again,

XI. Balanocrinus. 391

while between the forks is an intercalated crenella, making
five denticles at the periphery. The change from these
peripheral crenellae to those of the radial ridge-groups is
rather rapid, but the outermost adradial crenellae show a
similar disposition to increase by the same methods. Thus
the crenellae of the ridge-groups, so long as they can be
distinguished, display a slight alternation insize. Inaradius
4-3 mm. long the crenellae can be distinguished for about
2-6 mm. from the periphery, after which they coalesce into
the parallel or bowed ridges. These last do not unite to
form a ring round the central area. The floors are much
less depressed than in normal joint-faces, and may even be
flush in some specimens. In the Epizygal the radial ridge-
groups Jeading to the cirrus-facets (of which there are two in
E 22027) are ‘gradually raised towards the periphery from
the point where the crenellae cease to be distinguishable.
In the Hypozygal (which in the same specimen shows the
indent of only one cirrus-facet) the corresponding tract is
depressed, and the radial canal opens outwardly into a strong
V-shaped notch (Fig. 4).

A similar tendency to multiplication of crenellae on the
syzygial joint-face is well shown in Jsocrinus hercuniae Bather
(1909, ‘Trias. Echin. Bakony, pl. iv. figs. 108-110), a
species which in some respects approaches Balanocrinus.

We pass now to the other variations seen in the Biarritz
stem-fragments. Most of these have been alluded to by one
or another of the previous writers, and have occasionally
given rise to doubts concerning the homogeneity of the
species.

The transverse section is rarely quite symmetrical, but,
apart from the modification due to the cirri, the variation
from symmetry is clearly due to Mechanical Crushing.
This has in some cases flattened the specimens into bands :
in E 21943 the diameters are 10 mm. and 4°4 mm. This
effect is not without interest, as indicating a very weak
internal stereom. A further result of the crushing is the
formation of five longitudinal cracks, so that such a stem js
at first reminiscent of those Palaeozoic stems that are split
into pentameres. The cracks in the Biarritz specimens, how-
ever, are not confined to the radi, where any division into
natural pentameres would occur, but are also on the inter-
radii, or in other words at the outer apices of the sectors
(E 22026, cf. d’Archiac’s fig. 16a). Both positions are
taken by the cracks in E 22025, and the fracture on the
interradii contrasts with the clean jointing On the radi.

392 Dr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

In pentagonal forms therefore the cracks coincide with the
angles. This indicates that the weak stereom occupies the
ligamentar tracts, as might be expected. Further evidence
of this is afforded by the five interradial pulars of dark
colour that run through every internode from top to bottom
and are seen on broken or ground surfaces (e. g., E 22024),
for the colour is due to the carbonized remains of the
ligaments (see Bather, 1893, ‘Crin. Gotland,’ p. 151, and
1909, ‘ Trias. Echin. Bakony,’ p. 204).

In mean Diameter the fragments vary from 4 mm.
(i 21953) to 9-4 (E 22027). This doubtless represents
growth, and the eee forms are by far the more common
in the collection.

The Side-Faces in a large number of specimens are quite
smooth, but in some there are small granules scattered over
the surface (E 21966) ; these granules may be elongate
either vertically or transversely, and may run together to
form irregular lines, a sort of vermiculation (E 21965) ; or
they may run into transverse ridges, at the equator and the
sutural margins (E 22024); the commonest arrangement
seems to be one ridge at the equator of the columnal, either
compound (E 21968) or simple (E 21969, ef. d’Archiac’s
fig. 17 a), and this is often accompanied by an equatorial
swelling of the columnal (E 22022). In such cases the
intervening granules, if any, tend to le beside each radius
(E 22020 and E 22028).

This leads to another series of variations, namely from a
plane side-face, producing a straight-sided column (E 22021),
through slightly swollen, to obtusely mdged (E 21970 to
E 21974). The ridge is often sharply cut and may be
smooth, or accentuated by the line of granules previously
mentioned. In one specimen, E 21985, the side-faces are
slightly excavate, or, in other words, the columual is thickened
at the sutures.

In the smooth specimens the columnals are equal in
height (cf. d’Archiac’s fig. 18), except for the slightly higher
epizygal and slightly lower hypozygal. The following are a
few measurements :—

E 22020. E 22021. KE. 21959.

mm. mm. mm.
Mean diameter ...... WEL 84 85
Height’ ..4s00020 Jose 2:1 24 28

Inequality‘in height of columnals usually becomes manifest

XI. Balanocrinus. 393

in those that are swollen or ridged, but is more marked in
lobate or stellate examples (cf. d’Archiac’s fig. 16a). At
first one observes a simple alternation in height, in KE 22019
the heights are 2°5 mm. & 2-0 mm., mean diameter 6°7 mm.;
then an increase in the diameter of the higher ossicles, thus
in E 21961 the measurements are 2 mm. & 7°3 mm., and
17 mm. & 7:0 mm., respectively ; finally, columnals of 3 or
more, perhaps 4, orders, distinguished by both height and
diameter (E 21964). In quinquelobate fragments the larger
projecting columnals are not so depressed radially as are
the smaller ones, and this produces a somewhat scalariform
surface (E 21964).

The Number of Columnals in an internode, as observed
in the dozen intersyzygia available, varies from 15 to 82.
The material is too limited to permit of satisfactory con-
clusions being drawn, but the following facts may be noted.
The highest columnals occur in the internodes with only 15:
in E 21981 the height is 2°55 mm., in E 22027 it alter-
nates from 3°2 to 2°5 mm. The lowest columnals are in the
internode with 32 (E 21983), where they are in three orders,
from 1°7 to 0°8 mm. This last has a stellate section and
certainly comes from a more proximal region of the stem.
Three orders are also manifest in the specimen with the
next number of internodals, viz., 31 (E 20982), but the
height of the ossicles is rather greater, 2°6 to 15 mm. The
two fifteeners are plane and quite smooth (E 22027) or with
a slight ridge of sparse granules (H 21981). Those with
the higher numbers have more or less swollen and ridged
ossicles as a rule. KE 21975 is exceptional in that, though
ridged, it is plane and has equal internodals of 2°5 mm. in
height. On the whole, the facts suggest that the height of
the internodals was greater in the distal region, but that
the whorls were at more ¢requent intervals. This applies
only to full-grown individuals. While height of columnals
and the extent of their alternation in size must depend
mainly on position in the stem, it appears that ridging and
swelling have not that connection—at all events, in so great
a degree,—but are characters of the individual. Stellation
or marked lobation were probably most common in young
stages and in the proximal region of adult stems; the facts
are consistent with that view, but there was certainly some
individual variation as between circular, pentagonal, and
slightly lobate.

The Radial Pore lies at the bottom of a depression, which
is well marked in some specimens, generally smooth ones

394 Dr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

(cf. d’Archiac’s fig. 18), but faint in others, generally those
with tendency to stellation (ef. d’Archiac’s fig. 16a), and
absent in yet others, especially the more ridged and lobate
(cf. d’Archiac’s fig. 17 a).

The Cirrus-facets (Figs. 2,3) lie on the extreme lower
margin of the epizygal, causing it to project beyond the
general level of the syzygial face and to cut into the hypo-
zygal (cf. d’Archiae’s figs. 164,17 a). Tie facet is directed
obliquely downward, so that the ensuing cirrals are at once
received into a depression of the hypozygal (Fig. 4). The
same arrangement obtains, but to a less extent, in the recent
Tsocrinus decorus. The epizygal projects gradually from its
upper margin down to the facet, so that in a nodal with
two facets the diameter measured across the facets is greater
than that at right angles to it. Thus the facet may project
for more than half its vertical (se. radial) diameter beyond
the margin of the hypozygal (E 21984), but there are con-
siderable differences in the extent of the projection.

The outer margin of the facet is a semi-ellipse, but the
inner margin consists of two straight lines meeting on the
radius ina rounded angle. This angular boundary is cor-
related with the radial elevation of the epizygal joint-face
already described. The fulcral ridge separates the semi-
elliptical part of the facet from the triangular part, the
former part being the larger. ‘The ridge approximately
continues the regular outline of the periphery of the
columnal ; thus in E 21990, viewed perpendicularly to the
facet, the ridge lies in a straight line with its ends at the
angles where the straight boundaries cut the curved
boundary of the facet, and the axial canal lies in the middle
of the fulcrai ridge a little on its inner-side. But in most
cases, the fulcral ridge, in similar view, is bent, the axial
canal lying nearer to the centre of the columnal, and the
two halves of the ridge being directed outwards so that their
ends are in the elliptical half of the facet (E 22027). When
the angular boundary cuts far into the joint-face, and the
semi-ellipse is correspondingly reduced, then the axial canal
and fulcral ridge are carried inwards, and the ends of the
ridge lie within the triangle (EH 21976). The fuleral ridge
generally widens to surround the axial canal, and from here
it generally tapers towards its ends; it never widens or
thickens at the ends. The floor of the whole facet is bent
into a concavity varying in depth and angularity with the
curve of the outer boundary. ‘The fuleral ridge therefore is
bent with this and never really forms a straight line.

XI. Balanocrinus. 39

Or

Measurements of cirrus-facets in millimetres :—

E 21984. E 21982. E.21978. E 22027.

Mean diameter of columnal., 7°65 8&2 9°] 9-4
Werdntioutacer +... .......-- 2-0 23 Diy 25
Radial diameter of facet .... 1:6 18 16 2:0
Distance of axial canal from

G0ED TT 1-0 1:15 1:2 1-2

The cirrus-notch in the hypozygal varies greatly in depth.
Sometimes it is a shlht almost V-shaped notch in the
margin. Sometimes a channel, gradually shallowing,
stretches down the radius over two or even three columnals.
How far this appearance is due to pressure after burial
is uncertain, but it is worth noting that in E 21989 the
granular ridge of the hypozygal side-face continues across
such a channel. A characteristic form is seen in some eu
preserved specimens (e. g., HE 22027, Fig. 4; E 21978) ;
seen from the side it is of roughly four sided outline, oe
occupies the upper two-thirds of the side-face; the shorter
vertical sides approach one another slightly as they pass
downwards, the upper edge is clearly marked, and is sharply
bent inwards, corresponding no doubt to the angular inner
margin of the formerly apposed cirrus-facet ; the floor is
marked with two indentations, one above the other, and
presumably corresponding with the first and second cirrals.
In E 21989 three such indentations are seen in succession,
and the dividing elevations can be distinguished from the
continuations of the granular ridges previously mentioned.

The remains of Cirri are rare. In only one or two cases
is a cirral ensconced in the hypozygal notch or lying close
by ; in no case is a cirral still attached to the facet. In
E 21989 a single cirral lies on the joint-face of the hypo-
zygal. Its joint-face is a broad ellipse with one side
flattened ; the long diameter is 1‘75 mm., the short one is
1:3 mm.; the margin is slightly raised ; the fulcral ridge
bisects what would have been the ellipse and passes round
the axial canal, widening more to the elliptical boundary
of the joint-face. Since on the facet the straight side of
the fuleral ridge is the outer side, it may be inferred that
the flattened side of the cirral was ‘outermost, and that the
curved side rested in the hypozygal notch. The height of
this cirral is about "8mm. Whether the face described is
proximal or distal cannot be decided.

Alternicirration—The most interesting feature in this
species is that diminution in the number of cirri at the
whorl to which the name didactylus is due. The number 2

396 Dr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

is perhaps predominant ; it is seen, for instance, in E 21977-
21982, E 21984, E 22027. But the number 3 is also
common, and occurs in E 21983, E 21985-21993, E 21975.
Occasionally only one facet is found, as in E 21977 epizygal,
E 22027 hypozygal. Not a single specimen has more than
3 facets to the node. Meneghini (op. cit., pp. 40, 41) refers
to this species specimens from the Eocene of Albettone in
the Euganean Hills, one with 4, another with 5 facets; but
his reference is unconfirmed.

Only about half of those specimens in which one of the
syzygial faces is preserved have the intersyzygium complete.
But those that have are enough to show that the cirri are
distributed according to a definite plan. When there are
three facets at one end, they are not adjacent, but one is
opposed to the two others, being separated from them on
each side by a blank radius. At the other end of the inter-
syzygium there will never be 3 facets, but only 2; and these
will occupy the radii left blank at the other end. The
arrangement may be symbolized thus :—

A b C D e

a B c d E

The next case is when there are 2 facets at each end.
The arrangement then is

a B c D e
a b C d E
or A b C d e

In only one specimen, E 21984, does a facet appear to be
repeated on the same radius, thus :

a B c D e
A b c D e

but the specimen has been shifted in the middle and pro-
bably twisted also.

In the rare cases where only one cirrus gas borne by
the nodal (e. g., E 21977), it seems to have alternated in
position with two at the other end,

a B c D e
a b C d e

In E 22027, however, the single notch on the hypozygal is”
on the same radius as one of the two facets on the epizygal.

XI. Balanocrinus. 397

It seems probable that there was rarely a long succession
of whorls with only two cirri, still less with only one, but
that the succession was 2:2:3. Considering the fairly
large proportion of specimens with whorls of three in our
material, it is strange that that number should not have
been noted by previous writers. Dom Aurélien Valette, in
his letter of 14 September, 1916, does, however, say ‘“‘ deux
ou trois tout au plus.”

Quenstedt (1878, ‘ Encriniden,’ p. 268, pl. xcix. fig. 170)
gave the name Pentacrinus tridactylus to a stem-fragment
from Tertiary beds near Castellane in S. France because
there were 3 cirrus-facets opposed at the node. This, how-
ever, seems from the figure to be an Jsucrinus.

The preceding facts fully bear out the anticipation of
P. H. Carpenter in his description of Pentacrinus alterni-
cirrus (1884, ‘ Challenger Rep., Stalked Crinoids,’ pp. 322,
323), which is referred by A. H. Clark to his Endoxocrinus.
In that species there is a regular alternation of 2 with 8 cirri
to the whorl, as “ the leaves on the stem of a Labiate plant.”
Only one irregularity was noted in the whole 147 nodes
examined: in one stem the seventh and eighth nodes both
bore 3 cirri in such a position that one cirrus fell on the
same radius in both whorls. Carpenter mentioned the
reduction of cirri to two in Pentacrinus bronni Hagenow
(which is a Balanocrinus), and P. didactylus, and to three in
P. tridactylus, and suggested that ‘if longer pieces of these
stems were known they might show the same regular alter-
nation in the positions of the successive cirrus-whorls which
is so striking in Pentacrinus alternicirrus.

Neither in his published writings nor in his letters tg me
on this subject did Carpenter suggest any cause for this
remarkable peculiarity, and the matter has since remained
where he left it.,

We turn now to the similar specimens from the London
Clay. Concerning them the main questions to be answered
are: What is their generic position? Do they include more

than one species ? ‘Are any or all of them conspecific with
any of the foreign specimens? ‘The answers to these
questions are given in the following Synonymy :—

Balanocrinus subbasaltiformis.

“xd 58. Entrochus- Asteriae, from a Brick Clay-pit, on the South-
side of Islington.”

“x d 59, 60. Entrocho-Asteriae, found in the Tile Clay-pit behind
Tr inity- Chapel, at the end of Bondstreet, St. James’s,”

398 Dr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

J. Woodward, 1728. ‘Catalogue of the Additional English
Native Fossils &e.,’ tome il. p. I.

Pentacrinites subbasaltifor mis, provisional name for stem-fragments
obtained by J. Sowerby at Islington ; also said to occur at Rich-
mond and Kensington ; incompletely described. J.S. Miller, 1821,
‘Nat. Hist. Crin.,” p. 140. ¥

Pentacrinus subbasaltiformis Miller, J. de C. Sowerby in Wetherell,
1840, ‘ Observations on a Well dug on the South side of Hampstead
Heath,’ Trans. Geol. Soc., (2) v. p. 136, ie viii, fig, 3a (non 3d).

Pentacrinus sowerbii (W: etherell MSS.), J . de C. Sowerby, pag. cit.
pl. vill. fig. 4.

Pentacrinus subbasalliformis Miller, T. & T. Austin, 1847, ‘ Monogr.
Crinoidea,’ p. 122, pl. xvi. fig. 2.

Pentacrinus sowerbit Wetherell [sic], T. & T. Austin, op. cit., p. 123,
pl. xvi. figs. 3a, 36.

The Austins’ figures all appear to be exceedingly bad copies of
Sowerby’s. They add no fact except that P. subbasaltifor mis has
been recorded from Herne Bay.

Pentacrinus subbasaltifor mis Miller, E. Forbes, 1852, ‘ Palaeont. Soc..-
Monogr. Tertiary Kehin.,’ p. 34, pl. iv. figs. 8, 9, 10.

Pentacrinus sowerbii Wetherell [sic], E. Forbes , op. cit., p. 35 and text-
figs, 2a, 6, c on p. 36.

It is a little difficult to say what should be the Holotype.
If Miller’s incomplete and unillustrated reference, which he
says was purposely not intended as a diagnosis, were to be
. accepted, then the stem-fragments supplied to him by
J. Sowerby would be syntypes; but these, if they are
extant, certainly cannot be identified. It is therefore
simpler to start from J. de C. Sowerby ; and in this case
one would naturatly take the specimen from the Wetherell
Collection which he figured. ‘This should be in the British
Museum, but I am unable to find any specimen from Hamp-
stea(, agreeing with the drawing. I therefore fix on
no. 57540, which is certainly a syutype of J.de C. Sowerby’s,
and may legitimately be made the Lectotype. ‘This specimen
is a fragment in matrix, and comprises parts of two inter-
nodes meeting at asyzygy, one part 18:8 mm: long, including
9 columnals, the other 87°5 mm. long, including 19
columnals ; there are two cirrus-facets at the syzygy.

The material studied consists of some seventy stem-
fragments in the British Museum (Natural History),
obtained from the collections of J. S. Bowerbank, F. E.
Edwards, N. T. Wetherell, E. Spencer, Toulmin Smith,
R. Maitland, James Baber, and W. Mellis. They come from
the London Clay of the following localities :—Bracklesham
Bay, Sheppey, Harwich, Sewardstone in Hssex, and in the
London area—Hampstead including the famous well (Trans.
Geol. Soc. 1840) and the cutting of the London & North-

XI. Balanocrinus. 399°

Western Railway, the tunnel near Chalk Farm, Haverstock
Hill, Copenhagen Fields in Islington, Lambeth Hill in
Upper Thames Street, E.C., and Hornsey.

The specimens from Sheppey are all pyritized, and many
of those from the older collections have decomposed. Those
from the Hampstead neighbourhood are mostly m limonite.
Those froin other localities occasionally retain the original
calcite, but this is usually impreguated with iron or changed
into one of the above forms. The state and mode of preser-
vation usually obscure the joint-faces and often alter the
shape of the specimens; but some fragments from Copen-
hagen Fields (E426) have beea so little petrified that they
show the original structure of the stereom.

The material includes the type-specimens of Pentacrinifes
sowerbu (& 5888 a, 6) and the original of Sowerby’s figure
3.6 (57539 ; see under ‘ ‘ Conclusions,” p. 405).

The resemblance of these specimens to those of B. didac-
tylus from Biarritz is so great that foreign authors, relying
mainly on figures, have more than once suggested that such
or such a variation in the latter was conspecific with one or
other of the British forms. It has here been shown that
the Biarritz specimens, in spite of their differences, are
linked by gradations into a single species. One form alone,
therefore, cannot be taken out for association with one of
the British forms. On the other hand, these latter, in spite
of their general and occasional resemblance, display as a
group certain differences which justify their retention in
a separate species.

The Normal Joint-face, in many specimens (e. g., E 426),
approaches nearer to the Isocrinus type than do any examples
of B. didactylus, but in others it has the Balanocrinus cha-
racter (e. g., E 5887 a, 5), and it is the latter that must be
compared with the normal B. didactylus.

In a slightly quinquelobate internodal of 5°7 mm. diameter
(E 5887 6, Fig. 5) there are 7 or 8 peripheral crenellae to the
sector, at right angles to the periphery, evenly spaced so far
as one can see, straight, those near the interradius *4 mm.
long, those near the radius *7 mm., externally confluent.
Radial ridge-groups begin with 3 or sometimes 4 pairs of
crenellae, at first "4mm. long, in pairs gable-shaped and
alternating, but rapidly becoming shorter and opposed as
they near the centre. At 1-1 mm. from the periphery,
along the radius, these give place to the parallel adradial
ridges, which pass into a raised central area. The ridge-pair
has a width of ‘9 mm. and the radial canal is not clearly

4.00 Dr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

shown. The petal-floors are shaped as in B. didactylus, are
flat, and not so much depressed. The pentagonal lumen,
with radial angles, has a diameter of about *2 mm.

In such a joint-face the essential feature that gives the
Balanocrinus character is the distinction between the peri-
pheral crenellae and those of the ridge-groups as marked by
the sudden change of length and of angle. Thus the angle
made by the most adradial of the peripheral crenellae with
the one next it isabout 32°, but that made with the adjacent
crenella of the ridge-group is about 55°. here is actually
more distinction in this way than was noted in B. didactylus.

The actual number of peripheral crenellae is less than in
B. didactylus, and, since in each case we are dealing with
full-grown examples, this is not due to the size of the
columnal. The length of those crenellae relative to the
diameter of the columnal is less than in B. didactylus, and
the transition from the interradial length to the adradial is
more gradual; the shortness is rather a Balanocrinus cha-
racter, but the gradual transition is as in Jsocrinus.

As representing the Isocrinus type of normal joint-face
may be taken one of the well-preserved fragments E 426 a4
(Fig. 6). This is subcircular, tending to pentagonal with
rounded angles. Mean diameter 4°1 mm. Peripheral
crenellae not more than 7, and less if the adradial ones be
reckoned with the ridge-groups, into which they merge
insensibly; length gradually passing from °5 mm. inter-
radially to ‘7 mm. adradially ; evenly spaced, confluent
externally, sometimes subconfluent internally. Ridge-
groups: outer adradial crenellae only 3 or 4 in all, gabled
alternating, with no sudden change of angle or size from
the peripheral crenellae ; at 1:0 mm. or less from the peri-
phery they change into the parallel radial ridges, which are
relatively wide (‘8 mm.) and meet in a rather large central
area only slightly less raised than themselves. ‘The radial
canal is rarely seen, for these specimens have no radial
depression or pore apparent. Lumen pentagonal, with a
diameter ‘3 mm. or less. Petal-floors kite-shaped, outwardly
depressed, but rising towards the central area; they are
pitted by minute canals for the passage of the hgament
fibrils, dispersed over the middle of the floor, but on each
side forming a straight series, which continues on to the
ceutral area, where the two series end in a pair of slightly
larger canals. In vertical section these canals can be traced
following a straight course through the stereom, which has
a marked vertically fascicular structure, slightly denser at
half the height of the ossicle where it was first formed.

XI. Balanocrinus. 401

The series of pits bordering the floors explain the incised
lines sometimes seen in this position on the weathered fossils,
é. g., 57542 d. The looser stereom of the floors being more
readily weathered, these tracts are often deeper in the fossils
than they can have been in life. Sometimes advanced
weathering or decomposition emphasizes this greatly (57551 a)
and also brings out the weak structure of the stereom under
the radial canal; in decomposing pyritized specimens the
columnals break into pentameres along the radial planes,
though in crushed specimens (e. g., 57542 a) the cracks
usually follow the lines of interradial weakness. Thus is
brought out here, as in B. didacty/lus, the difference between
the original pentamerism and the secondary concentration of
the stroma fibres along interradial pillars.

Between the Jsocrinus and Balanocrinus types of normal
joint-face there seems to be every possible gradation. There
are no grounds for supposing that the material comprises
two species, and consequently it cannot comprise two
genera.

The Syzygial Joint-face of an Epizygal is well shown in
57543 ¢ (cf. W. H. Baily’s drawing in Forbes, pl. iv. fig. 8,
which, for all its inexactness, gives the general appearance
_ well). There are 2 facets; diameter parallel to a line
joining the facets 5°5 mm.; diameter at right angles to this
5°O0 mm. Corresponding with the facets the radial tracts
are raised, as in B. didactylus, though not quite so markedly.
Peripheral crenellae about 7, broadening outwards and
confluent ; length on the interradius ‘2 mm., gradually
increasing to 1-0 mm., but these long ones die away into the
floor. Radial ridge-groups comprise about 3 pairs of
reduced obscure crenellae, rapidly decreasing in size towards
the centre, and tending to lie at right angles to the radial
canal; this last is little more than a fine line, and is bordered
by no raised ridges. Petal-floors flush. -

The Hypozygal joint-faces are not clear; apparently they
correspond, mutatis mutandis, to the epizygal face, but are
not so strongly marked. One of the clearest is in 57543 6b.

The Transverse Section of the stem is generally sub-
cylindrical, usually varying towards either pentagonal or
quinquelobate, as in all figures of Sowerby and Forbes.
The specimens seen by J. S. Miller were no doubt sub-
pentagonal—hence the name subbasaltiformis. Those in
J. Woodward’s collection were probably subcylindrieal, like
other Entrocho-Asteriae. Quinquelobation may occasionally
be marked, but no specimen can be called stellate, though
that condition is approached by 57541 and H 21926.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol, xx. 27

402 Dr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids :

The Diameter varies from 3 mm. (57542e) to 6:4 mm.
(57541) ; in general it is about two-thirds that of B. di-
dactylus.

The Side-Faces in all specimens appear smooth, but the
state of preservation is such that the original surface has
often been destroyed or coated over, so that minute granules
may have occurred in some stems. ‘The surface is also
plane or equable as a rule, but various specimens show slight
swellings either about the equator of the columnal (cf. Forbes,
fig. 9) or near each margin ; occasionally there are irregu-
larities suggestive of the granules that border the radii in
some specimeus of B. didactylus. There are, however, no
such marked ridgings as occur in that species. Some
specimens have radial pores well marked (Sowerby, fig. 3a;
Forbes, fig. 8), others appear to be entirely without them ;
but there are intervening gradations.

The Number of Internodals varies from 14 in 57541,
which is from a proximal region (vide infra), to over 29 in
the two smooth specimens under 57551.

The internodals of smooth forms are equal in height, but
the syzygial ossicles are usually lower in adult stages. The
following are some measurements in millimetres :—

67542 e. 57542 ¢. E5638 a. 57548. 57540. 57845 d. 57545 dD.

Diameter ¥.,..., 00 a7 46 51 52 56 59
Heizht of inter-

nodal 2825 ¥7 127 21 19 19 16 rp
Height of epi-

ayeal, be. be. 15 5 2°0 2°0 18 1:5 2°3

Alternation in Height of internodals is more frequent in
the quinquelobate or substellate fragments, which no doubt
come from more proximal regions of the stem. It is
usually accompanied by a slight increase in the diameter of
the ossicle. In 57542 a, with mean diameter about 3°5 mm.,
internodals of 1:2 mm. are interspersed with others of
1-0 mm. in height; the epizygal is 1°35; the hypozygal
10 mm. In 575420, with diameter 4°2 mm., the inter-
nodals are arranged thus :

1-4 /1°8/1:4/2:1]14/1:4/18/1-4/1:8/
In 57543 a, with diameter 5:0 mm., the height of inter-
nodals varies between 2°0 and 1:7, the epizygal being
18 mm. In 57541, with diameter 6°1 mm., and well-
marked rounded stellate section, there are two epizygals
(Order I), each about 1°55 mm. high; between these are ©
tiree internodals of about 1°3 mm. (Order II), separated
from each other and from the epizygals by 3 internodals of

XI. Balanocrinus. 403 .

about 1:0 mm., the middle one (Order III) in each case
being very slightly higher than the two others (Order IV).
The difference in diameter can scarcely be measured, and
probably does not amount to more than ‘05 mm. on the
outer angles, but it is more apparent on the re-entrant
sides.

Forbes said that the section was more stellate in younger
specimens. ‘There is, however, no correlation at all between
size and stellation or lobation, but the correlation with
alternation that does exist indicates that the proximal region
is more stellate or lobate.

This leads us to consider the two specimens hitherto
separated as Pentacrinus sowerbii (K 5888, a,b). They
were fairly well represented in Sowerby’s engravings (fig. 4);
a is the fragment in matrix, b the isolated fragment. They
belong, however, to a single stem, which has broken at the
syzygy so that the epizygal with 2 facets is on 6 and the
hypozygal ona. The cirrals attached to the epizygal are
shown at the top end of Sowerby’s figure. Diameter
5'4 mm. ; section quinquelobate. In 6 are 25 internodals,
which appear to be in three orders, though possibly it should
be four. The height of the epizygal (Order I) is 1:3; that
of Order II about 1:0; of Order III ‘9 to°8; of Order IV
‘6to'5 mm. The arrangement, starting at the proximal
EMMIS SET LV, Ths: TV, / 111, tv, Ly, wiy tv, Larvae ie
ui, 1v, II, rir, 1v, Il, rv, m1, Il, rv, 11, I. The differences
between the orders are more marked in their diameters,
and may amount to °5 mm., but the condition of the
specimen renders exact measurement difficult.

Owing to the confluence of the creneilae in most cases,
the suture-line is rarely crenelate. The following speci-
mens, however, show some crenelation at the interradial
angles: 57542 a,d,e, EH 21967, EK 21969. All these are
somewhat lobate or stellate. Crenelation might be detected
in other examples were it not for their patination. Its
presence, of course, indicates that the crenellae have not yet
become confluent so as to form an entire margin—for
instance, the association of a crenelate suture-line with
confluent crenellae, as in Forbes’s fig. 10, is merely evidence
of imaccuracy. Crenelation is therefore rather a sign of
youth, or, in conjunction with lobation, of recent formation,
as in the proximal region. As one would expect therefore,
crenelation is best seen in P. sowerbii, where it is almost
obscured on fragment J, but very clear on fragment a. In
the latter the crenelation extends over the sutural margin
down the side-face towards the equator of the columnals,

vif

404. Dr. F. A. Bather on British Fossil Crinoids:

where the indents of one margin alternate with those of the
other. This produces a granulate effect.

The Cirrus-facet is at the margin of the epizygal and
facing downwards, as in B. didactylus, but does not project
so far beyond the general outline of the columnal. In
57543 ¢ (Fig. 7) the outline is elliptical, with the axial canal
and fulcral ridges dividing it into unequal halves, the larger
being on the outside. The fulcral ridge is straight, on a
line with the periphery of the columnal. It thickens
slightly round the canal and towards the ends. The floor
of the facet is curved as in B. didactylus, but to a less extent.
The diameters are 1:2X1:0 mm. on one facet, and 10x
0-9 mm. onthe other. Although the inner half of the facet
has not the triangular shape seen in B. didactylus (Baily’s
drawing being inexact on this), there is an inward pro-
longation of its margins which produces an angular outline
as seen from the syzygial face and indicates how the
excavation might be extended. Other specimens present
slight variations of measurement, but the plan is essentially
the same.

The notch on the hypozygal is not so marked as in
B. didactylus.

Cirrals are occasionally preserved, either attached to the
epizygal or lying in a very shallow channel on one or more
of the subjacent columnals. They indicate a rapidly tapering
cirrus, of subelliptical section, with the upper (2. e., outer)
side flattened, in the way that appeared probable in B. di-
dactylus. The greatest length indicated is 96 mm.
(57543 d).

The number of cirri to a whorl varies between 1, as seen
in 57543 d, E 21926, E, 21927, E 5887 a; 2, as in 38620,
49834 6, 57540 (lectotype), 57541, 57543 6, c, E 5887 a, 4,
E 6480, E 21920, E 21929, E 21931, E 21932, E 21934,
E 21937, E 5888 (P. sowerbit); and 3, as in 49834 a,
57541, 57542 a, 57543 a. Fragments containing two whorls
are 57541 with 3 & 2 facets, 57543 5 and E5888 with 2 & 2,
58887 a with 2&1. The arrangement in all of these is
as in B. didactylus. The only exeeption is presented by
E 21942, from Harwich, which contains 2 syzygies, one of
which appears to bear only 1 facet, and the other 2 facets,
separated as usual by a blank radius; but one of these
latter lies on the same radius as the single facet on the
other whorl. The specimen, which lies on’ matrix, has, how-
ever, been broken across in several places, and the fragments
may well have been replaced with the wrong orientation.

XI. Balanocrinus. 4.05 -

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS.

All the specimens from Biarritz to which d’Archiac and
others have applied the name Pentacrinus didactylus belong
to a single species.

Examination of normal adult joint-faces shows that that
species falls within the genus Balanocrinus as ordinarily
understood.

The specimens from the London Clay to which the names
Pentacrinus subbasaltiformis and P. sowerbii have been
applied, with the exception of a few fragments erroneously
determined, may be assembled in a series that falls within
limits of variation no greater than those of B. didactylus,
and in some respects even less. Therefore those specimens
all belong to a single species.

That species also belongs to Balanocrinus, though the
characteristic features are less pronounced.

The Biarritz species and the London Clay species are,
however, distinct from one another, and must be known
respectively by the names Balanocrinus didactylus V Archiac
ex d’Orbigny, and Balanocrinus subbasaltiformis J. de C.
Sowerby ex Miller.

Sowerby’s figure 3 b (Brit. Mus. 57539), supposed by him
to represent a cirrus of P. subbasaltiformis, is a stem of
Isocrinus character with a pentagonal section actually visible:
in Sowerby’s engraving. It appears to be the stem of the
later-described Cainocrinus tintinnabulum Forbes.

Pentacrinus dixont Ooster, may be the same as Balano-
crinus didactylus, but Ooster’s name must form the subject
of a separate note.

Pentacrinus diaboli Bayan, which Meneghini referred to
B. didactylus as interpreted by him, is an alternicirrate
Balanocrinus, with 2 & 3 facets to the whorl, but differs in
its marked pentagonal section and other respects from
d’Archiac’s species (Brit. Mus. E 22032-22052).

Pentacrinus lorioli Noelli (1900, Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat.,
XXXIx. p. 28, pl. i. figs. 33, 34), based on cylindrical stem-
fragments from the Upper Helvetian of Piedmont, was
referred by me to Balanocrinus in the ‘ Zoological Record ”
for 1900 (1901), by reason of its joint-face, which Dr. Noelli
himself compared with that of B. bronni. The “due in-
fossature molto distinte’ on what is presumably the
hypozygal indicate that the stem was alternicirrate.

Pentacrinus subbasaltiformis Miller, var. subrotundus
De Gregorio (1894, Ann. Geol. et _Pal., Livr. 18, p. 17, pl. ii.
figs, 41, 42), from the Bartonian of Valrovina, may be

4.06 On British Fossil Crinoids.

Balanocrinus didactylus, but the joint-faces of the holotype
are admittedly obscure. The variety is In any case un-
necessary.

There may be one or two more Tertiary species of the
same general type, 7. e. alternicirrate Balanocrinus, and it
seems probable that all these species may be genetically
related. It is, however, improbable that they are related to
the recent Endoxocrinus altennicirrus, which resembles them
only in its alternicirration. What was the advantage of
this peculiarity, or how it first arose, are questions that
still seek an answer.

Another question is as to the origin and advantage of the
Balanocrinus plan of joint-face. Assuming the simply
radiate Entrochus plan to be the oldest, then the Jsocrinus
plap. developed from this by the concentration of the liga-
ments in 5 pillars, and it is plain that this plan must have
preceded that of Salanocrinus. Possibly the reduction of
the radial ridge-groups merely continued when once started,
and was in part accelerated by their decreasing utility
according to the law of economy.

Such an explanation suggests the further hypothesis that
the Balanocrinus plan arose from that of Isocrinus several
times over between the Trias and the Oligocene, and that
it does not characterize a homogeneous monophyletic
genus.

The general tendency of economy of material in Jsocrinus
is in the direction of stellation—the cutting-out of stereom
that lends no strength to the column (cf. Ionic as derived
from Doric, or Gothic from Norman). But in those species
that did not adopt this mode of retrenchment, remaining
cylindrical or basaltiform, the economy was effected in the
reduction of unnecessary ridges on the joint-face, possibly
combined with stronger radial ligaments.

Finally, on this hypothesis, the alternicirrate Balanocrini
of the early Tertiary rocks form a homogeneous group,
derived from some Cretaceous species, such as the Upper
Senonian Pentacrinus bronni Hagenow, the Lower Danian
P. paucicirrhus Nielsen, and the Upper Danian P. crassus
Nielsen. These three form a continuous series of alterni-
cirrate forms, with joint-faces of Balanocrinus plan, and so
closely resemble one another in stem-characters that no differ-
ence is apparent in the descriptions or figures.

ae Briinnich Nielsen (1913, Danmarks geol. Unders¢g.,

. Raekke, Nr. 26, pp. 6-8 & 81) rejects the genus Balano-
crinus, because in a single species (P. paucicirrhus) he finds
joint-faces of both Isocrinus and Balanocrinus plan, with all

On new Indo-Malayan Lepidoptera. 407

gradations between them, just as we have seen to be the
case in the Eocene species, and, as pointed out at the be-
ginning of this article, long known in many Jurassic species
also. The objection, therefore, had it been considered
sound, might have been raised many years ago; but the
facts are much what we might expect on any hypothesis of
the origin of Balanocrinus from Isocrinus, and are certainly
consistent with the special hypothesis here advocated of the
multiple origin of Balanocrinus from successive species or
species-groups of Jsocrinus. It may be impossible to assign
an isolated ossicle to its correct genus, but the stem must be
considered as a whole. 7

Admitting the polyphyletic origin of the genus Balano-
crinus as hitherto conceived, our future task is to divide it
into sections, each of which may be regarded as a subgenus
of Isocrinus if not as a full genus. One such section will
undoubtedly comprise the forms herein discussed. In that
event the validity of Balanocrinus itself will not be settled
by the variations or growth-stages of this Cretaceo-Tertiary
assembiage, but by the relationships of the genotype, the
Oxtfordian Balanocrinus subteres; and “that is another
story.”

XLIX.—WNew Indo-Malayan Lepidoptera.
By Colonel C. Swinuoe, M.A., F.LS.

Family Eupleide.

Salpinx ceramica, nov.

3. Upperside dark olive-brown, the outer margins paler
and somewhat ochreous-tinted: fore wing with a rather large
and round bluish spot below the middle of vein 2, with a
smaller one immediately below it and seven submarginal
bluish spots decreasing in size from the apex downwards:
hind wing with the costal space pale ; a large ochreous-grey
patch covering the upper half of the cell and a space above
it, a postdiscal row of obscure dots and another submarginal,
the uppermost one most pronounced. Underside: fore wing
coloured as above ; a very large ochreous-grey hinder mar-
ginal space which extends to the median vein and a little
beyond vein 2; a large round ochreous-grey spot below
vein 3 near its base, a small one above it, and a whorl of four

408 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new

small spots above curling inwards to near the costa ; a sub-
marginal row of spots, decreasing in size hindwards, and
a marginal row -of small spots, the first six from the apex
in pairs: hind wing darker than the fore wing, uniform in
colour, some small dots at the base ; a submarginal complete
row of small spots and some spots close to the margin, obso-
lete on the upper half.

@. Somewhat paler in colour, the spot-markings above and
below larger, those on the underside very prominent.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 3), ¢ 3% inches.

Hab. Ceram Island.

The fore wings in the male are shorter and more rounded
than is usual in the genus Salpina, giving the insect the
appearance of a Calliplea.

Family Nymphalidae.
Cyrestis atosia, nov.

3. Much the same pattern as irme*, Forbes, from
Sumatra ; belongs to the menalis group, represented in the
Indian region by the niveat group figured by Bingham in
the ‘Fauna of British India,’ Butterflies, ii. p. 851 (1905) ;
but Bingham has figured nivalis} of Felder, from Java,
instead of nivea, a perfectly distinct species, with a broad
black costal border from the base to the apex of the fore wing,
type in Coll. Rothschild. In atosza the band is similar, but
the transverse lines are dark chocolate-brown, the costal band
of the fore wing is complete and contains three white spots
—one subapical, the others on each side of it ; the marginal
band is broader, its inner edge is bent in a curve between
veins 5 and 3, the edges of the bend connected together by a
thick transverse line, and there is a white streak near the
hinder angle above the orange-ochreous patch ; the hind
wing is marked much as in nivea, except that the white
streak in the marginal band from the apex downwards is
much narrower, the transverse lines on both wings thicker
and more prominent, the short bands downwards from the
costa of fore wing broader and more complete, the outer one
fining to a point on vein 4, the middle one across the cell,
and a subbasal one which crosses the wing and is continued
across the hind wing to the orange-ochreous anal patch ; the
nae Naturalist’s Wanderings in the Eastern Archipelago,’ p. 274

35).

‘ * ankea Sey Nova Acta Acad. Leop.-Car. 1831, p. 188, pl. xiv.

t Reise Nov. Lep. 1886 p. 414.

Indo-Malayan Lepidoptera. 409

pattern of both wings much resembles that of irme, but the

coloration of the bands and lines in that species is much

broader and more pronounced and nearly pure black.
Expanse of wings 2 inches.

Hab. Maymyo, Burma (Graham),

Neptis ancus, nov.

g. Above and below closely resembling V. clinia, Moore,
from the Andamans. Upperside with the subapical spots
larger, the lower discal spots also much larger, and more
uniform in size with those of the transverse band of the hind
wing, which is nearly uniform in its entire length, and the
submarginal band of the hind wing is pure white and well
pronounced. On the underside the cell-streak on fore wing
is narrower and the subapical spots are joined together.

Expanse of wings 1,8, inch.

Flab. Toungoo, Burma (Graham).

7 pin a
Neptis margala, nov.

3. Upperside black, markings pure white: fore wing with
the usual cell-streak running close along the median vein
broken at the end, then continued in a narrow spear-shaped
form to nearly halfway between the cell-end and the outer
margin ; two large elongated subapical spots, the upper one
the larger; a large round spot in the lower disc, a smaller
one below it, inwards; a submarginal line of disconnected
lunular marks, the fifth from the costa obliquely placed, a
thin line between this and the outer margin, and some white
on the black cilia: hind wing with the costal space narrowly
white ; a broad pure white even band across the wing
(with the veins running through it) a little before its middle
and in a line with the two lower discal spots of the fore
wing ; a submarginal thin and even grey band, an indistinct
erey line halfway between this and the white band, and
another close to the margin. Underside very beautifully
marked, the ground-colour uniform dark chocolate-brown, all
the markings pure white and clearly cut: fore wing with an
unbroken broad streak in and beyond the cell, thickening
outwards and rounded at the end, which is then pointed; a
thin streak above it ending above the cell-end; the subapical
and lower discal spots and marginal lunules and line as above,
but the spots are much larger and the lunules and marginal
line much thicker, followed by a series of Junular marks close
to the margin ; the cilia also streaked with white: hind wing
with a broad costal streak from the base, narrowing and

410 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new

ending in a point a little beyond the middle of the costa; a
broad and even transverse band, broader than it is on the
upperside, a submarginal band about half as broad, and
thick transverse lines on each side of it, the entire wing being
more white than brown; a faintly indicated white marginal
line.

Expanse of wings 2 inches.

Hab. Borneo.

Allied to nothing I know of.

Pantoperia mera, nov.

3. Belongs to the zara group, is smaller, the fore wing
shorter, the outer margin is less concave, the pattern on the
upperside is very similar, but the cell-streak is more attenuated,
the white spot in it smaller, the orange submarginal band
incomplete, narrower at the apex, then broken, a spot in
continuation on the middle, and faint indications of a grey
line downwards to the hinder angle. The underside, how-
ever, is very different to the underside of inara, especially on
the hind wing, the middle white band being more even, not
attenuated to a point at the abdominal fold as it is in inara;
the black discal row of spots is absent or only very faintly
indicated, and the white postdiscal band is broader.

Expanse of wings 2,3, inches.

Hab. Borneo.

Family Hesperida.
Subfamily Asrrcrorrerinz.

Genus TECUPA, nov.

Forewing: vein 12 ends on costa opposite the end of the
cell, 11 evenly free from 12, emitted one-third from upper
end of cell, 10 from near the end; 9, 8, 7 emitted close
together at and round the end; discocellulars faint, inwardly
oblique, 5 from the middle, 3 from one-fourth before lower
end of cell, 2 from before the middle; costa evenly and
highly arched, apex subacute, outer margin convex below
the apex, then obliquely straight to the hinder angle. Hind
wing: vein 8 much bowed, ends near the apex of the wing ;
cell short and broad, less than half the length of the wing ;
vein 7 from upper end of cell; discocellulars obsolete ; vein 5
faint, from the middle ; 3 from lower end of cell, 2 from near
the end; costa and outer margin evenly rounded; palpi
porrect, third joint thick, produced and obtuse, the entire
palpi thickly covered with long bristly hairs; antenne

Indo-Malayan Lepidoptera. 411

slender, club gradual, pointed and slightly bent, about half
the length of the costa of fore wing; legs slender and naked ;
abdomen slender, extending a little beyond the wings.

Type, 7’. curiosa, mihi.

Tecupa curiosa, nov.

36. Chocolate-black, very dark and very black in some
lights and above and below very uniform in colour, with the
veins above and below rather prominent. On the underside
the colour is slightly paler, palest on the outer and hinder
margins of the fore wings.

Expanse of wings 2} inches.

Hab. Naga Hills.

A very curious-looking Hesperid; three male examples
received from Major Graham’s collection as Watsoniella
swinhoei, Elwes *, but is certainly generically quite different.

Family Arctiidae.
Amsacta annamensis, nov.

3. Pure white, antenne and palpi above black; palpi
beneath, pectus, fore legs, top of head, and shoulders scarlet ;
mid and hind legs white, with black and scarlet stripes ; tarsi
black, ringed with white; collar and costa of fore wing
scarlet ; fore wing with a small black dot at upper end of cell,
hind wing with a small black spot at lower end of cell; in
one example there is a black spot on the outer margin above
the middle ; thorax with a small black dot in front on each
side; abdomen dark yellow, with black segmental bands,
with black spots in the middle of the first three and last
bands and black lateral stripes. Underside: body white ;
wings as above, but there is a small black subbasal spot on
each wing.

Expanse of wings 2 inches.

Hab. Hué, Annam. ~

Somewhat resembles Hampson’s figure of Amsacta flavi-
margot from Bhamo, Burma, the unique type in Mus.
Genova, but there are many points of difference, besides
which the antenne have not got white tips and the abdomen
is yellow, not scarlet as stated in the text, though yellow in
the plate; it also resembles a spotless /acténea of Cramer.

* Trans. Zool, Soc. 1897, p. 220, pl. xx. fig. 6.
t ‘ Lepidoptera Phalena,’ ili, p. 327, pl. xlvi. fig. 14.

412 On new Indo-Malayan Lepidoptera.

Amsacta barbara, nov.

9. Antennz and palpi black, and legs with black and
white and crimson stripes ; farsi uniformly black ; head,
thorax, and wings above pure white ; an ochreous-grey stripe
on top of head, another on the collar : fore wing with a thin
costal pinkish stripe; a black spot on the upper and lower
ends of the cell, two black spots close above vein 1, subbasal
and postmedial: hind wing with a large black spot at upper
end of cell: abdomen above crimson, dorsal an@ lateral black
spots. Underside: wings as above, subbasal black spot on
each wing ; body pure white; abdomen with black spots
down each side.

Expanse of wings 2,5, inches.

Hab. Babber Tsland, portth of Ceram.

Amsacta saduca, nov.

g. Antenne and palpi black, white beneath; legs yellow,
with black stripes ; hind tibize with white stripes; tarsi
black, with white rings ; head, thorax, and wings pure white,
a faint pinkish line across the base of the head: fore wing
with a pinkish costal line; a row of three or four black sub-

basal spots, one at the upper end of the cell, and a discal row,
commencing with three or four in a line from the costa rather
near the apex, then obliquely to the middle of the hinder
margin, and one or two spots at the hinder angle: hind wing
with a lar ge black spot almost closing the end of the cell, and
from two to four subterminal spots: abdomen ochreous, with
dorsal black stripes and lateral black spots, the ventral seg-
ment with a centre black spot. Underside: wings as above ; ;
a sibbasal black spot on each wing ; body pure white,

Expanse of wings 14-inch.

Hab. Cuddapah, Madras Presidency.

Spotted much as in A. albistriga, Walker, xxxi. p. 303
(1864), well figured by Hampson in Phal. iii. p. 330, pl. xlvi.
fig. 19 (1901), but the fore wing of that species is pale
brown, with longitudinal white stripes.

On new Frogs of the Genus Rana. 413

L.—Deseriptions of new Frogs of the Genus Rana.
By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Rana phrynoides.

Vomerine teeth in small oblique groups just behind the
choanze. Head much broader than long, much depressed ;
snout rounded, scarcely projecting beyond the mouth, as long
as the eye ; canthus rostralis indistinct; loreal region very
oblique, slightly concave; interorbital space narrower than
the upper eyelid ; tympanum hidden or very indistinet, $ to %
the diameter of the eye. Fingers obtuse, first longer than
second ; subarticular tubercles sma]l, moderately prominent.
Hind limb short, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaching the
shoulder or the temple, the heels just meeting when the limbs
are folded at right angles to the body ; tibia 2} to 24 times
in length from snout to vent. ‘Toes short, with obtuse tips,
entirely webbed ; subarticular tubercles small, moderately
prominent; a feeble tarsal fold; inner metatarsal tubercle
yarrow, feebly prominent, 4 the length of the inner toe; no
outer tubercle. Upper parts granular, with numerous small
warts on the back, some of which may be elongate; these
eranules and warts may bear black horny spinules ; a strong
fold across the head behind the eyes, and a very strong
glandular fold from the eye to the shoulder; lower parts
smooth. Dark olive above, uniform or with rather indistinct
darker spots; lips with or without dark vertical bars ; dark
cross-bars on the limbs very irregular, if present ; lower parts
whitish, uniform or throat and limbs spotted or marbled with
blackish. Male with internal vocal sacs; during the
breeding-season the arms are remarkably thickened and black
horny spines form two patches on the breast and more crowded
patches on the inner metacarpal tubercle and on the upper
side of the two inner fingers.

From snout to vent 110 mm.

Yunnan at Tongchuan fu, where the species was found in
great numbers by Messrs. J. Graham and Dymond.

I had first referred these specimens to R. boulengeri, Gthr.,
which is no doubt identical with the earlier 2. spinosa, David.
I now find they differ in the shorter hind limbs, the heels not
overlapping, in the shorter inner metatarsal tubercle, and in
the absence of swellings to the tips of the toes.

414 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

Rana tibetana.

Vomerine teeth in small oblique groups between the
choanz and extending a little beyond the level of their poste-
rior borders. Head much broader than long, much depressed ;
snout rounded, shorter than the eye, scarcely projecting
beyond the mouth ; canthus rostralis distinct ; loreal region
very oblique, concaye; interorbital region much narrower
than the upper eyelid ; tympanum distinct, 2 the diameter of
the eye. Fingers obtuse, first slightly longer than second ;
subarticular tubercles moderate. Hind limb moderately
long, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaching the anterior border
of the eye, the heels strongly overlapping when the limbs
are folded at right angles to the body; tibia twice in length
from snout to vent. Toes with the tips swollen into small
disks, entirely webbed; subarticular tubercles moderate ; a
very distinct tarsal fold; inner metatarsal tubercle narrow,
feebly prominent, # the length of the inner toe; no outer
tubercle. Upper parts rough with granules and numerous
round or oval warts tipped with black horny spinules; a
feeble fold across the head, behind the eyes; a strong
glandular fold from the eye to the shoulder; lower parts
smooth. Brown above, with numerous ill-defined dark spots
on the back and cross-bars on the limbs, the larger warts
lighter; a light cross-bar between the eyes; lips with dark
vertical bars ; lower parts brownish, throat and limbs mottled
with brown. Male with internal vocal sacs ; arms thick;
breast with black horny spines ; similar spines, but more
crowded, on the inner metacarpal tubercle and on the upper
surface of the two inner fingers.

From snout to vent 61 mm.

A single male specimen from Yin tsin wau, Wassu State,
Tibet.

Distinguished from R. gammiet, And., by the distinct
tympanum, the presence of a tarsal fold, the larger metatarsal
tubercle, and the presence of vocal sacs; from A. fee, Bler.,
by the swollen tips of the toes and the distinct canthus
rostralis ; from R. yunnanensis, And., by the less prominent
metatarsal tubercle (fide Anderson) ; from &. rugosa, Schleg.,
by the broader head, the larger metatarsal tubercle, and the
presence of vocal sacs.

Rana macrognathus.

I now regard as deserving specific distinction the frog
from Upper Burma referred by me to &. dorie, Blgr. (Aun.
Mus. Genova, [9] xiii. 1893, p. 328, pl. viii. fig. 1), the

Frogs of the Genus Rana. A15

males of which differ in the very large head with strong
swellings on the lower surface of the mandible and on each
side of the occiput, and in the presence of a strong tooth-like
process on each mandibular ramus, near the symphysis, as in
RR. kuhlit and R. macrodon. In these males, when fully
developed, the interorbital region is broad and very convex,
the swelling produced posteriorly as in Pelobates fuscus, and
the tympanum is quite as large as or even larger than the
eye. Females are hardly distinguishable from 2. dorie.

From snout to vent 57 mm.

The types are from the Karin Hills, Upper Burma, 1300
to 1600 feet, and from tlie district of the Karin Bia-po,
collected by the late L. Fea.

R. macrognathus is intermediate between R. dorie, Blegr.,
and R&. pileata, Blgr., and nearer the latter, which differs in
the dermal flap on the head of the males and in the usually
smaller inner metatarsal tubercle.

Rana grahami.

Vomerine teeth in transverse or slightly oblique series
between the choanz or extending a little beyond the level of
the posterior borders of the latter. Head as long as broad or
a little broader than long, much depressed ; snout rounded or
obtusely pointed, feebly or rather strongly projecting beyond
the mouth, as long as the eyeor a little shorter; canthus
rostralis obtuse ; loreal region feebly oblique, concave; inter-
orbital region narrower than the upper eyelid ; tympanum
very distinct, ? to 3 the diameter of the eye. Fingers rather
long, the tips feebly swollen, first as long as or a little longer
than the second ; subarticular tubercles moderate. Tibio-
tarsal articulation reaching the tip of the snout or a little
beyond; heels overlapping when tle limbs are folded at right
angles to the body; tibia 13 to 1% times in length from
snout to vent, shorter than the fore limb, as long as or a
little longer than the foot. Toes with the tips slightly
swollen, entirely webbed ; subarticular tubercles rather small ;
no tarsal fold ; inner metatarsal tubercle feebly prominent,
4 to 2 the length of the inner toe ; no outer tubercle. Skin
smooth above or finely corrugated, often with large fiat warts
on the back; sides granular with large warts, some of which
may bear minute white spinose tubercles; a broad glandular
dorso-lateral fold sometimes present, but much broken up ;
one or two large glands behind the angle of the mouth ;
lower parts smooth or posterior part of belly granular. Olive
above, with more or less distinct darker spots and often

416 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

speckled or mottled with black; sides yellow, with large
black spots or marblings ; limbs with numerous dark cross-
bands, which may be broken up into spots or marblings ;
hinder side of thighs yellow, spotted or marbled with black ;
lower parts white, throat and breast sometimes spotted with
blackish. Male with internal vocal sacs; fore limb much
thickened ; inner finger with a large pad, covered during the
breeding-season with a velvety yellowish or greyish horny
layer. ;

From snout to vent 102 mm.

Yunnan at Yunnan fu; numerous specimens from the
collection of Mr. J. Graham.

This species is very similar to 2. andersont, Blgr., with
which I had at first confounded it; but the absence of disks
to the fingers and toes readily distinguishes it.

Rana tarahumare.

Vomerine teeth in small oblique groups just behind the
level of the posterior borders of the choanze. Head mach
depressed, broader than long; snout rounded, feebly pro-
jecting beyond the mouth, as long as the eye; canthus
rostralis very obtuse; loreal region very oblique, slightly
concave ; nostril equidistant from the eye and from the tip of
the snout; tympanum distinct, 2 to } the diameter of the
eye. Fingers with feebly swollen tips, first longer than ~
second; subarticular tubercles moderate. The tibio-tarsal
articulation reaches the tip of the snout or between the eye
and the tip of the snout ; heels meeting when the limbs are
folded at right angles to the body; tibia 14 to 2 times in
length from snout to vent. ‘Toes with the tips swollen into
very small disks, the base of which is involved in the very
broad web ; no tarsal fold ; a feebly prominent, elliptic inner
metatarsal tubercle, measuring 4 to ? the length of the inner
toe; no outer tubercle. Skin smooth, or upper parts with
small pustules ; a feeble curved glandular fold from the eye
to the shoulder; no dorso-lateral fold. Brown or olive above,
with small blackish spets or numerous dots; limbs with
irregular dark cross-bands; lower parts white, uniform or
throat, breast, and limbs mottled with greyish brown. .Male
without vocal sacs, with a thick blackish pad on the inner
side of the first finger.

From snout to vent 77 mm.

Several specimens, from Loquiro and Barranca del Cobre,
Sierra Tarahumaré, N.W. Mexico, form part of a collection
presented by Dr. H. Gadow a few years ago. I had

4

Frogs of the Genus Rana. 417

referred this frog to R. pustulosa, Blgy., from which it differs
by the more broadly webbed toes and the absence of a dorso-
lateral glandular fold. he larger eye, the more oblique
loreal region, the more distinct tympanum, the shorter tibia,

and the absence of vocal sacs distinguish it from R. boylit,
Baird.

Rana floweri.

Vomerine teeth in very short oblique series close to the
anterior corners of the choane. Head much depressed, as
long as broad; snout pointed, projecting, slightly longer
than the eye; canthus rostralis rounded ; loreal region very
oblique, slightly concave; interorbital space much narrower
than the upper eyelid; tympanum very distinct, 2 the
diameter of the eye. Fingers short and obtusely pointed,
first and second equal; subarticular tubercles moderate.
Hind limb short, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaching the
tympanum, the heels feebly overlapping when the limbs
are folded at right angles to the body ; tibia 23 times in
length from snout to vent, slightly longer than the foot.
Toes short, obtusely pointed, 2 webbed, 2 phalanges of fourth
and 4a phalanx of fifth free ; subarticular tubercles small
and feebly prominent ; an oblique fold on the inner side of
the tarsus ; ‘inner metatarsal tubercle oval, moderately
prominent, 4 the length of the inner toe ; a small flat outer
tubercle. Skin smooth above, with feebly prominent, inter-
rupted, glandular longitudinal folds, 4 on the occipital region
and 6 on the body ; a stronger and continuous dorso-lateral
glandular fold ; a glandular fold from below the eye to above
the arm ; sides and posterior part of belly and base of lower
surface of thighs granular. Grey above, with large dark
spots forming rather irregular transverse series, the dorso-
lateral fold whitish; a V-shaped dark marking between the
eyes; a dark streak from the end of the snout to the eye and
a large dark temporal spot ; a white streak from below the
eye to the shoulder, followed by a round white spot; limbs
with regular dark cross-bands ; hinder side of thighs with
dark marblings and a light longitudinal streak ; lower parts
white. Male with blackish external vocal sacs projecting
through a slit on each side of the throat, parallel with and
close to the ramus of the mandible.

From snout to vent 45 mm.

A single male specimen from Rosaires on the Blue Nile,
obtained by Capt. 8. S. Flower and presented by him to the
British Museum in 1909.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 28 >

418 Mr. W. K. Fisher on new

Closely allied to 2. mascareniensis, D. & B.; distinguished
by the stouter and shorter hind limbs.

By an unfortunate oversight, the frog recently described
by me in these ‘ Annals’ (vol. xix. p. 407) as 2. leonensis is
stated to be from Sierra Leone; it was obtained by
Dr. Spurrell at Bibianaha, Gold Coast.

LI.—New Genera and Species of Brisingide *.
By Watrer K, FisHer, Stanford University, California.

THE new genera of starfishes of the family Brisingide which
are described in this paper are partly derived from an analysis
of Brisinga and Freyella of authors and partly from new
species dredged by the U.S. Fisheries Steamer ‘ Albatross’
in the East Indies and in the North Pacific. Craterobrisinga
and Stegnobrisinga have already been proposed as subgenera,
but a turther study of the material has convinced me that
they are good generic groups. ‘

The complete diagnosis of any genus in the following
synopsis is obtained by starting with the a which heads the
particular section in which the genus is found and reading
each pertinent section until the genus is. reached. For
example, the account of Brisinga is contained in paragraphs
a®, b?, c?,.d}, et, f*, 915 that of Gymnobrisinga in paragraphs
a®, b'; that of Astrocles in a*, b?, c?, d?, e; and so on.

It is hoped that this preliminary account will be of use to
my colleagues. Any corrections, or information regarding
the generic position of known species of “ Brisinga” and
“« Freyella,” will be gratefully received.

Synopsis of the known Genera of Brisingidee.
nop , g

a‘, Abactinal surface of disk and genital region
of ray provided with numerous conspicuous
papulz ; two gonads to each ray; mouth-
plates broad and fan-shaped toward actino-
stome, nearly closing the entrance to the
ambulacral furrow ; genital region of ray
with transverse skeletal arches, between
which the integument is strengthened by
immersed plates and pierced by papular _

* Published with permission of the Commissioner of Fisheries.

Genera and Species of Brisingidee. 419

pores; ray with regularly spaced, lateral,
transverse combs of upward of seven con-
spicuous slender spines; adambulacral
plates higher than long, with a single
prominent subambulacral spine, frequently
truncate and more or less spatulate proxi-
mally ; first 3 to 5 pairs of adambulacral
plates united in each interradius, and above
them the marginal plates are similarly
united; a syzygy (non-muscular symphysis)
between first and second adambulacral
plates, and also sometimes a partial syzygy
between the second and third and between
the third and fourth plates. Genotype,
Brisinga semicoronata, Perrier ........ .. Odinia, Perrier,
a*. A single circle of rather small papule near
margin of disk, 2 papulze corresponding to
each ray; rays, as in Brisinga, without
papule. First and second adambulacral
plates united by a syzygy (non-muscular
symphysis), and upper part of second and
third ambulacral plates united by syzygy ;
gonads numerous, in series; first pair of
adambulacral plates in each interbrachium
closely united (as in figs. 3 and 4). Geno-
type, Brisinga mimica, Fisher ......... . Brisingenes, Fisher.
a®. No papulee present either on disk or on rays.
6’. No abactinal skeleton on rays, the dorsal
side of arm being composed of integu-
ment without plates but covered with
numerous, relatively large pedicellarize
arranged in transverse bands.* Geno-
type, Gymmnobrisinga sarsii, Studer .... Gymnobrisinga, Studer.
6°, Abactinal skeleton present on disk, and on
proximal portion of rays at least.
ce’, Disk-plates large, with a comparatively
few fairly large disk-spines, and a
vertical series of about four con-
spicuous lateral spines to each succes-
sive skeletal arch of the rays, these
lateral combs occurring at regular in-
tervals all along side of ray; mouth-
plates expanded fan-wise toward
actinostome, nearly closing entrance
1o ambulacral furrow ; subambulacral
spine with a modified truncate tip;
first pair of adambulacral plates of
each interbrachial angle united, but
the united pair of conspicuous first
marginal plates is interpolated from
above between their distal ends;
syzyey (?); related to Odinia. Geno-
type, Brisingaster robillardi, de Loriol, Brisingaster, de Loriol.

* Hymenodiscus, Perrier, belongs under this section. It is founded
pon a very immature specimen, possibly a young Brisinga.

23*

420 Mr. W. K. Fisher on new

c®. Disk-plates small, bearing one toseveral
small spinelets; on the ray there is
only one lateral or marginal spine
corresponding to the variably spaced
inferomarginal plates, never a vertical
comb of conspicuous lateral spines.

d', First and second adambulacral plates
as well as the upper part of the
second and third ambulacral plates
united by syzygy (non-muscular
symphysis).

e'. Abactinal skeleton of rays in the
form of independent, spaced arches
or coste composed of elongate,
more or less compressed, over-
lapping plates, projecting well

|

i

Fig. 1.—Brisinga trachydisea. Oral angle from actinal side.
Fig. 2.—Ditto. Lateral view of interbrachium, rays removed.

In all figures: a, first adambulacral plate ; am, ambulacral plate ;
?, interradial plate; m, marginal plate; 0, mouth-plate.

above the level of the intervening
integument and bearing small
spinelets ; intercostal integument
not fortitied by thin, immersed,
spineless, fenestrated plates.

J‘. Gonads numerous, in a series
along either side of each ray;
the interradial (first) pair of
adambulacral plates is joined by
the interradial faces, and above
them is a united pair of first
marginal plates—four in all
(figs. 1 and 2).

g*. Subambulacral spines of proxi-
mal adambulacral plates

Genera and Species of Brisingide. 421

slender, acicular; the acces-
sory subambulacral spine, if
present, is on the adoral half
of the plate; adambulacral
armature is not dense and
crowded. Genotype, Bri-
singaendecacnemos, Asbjprn-
(1! Eee cent eer ee ae Brisinga, Asbjprnsen.
g*. Subambulacral spines of proxi-
mal adambulacral plates with
modified, capitate, often trun-
cate tips; second subambu-
lacral spine regularly present,
prominent, and near the ab-
oral end of plate ; adambu-
lacral plates short, with
crowded armature, Geno-
type, Brisinga panopla,
BNaHews A ia. so aoe ea Craterobrisinga, Fisher.
f?. Gonads two to each ray (one
on each side); subambulacral
spines all delicate and acicular.
g'. The interradial (first) pair of
adambulacral plates is joined
by the interradial faces, and
above them is a united pair
of first marginal plates—four
in all (figs. 3and 4). Geno-
type, Lrisinga moluccana,
1 ee eich eae Astrostephane, Fisher.*
g*. The interradial (first) pair of
adambulacral plates is not
joined, but separate, the outer
end of the combined mouth-
plates being usually inter-
polated between the inner
ends of these adambulacral
plates ; first pair of marginal
plates is not closely united
by the interradial faces, but
only by the adoral ends, to
which also is closely united
the lower end of the inter-
radial-plate, forming a rude
reversed Y, of which the
angle is the apex of the in-
terbrachial angle and the
arms are the first marginal
plates (figs. 5 and 6); ad-
ambulacral plates slender,

* Includes also Astrostephane acanthogenys (Fisher), from 172 fathoms
off Lingayau Gulf, Luzon. The type is from 265 fathoms between
Gillolo and Kayoa Islands, Molucca Islands. (Fisher, Proc. Biol. Soe.
Washington, vol. xxix. p. 33, Feb. 24, 1916.)

422 Mr. W. K. Fisher on new

Astrostephane moluccana, Oral angle actina view.

Astrostephane moluccana.
Lateral view of interbrachium, rays removed.

Genera and Species of Brisingide. 423

with delicate subambulacral
spine; rays delicate, very
deciduous. Genotype, Bri-
singa fragilis, Fisher ...... Brisingella, isher.
e*, Abactinal skeleton of rays con-
sisting of independent,compressed -
arches or coste as in Brisinga,
but the integument between the
arches is crowded with numerous
* spineless, immersed, fenestrated,
thin plates, sometimes slightly
overlapping, yet leaving the in-
tegument quite inflexible; gonads
2 or 4 to each ray.
f', First pair of adambulacral plates
united, and joined to their upper
side is a united pair of marginal

Fig. 5. Fig. 6.

Fig. 5.—Brisingella fragilis. Oral angle, actinal view.
Fig. 6.—Ditto. Lateral view of interbrachium, rays removed ; only the
articular surface of the adambulacrals and marginals is dotted.

plates, four in all, as in Bri-

singa; proximal adambulacral

plates higher than long; gonads

two to each ray. Genotype, .

Brisinga (Stegnobrisinga) pla-

COMET ING, MISNOL™s*, excrs) oe eerees Stegnobrisinga, Fisher,

adoral ends, to which also is
closely united the lower end of
the interradial plate, forming a
rude x,of which theangle is the
apex of the interbrachial angle

424

Mr. W. K. Fisher on new

and the arms are the first mar-
ginal plates (figs. 5 and 6);
proximal adambulaeral plates
not higher than long ; gonads 2
or 4 to each ray. Genotype,
Brisinga panamensis, Ludwig .

Astrolirus, Fisher.

e®, Abactinal skeleton of genital region
of ray composed of a uniform
armour of thin, spiniferous, more
or less overlapping plates, but not

of independent arches or cost.
jf’. Primary plates of disk much

larger than the others, which
are small; gonads 2 to each
ray ; an interradial plate, ver-
tical in position, is interpolated
between the proximal ends of
the first adambulacral plates,
and touches the mouth-plates,
but does not encroach upon the
actinal surface as in Colpaster.
Genotype, Belgicella racovitz-
ana, Ludwig

f?. Primary plates of disk not con-

spicuous and not distinguish-
able from the other abactinal
plates of disk.

g, An azygous interradial plate,

shield-shaped and conspic-
uous superficially on the
actinal surface, separates the
first pair of free adambulacral
plates; gonads unknown.
Genotype, Colpaster scut-
gerulus, Sladen........... 5

2

g°. First pair of adambulacral

plates not separated by an
azygous plate, but united as
in Brisinga, and above them
is a pair of conspicuous,
united, first marginal plates—
four in all in each interradial
angle; gonads numerous, in
a series along either side of
theray. Genotype, Freyella
spinosa, Perrier ..........

d*, No syzygy, or non-muscular sym-

Belgicella, Ludwig.

Colpaster, Sladen.

Freyella, Perrier.

physis, between-the first and second
adambulacral plates nor between
the upper part of the second and
third ambulacral plates, but a nor-
mal muscular symphysis not diffe-
rent from the others; no marginal
plates directly above the first pair
of adambulacral plates; the latter
are not united except sometimes by
the proximal ends; touching the

a

Genera and Species of Brisingide. 425

lower end of the interradial plate
is a pair of very inconspicuous plates
lying in the same plane, and super-
ficially appearing to be a part of the
interradial plate *. These are really
the outer ends of the mouth-plates
which project dorsally behind the
first pair of adambulacral plates.
The latter, by sometimes touching
at their inner ends, segregate this
dorsal portion of the mouth-plates
from the actinal spine-bearing part.
For this reason they may easily be
mistaken for two entirely inde-
pendent plates (see fig. 7).

Freyellidea microplax. Lateral view of interbrachium ; the surface of
the interradial and mouth-plates is dotted.

e', Abactinal skeleton of ray com-
posed of a uniform armour of
thin, spiniferous, more or less
overlapping plates as in Freyella,
not of spaced, independent arches
or cost; furrow spinelets not
modified or expanded at the tip.
Genotype, Freyellidea microplax,
Rishorevaac oe aatie Mess acl anaes Freyellidea, Fisher.

e?, Abactinal skeleton of ray con-
sisting of independent transyerse
arches, composed, on radial area,

ee a

* The interradial plate described by Ludwig in Belgicella is perhaps
the true interradial plate plus these extreme outer ends of the mouth-
plates, which, unless treated with potash, appear to be a part of the
interradial plate, (Ludwig ‘ Belgica’ Report, 1903, p. 60),

426 Mr. W. K. Fisher on new

of flattened, overlapping plates
(not of elongate, narrow, more or
less compressed ossicles as in
Brisinga) ; these costa bear spine-
lets and are separated by intervals
devoid of plates; furrow spine-
lets with curiously modified ex-
panded tips. Genotype, Astro-
cles actinodetus, Fisher ........ Astrocles, Fisher.

Genus Bristnca, Asbj¢rnsen.

Brisinga, Asbjprnsen, Fauna Litt. Norvegiz, 1856, andet hefte, p. 95.
Type, B. endecacnemos, Asbj.

Admirable figures are given by G. O. Sars in his mono-
graph of Brisinga coronata (pl. vill.). Brisinga trachydisca
is the only species of the restricted genus Brisinga that I
have examined. It was dredged by the steamer ‘ Albatross’
in 602 to 772 fathoms in the Philippine Islands.

Genus CRATEROBRISINGA, Fisher.

Craterobrisinga, Fisher (subgenus), New East Indian Starfishes, Proc.

Biological Soc. Washington, vol. xxix. p. 33 (Feb. 24,1916). Type,
Brisinga panopla, Fisher.

The species which are to be included in this group are:
Craterobrisinga panopla (Fisher), C. parallela (Keeler),
C. alberti (Fisher), C. cricophora (Sladen), C. eucoryne
(isher), C. variispina (Ludwig), C. multicostata (Vernill),
C. evermanni (Fisher), aberrant.

Craterobrisinga sinaptoma, sp. 0.
Diagnosis.—Rays 12, 14, and 15, with very long genital

area crossed by 35 to 40 irregular, fairly well-spaced, com- _

plete and incomplete prominent, spiniferous coste ; genital
region equal to about 8-5 to 10 7, or *6 total length of ray ;
disk with prominent spinelets, solitary except on primary
radial plates, about 1 mm. long; no disk pedicellaria; ad-
ambulacral plates short and broad, with proximally usually
2 aboral furrow spinelets and 2 subambulacral spines all in a
transverse series, and sometimes also a furrow spinelet on the
proximal half of plate; first 10 or 12 outer subambulacral
spines with circular, enlarged, sharply truncate tip; mouth-
plates decidedly small, with 2 or 3 actinostomial spinelets,
and on the outer part of plate a transverse series consisting of
1 or 2 aboral furrow spinelets and 1 tapering suboral spine ;
first 2 adambulacral plates of each ray fused to those of

Genera and Species of Brisingidee. 407°

adjacent ray by a non-muscular articulation. R=200 +
mm., r=15 mm. (14 rays); R=245 mm., r=13 mm.
(12 rays).

Type-locality, — * Albatross ” station 3342, off British
Columbia, 52° 39’ 30’ N., 132° 38° W., 1588 fathoms, grey
00ze, coarse stones, HEP, temperature 35°3 Fahrenheit.

Craterobrisinga synaptoma is characterized by the very
long genital region and the numerous, irregular, uncrowded
costes. The first two adambulacral plates of each ray are
joined to the corresponding plates of the adjacent ray, instead
of only the first plate as in other species of the genus. The
smaller of the two subambulacral spines at the base of the
vay has the tip slightly, or sometimes conspicuously,
thickened and modified.

BRISINGENES, gen. nov.

Diagnosis.—As given in foregoing synopsis. z.

I know of only two species which are referable to this
genus—the type, 6. mimica, Fisher, from 559 fathoms,
Buton Strait, Celebes, and 5. anchista, sp. n., from the same
station. In general appearance these species closely resemble
typical Brisinga, but differ in having a circle of papulee close
to the margin of disk, two corresponding to each ray.

BRISINGELLA, gen. noy.

Diagnosis.—As given in foregoing synopsis.

This genus includes the following species: B. fragilis
(Fisher), type, B. coronata (G. O. Sars), B. ewilis ( ahaa
B. tenella (Ludwig), and probably also the following species
described by Sladen: B. verticillata, B. armillata, B. discincta,
and B. membranacea. B. mediterranea (Perrier) is also very
probably a member of this genus. Without definite informa-
tion concerning the gonads it is not possible to be certain.

In his paper entitled ‘ Researches on the Structure and
Affinity of the Genus Brisinga, &c.,” George Ossian Sars
describes and beautifully figures the anatomy “of Br istingella
coronata, a typical species of this genus. The special
differential characters are clearly shown on plates iii., iv.,
and v.

Brisingella pusilla, sp. n.

Diagnosis.—Rays 10. R=165 + mm., r=8 mm., R=
20+7r ; thickness of disk 2°5 mm.; breadth of ray aie base
4mm. Similar in general appearance to B. ewilis, Fisher,

428 Mr. W. K. Fisher on new

with thin disk and deciduous, slender, flexible rays, thin
delicate abactinal integument, and very fragile spines.
Differing from B. evilis in having 25 to 30 coste which
extend at least three-fourths the length of ray, comparatively
few, widely spaced, embryonic, abactinal disk-plates bearing
1 or occasionally 2 small spinelets, a narrower, keeled, inter-
radial plate ; second ambulacral ossicle more than half as
long as the first, measured on the summit of the ridge ;
furrow spinelet absent beyond the proximal 3 to 14 adambu-
lacral plates.

Type-locality.—‘ Albatross’ station 4427, off Point San
Pedro, Santa Cruz Island, California, 447 to 510 fathoms,
black mud. ;

Genus STEGNOBRISINGA, Fisher.

Stegnobrisinga, Fisher (subgenus), New East Indian Starfishes, Proc.
Biological Soc. Washington, vol. xxix. p. 33 (Feb. 24,1916). Type,
Brisinga (Stegnobrisinga) placoderma, Fisher.

Diagnosis—As given in foregoing synopsis.

‘Vhe numerous prominent coste will at once separate this
genus from Freyella and Freyellidea. ‘The genus Astrolirus
differs in having the first adambulacral plates and first
marginal plates arranged as in Brisingella, and in having
slenderer adambulacral plates, which, proximally, are not
higher than long,

Brisinga gracilis, Koehler, may be a Stegnobrisinga, but
certain necessary anatomical details are not yet known—for
example, the number of gonads.

ASTROLIRUS, gen. nov.

Diagnosis. —As given in foregoing synopsis.

‘The type, Brisinga panamensis, Ludwig, is the only species
known. The genus has much the same relation to Stegno-
brisinga that Brisingella bears to Brisinga, with the exception
of the gonads, which are two to each ray in Stegnobrisinga,
and two, or as many as four in very large examples, in
Astrolirus.

Genus FREYELLA, Perrier, restricted.
Freyella, Perrier, Ann. sci. nat., Zool. vol. xix. art, 8, 1885, p.5. Type,
Freyella spinosa, Perrier, first species.
Diagnosis.—As given in foregoing synopsis.
This group includes those species-of the old genus Freyella
in which the gonads are numerous and arranged in series

Genera and Species of Brisingide. 429

along either side of the ray, as in typical Brisinga. In this
restricted genus Freyella, as in the restricted Brisinga, the
first adambulacral plate is closely united to its fellow of the
adjacent ray, at the apex of the interbrachial angle; and
immediately above them and joined to their upper sides is a
closely apposed pair of marginal plates, the first of a series
which extends a variable distance along the base of the ray,
just above the adambulacral plates. The adoral end of these
first marginal plates abuts against the base of the interradial
plate. Insome species part of the second adambulacral plate,
as well as the first, is joined to its vis-&-vis.

The name Freyella has been retained for this group because
Perrier’s figures of /. spinosa in the ‘ Travailleur’? and
‘Talisman’ Report (1894, pl. viii.) seem to indicate that the
first pair of adambulacral plates in each interbrachium is
united, while the long genital region indicates serial gonads.

Freyella spatulifera, Fisher (Macassar Strait, 901 fathoms),
belongs in this group, and probably also Freyella polycnema,
Perrier. I am uncertain about Sladen’s species. I have
indicated under Freyellidea the species which I believe to be
referable to that genus.

FREYELLIDEA, gen. nov.

Diagnosis.—As given in foregoing synopsis.

Although the species of this genus have been considered
congeneric with those of the restricted Freyella, the two
groups are really very different. reyellidea lacks entirely
the syzygial joint between the first and second adambulacral
plates, and is the only genus except Astrocles in which there
is no syzygy at the base of the ray. Furthermore, the mar-
ginal plates which are present in the interbrachial angle of
other genera (except Astrocles) are here lacking.

I have examined the following species which belong to
Freyellidea: F. elegans (Verrill), #. propinqua (Ludwig),
fF. pacifica (Ludwig), F. insignis (Ludwig). Without a
knowledge ot the gonads and of details of the interbrachium
it is not possible to be certain that the following species
belong in Freyellidea, but, as nearly as one can judge by the
figures, they appear to. Such species are: F. sexradiata
(Perrier), EF. benthophila (Sladen), F. fragilissima (Sladen),
Ff. heroina (Sladen), #. dimorpha (Sladen), F. remex
(Sladen), F. tuberculata (Sladen). F. bracteata (Sladen) is
a synonym of £. elegans, according to Professor Verrill.

The following species is the type of the genus.

430 On new Genera and Species of Brisingide.

Freyellidea microplaz, sp. n.

Diagnosis.—Rays 12, not deciduous, only moderately long,
with a short, swollen genital region about 4 7 in length.
Disk closely covered with short spinelets, 4 or 5 to a plate ;
genital region of ray covered with small, transversely oriented,
elliptical, somewhat irregular plates bearing groups of 2 to 8
small spinelets ; 19 or 20 plates can be counted across ray
at widest part. Short lateral spine opposite alternate
adambulacral plates. Adambulacral armature: laboral furrow
spinelet, and 1 subambulacral spine, with truncate enlarged
tip at base of ray; first adambulacral plates of adjacent rays
not fused, the outer end of the mouth-plates intervening ;
oral armature: 8 actinostomial spinelets and 1 short, sharp,
suboral spine. R=170 4+-mm., r=10 mm., R=1747r;
thickness of disk 4 mm.; width of ray at base 45 mm.;
breadth of actinostome 13 mm.

Type-locality. —‘ Albatross’ station 3342, off British
Columbia (52° 39’ 30’ N., 132° 38’ W.), 1588 fathoms, grey
ooze and coarse sand, bottom temperature 35°°3 Fahrenheit.

ASTROCLES, gen. nov.

Diagnosis.—As given in foregoing synopsis. °

This curious genus agrees with Freyellidea in its most
important features—the absence of a proximal adambulacral
syzygy, absence of marginal plates above the first few
adambulacral plates, and the presence of only two gonads
to each ray.- The differential characters are given in the
synopsis. The following species is the type of the genus.

Astrocles actinodetus, sp. n.

Diagnosis.—Rays 11, not very deciduous; disk fairly
large, covered with circular plates bearing 1 to 3 spinelets ;
genital region of ray 3°5 to 4 r in length, or about one-sixth
total length of ray, and crossed by 25 to 27 pretty regular
transverse arches of depressed, elliptical, crenulate plates
covered with a felting of minute pedicellarize and bearing
small spinelets in transverse series ; intervals between arches
without plates or pedicellariz ; lateral spine opposite alternate
adambulacrals, very slender and delicate; adambulacral
armature consisting of 1 aboral furrow spinelet with tip
greatly broadened and subtriangular in form, and 1 sub-

ambulacral spine, those on proximal half or two-thirds of —

genital region with an enlarged bifid tip; mouth-plates with
3 actinostomial spines, expanded, flattened, and more or less
Pp » ©xp ;

eS ae a ee, a

On Three new Parasitic Acari. AST
*

irregular in form, 1 aboral, modified furrow spinelet, and 1
suboral pointed spine; in interbrachium the first pair of
adjacent adambulacral plates touch or join only at their
proximal ends—are not fused the whole extent of their
external or lateral faces, nor is there directly above them a
prominent pair of first marginal plates as in Brisinga and
Freyella, and allies.

Type-locality. —‘ Albatross’? station 2859, off British
Columbia (55° 20' N., 136°.20’ W.), 1569 fathoms, grey
ooze, bottom temperature, 34°°9 Fahrenheit.

>

LII.—On Three new Parasitic Acari.
By STANLEY HIrsv.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Family Listrophorida.

The curious new mite briefly described below lives on the
guinea-pig, being found on the hairs of the posterior part of
the back. It is a minute species, and this is no doubt the
reason why it has hitherto escaped notice. The mite clasps
a hair of the host with its anterior legs, which are specially
modified for this purpose. During copulation the male
attaches himself to the generative nymph by the little suckers
on the venter and also by the elongated legs of the fourth
pair, the hook of the tarsus becoming fixed in the projecting
posterior margin of the second epimeron. Whilst copulating
the heads of both male and nymph point in the same direction,
instead of in opposite directions as in the genus Schizocarpus.

CHIRODISCOIDES, gen. nov.

Anterior legs modified so as to form clasping-organs as in
Chirodiscus, Trouess. & Nn., but a small pulvillus is present
on the tarsi of these Jimbs. Fourth leg of male longer than
the others, and its tarsus is bent at the end to forma hook,
Body of the male not bifid at the end as is the case in Chiro-
discus, but produced into a short unpaired process. ‘There
are no long hairs on the body.

Chirodiscoides cavic, sp. n.

Body of ovigerous female narrow and elongated, being

432 Mr. 8. Hirst on,

more than three times as long as wide; the dorsal surface is
convex. Anterior portion of body bearing the two first pairs
of legs strongly chitinized; dorsally it is covered by two
strong plates, the anterior one being small and trapezoidal in
shape and considerably longer than wide. More than half
the rest of the dorsal surface is covered by a thin chitinous
plate, the posterior end of which is truncated. Venter and
uncovered part of dorsal surface striated, the striations being
transverse except on the anterior part of the venter, where
they run obliquely. Numerous minute denticles with their
points directed backwards are present on the ventral surface
of the abdomen. ‘There are only a few hairs on the body,
and they are all very fine and short.

Japitulum large and triangular in shape, the apex pointing
forwards; the greater part of this structure is formed by the
palps, especially by the second segments, which are strongly
salient laterally.

Legs.—The two first pairs of legs are rather wide and con-
siderably flattened ; tarsus of these limbs grooved below and
furnished with a distinct curved knob, besides smaller pro-
tuberances. Although reduced in size, the pulvillus is present
on the tarsi of these legs. Posterior legs slender and with
the pulvillus large. Hairs on legs few in number and mostly
short and inconspicuous, but there is a long fine tactile hair
at the distal end of the third tarsus.

Generative nymph much smaller and less elongated than
the ovigerous female. A longitudinal series of minute
curved lobes or scales runs down the middle of the dorsal
surface, coming to an end a little distance from the poste-
rior end. The series is really a double one, the lobes of
each side facing one another, and each bearing a thin back-
wardly directed spine. ‘These lobes arise from the inner end
of the oblique striations present on the body.

Male a little smaller than the generative nymph. Poste-
rior end of body produced, forming a distinct process or tail
(which is much shorter than the tail-like process present in
the malenymph) ; this process is slightly rounded at the end.
There is a pair of minut@suckers on the venter just in front
of the posterior end of the body. Genital aperture placed
opposite the proximal segments of the last pair of legs. The
three anterior pairs of legs are very similar to those of the
female, but the last pair are considerably longer than the
others, and the tarsus is bent so as to form a hook ; a small
pulvillus is present on this modified tarsus,,and also a fairly
long and bluut hair or seta.

Three new Parasitic Acari. 433

The male deutonymph has a fairly long and slender poste-
rior process or tail, which is furnished with minute denticles
resembling those found on the venter. There is a double
longitudinal series of scales running along the median line of
the dorsal surface as in the generative nymph and larva.
Besides this central series there are also numerous scattered
scales on the dorsal surface.

Protonymph.—A smaller nymph with a much shorter tail
than the male deutonymph also occurs ; presumably it is the
protonymphal stage.

Larva.—The two anterior legs are modified to form clasping-
organs, as in the other stages; the third pair of legs is
slender and not modified. There is a very short but distinct
curved hook-like tail or process at the posterior end of the
body.

Ova.—The eggs are attached singly by one end to a hair
of the host ; they are narrow and elongated.

Material Numerous specimens were found on the two
guinea-pigs examined.

Measurements.—Length of ovigerous female -46--51 mm.,
of generant nymph *39 mm., of male ‘35 mm., of male deuto-
nymph (incl. caudal process) ‘46 mm., of protonymph
*31mm., of larva 243%, of ovam 210. Width of ovigerous
female 150 u, of generant nymph 160 p, of ovum 54 yp.

Family Demodecide.

Genus DemMopEx, Owen.

In his valuable papers * on the genus Demodex Friedrich
Gmeiner gives a list of the fourteen described species and
also the literature, recording a hundred papers on this subject.
Tw forms from the hedgehog and dor ‘e described

wo new forms from the hedgehog and dormouse are describe
below.

Demodex muscardini, sp. n.

? .—This Demodex is a short form and very like that of
the house-mouse, but has the capitulum wider as compared
with its length. ‘he general shape of the body is also

* “ Demodex folliculorum des Menschen und der Tiere,” Arch. Dermat.
Syph., Wien, vol. xcii. 1908, pp. 25-96, 4 pls.; “ Die Acarus-raiide der
Tiere,” Zs, Tiermed. Jena, vol. xiii. 1909, pp. 1-32, 81-108, 4 pls.

Ann & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xx. 29

434 On Three new Parasitic Acart.

rather different in this new Demodew, for there is a slight but
distinct constriction or waist at the point where the abdomen
joins the cephalothorax. Width of cephalothorax a little
more than four times up to four and a half times the total
length of the body (incl. capitulum). Cephalothorax +
capitulum a little less than the length of the abdomen.
Capitulum rather short, being wider than long (at the base) ;
the oval internal portion is rather narrow, however. Spines
on dorsal surface of capitulum fairly well developed and
curved. Penultimate segment of palp salient and pointed
laterally, as in D. muscult.

Measurements.—Total length (incl. capitulum) 173 p;
length of cephalothorax + capitulum 85 w, of abdomen 98 p ;
greatest width of cephalothorax 39-41 w, of abdomen 34 p,
of capitulum (at base) 27 w; length of capitulum 20 p.

Matertal— Three dormice (Muscardinus avellanarius) were
examined for Demodex, and all of them were found to be
infected, but the parasites were few in number.

Demodex erinacei, sp. n.
(Var. of D. caninus ?.)

?.—The Demodex occurring in the hedgehog is an elon-
gated form closely resembling that of the dog (D. caninus)
in almost every respect, but of larger size and with the
capitulum wider as compared with its length, being very
distinctly wider than long (at the base), instead of only
slightly wider as in D. caninus ; the sculpturing of the dorsal
surface of the capitulum apparently is also rather different;
the two spines are very like those present in JD. caninus,
being quite short. Body from over six to slightly more than
seven times as long as wide. Cephalothorax+capitulum
about a third of the total length. ‘Transverse striations of
body extending forwards beyond the coxze of the fourth pair
of legs, the first striation being deep and well-defined.

Measurements.—Total length 313-335 w ; length of cephalo-
thorax +capitulum 108 yw, of abdomen 205 uw ; greatest width
of cephalothorax 44 w, of abdomen 46 pw, of ecapitulum (at
base) 35 w; length of capitulum 26 p.

Material.—Several specimens from an English hedgehog.

On South-African Talitride. 435

LIII.—South-African Talitride. By the Rev. THomas
R. R. Stessine, M.A., F.R.S.

Watte Dr. Chilton is reviewing the New Zealand members
of this family, Mr. H. W. Bell-Marley is making. interesting
additions to the account given by Mr. Keppel Bernard of those
which occur in South Africa. The trustees of the Durban
Museum desire to have the records of the local fauna printed
as well as published in Natal. Owing to this not unnatural
species of patriotism, a rather long interval cccurs before
results arrived at in England can be passed through so
distant a press. This may excuse the inconvenience of a
brief preliminary notice for what I hold to be a new genus
and species. At the end of October I received from Mr. Bell-
Marley a number of Talitrid specimens, reddish-orange in
colour as preserved, which he had found on Durban beach.
He noticed that several were pairing, and the collection
proved to have females, crowded with young ones, as well as
males. After comparison of the latter sex with the synopses
of the family drawn up in 1899 and 1906 and with subse-
quent notices, it seemed clear that the species could not
belong to any of the known genera except Hyalella. But
when a female specimen was examined in ils turn, it showed
a striking difference from all other species of that genus,
numerous as they are. I therefore propose for these specimens

Genus EXHYALELLA, nov.

In general agreement with Hya/ella, but having in the
female the second gnathopod constructed like that of the
male.

Exhyalella natalensis, sp. n.

The telson undivided, its distal margin not rounded, but
obtuse-angled ; the third uropod with narrow ramus shorter

than the peduncle.
Full details and illustrative figures are reserved for future

publication.

29*

436 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

LIV.—Deseriptions and Records of Bees—LXXVIII.
By T. D. A. CocKERELL, University of Colorado,

Perdita perpulchra, Cockerell.

Male. Aguas Calientes, Mexico, Dec. 1, 1909 (Ff. C:
Bishopp). New to Mexico.

Agapostemon cockerelli, Crawford.

Tlahualilo, Durango, Mexico, March 9, 1904, at peach-
blossoms, 6 9 (A. W. Morrill). New to Mexico.

At the same flowers, at the same time,-were taken females”
of A. texanus, Cresson, and A. melliventris, Cresson.

Agapostemon obscuratus, Cresson, var. abjectus, var. NOV.

@ .—Head and thorax obscure dark green; wings brownish.

Cabanas, Cuba, May 28 (Palmer & Riley).

Close to A. femoralis, but larger and with brownish wings,
and the head and thorax quite differently coloured. I suppose
that it is a form of Cresson’s obscuratus, though that has the
head and thorax black, with more or less purple tinge, while
in our insect these parts are very distinctly green. There is
more black on the hind femora than in femoralis, but a large
pale yellow patch on the outer side remains. ‘The scutellum
is dark but shining olive-green.

Agapostemon nasutus, Smith, variety a.

? .—Head deep purple-blue ; metathorax (except in middle)
and parts of sides of thorax green. :
Frontera, Tabasco, Mexico.
A new locality for typical A. nasutus is Santa Eulalia,
Peru, 3000 ft. alt., Jan. 18, 1913 (C. A. T. Townsend).

Priloglossa mayarum, Cockerell.

Tabernilla, Canal Zone, Panama, May 14, 1907 (Aug.
Busck).

Previously known only from Guatemala.

Ptiloglossa eximia, Smith.

Male. On convolvulus, C. Bolivar, Venezuela (AZ. A.
Carriker). . ,
The marginal cell is longer in this species than in P. ma-
yarum and P. mexicana. j

Records of Bees. 437

Augochlora flammea, Smith.

Male. Very like the female, but the clypeus is broadly
creamy white apically, and the basitarsi are yellowish white.

S. Lucreola, Vera Cruz, Mexico (Crawford).

Compared with a ? from F. Smith’s collection.

Prosopis wootoni, Cockerell.

Meadow Valley, Mexico, Sept. (C. H. T. Townsend). New
to Mexico,

This is true wootont, not P. divergens, which I cons'der
distinct.

Prosopis transvittata, sp. n.

? (type).—Length about 6 mm.

Robust, black ; head and thorax dull, very densely punc-
tured ; cream-coloured markings on head, thorax, and legs;
clypeus with a broad pale subapical band, which is trilobed -
on lower side; lateral face-marks elongate, filling space
between clypeus and eye, thence extending upward with a
slightly crenulate margin, to end obtusely on orbital margin
a short distance below middle of front; flagellum obscure
red beneath except at base; prothorax with an interrupted
yellow band, not nearly reaching tubercles, which are light ;
tecule with a light spot; bases of tibiea (the hind ones very
broadly) cream-colour ; area of metathorax dull, finely rugu-
lose, more coarsely at base. Wings brownish. First abdo-
minal segment shining, with very fine but distinct punctures ;
segments 1 to 4 with white apical hair-bands laterally.

$ .—Length about 5°5 mm.

Black, densely punctured as in the female, but punctures
of first abdominal segment more distinct; face cream-colour
up to level of antenne, the broad supraclypeal mark extending
between antennee, the lateral marks extending upward as
bands which end obtusely a little below middle of front ;
scape entirely black, not broadened ; flagellum ferruginous
beneath ; markings on thorax and tegulee as in female ;
anterior tibize in front, middle at base, hind on nearly basal
half, and all the basitarsi light yellow ; lateral abdominal
hair-bands hardly as distinct as in female.

Meadow Valley, Mexico, 4 9, 3 ¢ (C. H. T. Townsend).
U.S. Nat. Museum.

The female is more distinct on superficial examination than
the male. By the light clypeal band it resembles P. elliptica,
Kirby, but it is larger than that, with longer elypeus and

438 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

punctured first abdominal segment. The species is actually
nearest to P. episcopalis, Ckll., from which the male is readily
known by the less rugose area of metathorax and the orbits
diverging more widely above. The mesothorax is rougher
and more coarsely punctured than in episcopalis, but the
difference is not important. Had I only a single specimen, I
might think this a variety of episcopalis ; but the good series
indicates a distinct species.

Colletes speculiventris, sp. n.

¢ .—Length 8°5 mm.

Black, rather slender, the tarsi: obscurely reddish; face
with pale ochreous-tinted hair, cheeks with white; clypeus
exposed, glistening, densely striato-punctate, with a broad
subapical depression; malar space distinctly broader than
long, but not nearly twice as broad ; labrum with a series of
vertical sulci and a small median pit ; mandibles red apically ;
flagellum long, very obscurely brownish beneath, the middle
joints much longer than broad; hair of thorax dull white,
but dark fuscous on scutellum, contrasting with the white of
the axille ; mesothorax shining, strongly punctured ; base of
metathorax with a series of very large smooth quadrate areas,
separated by ridges; tegule dark reddish. Wings dusky ;
second s.m. very broad, receiving first r.n. in middle, Legs
ordinary. Abdomen highly polished and shining, the
segments with rather narrow apical white hair-bands; ventral
segments with white hair-bands, broad at sides and very
narrow in middle.

San Bernardino, Paraguay, Dec. 20 (K. Fiebrig, 2302),
U.S. Nat. Museum.

This looks like a small C. argentinus, Friese, until the
entirely different sculpture of the abdomen is observed. In
Friese’s table (1912) it runs nearest to C. laticeps from Chile.
In Joergensen’s table it runs nearest to C. schrottkyi, from
which it is easily known by the dark hair on scutellum.

Pasiphaé chrysostoma, sp. n.

$.—Length about 7 mm.; anterior wing 6.

Black, the flagellum dull reddish beneath except at base,
the tarsi apically brownish; head subcircular, thick ; clypeus
densely covered with shining pale golden hair; tongue as in
Colletes ; mandibles black; front minutely punctured, the
lower part tufted with long yellowish hair; antenne short;
a smooth shining space on each side of the ocelli ; mesothorax
smooth and shining, scarcely punctured; area of metathorax

Records of Bees. 439 }

triangular, smooth, a deep pit at apex ; thorax above, espe-
cially on scutellum, clothed with very bright orange-fulvous
hair; pleura with dull white hair; tegule piceous. Wings
hyaline, faintly dusky, stigma dull fulvous, nervures fuscous ;
b.n. meeting the oblique t.-m. Legs slender, the hind pair
long; spurs very pale reddish ; hair of legs white. Abdomen
broad, moderately shining, the hind margins of the segments
with conspicuous pale fulvous hair-bands.

Carcarana, Argentina (ZL. Bruner, 83), U.S. Nat. Museum.

Readily known by the bright hair of thorax above. It
may be compared with the much larger P. franki, Friese,
from Buenos Aires.

Pasiphaé leucostoma, sp. n.

¢ .—Length about 8°3 mm. ; anterior wing 6.

Black, the flagellum obscurely brownish beneath ; slender,
with rather long and narrow abdomen ; apical half of man-
dibles dark chestnut ; face and clypeus densely covered with
silky white hair; a smooth shining space on each side of
ocelli; antenne rather short ; mesothorax and scutellum
polished and shining, slightly glaucous, with very remote
and minute punctures ; area of metathorax large, triangular,
the basal part very finely transversely striate, the apical with
a deep pit; hair of thorax white, tinged with ochreous
dorsally; tegule piceous. Wings hyaline, faintly dusky,
stigma and nervures rufo-fuscous. Legs ordinary, with
white hair ; hind legs long and slender. Abdomen without
any distinct hair-bands, though the fourth and following
segments have thin bands of glittering white hair, which
becomes dense at apex; surface of abdomen dullish, glaucous,
the second and third sutures obscurely reddish; fourth and
fifth ventral segments with conspicuous fringes of pure white
hair.

Carearana, Argentina (LZ. Bruner, 38, 73). U.S. Nat.
Museum.

Resembles the Chilean P. tristis, Spinola, but that has the
abdomen shining and hind margins of segments testaceous.

Lonchopria rufipennis, sp. n.

3 (type).—Length about 11 mm.; anterior wing 8°5.

Black, without metallic tints; head and thorax above with
pale ochreous hair; face, cheeks, and lower part of thorax
with creamy-white hair; mandibles reddish apically, bi-
dentate ; face broad, inner orbits nearly parallel; face and
front densely covered with hair; malar space extremely

ALO Descriptions and Records of Bees.

short; antennex short, flagellum dull reddish beneath except
at base ; mesothorax shining, sparsely punctured in middle; -
area of metathorax triangular, not polished ; tegule clear
rufo-testaceous. Wings strongly reddened, dusky on apical
margin, stigma and nervures ferruginous. Legs with pale
hair ; anterior tibie and tarsi ferruginous in front. First
abdominal segment with long pale ochreous hair, the margins
of segments 1 to 5 with entire white hair-bands, only mode-
rately broad ; venter polished.

@ Similar, but more robust; fimbria on last two seg-
ments of abdomen dark chocolate.

Variety parva, var. n., 6 .—Uniformly smaller; anterior
wing 7 mm. long.

Carcarana, Argentina (Z. Bruner, 35; the 2 78; var.
parva, 48). U.S. Nat. Museum.

I separated the var. parva (3 g) as a distinct species on
account of the uniformly small size; but there are apparently
no good structuial characters. Probably the large and small
races visit different flowers. Years ago, I think before
Lonchopria was published, Mr. J. C. Crawford examined the
mouth-parts, and attached a label, “ Colletide, n. gen. ?.”
The palpi, from Mr. Crawford’s mount (male of larger race),
measure as follows in microns :—Labial palpi, joints (1) 112,
(2) 96, (3) 96, (4) 128; maxillary palpi, joints (1) 144,
(2) 80, (3) &0, (4) 80, (5) 80, (6) 128. The palpi are pale
and much more delicate than in L. a/opex, Cll.

This species may be compared with Z. nivosa, Vach., but
is easily known by the reddened wings and finely and densely
punctured ? clypeus. .

Camptopeum reedt, sp. 0.

@ (type).—Length about 8 mm.

Robust, black, not at all metallic ; head, thorax, abdomen,
and legs with abundant pale hair, distinctly ochreous-tinted |
on head and thorax above; eyes grey ; face broad ; labrum
transversely striate; face with creamy-white markings as
follows :—large triangular mark in middle of clypeus, supra-
clypeal transverse band, and more or less L-shaped lateral
face-marks, the upper arm of the L (along the orbit) suddenly
narrowing at about level of antennee, and above that linear ;
flagellum ferruginous beneath except at base ; vertex dull ;
mesothorax and scutellum shining; base of metathorax with
a transverse obtuse polished ridge; tegule piceous. Wings
hyaline ; stigma reddish, very small; b.n. falling short of

Notes on Georychus and its Allies, 441

t.-m.; second s.m. long, narrowed about half above. Legs
slightly brownish, anterior knees with a yellow spot ; spurs
red. Abdomen broad, shining, segments 2 to 4 each with a
broadly interrupted basal cream-coloured band, the lower
margin of which on each side is convex; apical segments
with a good deal of black hair; ventral segments with thin
fringes of long hair. Maxillary palpi with six subequal
joints, the basal ones the longest; labial palpi with one long
joint and three short ones, which together do not exceed the
long ones.

3 .—More slender ; pale markings light lemon-yellow, as
follows :—face below antennze (including supraclypeal band
and dog-ear marks), rapidly narrowing extensions of lateral
marks about halfway up sides of front, interrupted band on
prothorax above, anterior and middle knees, anterior tibize in
front, greater part of anterior tarsi, a rather vague mark at
base of middle tarsi, and basal bands on abdominal segments
2 to 6, at most slightly interrupted in middle. The apex of
abdomen has a long tuft of fuscous hairs, curled upward,
appearing pallid when seen from beneath. On the venter,
subapically, is a broad strap-shaped lobe, broadest in middle,
emarginate at end, and with plumose hairs arranged along
the sides as a fringe, the apex also hairy. This lobe arises
from the apical margin of the fifth segment.

Type from Santiago, Chile; two 2s received years ago
from Prof. E. 8. G. Titus as C. submetallicum, Spinola,
which is a larger insect with greenish abdomen, belonging to
the genus Liopwum.

There are also before me 2 ? and 1 ¢ of C. reedi collected
by E. C. Reed in Chile (U.S. Nat. Museum). I expected to
find this identical with one of the species of Spinola, Friese,
or Vachal; but it is evidently distinct from all. There isa
superficial resemblance to the paler-haired form of C. hirsut-
ulum, Spin.

LV.—WNotes on Georychus and its Allies.
By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

In 1898* Mr. de Winton, in a note on Georychus, drew
attention to the important characters which separate G. capensis

* Ann, & Mag. Nat, Hist. (7) ii. p. 8,

442 Mr. O. Thomas—WNotes on

—the genotype—from the great mass of the species usually
assigned to that genus, and proposed to recognize the two
groups so distinguished as subgenera, accepting for the
second subgenus the name Cryptomys from Dr. Gray’s paper
of 1864 *.

This division appears to me thoroughly sound, especially
as, in addition to tlie tooth-characters mentioned by de Winton,
there is a material difference in the structure of the posterior
palate, Cryptomys having this quite normal, while in Geo-
rychus (s. s.) the capsules of the incisor-roots are extended
backwards into the pterygoids in a manner approaching that
found in Heltophebrus.

On the whole, therefore, it would appear to be advisable to
recognize Cryptomys as a full genus distinct from Georychus,
the great majority of the described species falling intoit. On
the other hand, Gray’s Catomys is not worthy of any sort of
recognition.

Restricted Georychus—the capensis group—inhabits the
extreme south of Africa, ranging northwards to Namaqualand
on the west and the Transvaal in the east. Cryptomys only
overlaps it along a comparatively narrow zone, but ranges
northwards from Knysna and Natal over the whole of the
Ethiopian region to Nigeria and Togoland.

As regards species, the genus Cryptomys is extraordinarily
uniform both externally and cranially, the many forms
described only differing, apart from size and a limited
range in colour, by characters of but little importance, such
as slight differences in the shape of the nasals, the relative
lengths of premaxillary processes and the nasals, and the
shape of the anteorbital foramina. Moreover, these diffe-
rences, such as they are, are curiously inconstant in the
group, almost any good series from one locality being liable
to contain individuals with the characters supposed to be
peculiar to other species. This is notably the case with the
apparently important character of the anteorbital foramina,
which in some cases may-be high and lunate, with slender
boundaries, or small and subcireular, with thick ones, in
specimens taken in the same localities and obviously of the
same species Tt. Young specimens tend to be of the former

* P. Z.S. 1864, p. 128.

+ The type-skull of G. nimrodi, de Wint., has a subcircular foramen
on one side and a high one on the other. And anyone to whom the
British Museum collection is accessible should compare 4. 3. 1.88 and 92,
both from Vredefort Road (Barrett-Hamilton), which have the extremes
of difference in the anteorbital foramina, and 5. 5. 1. 14 with 14. 5. 4. 20,

Georychus and tts Allies. 443

shape, and old ones of the latter, but individual exceptions to
this rule are very numerous. No doubt the shape of the
foramen is a good enough character, if care be taken that it
is regarded as an average and not an invariable one, but
species should certainly not be described on it alone without
quite considerable series.

Of course, in species isolated geographically, such as Cryp-
tomys foxt or zecht, the characters are. more constant, but
where, as in the southern half of Africa, the animals are
found everywhere and no barrier to distribution exists, it
may almost be said that any character of skull may be found
in any species, thus absolutely nullifying geographical splitting
of the usual type.

Hiven size, when the giant northern species are put aside,
is of but little use, for in any series of skulls a few individuals
will be found much larger than the great majority, these
animals appearing to add to the bulk of their skulls long after
they have attained adult life. For example, the type-skulls
of both C. bocagei, de Wint., and C. whytei, Thos., are so
much larger than others from the same areas that they might
readily be thought specifically different from them.

Of course, I do not mean that the skull-characters are
negligible, but only that a much more liberal view of their
inconstancy and want of importance should be taken than is
the case in other mammals. Let anyone look at Mr. Austin
Roberts’s figures of skulls, and he will see how essentially
similar they all are to one another.

The mammary formula of Cryptomys appears to be always
2—1=6. At least, this is the number I find in every spirit-
female we have, whatever its locality. Mr. Roberts’s state-
ment that some of the species have no inguinal pair is probably
due to his having attempted to count mammee on fresh speci-
mens, which is almost as difficult and untrustworthy as doing
so on skins. Spirit-specimens are alone to be trusted for
this particular purpose, as every mammalogist of any expe-
rience is aware.

It may be of interest to record that Cryptomys—or, at
least, some of the species of it—possesses that most unusual
structure, an os clitoridis. In a specimen of C. mechow? it is
an oblong flattened bone 5 mm. in length, 1:5 in breadth, and
0-5 in thickness, not very much smaller than the corresponding

both from the same farm at Willbrook, Estcourt ( Wroughton § Turner),
which equally have the extremes as regards the posterior nasal regions,
other specimens from the same series filling up the gap between them.

444 Notes on Georychus and tts Allies.

bone of the male. The latter, however, is of more normal
shape, round in section, thick at base, tapering terminally.

One of the causes of the wide distribution of similar forms
is no doubt the habit of these animals of frequenting in the
dry-season the empty beds of the rivers, and then when the
water comes down in flood such as survive are carried along
to make further colonies lower down, by which process the
Cryptomys of rivers hundreds of miles.in length are preserved
from local isolation.

These facts about this difficult group have been gradually
impressing themselves on mammalogists for some time, and
it was hoped that by the increase of collections and literature
a proper understanding of the true state of things would be
reached. But unfortunately for South-African mammalogy
a worker in the Transvaal Museum has recently written a
number of papers * in which he has given names to nearly a
score of “species”? of Cryptomys without reference to any
of the older collections or any adequate quotation of the
literature of the subject. He appears not to have ‘learnt the
underlying basis of scientific mammalogy, which is the non-
occurrence of closely allied species on the same ground, for
we find such surprises as the description of four species of
small Cryptomys from Pretoria alone and many others from its
near neighbourhood. His species are ostensibly based on the
characters of the skull—now known, as above explained, to
be of little importance,—but these are so described and with
such insufficient comparison one with another that it is quite
impossible to identify them. Even an albino is described
as a new species, Georychus albus!

The character of the work is of the same quality in other
groups of mammals,

These papers are published in the official journal of the
Transvaal Museum, and I would respectfully urge on the
authorities of that institution to consider what a fatal effect
the issue of such work is likely to have on the reputation of
their Museum and its standing in scientific estimation. I
feel perfectly certain that they will not wish their finely got
up journal to be the vehicle for what is little short of a catas-
trophe to one of the sciences they deal with.

Mr. Roberts’s obvious enthusiasm for mammalogy might
have been made of the greatest service to science had he
consulted any of the older workers, and had he learnt from
them a little caution before rushing into print on so difficult
a subject.

* Austin Roberts, “The Collection of Mammals in the Transvaal

Museum,” Annals of the Transvaal Museum, 1913, and Supplements,
1914-1917, .

445_

INDEX to VOL. XX,

ABRAXAS, new species of, 164.
Acari, new parasitic, 431.
Acerbas, new species of, 224.
Acinonyehinz, characters of the new
subfamily, 332.
AMolochroma, new subspecies of, 111.
Agapostemon, new species of, 240,
456.
Agathia, new species of, 112.
Agrotera, new species of, 376.
Akodon, new species of, 97.
Alestes, new species of, 563,
Alytes obstetricans, remarks on, 173.
Amblyopus, new species of, 147,
Amphodus, new species of, 184.
Amsacta, new species of, 411.
Anapalta, new species of, 67.
Ancyloscelis, note on the genus, 304.
Anisozyga, new species of, 67, 112.
Antharmostes, new species of, 120.
Arcticonus, characters of the new
genus, 129.
Arhopala, new subspecies of, 219.
Arrow, G.J., revision of the African
species of Erotylide, 137; note on
the genus Euxestus, 368,
Asteroidea, notes on, 166,
Astrocles, characters of the new
genus, 450.
Astrolirus, characters of the new
genus, 428.
Athyrma, new species of, 51.
Aulacodes, new species of, 201.
Bagnall, R. 8., records of some
British Symphyla, 360.
Balanocriius of London clay, 385.
Barbus, new species of, 364.
Bather, Dr. F. A., on Balanocrinus
of the London clay, 385.
Bathycolpodes, new species of, 120.
Batrachia, new, 184, 413.
Bembex, new species of, 289,
Berta, new subspecies of, 125.
Biaka, characters of new genus, 225,
Bomolocha, new species of, 163.
Books, new :—Mollusea of the Aus-
tralasian Antarctic Expedition,
200; British Museum publications
in Economie Zoology, 326,
Boulenger, G. A., remarks on the
midwife toad, 173; on a new
species of Amphodus, 184 ; on new
fishes from Lake Tanganyika, 363 ;
on new frogs of genus Rana, 418.
Braconide, on the, in the B,M., 241.
Bradina, new species of, 212.
Braunsomeria, new species of, 352.

Brisingella, characters of the
genus, 427,
Brisingenes, characters of the new
genus, 427.
Brisingidz, new genera and species
of, 418.
Buckman, 8. 8., on the correlation
of Jurassic chronology, 263,
Calotachytes, characters of the new
subgenus, 10,
Campsomeris, new species of, 355,
Camptopceum, new species of, 440.
Candalides, new subspecies of, 220.
Capnodes, new species of, 162.
Casyapa, new species of, 221.
Cat, on the occurrence of a pseudo-
parasitic mite on domestic, 132.
Catapsephis, new species of, 371.
Cechenena, new species of, 307.
Celerena, new subspecies of, 229.
Cenoloba, new species of, 279.
Chalepogenus globulosus, descrip-
tion of the female of, 302.
Cheletiella parasitivorax, occurrence
of, on the domestic cat, 132.
Chirodiscoides, characters of the new
genus, 431,
Chrysichthys, new species of, 366.
Cleora, new species of, 74.
Clupeosoma, new species of, 275.
Cockerell, T. D. A., descriptions and
records of bees, 235, 298, 436,
Ccelorhyncidia, new species of, 212.
Coleoptera, new, 137.
Colletes, new species of, 438,
Colussa, new species of, 56.
Comibzena, new species of, 114.
Cosmopsaltria, new species of, 321.
Crasilogia, new subspecies of, 68.
Craspedosis, new species of, 78, 229.
Craterobrisinga, new species of, 426.
Crinoids, on British fossil, 385.
Crocidura, new species of, 318.
Crustacea, new, 435.
Cryptomys, note on the genus, 442.
Cryptotympana, new species of, 319.
Cyphura, new species of, 80.
Cyrestis, new species of, 408.
Dardus, new species of, 187.
Dasychira, new species of, 160.
Dasychiroides obsoleta, description
of the female of, 58.
Dasyprocta, new species of, 259, 310,
Deilemera, new species of, 159.
Delias, new subspecies of, 217.
Delomys, characters of the new
genus, 196.

new

446

Deltamys, characters of the new
genus, 98.

Demodex, remarks on certain species
of, 232; new species of, 433.

Dendrailurus, note on genus, 348,

Desmia, new species of, 376.

Deudorix, new species of, 220.

Deuterophysa, new species of, 214.

Diacrisia, new species of, 50.

Diadasia, new subspecies of, 304.

Diathrausta, new species of, 213.

Dimorpha, new species of, 296.

Dipsacaster, note on the genus, 169.

Distant, W. L., on some Ethiopian
and Australian homoptera, 186;
on homoptera of Indo-China, 319.

Dorigona, note on the genus, 168.

Draczenura, new species of, 158, 211.

Dundubia, new species of, 320.

Dysphania, new species of, 111.

Elis, new species of, 352.

Encaustes, new species of, 144.

Epeolus, new species of, 298.

Epipompilus, new species of, 309.

Epitherapis, new species of, 72.

Epyris, new species of, 103.

Erotylide, revision of the African
species of, 137.

Eucharidema, new species of, 79.

Euproctis, new species of, 59.

Eurychoria, new species of, 69.

Eurymeloides, new species of, 188.

Euxestus, note on the genus, 368;
new species of, 159.

Exhyalella, characters of the new
genus, 439.

Exomalopsis, new species of, 302.

Felidze, on groups of small and me-
dium-sized S.-American, 43; on
the classification of existing, 329.

Felinz, characters of the new sub-
family, 332.

Fisher, W. K., notes on Asteroidea,
166; on a new genus and sub-
genus of East-Indian_ sea-stars,
172; on new genera and species of
Brisingide, 418.

Fishes, new, 363.

Folka, definition of the new generic
name, 163.

Freyellidea, characters of the new
genus, 429.

Geeana, new species of, 324.

Galago crassicaudatus, on the geo-
graphical races of, 47.

Gargetta, new species of, 61.

Geological Society, proceedings of
the, 134, 263, 327.

Geometride, new, 109.

Georychus, note on the genus, 441.

INDEX.

Glyphodiscus, characters of the new
subgenus, 173.

Gubaria, new subspecies of, 71.

Gudwana, characters of the new
genus, 189.

Hampson, Sir G. F., on new Pyra-
lide, 201, 265, 369.

Hapalide, on the genera of, 247.

Haphsa, new species of, 322.

Hasora, new species of, 222.

Hecalus, new species of, 191.

Heliconius, on new races and aberra-
tions of, 87.

Heliophobius, new species of, 314.

Hemithea, new species of, 122.

Herpailurus, note on the genus, 346,

Hesperilla, new species of, 223,

Heterocnephes, new species of, 165.

Hilda, new species of, 186.

Hippotion, new species of, 307.

Hirst, S., occurrence of a pseudo-
parasitic mite on the domestic cat,

_ 182; remarks on certain species of
the genus Demodex, 282; on three
new parasitic Acari, 431.

Holoreta, new species of, 82.

Holotachytes, characters of the new
subgenus, 10.

Homoptera, new, 186, 319.

Hoplitis, new species of, 235.

Hydropionea, characters of
new genus, 275.

Hygrochroa, new species of, 73.

Hymenoptera, new, 1, 101, 235, 241,
289, 298, 351, 357, 436.

Hypena, new species of, 54.

Hypocysta, new subspecies of, 218.

Hypodoxa, new speeies of, 66.

Hypolimnas, new subspecies of, 218.

Iconaster, note on the genus, 168.

Tctailurus, note on the genus, 342.

Imaus, new species of, 57.

Inomys, characters of the new
genus, 197.

Iphiaulax, new species of, 243.

Trenangelus, new species of, 357.

Joicey, J. J., on new heterocera
from Dutch New Guinea, 50; on
new races and aberrations of
Heliconius, 87; on new lepido-
ptera from Waigeu, Dutch New
Guinea, and Biak, 216; on two
new species and new genus of
Sphingide, 230, 305.

Kaye, W. J., on new races and
aberrations of Heliconius, 87; on
two new species and new genus of
Sphingidess 230, 305.

Lampides, new subspecies of, 221,

Lasioceros, new species of, 63,

the

INDEX.

Ledropsis, new species of, 188.
Leopardus, note on the genus, 344.
Lepidoptera, new, 50, 87, 108, 157,
201, 216, 286, 265, 305, 369, 407.
Leptailurus, note on the genus, 337.
Liris, new species of, 295.
Lonchopria, new species of, 439.
Lonchotaster, note on genus, 169.
Longstaff, Mrs. J., on Aclisina, D2
Koninck, and Aclisoides, Donald,
136.
Loxura, new subspecies of, 158.
Lynx, note on the genus, 384,
Macaria, new species of, 126.
Mammals, new, 47, 95, 197, 198,
259, 261, 310, 314, 315, 317, 362.
Marasmia, new species of, 378.
Marumba, new species of, 305.
Massepha, new species of, 373.
Maulik, S., on tiie subgenus Para-
downesia, 130.
Mecodina, new species of, 52.
Mediaster, note on the genus, 166.
Megachile, new species of, 237
Megalodacne, new species of, 145.
Melissodes, new species of, 503.
Metrodira, note on the genus, 170.
Metrodirid, characters of the new
family, 171.
Micrencaustes, new species of, 145.
Microglossa, new species of, 279.
Microphysetica, characters of the
new genus, 215.
Milionia, new species of, 127.
Mimandria, new species of, 110.
Mimene, definition of the
generic name, 225.
Miscophus, new species of, 297.
Mustela, new species of, 261.
Mylomys, new species of, 562.
Myzine, new species of, 351.
Nadagara, new species of, 70.
Nadagarodes, new species of, 70.
Nectria, note on the genus, 166.
Neofelis, note on the genus, 343.
Neptis, new species of, 409.
Neromia, new species of, 128.
Nervicompressa, new species of, 65.
Neurophyseta, new species of, 569.
Neurotoca, new species of, 124.
Nomada, new species of, 236.
Notoerypta, new species of, 228.
Notegonia, new species of, 294.
Nymphaster, note on the genus, 167,
Oligographa, new species of, 305.
Olixon, note on the genus, 107,
Omichlis, new species of, 62.
Onycodes leptoctenopris, description
of the female of, 65.
Oospila, new species of, 118,

new

447

Opsirhina, new species of, 82.
Oryzomys, new species of, 96 ; on the
5.-American rats allied to, 192.

Oxyambulyx, new species of, 308.
Pagy da, new species of, 377.
Palzeolybas, new species of, 152.
Pantherinz, characters of the new
subfamily, 332.
Pantoporia, new species of, 410.
Paradownesia, on the subgenus, 130.
Paralcis, new species of, 75.
Paranepanthia, characters of the new
venus, 172.
Pardofelis, note on the genus, 339.
Parsons, L. M., on the carboniferous
limestone bordering the Leicester-
shire coalfield, 134.
Parthenodes, new species of, 209.
Pasiphaé, new species of, 236, 488.
Pentacrinus didactylus, on, 385.
Pepliphorus, new subspecies of, 220.
Perisyntrocha, new species of, 211.
Petaloscelis, new species of, 146.
Petronievics, Dr. B., on the skull of
Tritylodon longzevus, 283.
Pheenomys, characters of the new
genus, 196.
Phanerotoma, new species of, 247.
Phellinodes, new species of, 108.
Phrudocentra, new species of, 117,
Piletocera, new species of, 266.
Pilocrocis, new species of, 381.
Pingasa, new subspecies of, 111.
Pleurona, new species of, 161.
Plutodes, new subspecies of, 69.
Pocock, R. L., on the groups of the
small and medium-sized S.-Ameri-
can Felide, 43; on a new genus of
Ursidee, 128; on the genera of Ha-
palid, 247; on the classification
_ of existing Felide, 329.
Polyacme, new species of, 7].
Polyptychus, new species of, 230,
308.
Poraniomorpha, note on genus, 166.
Porina, new species of, 83.
Preetaxila, new subspecies of, 219.
re a new species of, 67,
Priamaster, note on the genus, 17].
Prionailurus, note on the genus, 338.
Pristocera, new species of, 101.
Privesa, new species of, 187.
Profelis, note on the genus, 340,
Prohydata, new species of, 124,
Prosopis, new species of, 437,
ee L. B., on new Geometride,
Pseudaglossa, new species of, 53.
Pseudomiza, new species of, 71,

448 INDEX.

Ptilothrix, note on the genus, 303.
Puma, note on the genus, 336.
Pycnarmon, new species of, 374,
Pyralids, new, 201, 265, 369.
Racheospila, new species of, 116.
Rana, new species of, 413.
Rattus, new species of, 198.
Rhabdepyris, new species of, 108.
Rhagomys, characters of the new
genus, 192.
Rhegaster, note on the genus, 166.
KRhipidomys, on the 8.-American
rats allied to, 192.
Richardson, L., on the inferior oolite
of the Crewkerne district, 327.
Sabera, new species of, 223.
Salatura, new subspecies of, 157.
Salpinx, new species of, 407.
Sauris, new species of, 68.
Scieroptera, new species of, 325,
Scolia, new species of, 354.
Scoparia, new species of, 280.
Sowerby, A. de C., on a new species
of shrew from Corea, 317.
Spalax, new subspecies of, 315.
Spaniocentra, new species of, 115.
Sphzropyx, new species of, 245.
Sphingide, new, 230, 305.
Spinaria, new species of, 244.
Stauropus, new species of, 59.
Stebbing, Rev. T. R. R., on S.-Afri-
can Talitride, 435.
Stegnobrisinga, note on genus, 428.
Stenia, new species of, 216, 265.
Sufetula, new species of, 373.
Swinhoe, Col. C., on new Indo-
Malayan lepidoptera, 157, 407.
Swinnerton, Prof. H. H., on the
development and-morphology of
the ammonite septum, 155.
Symphyla, on some British, 360.
Syngamia, new species of, 379.
Synodontis, new species of, 367.
Tabidia, new species of, 376.
Tachysphex, new species of, 293.
Tachytes, revision of the Ethiopian
species of, 1; new species of, 290.
Talbot, G., on new heterocera from
Dutch New Guinea, 50; on new
lepidoptera from Waigeu, Dutch
New Guinea, and Biak, 216.
Taragama, new species of, 81.

Tecupa, characters of the new
genus, 410.

Tembandumba, characters of the new
genus, 186.

Terpnosia, new species of, 323.

Tettigoniella, new species of, 190.

Thalassodes, new species of, 121.

Thibetia, characters of the new
genus, 231,

Thomas, O., on the geographical
races of Galago crassicaudatus,
47; on small mammals from the
delta of the Parana, 95; on the
S.-American rats allied to Ory-
zomys and Rhipidomys, 192; on
two new rats of the Rattus con-
fucianus group, 198; on a new
agouti from British Guiana, 259 ;
on anew Mustela from Java, 201 ;
notes on agoutis, 310; on a new
Heliophobius from Rhodesia, 314 ;
on the Spalax of the Grecian
Archipelago, 315; on a new rat of
the genus Mylomys, 862; note on
Georychus and its allies, 441.

Trabala, new species of, 80.

Trichzlurus, note on the genus, 335.

Triepeolus, new species of, 300.

Trithyris, new species of, 381.

Tritoma, new species of, 149.

Tritylodon longzvus, on the skull of,
288.

Trueman, A. E., on the development
and morphology of the ammonite
septum, 135.

Turner, R. E., wasps of the genus
Tachytes inhabiting the Ethiopian
region, 1; hymenopterous families
Bethylide and Rhopalosomide,
101; Braconide in the B.M., 241;
fossorial hymenoptera, 289, 361,
357.

Urapteroides, new species of, 229.

Urside, on a new genus of, 128.

Varicorhinus, new species of, 364.

Waterston, J., on the hymeno-
pterous families Bethylide and
Rhopalosomide, 101.

Xylophanes, new species of, 306,

Zagiridia, new species of, 275.

Zethes, new species of, 53, 161.

Zibethailurus, note on genus, 341.

END OF THE TWENTIETH VOLUME,

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

JOICEY & TALBOT.

Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 8. Vol. XX. Pl.

-_
Le eal

16

Andre. Sleieh x

New HETEROCERA FROM DutcH NEw GUINEA.

ip.

EES ALB OT: Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 8. Vol. XX. Pl. I.

A #8. Prout, del Andre, Sleigh & Anglo, Ltd,

New HETEROCERA FROM DutcH NEW GUINEA.

SOIGEN GT ALBOT. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 8. Vol. XX. Pl. II.

ut, del. Andre, Sleigh & Anglo, Ltd

New HETEROCERA FROM DutcH NEW GUINEAS.

JOICEY & TALBOT. Ann. & Mas. Nat. Hist. S. 8 Vol. XX. PI. IV.

18

Andre, Sleigh & Anglo, Lt}

New HeteErRoceERA FROM DutcH NEW GUINEA.

TONIC ENS ce KAYE: Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 8. Vol. XX. PI.

NEW ForMS OF HELICONIUS.

JOICEY & KAYE Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 6. Vol. XXe PI. VI.

New Forms OF HELICONIUS.

_f

Oe Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 8. Vol. XX. Pl. VU.

A. E. Prout, del. Adlard & Son & West Newman, Ltd,, impr.

POTS RANE Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 8. Vol: XX. Pl. VIII.

eX

a
SN Sa.

<i
CY
K GK SSSe
SRS RATAASS ane P
if *P

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 8. 8. Vol. XX. Pl. LX.

an Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 8. Vol. XX. Pl. X.

Fite. 1. iRiver YD

Jane, - reas

Skull and Teeth of Tritylodon, Cynognathus, and Diademodon.

re

ae OW Rw ye

»

“4

~

mat RHEE ee

hei

ees ?
ce ed

QH The Annals & magazine of
a natural history
h6

ser.&
v.20

Biological
& Medical
Serials

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY

STCRAGE

peasants LE 4

wiry

freer i
iiadlasl : ioe
yet HTH aes :
Ls : ‘ Sx *
ea seatais et) cite i { t my
33
ay

tat
PSST EIDE
<r
at hgh

ritestin)

Pagys +

eedibde
sp bee tay e224 a0 p.
, Cates £89( Se" \y
Ci etene ys
Ha Cee bbe +f
: -

tbstrxs
KE

Changed

a4

; t
PAICLITESEN ra
HITT r P 4
1G i rrTetiet
padeteees
ty

it; tf
Gets HES ES CL
esiti ss PCESUEECFeDD EN eT ait tet eSEe Es tT ee
iH ordi ryect
seine
itigthy aiget
erate lhe th . Terai cie)
iyet £ TE erititiarieiit|
: qityes

peanet
eee Er teces,
eabecthecte
ce taretite
pedeeterdtedl
dated?
bebe sHeqiiide
peoyedavagetrestedgety sy:
sbdtesigendeqhettediadty) | 2
Ht,

i har Combes

Sees

es — aoe
IES ln oar ane

tc

tits 3
fiseseresh§

RE ae -

tothe bs.
ee

EEN Ea PENNE TSE
SCERERTPETEAY EN
soi

Fyfrlets.

eal php” anne yee
shane en one Ee

a
£

Aan